Page Range | 31429-31713 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 31514 - 2018-2020 Enterprise Housing Goals | |
82 FR 31552 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
82 FR 31429 - Reviving the National Space Council | |
82 FR 31476 - Competitive Passenger Rail Service Pilot Program | |
82 FR 31548 - Availability of a Final Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact for the Field Release of Genetically Engineered Diamondback Moths | |
82 FR 31593 - Proposed CERCLA Sections 104, 106, 107, and 122 Bona Fide Prospective Purchaser Settlement for Removal Action for the Alfred Heller Heat Treating Superfund Site, City of Clifton, Passaic County, New Jersey | |
82 FR 31627 - Public Meeting for the Northwest Oregon Resource Advisory Council | |
82 FR 31468 - Flonicamid; Pesticide Tolerances | |
82 FR 31594 - Notification of a Closed Meeting of the Science Advisory Board's 2017 Scientific and Technological Achievement Awards Committee and Closed Meeting of the Science Advisory Board | |
82 FR 31598 - Certain New Chemicals; Receipt and Status Information for April 2017 | |
82 FR 31596 - Access to Confidential Business Information by Syracuse Research Corporation and Its Identified Subcontractors | |
82 FR 31592 - Scopes of the Risk Evaluations To Be Conducted for the First Ten Chemical Substances Under the Toxic Substances Control Act; Notice of Availability | |
82 FR 31596 - Receipt of Information Under the Toxic Substances Control Act | |
82 FR 31471 - Prosulfuron; Pesticide Tolerances | |
82 FR 31640 - Vertical Capital Income Fund and Oakline Advisors, LLC | |
82 FR 31494 - Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions; Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery; 2017-2018 Biennial Specifications and Management Measures; Inseason Adjustments | |
82 FR 31442 - Revisions to the Export Administration Regulations Based on the 2016 Missile Technology Control Regime Plenary Agreements | |
82 FR 31608 - The Presidential Commission on Election Integrity (PCEI); Upcoming Public Advisory Meeting | |
82 FR 31615 - Notice of Issuance of Final Determination Concerning a Digital Radiography System | |
82 FR 31551 - United States Standards for Beans | |
82 FR 31550 - United States Standards for Lentils | |
82 FR 31454 - Safety Zone; Annual Event in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone-Brewerton Fireworks | |
82 FR 31611 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection: Public Comment Request; Information Collection Request Title: Poison Help General Population Survey, OMB Number 0915-0343, Reinstatement. | |
82 FR 31612 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Public Comment Request; Information Collection Request Title: Delta States Rural Development Network Grant Program, OMB No. 0915-0386-Revision | |
82 FR 31450 - Safety Zone; Lake Michigan, Whiting, Indiana | |
82 FR 31455 - Safety Zone; Port Huron Blue Water Fest Fireworks, St. Clair River, Port Huron, MI | |
82 FR 31637 - Notice of Proposed Information Collection Requests: 2017 Sustaining Indigenous Culture Survey: The Structure, Activities, and Needs of Tribal Archives, Libraries, and Museums Needs Assessment Survey | |
82 FR 31636 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Information Collections: Davis-Bacon Certified Payroll | |
82 FR 31618 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Comment Request; Housing Discrimination Information Form; HUD-903.1, HUD-903.1A, HUD-903.1B, HUD-903.1C, HUD-903.1F, HUD-903.1CAM, HUD-903.1KOR, HUD-903.1RUS, HUD-903-1_Somali | |
82 FR 31622 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Implementation of the Housing for Older Persons Act of 1995 (HOPA) | |
82 FR 31624 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Delta Community Capital Initiative | |
82 FR 31613 - National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 31614 - National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 31613 - National Institute on Aging; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 31614 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 31489 - Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; 2017 Accountability Measure-Based Closures for Commercial and Recreational Species in the U.S. Caribbean off Puerto Rico | |
82 FR 31433 - List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks: EnergySolutionsTM | |
82 FR 31619 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Appalachia Economic Development Initiative | |
82 FR 31512 - List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks: EnergySolutionsTM | |
82 FR 31620 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Affirmative Fair Housing Marketing Plan | |
82 FR 31548 - Notice of July 19, 2017 Advisory Committee on Voluntary Foreign Aid Meeting | |
82 FR 31549 - Availability of FSIS Guidance for Importing Meat, Poultry, and Egg Products Into the United States | |
82 FR 31597 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
82 FR 31555 - Certain Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Products From Taiwan: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2016 | |
82 FR 31491 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Recreational Management Measures for the Summer Flounder and Scup Fisheries; Fishing Year 2017 | |
82 FR 31554 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 106-Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Notification of Proposed Production Activity, Eastman Kodak Company, (Printing Flexographic Plates), Weatherford, Oklahoma | |
82 FR 31559 - Certain Hot-Rolled Flat-Rolled Carbon-Quality Steel Products From the Russian Federation: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015 | |
82 FR 31557 - Honey From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Rescission of the New Shipper Review and Preliminary Results of the Administrative Review; 2015-2016 | |
82 FR 31604 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
82 FR 31603 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 31610 - Notice of Single Source Award to the Genesee County Health Department for Addressing and Preventing Lead Exposure Through Healthy Start in Genesee County, Michigan | |
82 FR 31680 - Hours of Service of Drivers: Application for Exemption; Rail Delivery Services (RDS) | |
82 FR 31682 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Extension of a Currently-Approved Information Collection: Accident Recordkeeping Requirements | |
82 FR 31671 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of Colorado | |
82 FR 31672 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of Texas | |
82 FR 31449 - [Regattas and Marine Parades; Great Lakes Annual Marine Events | |
82 FR 31579 - Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (MAFMC); Meeting | |
82 FR 31561 - Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (MAFMC); Meeting | |
82 FR 31575 - Fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Post Data-Workshop Webinar Gulf of Mexico Gray Snapper; Public Meeting | |
82 FR 31575 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; South Atlantic Fishery Management Council; Public Meetings | |
82 FR 31560 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meeting | |
82 FR 31683 - Hours of Service (HOS) of Drivers; American Pyrotechnics Assn. (APA) Application for Exemption From the 14-Hour Rule; Request To Add New Member to Current APA Exemption | |
82 FR 31579 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Seattle Multimodal Construction Project in Washington State | |
82 FR 31562 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Site Characterization Surveys off the Coast of New Jersey | |
82 FR 31603 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Announcement of Board Approval Under Delegated Authority and Submission to OMB | |
82 FR 31452 - Safety Zone; Oswego Harborfest 2017 Breakwall and Barge Fireworks Display; Oswego Harbor, Oswego, NY | |
82 FR 31686 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Renewal Without Change of Bank Secrecy Act Recordkeeping Requirements | |
82 FR 31545 - Evaluation of Existing Coast Guard Regulations, Guidance Documents, Interpretative Documents, and Collections of Information | |
82 FR 31635 - Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar From Japan and Turkey; Determinations | |
82 FR 31634 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
82 FR 31650 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, To Amend BZX Rule 14.11 To Provide for the Inclusion of Cash in an Index Underlying a Series of Index Fund Shares | |
82 FR 31638 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Regarding Delivery of Options Disclosure Documents and Special Statement for Uncovered Options Writers | |
82 FR 31648 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ICE Clear Europe Limited; Order Approving Proposed Rule Change Relating to Amendments to the ICE Clear Europe Limited Articles of Association | |
82 FR 31656 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BYX Exchange, Inc; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Bats EDGA Exchange, Inc.; Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc.; BOX Options Exchange LLC; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Chicago Stock Exchange, Inc.; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Investors' Exchange LLC; Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC; MIAX PEARL LLC; NASDAQ BX, Inc.; Nasdaq GEMX, LLC; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Nasdaq MRX, LLC; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; New York Stock Exchange LLC; NYSE Arca, Inc. and NYSE MKT LLC; Suspension of and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove Proposed Rule Changes To Establish Fees for Industry Members To Fund the Consolidated Audit Trail | |
82 FR 31644 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Withdrawal of a Proposed Rule Change Related to Unusual Market Conditions and the Duty To Systemize Non-Electronic Orders Prior to Representation | |
82 FR 31668 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend its Fee Schedule Concerning the Options Regulatory Fee | |
82 FR 31651 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change to Facilitate the Listing and Trading of Certain Series of Investment Company Units Listed Pursuant to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3) | |
82 FR 31642 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Specify in Exchange Rules the Exchange's Primary and Secondary Sources of Data Feeds From NYSE MKT LLC | |
82 FR 31644 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend MSRB Rule G-21(e), on Municipal Fund Security Product Advertisements | |
82 FR 31629 - Agency Information Collection Activities: OMB Control Number 1014-0018; Oil and Gas Drilling Operations | |
82 FR 31625 - Notice of Availability of a Draft Candidate Conservation Agreement, Draft Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances, and Draft Environmental Assessment for Activities Within Eddy County, New Mexico, and Culberson County, Texas | |
82 FR 31680 - Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions on Proposed Gravina Access Project in Alaska | |
82 FR 31673 - Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program; Ohio Department of Transportation Audit Report | |
82 FR 31535 - Airworthiness Directives; Bell Helicopter Textron Canada Limited (Bell) Helicopters | |
82 FR 31609 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 31615 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 31614 - National Eye Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 31613 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 31440 - 2017 Revisions to the Civil Penalty Inflation Adjustment Tables; Correction | |
82 FR 31672 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Scott E. Ashton | |
82 FR 31612 - Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board | |
82 FR 31440 - Amendment of Class E Airspace; Arcata, CA; Fortuna, CA; and Establishment of Class E Airspace; Arcata, CA, and Eureka, CA | |
82 FR 31602 - Procedures for Commission Review of State Opt-Out Request From the FirstNet Radio Access Network | |
82 FR 31546 - Air Plan Approval; Wisconsin; Site-Specific Sulfur Dioxide Requirements for USG Interiors, LLC | |
82 FR 31458 - Air Plan Approval; Wisconsin; Site-Specific Sulfur Dioxide Requirements for USG Interiors, LLC | |
82 FR 31595 - Cross-Media Electronic Reporting: Authorized Program Revision Approval, State of West Virginia | |
82 FR 31547 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Pennsylvania; Volatile Organic Compound Reasonably Available Control Technology for 1997 Ozone Standard | |
82 FR 31464 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Pennsylvania; Volatile Organic Compound Reasonably Available Control Technology for 1997 Ozone Standard | |
82 FR 31457 - Approval of California Air Plan Revisions, Antelope Valley Air Quality Management District | |
82 FR 31462 - Air Plan Approval; TN: Non-Interference Demonstration for Federal Low-Reid Vapor Pressure Requirement in Shelby County | |
82 FR 31576 - Streamlining Regulatory Processes and Reducing Regulatory Burden | |
82 FR 31628 - Notice of Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Normally Pressured Lance Natural Gas Development Project | |
82 FR 31553 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Correction | |
82 FR 31604 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
82 FR 31537 - Proposal of Special Measure Against Bank of Dandong as a Financial Institution of Primary Money Laundering Concern | |
82 FR 31690 - Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act-Accountability and State Plans |
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration
Census Bureau
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
Wage and Hour Division
Institute of Museum and Library Services
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Direct final rule.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is amending its spent fuel storage regulations by revising the EnergySolutions
This direct final rule is effective September 20, 2017, unless significant adverse comments are received by August 7, 2017. If this direct final rule is withdrawn as a result of such comments, timely notice of the withdrawal will be published in the
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Robert D. MacDougall, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-5175; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0138 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0138 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
This direct final rule is limited to the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007. The NRC is using the “direct final rule procedure” to issue these renewals because they represent a limited and routine change to an existing CoC that is expected to be noncontroversial. Adequate protection of public health and safety continues to be ensured.
This direct final rule will become effective on September 20, 2017. However, if the NRC receives significant adverse comments on this direct final rule by August 7, 2017, the NRC will publish a document that withdraws this action and will subsequently address the comments received in a final rule as a response to the companion proposed rule published in the Proposed Rule section of this issue of the
A significant adverse comment is a comment where the commenter explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including challenges to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. A comment is adverse and significant if:
(1) The comment opposes the rule and provides a reason sufficient to require a substantive response in a notice-and-comment process. For example, a substantive response is required when:
(a) The comment causes the NRC staff to reevaluate (or reconsider) its position or conduct additional analysis;
(b) The comment raises an issue serious enough to warrant a substantive response to clarify or complete the record; or
(c) The comment raises a relevant issue that was not previously addressed or considered by the NRC staff.
(2) The comment proposes a change or an addition to the rule, and it is apparent that the rule would be ineffective or unacceptable without incorporation of the change or addition.
(3) The comment causes the NRC staff to make a change (other than editorial) to the rule, CoC, or technical specifications (TSs).
For detailed instructions on filing comments, please see the companion proposed rule published in the Proposed Rule section of this issue of the
Section 218(a) of the Nuclear Waste Policy Act (NWPA) of 1982, as amended, requires that “the Secretary [of the Department of Energy] shall establish a demonstration program, in cooperation with the private sector, for the dry storage of spent nuclear fuel at civilian nuclear power reactor sites, with the objective of establishing one or more technologies that the [Nuclear Regulatory] Commission may, by rule, approve for use at the sites of civilian nuclear power reactors without, to the maximum extent practicable, the need for additional site-specific approvals by the Commission.” Section 133 of the NWPA states, in part, that “[the Commission] shall, by rule, establish procedures for the licensing of any technology approved by the Commission under Section 219(a) [sic: 218(a)] for use at the site of any civilian nuclear power reactor.”
To implement this mandate, the Commission approved dry storage of spent nuclear fuel in NRC-approved casks under a general license by publishing a final rule which added a new subpart K in part 72 of title 10 of the
On October 12, 2012, EnergySolutions submitted an application to renew, for an additional 40 years, the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 for the VSC-24 Storage Cask System (ADAMS Accession No. ML12290A139). EnergySolutions supplemented its request on: February 14, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML130500219); April 4, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14099A192); October 24, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14301A283); and June 26, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15182A163). Because EnergySolutions filed its renewal application at least 30 days before the certificate expiration date of May 7, 2013, pursuant to the timely renewal provisions in 10 CFR 72.240(b), the initial issuance of the certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 did not expire.
The renewals of the initial certificate and its amendments were conducted in accordance with the renewal provisions in 10 CFR 72.240. This section of NRC spent fuel storage regulations authorizes the NRC staff to include any additional certificate conditions it deems necessary to ensure that the cask system's SSCs continue to perform their intended safety functions during the certificate's renewal period. The NRC staff has included additional conditions in the renewed certificates requiring the implementation of an approved AMP to ensure that VSC-24 Storage Cask System SSCs important to safety will continue to perform their intended functions during the extended storage period authorized by the renewal. These conditions will require users of the VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems to establish, implement, and maintain written procedures for each AMP element, including the lead cask inspection program, for VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems that will continue to be in use for more than 20 years. These procedures must be consistent with the AMP descriptions in the applicant's Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR).
The procedures must also include provisions for changing AMP elements as necessary, within the limitations specified in CoC conditions and TSs, to address new information derived from the results of AMP inspections and/or industry operating experience of aging effects. Each VSC-24 Storage Cask System general licensee must make and maintain records of periodic “tollgate” assessments as part of the “Operating Experience” element of each AMP. The purpose of these periodic tollgate assessments is to determine whether any AMP addressing an aging effect or
The renewed certificates also contain additional conditions requested by EnergySolutions. The renewed initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-3 of CoC No. 1007 will prohibit the construction or placement into service of new VSC-24 SSCs under these CoC specifications. General licensee users with VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems under the initial certificate or Amendment Nos. 1-3 that are in service as of the renewal's effective date, however, may continue to perform SSC maintenance and repairs in accordance with the conditions of their applicable renewed CoC. General licensees that meet the conditions of the renewed Amendment Nos. 4-6 of CoC No. 1007 may load and store spent nuclear fuel in new VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems.
This direct final rule also includes additional design and operating conditions on the initial and all amendment certificates and their corresponding TSs to preclude the use of specific cask components, and prohibit the storage of spent fuel above a certain burnup. These conditions were proposed by the certificate holder to ensure that the scope of the aging analyses provided in the renewal application extends only to VSC-24 Storage Cask System SSCs currently in service. The NRC staff confirmed that no VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems currently in service are affected by these design and operating conditions. These conditions would only apply to future VSC-24 Storage Cask System SSCs placed into service.
As documented in its safety evaluation report (SER), the NRC staff performed a detailed safety evaluation of the proposed CoC renewal request. There are no changes to the cask design or fabrication requirements in the proposed CoC renewals. Accordingly, the design of the cask would continue to prevent loss of containment, shielding, and criticality control. In its SER for the renewal of the VSC-24 Storage Cask System, the NRC has determined that if the conditions specified in the CoC to implement these regulations are met, adequate protection of public health and safety will be maintained.
This direct final rule revises the VSC-24 Storage Cask System listing in 10 CFR 72.214 by renewing for 40 more years the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007. The renewals consist of the changes previously described, as set forth in the renewed CoCs and their revised TSs. The revised TSs are identified in the SER.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-113) requires that Federal agencies use technical standards that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies unless the use of such a standard is inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. In this direct final rule, the NRC will revise the VSC-24 Storage Cask System design listed in § 72.214, “List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks.”
This action does not constitute the establishment of a standard that contains generally applicable requirements.
Under the “Policy Statement on Adequacy and Compatibility of Agreement State Programs” approved by the Commission on June 30, 1997, and published in the
The Plain Writing Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-274) requires Federal agencies to write documents in a clear, concise, and well-organized manner that also follows other best practices appropriate to the subject or field and the intended audience. The NRC has written this document to be consistent with the Plain Writing Act as well as the Presidential Memorandum, “Plain Language in Government Writing,” published June 10, 1998 (63 FR 31883).
The action is to amend 10 CFR 72.214 by revising the VSC-24 Storage Cask System listing within the “List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks” to renew, for an additional 40 years, the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007. The renewals of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 require each cask user to establish, implement, and maintain written procedures for AMP elements, including lead cask inspection programs, for VSC-24 Storage Cask System SSCs important to safety. Users must also conduct periodic “tollgate” assessments of new information on SSC aging effects and mechanisms to determine whether any element of an AMP addressing these effects and mechanisms requires revision to encompass the current state of knowledge. In addition, the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 makes several other changes, described in Section IV, “Discussion of Changes,” in the
Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), and the NRC's regulations in subpart A of 10 CFR part 51, “Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions,” the NRC has determined that this direct final rule, if adopted, would not be a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment and, therefore, an environmental impact statement (EIS) is not required. The NRC has made a finding of no significant impact on the basis of this environmental assessment (EA).
This direct final rule is necessary to authorize the continued use of the VSC-24 Storage Cask System design by power reactor licensees for dry spent fuel storage at reactor sites. Specifically, this rule extends the expiration date for the VSC-24 Storage Cask System certificates for an additional 40 years, allowing a reactor licensee to continue using them under general license provisions in an independent spent fuel storage
The environmental impacts associated with spent fuel storage have been considered in a variety of NRC environmental reviews. The NUREG-1092, “Environmental Assessment for 10 CFR Part 72—Licensing Requirements for the Independent Storage of Spent Fuel and High-Level Radioactive Waste,” is dated August 1984 (ADAMS Accession No. ML091050510). In the May 27, 1986, proposed rule (51 FR 19106) amending 10 CFR part 72 to address an NWPA requirement, the
On July 18, 1990 (55 FR 29181), the NRC issued a final rule amending 10 CFR part 72 to provide for the storage of spent fuel under a general license in cask designs approved by the NRC. In the EA for the 1990 final rule, the NRC analyzed the potential environmental impacts of using NRC-approved storage casks. This EA for the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 tiers off of the EA for the July 18, 1990, final rule. Tiering off of past EAs is a standard process under NEPA.
The NRC staff has determined that the environmental impacts of renewing the VSC-24 Storage Cask System certificates for an additional 40 years remain bounded by the EISs and EAs previously referenced. As required by 10 CFR 72.240, applications for renewal of a spent fuel storage CoC design are required to demonstrate, in TLAAs and a description of an AMP, that SSCs important to safety will continue to perform their intended function for the requested renewal term. As discussed in the NRC staff's SER for the renewal of the VSC-24 Storage Cask System certificates, the NRC staff has approved conditions in the renewed CoCs requiring the general licensee to implement the AMPs described in the renewal application and incorporated into the storage system's FSAR. These conditions ensure that VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems will continue to perform their intended safety functions and provide adequate protection of public health and safety throughout the renewal period.
Incremental impacts from continued use of VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems under a general license for an additional 40 years are not considered significant. When the general licensee follows all procedures and administrative controls, including the conditions established as a result of this renewal, no effluents are expected from the sealed dry storage cask systems. Activities associated with cask loading and decontamination may result in some small incremental liquid and gaseous effluents, but these activities will be conducted under 10 CFR parts 50 or 52 reactor operating licenses, and effluents will be controlled within existing reactor site technical specifications. Because reactor sites are relatively large, any incremental offsite doses due to direct radiation exposure from the spent fuel storage casks are expected to be small, and when combined with the contribution from reactor operations, well within the annual dose equivalent of 0.25 mSv (25 mrem) limit to the whole body specified in 10 CFR 72.104. Incremental impacts on collective occupational exposures due to dry cask spent fuel storage are expected to be only a small fraction of the exposures from operation of the nuclear power station.
The VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems are also designed to mitigate the effects of design basis accidents that could occur during storage. Design basis accidents account for human-induced events and the most severe natural phenomena reported for the site and surrounding area. Postulated accidents analyzed for an ISFSI include tornado winds and tornado-generated missiles, a design basis earthquake, a design basis flood, an accidental cask drop, lightning effects, fire, explosions, and other incidents.
During the promulgation of the amendments that added subpart K to 10 CFR part 72 (55 FR 29181; July 18, 1990), the NRC staff assessed the public health consequences of dry cask system storage accidents and sabotage events. In the supporting analyses for these amendments, the NRC staff determined that a release from a dry cask storage system would be comparable in magnitude to a release from the same quantity of fuel in a spent fuel storage pool. As a result of these evaluations, the NRC staff determined that, because of the physical characteristics of the storage casks and conditions of storage that include specific security provisions, the potential risk to public health and safety due to accidents or sabotage is very small.
Considering the specific design requirements for each accident or sabotage condition, the design of the cask would prevent loss of confinement, shielding, and criticality control. If there is no loss of confinement, shielding, or criticality control, the environmental impacts would be insignificant.
There are no changes to cask design or fabrication requirements in the renewed initial certificate or the renewed Amendment Nos. 1-6 that would result in an increase in occupational exposure or offsite dose rates from the implementation of the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6. Therefore, the occupational exposure or offsite dose rates would remain well within applicable 10 CFR part 20 limits.
Decommissioning of dry cask spent fuel storage systems under a general license would be carried out as part of a power reactor's site decommissioning plan. In general, decommissioning would consist of removing the spent fuel from the site, decontaminating cask surfaces, and decontaminating and dismantling the ISFSI where the casks were deployed. The casks would then be released for reuse or disposal. Under normal and off-normal operating conditions, no residual contamination is expected to be left behind on supporting structures. The incremental impacts associated with decommissioning dry cask storage installations is expected to represent a small fraction of the impacts of decommissioning an entire nuclear power station.
In summary, the proposed CoC changes will not result in any radiological or non-radiological environmental impacts that differ significantly from the environmental impacts evaluated in the EA supporting the July 18, 1990, final rule. Compliance with the requirements of 10 CFR parts 20 and 72 would ensure that adequate protection of public health and safety will continue. The NRC, in its SER for the renewal of the VSC-24 Storage Cask System, has determined that if the conditions specified in the CoC to implement these regulations are met, adequate protection of public health and safety will be maintained.
Based on the previously stated assessments and its SER for the requested renewal of the VSC-24 Storage Cask System certificates, the NRC has determined that the expiration date of this system in 10 CFR 72.214 can be safely extended for an additional 40 years, and that commercial nuclear power reactor licensees can continue
The alternative to this action is to deny approval of the renewals and end this direct final rule. Under this alternative, the NRC would either: (1) Require general licensees using VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems to unload the spent fuel from these systems and either return it to a spent fuel pool or re-load it into a different dry storage cask system listed in 10 CFR 72.214; or (2) require that users of existing VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems request site-specific licensing proceedings to continue storage in these systems.
The environmental impacts of requiring the licensee to unload the spent fuel and either return it to the spent fuel pool or re-load it into another NRC-approved cask system would result in increased radiological doses to workers. These increased doses would be due primarily to direct radiation from the casks while the workers unloaded, transferred, and re-loaded the spent fuel. These activities would consist of transferring the dry storage canisters to a cask handling building, opening the canister lid welds, returning the canister to a spent fuel pool or dry transfer facility, removing the fuel assemblies, and re-loading them, either into a spent fuel pool storage rack or another NRC-approved dry storage system. In addition to the increased occupational doses to workers, these activities may also result in additional liquid or gaseous effluents.
Alternatively, users of the dry cask storage system would need to apply for a site-specific license. Under this option for implementing the no-action alternative, interested licensees would have to prepare, and the NRC would have to review, each separate license application, thereby increasing the administrative burden upon the NRC and the costs to each licensee.
In summary, the no-action alternative would entail either more environmental impacts from transferring the spent fuel now in VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems, or impacts from multiple licensing actions that, in the aggregate, are likely to be less than spent fuel transfer activities but the same as, or more likely, greater than the preferred action.
Renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 for the VSC-24 Storage Cask System would not result in irreversible commitments of resources.
No agencies or persons outside the NRC were contacted in connection with the preparation of this EA.
The environmental impacts of the action have been reviewed under the requirements in 10 CFR part 51. Based on the foregoing EA, the NRC concludes that this rule entitled, “List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks: EnergySolutions Corporation, VSC-24 Ventilated Storage Cask System, Renewal of Initial Certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6,” will not have a significant impact on the human environment. Therefore, the NRC has determined that an EIS is not necessary for this direct final rule.
This direct final rule does not require any new or amended collections of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The NRC may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the document requesting or requiring the collection displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), the NRC certifies that this direct final rule will not, if issued, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This direct final rule affects only nuclear power plant licensees and the EnergySolutions Corporation. These entities do not fall within the scope of the definition of small entities set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act or the size standards established by the NRC (10 CFR 2.810).
On July 18, 1990 (55 FR 29181), the NRC issued an amendment to 10 CFR part 72 to provide for the storage of spent nuclear fuel under a general license in cask designs approved by the NRC. Under this regulation, any nuclear power reactor licensee can use NRC-approved cask designs to store spent nuclear fuel if the licensee notifies the NRC in advance, the spent fuel is stored under the conditions specified in the cask's CoC, and the conditions of the general license are met. A list of NRC-approved cask designs is contained in 10 CFR 72.214. On April 7, 1993 (58 FR 17967), the NRC issued an amendment to 10 CFR part 72 that approved the VSC-24 Storage Cask System design by adding it to the list of NRC-approved cask designs in 10 CFR 72.214.
On October 12, 2012, EnergySolutions requested a renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of VSC-24's CoC No. 1007 for an additional 40 years beyond the initial certificate term (ADAMS Accession No. ML12290A139). EnergySolutions supplemented its request on: February 14, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML130500219), April 4, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14099A192), October 24, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14301A283), and June 26, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15182A163). Because EnergySolutions filed its renewal application at least 30 days before the certificate expiration date of May 7, 2013, pursuant to the timely renewal provisions in 10 CFR 72.240(b), the initial issuance of the certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 did not expire.
The alternative to this action is to deny approval of the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007 and end this direct final rule. Under this alternative, the NRC would either: (1) Require general licensees using VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems to unload spent fuel from these systems and return it to a spent fuel pool or re-load it into a different dry storage cask system listed in 10 CFR 72.214; or (2) require that users of existing VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems request site-specific licensing proceedings to continue storage in these systems. Therefore, the no-action alternative would entail either more environmental impacts from transferring the spent fuel now in VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems, or impacts from multiple licensing actions that, in the aggregate, are likely to be less than spent fuel transfer activities but the same as, or more likely, greater than the preferred action.
Approval of this direct final rule is consistent with previous NRC actions. Further, as documented in the SER and the EA, this direct final rule will have no significant adverse impact on public health and safety or the environment. This direct final rule also has no significant identifiable impact on or benefit to other Government agencies. Based on this regulatory analysis, the NRC concludes that the requirements of this direct final rule are commensurate with the NRC's responsibilities for public health and safety and the common defense and security. No other
The NRC has determined that the actions in this direct final rule do not require a backfit analysis because they either do not fall within the definition of backfitting under 10 CFR 72.62 or 10 CFR 50.109(a)(1), or they do not impact any general licensees currently using these systems. Additionally, the actions in this direct final rule do not impact issue finality provisions applicable to combined licenses under part 52.
This direct final rule renews CoC No. 1007 for the VSC-24 Storage Cask System, as currently listed in 10 CFR 72.214, “List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks,” to extend the expiration date of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 by 40 years. The renewed certificates would require implementation of an AMP for the 40 years after the storage cask system's initial 20-year service period. As part of the renewal application, EnergySolutions also requested some changes to the originally-certified systems that go beyond the aging management provisions and impose additional design and operating conditions on the certificates and their corresponding TSs to preclude the use of specified cask components, and prohibit the future storage of spent fuel above a certain burnup limit.
Renewing these certificates does not, with the exceptions noted in this section, fall within the definition of backfit under 10 CFR 72.62 or 10 CFR 50.109, or otherwise represent an inconsistency with the issue finality provisions applicable to combined licenses in 10 CFR part 52. Extending the certificates' effective dates for 40 more years and requiring the implementation of AMPs does not impose any modification or addition to the design of an SSC of a cask system, or to the procedures or organization required to operate the system during the initial 20-year storage period of the system, as authorized by the current certificate. General licensees that have loaded these casks, or that load these casks in the future under the specifications of the applicable certificate, may continue to store spent fuel in these systems for the initial 20-year storage period authorized by the original certificate. The AMPs required to be implemented by this renewal are only required to be implemented after the storage cask system's initial 20-year service period ends. As explained in the 2011 final rule that amended 10 CFR part 72 (76 FR 8872, 8875, Question I), the general licensee's authority to use a particular storage cask design under an approved CoC terminates 20 years after the date that the general licensee first loads the particular cask with spent fuel, unless the cask's CoC is renewed. Because this rulemaking renews the certificates, and renewal is a separate NRC licensing action voluntarily implemented by vendors, the renewal of these CoCs is not an imposition of new or changed requirements from which these licensees would otherwise be protected by the backfitting provisions in 10 CFR 72.62 or 10 CFR 50.109.
Even if renewal of this CoC system could be considered a backfit, EnergySolutions, as the holder of the CoC and vendor of the casks, is not protected by the backfitting provisions in 10 CFR 72.62.
Unlike a vendor, general licensees using the existing systems subject to these renewals would be protected by the backfitting provisions in 10 CFR 72.62 and 10 CFR 50.109 if the renewals constituted new or changed requirements. But as previously explained, renewal of the certificates for these systems does not impose such requirements. The general licensees using these CoCs may continue storing material in their respective cask systems for the initial 20-year storage period identified in the applicable certificate or amendment with no changes. If general licensees choose to continue to store spent fuel in VSC-24 Cask Systems after the initial 20-year period, these general licensees will be required to implement AMPs for any cask systems subject to a renewed CoC, but such continued use is voluntary.
As part of the renewal application, EnergySolutions requested some changes to the originally-certified systems that go beyond the aging management provisions required by NRC regulations. Some of these changes impose additional design and operating conditions on the certificates and their corresponding TSs to preclude the use of specified cask components, and prohibit the future storage of spent fuel above a certain burnup limit. While the imposition of such conditions would be considered a backfit if the general licensees using VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems were using the prohibited components or storing spent fuel with the prohibited burnup, none of these licensees are doing so. These prohibitions were proposed by the certificate holder to avoid having to analyze aging effects that do not and will not apply to any VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems currently in service. The NRC staff confirmed that these proposed design and operating conditions do not affect any VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems currently in service (which are located at the Arkansas Nuclear One, the Point Beach, and the Palisades Nuclear Plant sites). Therefore, these additional conditions and TS changes do not constitute backfitting within the provisions of 10 CFR 72.62 or 10 CFR 50.109.
EnergySolutions also requested a condition that will prohibit the construction or placement into service of new VSC-24 SSCs under the renewed initial CoC No. 1007 certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-3, but this condition will not affect the users of existing casks. General licensees using VSC-24 Storage Cask Systems in service under the initial certificate or Amendment Nos. 1-3 as of the renewal's effective date may continue storing fuel and performing SSC maintenance and repairs in accordance with the conditions of their applicable CoC. Therefore, the requested condition affects only EnergySolutions, since it would be prohibited from manufacturing new systems under the initial certificate or Amendment Nos. 1-3 in the future. As previously mentioned, EnergySolutions, as the holder of the CoC, is not protected from backfitting by 10 CFR 72.62, and in any case, EnergySolutions itself requested the NRC to impose the condition. The vendor did not submit its request in response to new NRC requirements, nor any NRC request for an application to amend this CoC.
For these reasons, renewing the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007, and imposing the additional conditions previously discussed, do not constitute backfitting under 10 CFR 72.62 or 10 CFR 50.109(a)(1), or otherwise represent an inconsistency with the issue finality provisions applicable to combined licenses in part 52. Accordingly, the NRC staff has not prepared a backfit analysis for this rulemaking.
The OMB has not found this to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
The documents identified in the following table are available to interested persons through one or more of the following methods, as indicated.
The NRC may post materials related to this document, including public comments, on the Federal Rulemaking Web site at
Administrative practice and procedure, Criminal penalties, Hazardous waste, Indians, Intergovernmental relations, Manpower training programs, Nuclear energy, Nuclear materials, Occupational safety and health, Penalties, Radiation protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Spent fuel, Whistleblowing.
For the reasons set out in the preamble and under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended; the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, as amended; and 5 U.S.C. 552 and 553; the NRC is adopting the following amendments to 10 CFR part 72.
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, secs. 51, 53, 57, 62, 63, 65, 69, 81, 161, 182, 183, 184, 186, 187, 189, 223, 234, 274 (42 U.S.C. 2071, 2073, 2077, 2092, 2093, 2095, 2099, 2111, 2201, 2210e, 2232, 2233, 2234, 2236, 2237, 2238, 2273, 2282, 2021); Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, secs. 201, 202, 206, 211 (42 U.S.C. 5841, 5842, 5846, 5851); National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4332); Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, secs. 117(a), 132, 133, 134, 135, 137, 141, 145(g), 148, 218(a) (42 U.S.C. 10137(a), 10152, 10153, 10154, 10155, 10157, 10161, 10165(g), 10168, 10198(a)); 44 U.S.C. 3504 note.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; correction.
The FAA is correcting a final rule published on April 10, 2017. In that rule, the FAA amended its regulations to provide the 2017 inflation adjustment to civil penalty amounts that may be imposed for violations of FAA regulations and the Hazardous Materials Regulations, as required by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015. It also finalized the catch-up inflation adjustment interim final rule required by the same Act. The FAA inadvertently stated the effective date for the new maximums/minimums was January 15, 2017, instead of April 10, 2017. This document amends the FAA's regulations to correct that error.
Effective July 7, 2017.
Cole R. Milliard, Attorney, Office of the Chief Counsel, Enforcement Division, AGC-300, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-3452; email
On April 10, 2017, the FAA published a final rule entitled, “2017 Revisions to the Civil Penalty Inflation Adjustment Tables” (82 FR 17097). In that final rule the FAA amended its regulations to provide the 2017 inflation adjustment to civil penalty maximums and minimums provided in title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 13.301 and 406.9, as required by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015.
In the regulatory text, the FAA inadvertently stated the effective date for the new maximums/minimums was January 15, 2017. However, the FAA intended only to apply the newly inflated maximums/minimums for violations occurring on or after April 10, 2017. Therefore, the FAA amends § 13.301(c) to reflect the intended date of April 10, 2017.
Administrative practice and procedure, Air transportation, Hazardous materials transportation, Investigations, Law enforcement, Penalties.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends Chapters I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations by making the following correction:
18 U.S.C. 6002, 28 U.S.C. 2461 (note); 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 5121-5124, 40113-40114, 44103-44106, 44701-44703, 44709- 44710, 44713, 44725, 46101-46111, 46301, 46302 (for a violation of 49 U.S.C. 46504), 46304-46316, 46318, 46501-46502, 46504-46507, 47106, 47107, 47111, 47122, 47306, 47531-47532; 49 CFR 1.83.
(c) * * *
Table of Minimum and Maximum Civil Monetary Penalty Amounts for Certain Violations Occurring on or after April 10, 2017
Issued under the authority provided by 28 U.S.C. 2461 note, 49 U.S.C. 106(f) and 44701(a), and 51 U.S.C. 50901 in Washington, DC, on June 28, 2017.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This action modifies Class E surface area airspace, modifies Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet, and establishes Class E airspace designated as an extension at Arcata Airport, Arcata, CA. The action also modifies Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet at Rohnerville Airport, Fortuna, CA, and establishes stand-alone Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet at Murray Field Airport, Eureka, CA, to accommodate airspace redesign for the safety and management of Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) operations within the National Airspace System. Additionally, this action updates the geographic coordinates of these airports.
Effective 0901 UTC, October 12, 2017. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under Title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.
FAA Order 7400.11A, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at
FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
Tom Clark, Federal Aviation Administration, Operations Support Group, Western
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends Class E airspace at Arcata Airport, Arcata, CA, and Rohnerville Airport, Fortuna, CA, and establishes Class E airspace at Murray Field, Eureka, CA.
On March 28, 2017, the FAA published in the
Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6002, 6004, and 6005, respectively, of FAA Order 7400.11A dated August 3, 2016, and effective September 15, 2016, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
This document amends FAA Order 7400.11A, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2016, and effective September 15, 2016. FAA Order 7400.11A is publicly available as listed in the
This action amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 by modifying Class E surface area airspace at Arcata Airport, Arcata, CA, and Rohnerville Airport, Fortuna, CA, and establishing Class E airspace designated as an extension at Arcata Airport. Also, stand-alone Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface is established at Murray Field Airport, Eureka, CA. This airspace redesign is necessary for the safety and management of IFR operations at these airports, and for efficiency within the National Airspace System.
Class E surface area airspace is amended at Arcata Airport, Arcata, CA, to within a 4.1 mile radius (increased from a 4-mile radius) of the airport; and the Abeta NDB is removed from the description as it was decommissioned and no longer needed.
Class E airspace designated as an extension to a Class D or Class E surface area is established within 2.9 miles each side of the 153° bearing from Arcata Airport extending from the 4.1-mile radius to 10.5 miles southeast of the airport.
Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface is reduced to within a 7-mile radius of Arcata Airport, with a segment 4.2 miles wide (2.1 miles each side of the 153° bearing) extending from the 7-mile radius of the airport to 14.1 miles southeast of the airport. Class E airspace extending upward from 1,200 feet above the surface at Arcata Airport is removed, since this airspace is wholly contained within the Rogue Valley Class E en route airspace area.
Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Murray Field Airport, Eureka, CA, is established within a 6.3-mile radius of Murray Field Airport, with a segment 6.3 miles wide extending to 23 miles southwest of the airport. This airspace area specifically supports IFR operations at Eureka, CA.
Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Rohnerville Airport, Fortuna, CA, is amended to within a 2.7-mile radius (from a 6.5-mile radius) of Rohnerville Airport, with segments extending 7 miles northwest, 5.2 miles west, and 6.1 miles southeast of the airport. Class E airspace upward from 1,200 feet above the surface at Rohnerville Airport is removed since this airspace is wholly contained within the Rogue Valley Class E en route airspace area.
This action also updates the geographic coordinates for the amended airports in the associated airspace areas to be in concert with the FAA's aeronautical database.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current, is non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse or negative comments. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
That airspace within a 4.1-mile radius of Arcata Airport.
That airspace extending upward from the surface within 2.9 miles each side of the 153° bearing from Arcata Airport extending from the 4.1-mile radius to 10.5 miles southeast of the airport.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 7-mile radius of the Arcata Airport, and within 2.1 miles each side of the 153° bearing from the airport extending from the 7-mile radius to 14.1 miles southeast of the airport.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6.3-mile radius of Murray Field Airport, and within 6.3 miles east of the Murray Field Airport 217° bearing extending from the 6.3-mile radius to 23 miles southwest of the airport.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 2.7 mile radius of Rohnerville Airport, and within 1.8 miles each side of the 326° bearing from the airport extending from the 2.7 mile radius to 7 miles northwest of the airport, and within 1.1-miles each side of the 307° bearing from the airport extending from the 2.7 mile radius to 5.2 miles west of the airport, and within 1.1-miles each side of the 113° bearing from the airport extending from the 2.7 mile radius to 6.1 miles southeast of the airport.
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Final rule.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) is amending the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) to reflect changes to the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR) Annex that were agreed to by MTCR member countries at the October 2016 Plenary in Busan, South Korea, and the March 2016 Technical Experts Meeting (TEM) in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg. This final rule revises thirteen Export Control Classification Numbers (ECCNs), adds one ECCN, revises two EAR defined terms (including making other EAR conforming changes for the use of these two terms) and makes conforming EAR changes where needed to implement the changes that were agreed to at the meetings and to better align the missile technology (MT) controls on the Commerce Control List (CCL) with the MTCR Annex.
This rule is effective July 7, 2017.
Sharon Bragonje, Nuclear and Missile Technology Controls Division, Bureau of Industry and Security, Phone: (202) 482-0434; Email:
The Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR or Regime) is an export control arrangement among 35 nations, including most of the world's suppliers of advanced missiles and missile-related equipment, materials, software and technology. The regime establishes a common list of controlled items (the Annex) and a common export control policy (the Guidelines) that member countries implement in accordance with their national export controls. The MTCR seeks to limit the risk of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction by controlling exports of goods and technologies that could make a contribution to delivery systems (other than manned aircraft) for such weapons.
In 1993, the MTCR's original focus on missiles for nuclear weapons delivery was expanded to include the proliferation of missiles for the delivery of all types of weapons of mass destruction (WMD),
This final rule revises the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) to reflect changes to the MTCR Annex agreed to at the October 2016 Plenary in Busan, South Korea, and changes resulting from the March 2016 Technical Experts Meeting (TEM) in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg. References are provided below for the MTCR Annex changes agreed to at the meetings that correspond to the EAR revisions described below. This rule also makes changes to the Commerce Control List (CCL) (Supplement No. 1 to Part 774 of the EAR) and to other EAR provisions in order to conform with the MTCR Annex. All of the changes in this final rule align the MT controls on the CCL and other parts of the EAR with the MTCR Annex. In the discussion below, BIS identifies the origin of each change in the regulatory text of this final rule by using one the following parenthetical phrases: (Busan 2016 Plenary), (Luxembourg 2016 TEM), or (Conforming Change to MTCR Annex).
In addition, in § 772.1, this final rule amends the definition of the revised term, “unmanned aerial vehicle.” (MTCR Annex Change, Category I: Item 1.A.2., Luxembourg 2016 TEM). Under the definition of “unmanned aerial vehicle,” this final rule revises the term “cruise missile systems” by removing the word “systems” and adding an “s” to “missile.” The definition of “unmanned aerial vehicles” has been updated to reflect changes in the description of unmanned aerial vehicles in the MTCR Annex. The term “Cruise missile systems” has been changed by removing the word “systems,” thus referring only to the flight vehicle. This change both conforms to the other items in the illustrative list of unmanned aerial vehicles, and clarifies that an unmanned aerial vehicle is covered under these entries that use this control text, regardless of whether or not it is part of a larger system (
In addition, this final rule amends the CCL to reflect changes to the MTCR Annex by amending thirteen ECCNs and adding new ECCN 9B104, as follows:
In addition, this final rule adds a Related Definition as part of new ECCN 9B104 to define the term “aerothermodynamic test facilities”. This definition specifies that these facilities include plasma arc jet facilities and plasma wind tunnels for the study of thermal and mechanical effects of airflow on objects. (MTCR Annex Change, Category II: Item 15.B.6., Luxembourg 2016 TEM). As a conforming change to the addition of ECCN 9B104, this final rule adds 9B104 to the heading of ECCN 9D101 and revises the “MT” paragraph in the table in the License Requirements section of ECCNs 9E001 and 9E002 to add 9B104. The headings of ECCNs 9E001 and 9E002 do not need to be revised to add technology for 9B104, because those two technology ECCNs apply to 9B ECCNs, except for those specifically excluded in the ECCN headings. These changes are expected to result in an increase of no more than 1 application received annually by BIS, because such systems and their software and technology are exported infrequently.
Shipments of items removed from eligibility for a License Exception or export or reexport without a license (NLR) as a result of this regulatory action that were on dock for loading, on lighter, laden aboard an exporting or reexporting carrier, or enroute aboard a carrier to a port of export or reexport, on July 7, 2017, pursuant to actual orders for export or reexport to a foreign destination, may proceed to that destination under the previous eligibility for a License Exception or export or reexport without a license (NLR) so long as they are exported or reexported before August 7, 2017. Any such items not actually exported or reexported before midnight, on August 7, 2017, require a license in accordance with this rule.
Although the Export Administration Act of 1979 expired on August 20, 2001, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013) and as extended by the Notice of August 4, 2016, 81 FR 52587 (August 8, 2016), has continued the Export Administration Regulations in effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. BIS continues to carry out the provisions of the Export Administration Act of 1979, as appropriate and to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to Executive Order 13222, as amended by Executive Order 13637.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This final rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. The MTCR was formed in 1987 by the U.S. and G-7 countries (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the UK) to address the increasing proliferation of nuclear weapons by addressing the most destabilizing delivery system for such weapons. The MTCR seeks to limit the risk of proliferation of weapons of mass destruction by controlling exports of goods and technologies that could make a contribution to delivery systems (other than manned aircraft) for such weapons. The proliferation of such weapons has been identified as a threat to domestic and international peace and security. Commerce estimates this rule will increase the number of license requests by fewer than four annually.
This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined under E.O. 13132.
For the purposes of E.O. 13771, this rule is issued with respect to a national security function of the United States. The cost-benefit analysis indicates the rule is intended to improve national security as its primary direct benefit, and the regulation qualifies for a good cause exception under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). Accordingly, this rule meets the requirements set forth in the April 5, 2017, OMB guidance implementing E.O 13771, and is, therefore, exempt from the requirements of E.O. 13771.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person may be required to respond to or be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
This regulation involves a collection currently approved by OMB under control number 0694-0088, Simplified Network Application Processing System. This collection includes, among other things, license applications, and carries a burden estimate of 43.8 minutes for a manual or electronic submission for a total burden estimate of 31,833 hours. BIS expects the burden hours associated with this collection to increase slightly by 2 hours and 19 minutes for an estimated cost increase of $85. This increase is not expected to exceed the existing estimates currently associated with OMB control number 0694-0088. Although this final rule makes important changes to the EAR for
Any comments regarding the collection of information associated with this rule, including suggestions for reducing the burden, may be sent to Jasmeet K. Seehra, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), by email to
The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public participation, and a delay in effective date, are inapplicable because this action involves a military and foreign affairs function of the United States (5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1)). Immediate implementation of these amendments fulfills the United States' international commitments to the MTCR. The MTCR contributes to international peace and security by promoting greater responsibility in transfers of missile technology items that could make a contribution to delivery systems (other than manned aircraft) for weapons of mass destruction. The MTCR consists of 35 member countries acting on a consensus basis. The changes discussed in this rule implement agreements reached at the October 2016 Plenary in Busan, South Korea, and the March 2016 Technical Experts Meeting in Luxembourg City, Luxembourg. Since the United States is a significant exporter of the items discussed in this rule, implementation of this provision is necessary for the MTCR to achieve its purpose.
Although the APA requirements in section 553 are not applicable to this action under the provisions of paragraph (a)(1), this action also falls within two other exceptions in the section. The subsection (b) requirement that agencies publish a notice of proposed rulemaking that includes information on the public proceedings does not apply when an agency for good cause finds that the notice and public procedures are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and the agency incorporates the finding (and reasons therefor) in the rule that is issued (5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B)). In addition, the section 553(d) requirement that publication of a rule shall be made not less than 30 days before its effective date can be waived if an agency finds there is good cause to do so.
The section 553 requirements for notice and public procedures and for a delay in the date of effectiveness do not apply to this rule, as there is good cause to waive such practices. Delay in implementation would disrupt the movement of these potentially national- and international-security-threatening items globally, creating disharmony between export control measures implemented by MTCR members. Export controls work best when all countries implement the same export controls in a timely manner. Delaying this rulemaking would prevent the United States from fulfilling its commitment to the MTCR in a timely manner, would injure the credibility of the United States in this and other multilateral regimes, and may impair the international communities' ability to effectively control the export of certain potentially national- and international-security-threatening materials. Therefore, this regulation is issued in final form, and is effective July 7, 2017.
Further, no other law requires that a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment be given for this final rule. Because a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be given for this rule under the Administrative Procedure Act or by any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Exports, Terrorism.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Terrorism.
Exports.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, parts 742, 744, 772 and 774 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) are amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
(a) * * *
(2) The term “missiles” is defined as rocket systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles, and sounding rockets) and unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missiles, target drones, and reconnaissance drones) capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms (kg) payload to a range of at least 300 kilometers (km). * * *
50 U.S.C. 4601
(a) * * *
(1) Will be used in the design, development, production or use of rocket systems or unmanned aerial
(2) Will be used, anywhere in the world except by governmental programs for nuclear weapons delivery of NPT Nuclear Weapons States that are also members of NATO, in the design, development, production or use of rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles, regardless of range capabilities, for the delivery of chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons; or
(3) Will be used in the design, development, production or use of any rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles in or by a country listed in Country Group D:4, but you are unable to determine:
(i) The characteristics (
(ii) Whether the rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles, regardless of range capabilities, will be used in a manner prohibited under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
For the purposes of this section, “Rocket Systems” include, but are not limited to, ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles, and sounding rockets. Also, for the purposes of this section, “unmanned aerial vehicles” include, but are not limited to, cruise missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones.
(d) * * *
(1) Applications to export, reexport or transfer (in-country) the items subject to this section will be considered on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the export, reexport or transfer (in-country) would make a material contribution to the proliferation of certain rocket systems, or unmanned aerial vehicles. When an export, reexport or transfer (in-country) is deemed to make a material contribution, the license will be denied.
(2) * * *
(ii) The significance of the export, reexport or transfer in terms of its contribution to the design, development, production or use of certain rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles;
(iii) The capabilities and objectives of the rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles of the recipient country;
(v) The types of assurances or guarantees against design, development, production, or use for certain rocket system or unmanned aerial vehicle delivery purposes that are given in a particular case; and
50 U.S.C. 4601
“
“
For the purposes of § 744.3 of the EAR, unmanned air vehicles, which are the same as “unmanned aerial vehicles,” include, but are not limited to, cruise missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones.
50 U.S.C. 4601
d. High-temperature ceramic materials, useable in rockets, missiles, and unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, as follows:
d.3. Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an `Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3000 °C and reinforced with fibers or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose tips, re-entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces, or rocket motor throat inserts).
ECCN 1C107.d.3. does not control `Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' materials in non-composite form.
`Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTC)' includes: Titanium diboride (TiB
b. * * *
b.2. Hydroxy-terminated polybutadiene (including hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene) (HTPB) (CAS 69102-90-5), except for hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene as specified in USML Category
2. 2B109 does not control machines that are not usable in the “production” of propulsion “parts,” “components” and equipment (
ECCN 5A101 does not include items not designed or modified for unmanned aerial vehicles (including cruise missiles, target drones, and reconnaissance drones) or rocket systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets) capable of a maximum “range” equal to or greater than 300km (
a. `Inertial measurement equipment or systems' using accelerometers or gyros controlled by 7A001, 7A002, 7A101 or 7A102, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor;
7A103.a. includes Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs), gyrocompasses, Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs), Inertial Navigations Systems (INSs), Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs), and Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
For a manned aircraft converted to operate as an unmanned aerial vehicle specified in 9A012 and controlled for MT reasons, 9D104 includes “software”, as follows:
a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified to integrate the conversion equipment with the aircraft system functions;
b. “Software” “specially designed” or modified to operate the aircraft as an unmanned aerial vehicle.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce various special local regulations for annual regattas and marine parades in the Captain of the Port Detroit zone. Enforcement of these regulations is necessary and intended to ensure safety of life on the navigable waters immediately prior to, during, and after
The regulations in 33 CFR 100.914, 100.915, 100.919, 100.927, 100.928 will be enforced without actual notice at specified dates and times from July 7, 2017 until September 23, 2017. For the purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from June 23, 2017, until July 7, 2017.
If you have questions on this document, call or email Tracy Girard, Prevention Department, telephone (313) 568-9564, email
The Coast Guard will enforce the following special local regulations listed in 33 CFR part 100, Safety of Life on Navigable Waters, on the following dates and times:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
In accordance with § 100.901, entry into, transiting, or anchoring within these regulated areas is prohibited unless authorized by the Coast Guard patrol commander (PATCOM). The PATCOM may restrict vessel operation within the regulated area to vessels having particular operating characteristics.
Vessels permitted to enter this regulated area must operate at a no-wake speed and in a manner that will not endanger race participants or any other craft.
The PATCOM may direct the anchoring, mooring, or movement of any vessel within this regulated area. A succession of sharp, short signals by whistle or horn from vessels patrolling the area under the direction of the PATCOM shall serve as a signal to stop. Vessels so signaled shall stop and shall comply with the orders of the PATCOM. Failure to do so may result in expulsion from the area, a Notice of Violation for failure to comply, or both.
If it is deemed necessary for the protection of life and property, the PATCOM may terminate the marine event or the operation of any vessel within the regulated area.
In accordance with the general regulations in § 100.35 of this part, the Coast Guard will patrol the regatta area under the direction of a designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander (PATCOM). The PATCOM may be contacted on Channel 16 (156.8 MHz) by the call sign “Coast Guard Patrol Commander.”
Under the provisions of 33 CFR 100.928, vessels transiting within the regulated area shall travel at a no-wake speed and remain vigilant for event participants and safety craft. Additionally, vessels shall yield right-of-way for event participants and event safety craft and shall follow directions given by the Coast Guard's on-scene representative or by event representatives during the event.
The “on-scene representative” of the Captain of the Port Detroit is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer who has been designated by the Captain of the Port Detroit to act on his behalf. The on-scene representative of the Captain of the Port Detroit will be aboard either a Coast Guard or Coast Guard Auxiliary vessel. The Captain of the Port Detroit or his designated on scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16.
The rules in this section shall not apply to vessels participating in the event or to government vessels patrolling the regulated area in the performance of their assigned duties.
This document is issued under authority of 33 CFR 100.35 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). If the Captain of the Port determines that any of these special local regulations need not be enforced for the full duration stated in this document, he may suspend such enforcement and notify the public of the suspension via a Broadcast Notice to Mariners.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone on Lake Michigan, near Whiting, Indiana. This action is necessary and intended to ensure safety of life on the navigable waters of the United States immediately prior to, during, and after a high speed competition involving personal water craft. Entry of vessels or persons into this zone is prohibited unless specifically authorized by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan.
This rule is effective from 7 a.m. on August 12, 2017 to 5 p.m. on August 13, 2017.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions about this rule, call or email LT John Ramos, Marine Safety Unit Chicago, U.S. Coast Guard; telephone (630) 986-2156, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to public interest. Under 5 U.S.C.
The legal basis for the rule is the Coast Guard's authority to establish safety zones: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
On August 12, 2017, and August 13, 2017, a high speed competition involving personal watercraft will take place on Lake Michigan near Whiting, Indiana. The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan has determined that this competition will pose a significant risk to public safety and property. Such hazards include collisions among participants or spectator vessels. This rule is needed to protect personnel and vessels in the navigable waters within the safety zone while the competition is taking place.
With the aforementioned hazards in mind, the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan has determined that this temporary safety zone is necessary to ensure the safety of the public during the high speed competition involving personal watercraft on Lake Michigan. This safety zone will be enforced from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. on August 12, 2017 and from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. on August 13, 2017. This zone will encompass all waters of Lake Michigan near Whiting, Indiana bounded by a line drawn from the shoreline at 41°41.235′ N, 087°29.779′ W., then northeast to 41°41.494′ N., 087°29.559′ W., then south to 41°40.891′ N., 087°28.486′ W., then southwest to the shoreline at 41°40.725′ N., 087°28.633′ W., then along the shoreline back to the point of origin at 41°41.235′ N., 087°29.779′ W. (NAD 83).
Entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan, or a designated on-scene representative. The Captain of the Port or a designated on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive order 12866. Accordingly, it has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
We conclude that this rule is not a significant regulatory action because we anticipate that it will have minimal impact on the economy, will not interfere with other agencies, will not adversely alter the budget of any grant or loan recipients, and will not raise any novel legal or policy issues. The safety zone created by this rule will be relatively small and enforced only on August 12, 2017 from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m., and August 13, 2017, from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. Under certain conditions, moreover, vessels may still transit through the safety zone when permitted by the Captain of the Port.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered the impact of this temporary rule on small entities. This rule will affect the following entities, some of which might be small entities: The owners or operators of vessels intending to transit on a portion of the Lake Michigan near Whiting, Indiana on August 12, 2017 from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m., and August 13, 2017 from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m.
This safety zone will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the reasons cited in the
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive order
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves the establishment of a safety zone for a high speed competition involving personal watercraft on Lake Michigan near Whiting, Indiana. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. A Record of Environmental Consideration (REC) supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated in the
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(c)
(2) This safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or a designated on-scene representative.
(3) The “on-scene representative” of the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer who has been designated by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan to act on his or her behalf.
(4) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone shall contact the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or an on-scene representative to obtain permission to do so. The Captain of the Port Lake Michigan or an on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the Captain of the Port Lake Michigan, or an on-scene representative.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone on Oswego Harbor, Oswego, NY. This safety zone is intended to restrict vessels from a portion of the Oswego Harbor during the Oswego Harborfest 2017 Breakwall and Barge Fireworks Display. This temporary safety zone is necessary to protect mariners and vessels from the navigational hazards associated with a fireworks display.
This rule is effective from 9:15 p.m. on July 29, 2017 until 10:45 p.m. July 30, 2017.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this rule, call or email LT Michael Collet, Chief of Waterways Management, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Buffalo; telephone 716-843-9322, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because doing so would be impracticable. The final details of this event were not known to the Coast Guard until there was insufficient time remaining before the event to publish an NPRM. Thus, delaying the effective date of this rule to wait for a comment period to run would be impracticable because it would inhibit the Coast Guard's ability to protect mariners and vessels from the hazards associated with a maritime fireworks display.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this temporary rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Buffalo (COTP) has determined that a maritime fireworks show presents significant risks to public safety and property. Such hazards include premature and accidental detonations, dangerous projectiles, and falling or burning debris. This rule is needed to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment in the navigable waters within the safety zone while the fireworks show is taking place.
This rule establishes a safety zone on July 29, 2017, or in the event of inclement weather July 30, 2017, from 9:15 p.m. until 10:45 p.m. The safety zone will encompass all waters of the Oswego Harbor, Oswego, NY contained within a 700-foot radius of position 43°28′06″ N., 076°31′07″ W. along with a 350-foot radius of the breakwall between positions 43°27′54″ N., 076°31′24″ W. then northeast to 43°27′59″ N., 076°31′12″ W. (NAD 83).
Entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated on-scene representative. The Captain of the Port or his designated on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. Executive Order 13771 (“Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs”), directs agencies to reduce regulation and control regulatory costs and provides that “for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations be identified for elimination, and that the cost of planned regulations be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process.”
This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, it has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
As this rule is not a significant regulatory action, this rule is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing Section 2 of the Executive Order of January 30, 2017 titled ‘Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs’ ” (February 2, 2017).
We conclude that this rule is not a significant regulatory action because we anticipate that it will have minimal impact on the economy, will not interfere with other agencies, will not adversely alter the budget of any grant or loan recipients, and will not raise any novel legal or policy issues. The safety zone created by this rule will be relatively small and enforced for a relatively short time. Also, the safety zone is designed to minimize its impact on navigable waters. Furthermore, the safety zone has been designed to allow vessels to transit around it. Thus, restrictions on vessel movement within that particular area are expected to be minimal. Under certain conditions, moreover, vessels may still transit through the safety zone when permitted by the Captain of the Port.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that it is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule establishes a safety zone to ensure the safety of spectators or public in the area. It is categorically excluded under section 2.B.2, figure 2-1, paragraph 34(g) of the Instruction, which pertains to establishment of safety zones. A Record of Environmental Consideration (REC) supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated in the
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) This safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated on-scene representative.
(3) The “on-scene representative” of the Captain of the Port Buffalo is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer who has been designated by the Captain of the Port Buffalo to act on his behalf.
(4) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone must contact the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his on-scene representative to obtain permission to do so. The Captain of the Port Buffalo or his on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the Captain of the Port Buffalo, or his on-scene representative.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce a safety zone for the Brewerton Fireworks, Oneida Lake, Brewerton, NY. This action is necessary and intended for the safety of life and property on navigable waters during this event. During the enforcement period, no person or vessel may enter the respective safety zone without the permission of the Captain of the Port Buffalo.
The regulation in 33 CFR 165.939(a)(8) will be enforced on July 3, 2017, with a rain date of July 8, 2017, from 9 p.m. to 10:30 p.m.
If you have questions about this notice of enforcement, call or email LT Michael Collet, Chief of Waterways Management, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Buffalo, 1 Fuhrmann Blvd., Buffalo, NY 14203; telephone 716-843-9322, email
The Coast Guard will enforce the Safety Zone; Annual Event in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone listed in 33 CFR 165.939(a)(8) for the following event:
(1)
Pursuant to 33 CFR 165.23, entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone during an enforcement period is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative. Those seeking permission to enter the safety zone may request permission from the Captain of Port Buffalo via channel 16, VHF-FM. Vessels and persons granted permission to enter the safety zone shall obey the directions of the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative. While within a safety zone, all vessels shall operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a safe course.
This notice of enforcement is issued under authority of 33 CFR 165.939 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). In addition to this notice of enforcement in the
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone for navigable waters within a 420-foot radius of a portion of the St. Clair River, Port Huron, MI. This zone is necessary to protect spectators and vessels from potential hazards associated with the Port Huron Blue Water Fest Fireworks. Entry of vessels or persons into this zone is prohibited unless specifically authorized by the Captain of the Port Detroit.
This temporary final rule is effective from 10 p.m. on July 20, 2017, through 10:20 p.m. on July 21, 2017.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this temporary rule, call or email Tracy Girard, Prevention Department, Sector Detroit, Coast Guard; telephone 313-568-9564, or email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) (B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because doing so would be impracticable. The Coast Guard did not receive the final details of this fireworks display until there was insufficient time remaining before the event to publish an NPRM.
We are issuing this rule, and under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this temporary rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Detroit (COTP) has determined that potential hazard associated with fireworks from 10 p.m. to 10:20 p.m. on July 20, 2017 will be a safety concern to anyone within a 420-foot radius of the launch site. This rule is needed to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment in the navigable waters within the safety zone while the fireworks are being displayed.
This rule establishes a safety zone from 10 p.m. through 10:20 p.m. on July 20, 2017. In the event of inclement weather the regulated area will be enforced from 10 p.m. through 10:20 p.m. on July 21, 2017. The safety zone will encompass all U.S. navigable waters of the St. Clair River, Port Huron, MI, within a 420-foot radius of position 42°58.846′ N., 082°25.201′ W. (NAD 83). No vessel or person will be permitted to enter the safety zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes and executive orders.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. Executive Order 13771 (“Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs”), directs agencies to reduce regulation and control regulatory costs and provides that “for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations be identified for elimination, and that the cost of planned regulations be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process.” This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, it has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
As this rule is not a significant regulatory action, this rule is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration, and time-of-year of the safety zone. Vessel traffic will be able to safely transit around this safety zone which will impact a small designated area of the St. Clair River from 10:00 p.m. to 10:20 p.m. on July 20 or July 21, 2017. Moreover, the Coast Guard will issue Broadcast Notice to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone and the rule allows vessels to seek permission to enter the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for Federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a safety zone lasting less than thirty minutes that will prohibit entry within 420-feet of the firework launch site. It is categorically excluded under section 2.B.2, figure 2-1, paragraph 34(g) of the Commandant Instruction. A Record of Environmental Consideration (REC) supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated in the
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and record keeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be
(3) The “on-scene representative” of the Captain of the Port Detroit is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer designated by or assisting the Captain of the Port Detroit to act on his behalf.
(4) Vessel operators shall contact the Captain of the Port Detroit or his on-scene representative to obtain permission to enter or operate within the safety zone. The Captain of the Port Detroit or his on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16 or at 313-568-9464. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the regulated area must comply with all directions given to them by the Captain of the Port Detroit or his on-scene representative.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve a revision to the Antelope Valley Air Quality Management District (AVAQMD or “District”) portion of the California State Implementation Plan (SIP). This revision concerns emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and oxides of nitrogen (NO
This rule will be effective on August 7, 2017.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R09-OAR-2016-0415. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Jeffrey Buss, EPA Region IX, (415) 947-4152,
Throughout this document, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the EPA.
On March 10, 2017 at 82 FR 13280, the EPA proposed to approve the following rule into the California SIP.
Rule 2200 provides a mechanism for obtaining documentation of emission reductions resulting from trip reduction programs. According to the District, the rule is expected to help reduce VOC and NO
The EPA's proposed action provided a 30-day public comment period. During this period, we received no comments.
No comments were submitted. Therefore, as authorized in section 110(k)(3) of the Act, the EPA is fully approving this rule into the California SIP. As we discussed in our proposed action, the rule establishes a framework for documenting emissions reductions from trip reduction programs, but does not require any specific trip reduction programs nor does it contain a good faith estimate of emission reductions. Consequently, it is not appropriate to credit this rule with emission reductions in the SIP.
In this rule, the EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the AVAQMD rule described in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents available through
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• does not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 5, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements (see section 307(b)(2)).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Part 52, Chapter I, Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(270) * * *
(i) * * *
(E) * * *
(
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving, under the Clean Air Act (CAA), a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by Wisconsin on January 31, 2017, and supplemented on March 20, 2017. This SIP submittal consists of Wisconsin Administrative Order AM-16-01, which imposes a requirement for a taller cupola exhaust stack, a sulfur dioxide (SO
This direct final rule will be effective September 5, 2017, unless EPA receives adverse comments by August 7, 2017. If adverse comments are received, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2017-0081 at
Jenny Liljegren, Physical Scientist, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312)886-6832,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
Wisconsin submitted a SIP revision on January 31, 2017, along with supplemental information on March 20, 2017. The submittal contains Wisconsin Administrative Order AM-16-01 signed on January 31, 2017, by the Director of the Air Management Bureau of the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, which establishes a requirement for a taller cupola stack, an SO
USG-Walworth cannot demonstrate modeled attainment of the 2010 SO
The purpose of this rulemaking is to take action on Wisconsin's request to approve AM-16-01 into the Wisconsin SIP and thereby make federally enforceable the requirement for the taller stack, the SO
Wisconsin issued AM-16-01 on January 31, 2017, for USG-Walworth, with a compliance date of October 1, 2017. This order established a cupola stack height increase from 68.5 feet to 175 feet above ground level, a cupola stack flue gas flow rate of 23,200 actual cubic feet per minute (ACFM) in conjunction with an SO
Dispersion techniques, such as increasing the final exhaust plume rise by manipulation of source parameters like increasing stack heights and flue gas flow rates, are not approvable in most circumstances. EPA's stack height provisions codified at 40 CFR 51.118 arise out of CAA section 123(a), which states that the degree of emission limitation required for control of any air pollutant under an applicable implementation plan under this subchapter shall not be affected in any manner by so much of the stack height of any source as exceeds good engineering practice (as determined under regulations promulgated by the Administrator), or any other dispersion technique.
“Dispersion technique,” as defined at 40 CFR 51.100(hh)(1), means any technique which attempts to affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by: Using that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering practice stack height; varying the rate of emission of a pollutant according to atmospheric conditions or ambient concentrations of that pollutant; or increasing final exhaust gas plume rise by manipulating source process parameters, exhaust gas parameters, stack parameters, or combining exhaust gases from several existing stacks into one stack; or other selective handling of exhaust gas streams so as to increase the exhaust gas plume rise.
In the case of USG-Walworth, the raising of the stack to 175 feet does not exceed good engineering practice stack height as defined at § 51.100(ii), and AM-16-01 does not provide for the allowable rate of emissions to vary according to atmospheric conditions or ambient pollutant concentrations as per § 51.100(hh)(1)(ii). In some cases, increasing the final exhaust plume rise by manipulation of the stack height and flue gas flow rate is a dispersion technique as per § 51.100(hh)(1)(iii). However, there is an exception under 40 CFR 51.100(hh)(2)(v) where dispersion
Wisconsin set an SO
To develop Equation 1, Wisconsin plotted the worst case (highest) SO
Wisconsin's AM-16-01 method of determining compliance with the minimum flue gas flow rate (EPA Method 2) is to be conducted on the same schedule, described below, as that for compliance with the SO
In addition to the 1-hour limit of 301.3 lbs/hour in AM-16-01, Wisconsin opted to set a 30-day rolling average limit of 238.0 lbs/hour. EPA's April 2014 “Guidance for 1-Hour SO
Wisconsin's method of determining compliance with the 301.3 lbs/hr limit as set forth in AM-16-01 uses EPA-approved stack testing methods, and includes an initial stack test that must be conducted no later than April 1, 2018, which is 180 days after the AM-16-01 compliance date of October 1, 2017, and periodic stack testing conducted every five years within 90 days of the anniversary date of the initial stack test. Wisconsin's method of determining continuous compliance, as set forth in AM-16-01, requires a mass balance calculation to demonstrate compliance with the 238.0 lbs/hr limit on a 30-day rolling average basis. Under this rule, stack tests at the facility must show compliance with the 1-hour emission limit of 301.3 lbs/hr, but continuous emissions data, collected from routine mass balance calculations, are used to assess compliance with the 30-day average emission limit of 238.0 lbs/hr. Wisconsin has thereby established a two-tiered enforcement regime, in which stack tests provide occasional assessment of compliance, tested against a 1-hour limit, and continuous emissions data, as collected via routine mass balance calculations, provide a continuous assessment of compliance, tested against a 30-day average limit.
Wisconsin's mass balance equation in AM-16-01 is the difference between the sum of the estimated sulfur content of all the materials loaded into the cupola and the sum of the estimated sulfur content in the mineral wool product output from the cupola in lbs/day divided by the operating hours per day and multiplied by the molecular weight ratio of SO
EPA is evaluating AM-16-01 on the basis of whether its requirements are measurable (and thus enforceable) and whether it strengthens Wisconsin's SIP. When imposing quantitative requirements such as emission limits, it is important that these requirements be measurable so as to determine compliance. While the use of an electronic continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) would be an ideal way to measure the SO
The USG-Walworth mineral wool production process is already subject to Wisconsin rule NR 417.07(2)(b), which is a statewide SO
As previously stated, EPA intends to designate the area near USG-Walworth for the 2010 SO
EPA is approving into the Wisconsin SIP AM-16-01, which contains a requirement for a taller cupola stack, an SO
We are publishing this action without prior proposal because we view this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipate no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the Wisconsin Regulations described in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 5, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of this
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(136) On January 31, 2017 (supplemented on March 20, 2017), the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources submitted a request to incorporate Wisconsin Administrative Order AM-16-01 into its State Implementation Plan. AM-16-01 imposes a requirement for a taller cupola exhaust stack, a sulfur dioxide (SO
(i)
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a noninterference demonstration that evaluates whether the change for the Federal Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) requirements in Shelby County (hereinafter referred to as the “Area”) would interfere with the Area's ability to meet the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act). Tennessee submitted through the Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation (TDEC), on April 12, 2017, a noninterference demonstration on behalf of the Shelby County Health Department requesting that EPA change the RVP requirements for Shelby County. Specifically, Tennessee's noninterference demonstration concludes that relaxing the federal RVP requirement from 7.8 pounds per square inch (psi) to 9.0 psi for gasoline sold between June 1 and September 15 of each year in Shelby County would not interfere with attainment or maintenance of the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS or standards) or with any other CAA requirement.
This rule is effective July 7, 2017.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2017-0136. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Sean Lakeman, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S.
On April 12, 2017, Tennessee submitted a request that EPA relax the federal RVP requirement from 7.8 psi to 9.0 psi for gasoline sold between June 1 and September 15 of each year (
EPA is approving Tennessee's April 12, 2017, noninterference demonstration supporting the State's request to relax the RVP standard to 9.0 psi in Shelby County. EPA has determined that the change in the RVP requirements for Shelby County will not interfere with attainment or maintenance of any NAAQS or with any other applicable requirement of the CAA.
EPA has determined that Tennessee's April 12, 2017, RVP-related SIP revision is consistent with the applicable provisions of the CAA for the reasons provided in the NPR. Through this action, EPA is not removing the federal 7.8 psi RVP requirement for Shelby County. Any such action would occur in a separate rulemaking.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(d), EPA finds that there is good cause for this action to become effective immediately upon publication. This is because a delayed effective date is unnecessary because today's action approves a noninterference demonstration that will serve as the basis of a subsequent action to relieve the Area from certain CAA requirements that would otherwise apply to it. The immediate effective date for this action is authorized under both 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1), which provides that rulemaking actions may become effective less than 30 days after publication if the rule grants or recognizes an exemption or relieves a restriction, and section 553(d)(3), which allows an effective date less than 30 days after publication as otherwise provided by the agency for good cause found and published with the rule. The purpose of the 30-day waiting period prescribed in section 553(d) is to give affected parties a reasonable time to adjust their behavior and prepare before the final rule takes effect. This rule, however, does not create any new regulatory requirements such that affected parties would need time to prepare before the rule takes effect. Rather, this rule will serve as a basis for a subsequent action to relieve the Area from certain CAA requirements. For these reasons, EPA finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) for this action to become effective on the date of publication of this action.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 5, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking direct final action to approve revisions to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania state implementation plan (SIP). This SIP revision pertains to the requirements for reasonably available control technology (RACT) controls for certain sources of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) under the 1997 ozone national ambient air quality standard (NAAQS). This SIP revision includes Pennsylvania's certification that previously adopted RACT controls in Pennsylvania's SIP that were approved by EPA under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS are based on the currently available technically and economically feasible controls, and that they continue to represent RACT for the 1997 ozone NAAQS and a negative declaration that certain categories of sources do not exist in Pennsylvania. This SIP revision does not address Pennsylvania's May 2016 VOC and nitrogen oxides (NO
This rule is effective on October 5, 2017 without further notice, unless EPA receives adverse written comment by August 7, 2017. If EPA receives such comments, it will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2016-0561 at
Maria A Pino, (215) 814-2181, or by email at
On September 25, 2006, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania through the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) submitted a revision to its SIP that addresses certain requirements of RACT under the 1997 ozone NAAQS. The SIP revision was entitled, “Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) State Implementation Plan (SIP) Revision Under the 8-Hour Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS),” September 2006, and will be referred to in this rulemaking action as “the 2006 RACT SIP.” On June 27, 2016, PADEP withdrew from EPA review portions of the 2006 RACT SIP revision related to RACT for major stationary sources of VOC and NO
Ozone is formed in the atmosphere by photochemical reactions between VOCs, NO
RACT is defined as the lowest emission limitation that a particular source is capable of meeting by the application of control technology that is reasonably available considering technological and economic feasibility (44 FR 53761 at 53762, September 17, 1979). Section 182 of the CAA sets forth two separate RACT requirements for ozone nonattainment areas. The first requirement, contained in section 182(a)(2)(A) of the CAA, and referred to as RACT fix-up requires the correction of RACT rules for which EPA identified deficiencies before the CAA was amended in 1990. Pennsylvania previously corrected its deficiencies under the 1-hour ozone standard and has no further deficiencies to correct under this section of the CAA. The second requirement, set forth in section 182(b)(2) of the CAA, applies to moderate (or worse) ozone nonattainment area as well as to marginal and attainment areas in ozone transport regions (OTRs) established pursuant to section 184 of the CAA, and requires these areas to implement RACT controls on all major VOC and NO
In 1997, EPA revised the health-based NAAQS for ozone, setting it at 0.08 parts per million (ppm) averaged over an 8-hour time frame. EPA set the 8-hour ozone standard based on scientific evidence demonstrating that ozone causes adverse health effects at lower ozone concentrations and over longer periods of time, than was understood when the pre-existing 1-hour ozone standard was set. EPA determined that the 8-hour standard would be more protective of human health, especially children and adults who are active outdoors, and individuals with a preexisting respiratory disease, such as asthma. EPA subsequently revised the ozone NAAQS in 2008 and again in 2015. This rulemaking only addresses SIP requirements under the 1997 ozone NAAQS.
The entire Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is in the OTR. Therefore, under CAA section 184, the entire Commonwealth was subject to RACT requirements under the 1-hour ozone standard. Pennsylvania has implemented numerous RACT controls to meet the CAA RACT requirements under the 1-hour and 1997 8-hour ozone NAAQS. These RACT controls were promulgated in title 25 of the Pennsylvania Code, chapter 129, Standards for Sources.
EPA requires under the 1997 ozone NAAQS that states meet the CAA RACT requirements, either through a certification that previously adopted RACT controls in their SIP revisions approved by EPA under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS represent adequate RACT control levels for 1997 ozone NAAQS attainment purposes, or through the adoption of new or more stringent regulations that represent RACT control levels. A certification must be accompanied by appropriate supporting information such as consideration of information received during the public comment period and consideration of new data. This information may supplement existing RACT guidance documents that were developed for the 1-hour standard, such that the State's SIP accurately reflects RACT for the 8-hour ozone standard based on the current availability of technically and economically feasible controls. Adoption of new RACT regulations will occur when states have new stationary sources not covered by existing RACT regulations, or when new data or technical information indicates that a previously adopted RACT measure does not represent a newly available RACT control level. Pursuant to section 184(b)(1)(B) of the CAA, Pennsylvania had the obligation for the 1997 ozone NAAQS to implement RACT with respect to sources of VOCs in the Commonwealth covered by a CTG issued before or after November 15, 1990 (but before September 15, 2006 when SIP requirements were due for the 1997 ozone NAAQS). Another 1997 ozone NAAQS requirement for RACT is to submit a negative declaration that there are no CTG or non-CTG major sources of VOC and NO
Pennsylvania's 2006 RACT SIP revision satisfies certain RACT requirements for the 1997 ozone NAAQS through certification that previously adopted RACT controls in Pennsylvania's SIP that were approved by EPA under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS are based on the currently available technically and economically feasible controls, and continues to represent RACT for the 1997 ozone NAAQS and negative declarations that certain CTG source categories do not exist in Pennsylvania.
Table 1 lists the CTG source categories due which were required to have RACT rules under the 1997 ozone NAAQS as these CTGs were issued by EPA prior to the due date for SIP requirements for this NAAQS (
In its 2006 RACT SIP, PADEP has also certified that three regulations constitute RACT for certain VOC sources for the 1997 ozone NAAQS based on the currently available technically and economically feasible controls. Table 2 lists these source categories, their state effective dates, and the date and FR citation of EPA's approval of each regulation.
EPA's review of this material indicates that Pennsylvania's 2006 RACT SIP meets certain RACT requirements for the 1997 ozone NAAQS for applicable CTG source categories and for three non-CTG VOC categories: manufacture of surface active agents, mobile equipment repair and refinishing, and ethylene production plants to address sections 182(b) and 184(b) of the CAA.
EPA is approving Pennsylvania's 2006 RACT SIP, which was submitted on September 25, 2006. This SIP revision consists of (1) Pennsylvania's certification that previously adopted and SIP approved RACT controls for CTG source categories and three non-CTG source categories are based on the currently available technically and economically feasible controls, and that they continue to represent RACT for the 8-hour implementation purposes and (2) negative declaration that there are no sources in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for five CTG source categories. EPA finds this 2006 RACT SIP meets requirements for RACT in CAA section 182(b) and 184(b) with respect to these CTG categories, to the negative declarations, and to these specific VOC source categories. Pennsylvania has addressed its remaining obligations to address major stationary source RACT for VOC and NO
EPA is publishing this rule without prior proposal because EPA views this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipates no adverse comment. However, in the “Proposed Rules” section of today's
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Public Law 104-4);
• does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 5, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it
This action approving Pennsylvania's 2006 RACT SIP may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of flonicamid in or on multiple commodities which are identified and discussed later in this document. Interregional Research Project Number 4 (IR-4) requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective July 7, 2017. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before September 5, 2017, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0013, is available at
Michael L. Goodis, Director, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0013 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before September 5, 2017. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0013, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
A summary of the petition prepared by ISK Biosciences Corporation, the registrant, is available in the docket,
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA is establishing a tolerance for Pea and bean, succulent shelled, subgroup 6B that varies slightly from what the petitioner requested. The reason for this change is explained in Unit IV.D.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for flonicamid including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action, consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2).
In the
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by flonicamid as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Based on the findings of the May 11, 2017
Adequate enforcement methodology (FMC Method No. P-3561M, a liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) method) is available to enforce the tolerance expression for flonicamid and its metabolites in or on plant commodities.
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for flonicamid.
EPA is establishing a slightly higher tolerance for Pea and bean, succulent shelled, subgroup 6B at 7.0 ppm compared to the petitioner's request of a tolerance at 6.0 ppm. EPA's decision is based on the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) tolerance calculation procedures and available field trial data.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of flonicamid, N-(cyanomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide, and its metabolites, TFNA (4-trifluoromethylinicotinic acid), TFNA-AM (4-trifluoromethylnicotinamide), and TFNG, N-(4-trifluoromethylnicotinoyl)glycine, calculated as the stoichiometric equivalent of flonicamid, in or on Pea and bean, succulent shelled, subgroup 6B at 7.0 ppm; Pea and bean, dried shelled, except soybean, subgroup 6C at 3.0 ppm; and Vegetable, legume, edible podded, subgroup 6A at 4.0 ppm.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of prosulfuron in or on grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, stover; grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, forage; grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, hay; grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, straw; and grain, cereal, group 15. Syngenta Crop Protection, LLC requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective July 7, 2017. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before September 5, 2017, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0218, is available at
Michael L. Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0218 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before September 5, 2017. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0218, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has revised the commodity definition from grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, fodder to grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, stover. The reason for this change is explained in Unit IV.C.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for prosulfuron including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with prosulfuron follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. The most prevalent effect observed across species and study durations following administration of prosulfuron was decreased body weight observed in subchronic and chronic oral toxicity studies in rats and dogs. Additionally, subchronic and chronic oral toxicity studies in dogs showed decreased hematological parameters and hepatic toxicity. Evidence of neurotoxicity was observed in an acute neurotoxicity study but not in the subchronic neurotoxicity study. The neurological effects seen in the acute neurotoxicity study were transient, affecting primary sensorimotor and gait functions. In a developmental range-finding study in rabbits, ataxia, hypoactivity, and neuropathology were observed starting at doses of 150 mg/kg/day. However, these potential signs of neurotoxicity were not consistent with findings in the two main developmental studies in rabbits where there were no signs of neurotoxicity observed up to 200 mg/kg/day. Additionally, other repeated dosing studies in the rat, mouse, and dog did not show evidence of neurotoxicity. There is no evidence that prosulfuron is an immunotoxic chemical. Prosulfuron is classified as “
There was no evidence from the developmental and reproductive studies of increased susceptibility in rat or rabbit fetuses. In the first of two rabbit developmental studies, there were no signs of maternal or developmental toxicity. The second rabbit (tested using higher doses than the first) and the rat developmental studies showed dose-related increases in small fetuses and skeletal effects but these occurred at maternally toxic doses. In the reproductive study in rats, decreases in body weights were noted for both the adults of the P
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by prosulfuron as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for prosulfuron used for
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for prosulfuron. In estimating acute dietary exposure, EPA used food consumption information from the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Nationwide Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, What We Eat In America (NHANES/WWEIA) conducted from 2003-2008. As to residue levels in food, the acute dietary analysis was obtained from the Dietary Exposure Evaluation Model using the Food Commodity Intake Database (DEEM-FCID; version 3.18) and assumed 100 percent crop treated (PCT) and tolerance-level residues.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Based on the Tier 1 Rice Model and Pesticide Root Zone Model Ground Water (PRZM GW), the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of prosulfuron for both acute exposures and chronic exposures for non-cancer assessments are estimated to be 37 parts per billion (ppb) for both surface water and ground water.
Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model. For acute and chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 37 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
4.
EPA has not found prosulfuron to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and prosulfuron does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that prosulfuron does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at
1.
2.
There were no maternal or fetal effects observed at any dose in the first of two rabbit developmental toxicity studies. In the second rabbit study and in the rat developmental toxicity study, a dose-related increase in small fetuses and skeletal effects was observed, but only in the presence of maternal toxicity (decreased body weight gain in the rat study; and increases in abortions, decreases in food consumption and decreased mean body weight gain in the rabbit study).
In the developmental range-finding study in rabbits, ataxia, hypoactivity, and neuropathology were observed starting at doses of 150 mg/kg/day. However, these potential signs of neurotoxicity were not consistent with findings in the two main developmental studies in rabbits where there were no signs of neurotoxicity observed up to 200 mg/kg/day. In the 2-generation reproduction study in the rat, decreases in body weight were observed in the F
3.
i. The toxicity database for prosulfuron is complete.
ii. Although there was evidence of neurotoxicity in the acute neurotoxicity study and the range-finding developmental toxicity rabbit study, the selected endpoints are protective of these effects since they were seen at dose levels in excess of those where systemic toxicity occurred and at doses at least 15-fold higher than the no-observed adverse effect levels (NOAELs) selected for risk assessment. Concern is also low since no neurotoxicity was observed in the rest of the prosulfuron toxicological database, including the subchronic neurotoxicity study in rats.
iii. As discussed in Unit III.D.2., there is no evidence that prosulfuron results in increased susceptibility in
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were performed based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling used to assess exposure to prosulfuron in drinking water. These assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by prosulfuron.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
A short-term adverse effect was identified; however, prosulfuron is not registered for any use patterns that would result in short-term residential exposure. Short-term risk is assessed based on short-term residential exposure plus chronic dietary exposure. Because there is no short-term residential exposure and chronic dietary exposure has already been assessed under the appropriately protective cPAD (which is at least as protective as the POD used to assess short-term risk), no further assessment of short-term risk is necessary, and EPA relies on the chronic dietary risk assessment for evaluating short-term risk for prosulfuron.
4.
An intermediate-term adverse effect was identified; however, prosulfuron is not registered for any use patterns that would result in intermediate-term residential exposure. Intermediate-term risk is assessed based on intermediate-term residential exposure plus chronic dietary exposure. Because there is no intermediate-term residential exposure and chronic dietary exposure has already been assessed under the appropriately protective cPAD (which is at least as protective as the POD used to assess intermediate-term risk), no further assessment of intermediate-term risk is necessary, and EPA relies on the chronic dietary risk assessment for evaluating intermediate-term risk for prosulfuron.
5.
6.
Adequate enforcement methodology, Method AG-590C (a high performance liquid chromatography method with column switching and ultraviolet (UV) detection), is available to enforce the tolerance expression.
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for prosulfuron.
EPA has revised the commodity definition from “grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, fodder” to “grain, cereal, forage, fodder, and straw, group 16, stover” to be consistent with the general food and feed commodity vocabulary EPA uses for tolerances and exemptions.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of prosulfuron, (
In addition, EPA has revised the tolerance expression to clarify (1) that, as provided in FFDCA section 408(a)(3), the tolerance covers metabolites and degradates of prosulfuron not specifically mentioned; and (2) that compliance with the specified tolerance levels is to be determined by measuring only the specific compounds mentioned in the tolerance expression. EPA has determined that it is reasonable to make this change final without prior proposal and opportunity for comment, because public comment is not necessary, in that the change has no substantive effect on the tolerance, but rather is merely intended to clarify the existing tolerance expression.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
(a)
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
This final rule implements a pilot program for competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes operated by Amtrak. The final rule is required by statute.
This final rule is effective on September 5, 2017.
Brandon White, Office of Railroad Policy and Development, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590, (202) 493-1327, or Zeb Schorr, Office of Chief Counsel, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Mail Stop 10, Washington, DC 20590, (202) 493-6072.
This final rule implements a pilot program for competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes (as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102), and operated by Amtrak on the date of enactment of the Passenger Rail Reform and Investment Act of 2015 (title XI of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1660-1664 (2015)). The final rule establishes a petition, notification, and bid process by which FRA will evaluate, and ultimately select, bids to provide passenger rail service over particular long-distance routes. The final rule also, among other things, addresses FRA's execution of a contract with the winning bidder awarding the right and obligation to provide intercity passenger rail service over the route, along with an operating subsidy, subject to the 49 U.S.C. 24405 grant conditions and such performance standards as the Secretary of Transportation (Secretary) may require.
By notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) published on June 22, 2016 (81 FR 40624), FRA proposed a competitive passenger rail service pilot program in response to a statutory mandate in section 11307 of the FAST Act. In response to a request for a public hearing, FRA held a public hearing on September 7, 2016. FRA also extended the comment period for the NPRM to October 7, 2016 to allow time for interested parties to submit written comments in response to information provided at the public hearing.
FRA received comments from the American Association of Private Railroad Car Owners, the Association of Independent Passenger Rail Operators, the National Association of Railroad Passengers, Herzog Transit Services, Corridor Capital, Iowa Pacific Holdings, Florida East Coast Industries, Erie Lackawanna Railroad, the North Carolina Department of Transportation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak), the Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees Division/International Brotherhood of Teamsters, the Brotherhood of Railroad Signalmen, the International Association of Sheet Metal, Air, Rail, and Transportation Workers/Mechanical Division, the Transportation Trades Department of the American Federation of Labor-Congress of Industrial Organizations, and one individual.
Comments are addressed in the preamble. Some comments were generally supportive of the NPRM, and other comments were generally unsupportive of the NPRM.
The final rule establishes deadlines for filing petitions, filing bids, and the execution of contract(s) with winning bidders.
As to the filing of petitions, § 269.7(b) of the final rule requires the filing of a petition with FRA no later than 180 days after the effective date of the final rule implementing the pilot program (petition window). In the NPRM, FRA proposed a 60 day petition window from the publication of the final rule. Several commenters stated the proposed 60 day petition window should be extended to 120 or 180 days. Other commenters stated the petition window should remain 60 days. Still other commenters stated the petition window should be eliminated and the pilot program should remain available indefinitely.
After careful consideration of these comments, the final rule establishes a 180 day petition window, balancing the need for sufficient time to produce quality petitions and bids with the desire to encourage competition and efficiently use Federal and Amtrak resources. This extended time period will ensure an eligible petitioner has an adequate amount of time to file a petition. It is important to also note the final rule establishes the effective date of the final rule as the trigger for the 180 day period (rather than the date the final rule is published, as proposed in the NPRM). This change effectively gives eligible petitioners 60 more days (in addition to the 180 days) to file a petition. The final rule does not adopt the suggestion of some commenters that the pilot program be “evergreen.” First, the FAST Act does not require the pilot program to remain available indefinitely. Second, an evergreen pilot program may unduly burden the FRA and Amtrak by imposing an indefinite regulatory burden to maintain program readiness. Finally, FRA believes competition is best fostered by a limited duration petition window allowing FRA to evaluate multiple bidders competing for the same route.
When an eligible petitioner files a petition, under § 269.9(a) of the final rule, FRA will notify the petitioner and Amtrak of receipt of the petition, and publish a notice of receipt in the
Section 269.9(b) of the final rule addresses the filing of bids. This section requires both the bidder and Amtrak, if Amtrak so chooses, to submit complete bids to FRA not later than 120 days after
As to the award and execution of contracts with winning bidders (who are not or do not include Amtrak), § 269.11(b)(1) of the final rule first requires FRA to publish a notice for public comment for 30 days in the
A commenter stated FRA should notify Amtrak of the date when the winning bidder's service will replace Amtrak's service on the affected route. The commenter recommended requiring a minimum 210-day notice period to allow Amtrak sufficient time to notify impacted employees, suppliers, and passengers. As discussed, § 269.11(b)(1), consistent with the requirements of the FAST Act, requires FRA to publish a notice identifying the winning bidder and the route, among other things, for public comment for 30 days.
In addition, the FAST Act, and this final rule, requires FRA to execute a contract with a winning bidder not later than 270 days after the bid deadline § 269.9 establishes. The NPRM did not specifically address when a winning bidder would assume operation of a route. The precise timing of a new operation will depend upon the winning bidder's readiness to assume operations, the availability and amount of an operating subsidy, as well as the resolution of logistics associated with a change in operator. It may be most appropriate for the new operator to begin operations at the beginning of a new Federal fiscal year, which would facilitate both the payment of the operating subsidy, if one is requested and available, and FRA's efficient administration of the pilot program. FRA will work with the winning bidder and Amtrak to identify a safe, timely, and reasonable date on which the winning bidder will assume operations.
The FAST Act requires the Secretary to award an operating subsidy to a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak (although a bidder may elect to not receive an operating subsidy). 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E)(ii). Specifically, the operating subsidy, as determined by the Secretary, is for the first year at a level that does not exceed 90 percent of the level in effect for that specific route during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year the petition was received, adjusted for inflation, and any subsequent years under the same calculation, adjusted for inflation.
In addition, the FAST Act requires FRA to provide to Amtrak an appropriate portion of the applicable appropriations to cover any cost directly attributable to the termination of Amtrak service on the route and any indirect costs to Amtrak imposed on other Amtrak routes as a result of losing service on the route operated by the winning bidder. 49 U.S.C. 24711(e)(2). Any amount FRA provides to Amtrak under the prior sentence would not be deducted from, or have any effect on, the operating subsidy 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E)(ii) requires.
Consistent with the requirements of the FAST Act, § 269.13(b)(1) of the NPRM required FRA to award to a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak an operating subsidy “as determined by FRA” for the first year at a level that does not exceed 90 percent of the level in effect for that specific route during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the petition was received, adjusted for inflation.
Commenters requested more clarity on FRA's determination of the operating subsidy amount. Because the operating portion of FRA's annual grant to Amtrak's National Network is the authorized source of funding for the operating subsidy, only cost categories associated with the operating portion of Amtrak's grant are eligible costs for the operating subsidy under this pilot program. Consequently, § 269.13(b)(1) of the final rule states the operating subsidy is based on Amtrak's publically-reported fully-allocated operating costs of the route for the prior fiscal year, excluding costs related to Other Postretirement Employee Benefits (OPEB's), Amtrak Performance Tracking System (APT) Asset Allocations, Project Related Costs, and Amtrak Office of Inspector General activities. This data is publicly available on Amtrak's Web site in a comprehensive Monthly Performance Report (the final audited September report contains information for the entire fiscal year). Amtrak also reports this data to Congress and the Secretary in the monthly National Railroad Passenger Corporation Progress Report.
To avoid confusion, FRA will post, and update as necessary, the calculation and maximum subsidy amount available for each route based on the most recent full fiscal year data available on its Web site. For subsequent fiscal years, FRA will award the same operating subsidy, adjusted for inflation, again subject to the availability of Congressional appropriations. FRA will also provide the operating subsidy calculations for each long-distance route on the FRA Web site for reference by eligible petitioners.
One commenter questioned the accuracy of Amtrak's fully-allocated route costs, favoring instead reporting of variable costs by route at a detailed account level. FRA disagrees. Fully allocated costs are a component of the cost accounting methodology formed by the creation of APT, a statutorily mandated system developed by FRA, in close collaboration with Amtrak. Amtrak has used APT effectively since 2009 to assign costs at a route level. While an untested, non-public measure may provide different detail, the utility of publically available data that best aligns with Amtrak's grant is most appropriate here.
Commenters stated FRA should ensure it is using consistent, accurate financial data and that bidders should have access to actual, fully-allocated route costs for the five most recent years Amtrak operated the service. Amtrak has included the publicly reported fully-allocated operating costs in the Monthly Performance Report for at least the past five years, though reports are only posted for one year following publication. Using archived copies of these reports, FRA will post on its Web site Amtrak's fully allocated operating loss for each Long Distance route since FY2012.
Commenters also stated FRA should provide more detail about the costs comprising the total operating subsidy, including route specific costs. Another commenter, on the other hand, objected to the disclosure of Amtrak's route specific information. FRA declines to provide the more detail requested. FRA notes that the summary financial results reported in Amtrak's Monthly Performance Reports list actual costs on a system-wide basis across various revenue and expense categories. In addition, FRA believes a bidder should base its costs on its own needs and business case, rather than Amtrak route specific information.
Some commenters suggested FRA include interest and depreciation costs in the operating subsidy to account for equipment related expenses associated with operating the service. Another commenter stated the operating subsidy should exclude capital costs, depreciation, and other non-cash costs. The final rule does not include depreciation and interest costs in the formulation of the operating subsidy. This approach is consistent with the operating portions of FRA's annual grants to Amtrak for the Northeast Corridor and National Network accounts, which do not include Amtrak
A commenter stated FRA should ensure any award to a winning bidder is consistent with the objective of reducing Federal funding requirements for long distance routes. FRA will make judicious operating subsidy determinations to ensure the efficient use of Federal funds.
A commenter also stated FRA should address how it will reimburse costs that non-Amtrak service sponsors may incur. FRA is not authorized under the FAST Act to directly reimburse sponsors of Amtrak service. As discussed, the FAST Act directs the Secretary to provide Amtrak an appropriate portion of the applicable appropriations to cover any cost directly attributable to the termination of Amtrak service on the route and any indirect costs to Amtrak imposed on other Amtrak routes as a result of losing service on the route operated by the winning bidder.
A commenter sought clarity regarding the basis upon which FRA may not provide funding to a winning bidder. FRA is not authorized to provide funding in excess of appropriated levels. The FAST Act authorizes the Secretary to fund the operating subsidy by withholding such sums as are necessary from the amount appropriated to the Secretary for the use of Amtrak for activities associated with Amtrak's National Network. FAST Act sec. 11101(e). However, if Congress does not appropriate funds in a manner so as to allow the Secretary to pay an operating subsidy under this pilot program, then the Secretary cannot award an operating subsidy to a winning bidder. In other words, the award of any operating subsidy to a winning bidder is subject to the availability of funding. Accordingly, the Secretary's contract with a winning bidder will not award an operating subsidy unless the award is authorized by both the FAST Act and the applicable appropriations act. In addition, the Secretary will award the operating subsidy to the winning bidder annually and, again, only as authorized by the FAST Act and the applicable appropriations act (
A commenter expressed concern that, in the event Congress reduces Amtrak appropriations, a winning bidder may receive disproportionately less subsidy as compared to the services remaining with Amtrak. Subject to the availability of funding for long distance services, FRA will award an operating subsidy to a winning bidder that is the same amount, adjusted for inflation, throughout the term of the contract.
Under the FAST Act, an entity may only be an eligible petitioner for this pilot program if it owns the relevant rail infrastructure or has a “written agreement” with the relevant rail infrastructure owner (in addition to meeting the other eligible petitioner requirements discussed elsewhere in this preamble). 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(3). The FAST Act also requires a winning bidder who does not own the relevant infrastructure to enter into a “written agreement governing access issues” with the owners of such infrastructure. 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(5).
Section 269.9(b)(2)(i) of the NPRM required a bid to include any applicable agreement(s) necessary for the operation of passenger service over right-of-way on the route that is not owned by the bidder. The NPRM did not address the nature of the “written agreement” necessary for an entity to submit a petition under § 269.7(b).
Because a “written agreement” is an eligibility requirement for many potential petitioners, § 269.7(b)(4) of the final rule requires an eligible petitioner to include, in its petition, agreements with all entities that own or control infrastructure on the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation. However, these written agreements are not required to completely address infrastructure access; rather, they must demonstrate the infrastructure owner's support for the petition.
In addition, like the NPRM, § 269.9(b)(2)(i) of the final rule then requires a bidder to submit, in its bid package, executed agreement(s) necessary for the operation of passenger service over right-of-way on the route that is not owned by the bidder.
Several comments sought further clarity on the meaning of the term “written agreement.” One commenter stated a petitioner should submit written agreements with each rail carrier that owns or controls any infrastructure along the route, with their petition filed under § 269.7(b), and such agreements should address the petitioner's ability to access the infrastructure necessary for the operation of the petitioned route. Other commenters stated that negotiating the detailed terms of such access agreements take a long time, and instead proposed that, when submitting a petition, a petitioner should only need to submit a written agreement in which the infrastructure owners express a willingness to enter into a good faith discussion with the bidder.
FRA generally agrees with the latter commenters. Specifically, to ensure the efficient use of FRA and Amtrak resources, and recognizing the challenges executing agreements that completely address infrastructure access, as discussed, the final rule requires a petition to include agreements with all entities that own or control infrastructure on the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation. As described, these agreements are not required to completely address infrastructure access; rather, they must demonstrate the infrastructure owner's support for the petition. As noted, the final rule also requires an eligible petitioner to submit, as part of the bid package, executed agreement(s) necessary for the operation of passenger service over right-of-way on the route that is not owned by the eligible petitioner.
Some commenters expressed concern Amtrak, as an owner of infrastructure on most of the long distance routes, could refuse to enter into access agreements with eligible petitioners. However, in the event of such a dispute, the statute and the final rule make clear the Surface Transportation Board (STB) may require Amtrak to provide access to Amtrak facilities if such access is necessary to operate the pilot route. 49 U.S.C. 24711(g). Access to Amtrak-owned facilities, among other things, is discussed elsewhere in this preamble.
Lastly, several commenters stated an eligible petitioner could develop an operating plan that contracts with Amtrak to provide operating crews and uses Amtrak's existing access agreement, as long as the infrastructure owners agreed with the operating plan. FRA disagrees. First, private partnerships between Amtrak and third parties may of course occur outside of this pilot program, and, are, in fact encouraged by section 216 of PRIIA and 49 U.S.C. 24101. Second, the FAST Act does not authorize an eligible petitioner to use Amtrak's right to access infrastructure owned by a third party.
Section 269.9(b)(1) of the final rule, in part, requires a bidder to provide FRA with sufficient information to evaluate the level of service described in the bid. In addition, § 269.13(b)(4) requires a winning bidder to provide intercity passenger rail transportation over the route that is no less frequent, nor over a shorter distance, than Amtrak provided on the route.
One commenter stated the final rule should provide that, upon request, the Secretary would make available a detailed and specific definition of Amtrak's level of service for any route subject to the pilot program. FRA disagrees. As described, the final rule requires, at minimum, a winning bidder to provide a level of service that is no less frequent, nor over a shorter distance than Amtrak provided on the route.
Several commenters stated the final rule should allow a bidder to operate alternate service alignments between the endpoints of a route. Similarly, a commenter stated the final rule should allow a bidder to vary the schedule and services of the particular train. One other commenter, on the other hand, stated a winning bidder must serve all of the same stations Amtrak currently serves on the route. The final rule does not prohibit a bidder from proposing to operate an alternate alignment between the endpoints of a route. However, a bid proposing the relocation, elimination, or addition of a station at which the service will stop should be accompanied by evidence of significant support from the communities impacted by such changes so FRA may understand and evaluate the proposed service.
A commenter stated FRA should favorably weight bids that maintain existing connections with other intercity passenger trains and buses to promote the national passenger train and connecting intercity bus network. A commenter also stated the final rule should encourage innovative ideas, including enhanced food and beverage service, and improved connectivity and amenities. As stated, FRA's bid evaluations will take into account all aspects of service described in the bid. 49 CFR 269.9(b)(1).
Finally, one commenter stated the final rule should expand the pilot program to discontinued Amtrak long distance routes. However, the FAST Act limits the pilot program to the long distance routes defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102 and operated by Amtrak on the date of enactment of the FAST Act.
The FAST Act requires a winning bidder to, at a minimum, meet the performance “required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the last fiscal year” and subjects any award to a winning bidder “to such performance standards.” 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E)(i) and (b)(4). In addition, the FAST Act authorizes the Secretary to require performance standards above that achieved by Amtrak. 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E)(i). The final rule requires bidders to describe how the passenger rail service would meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the last fiscal year, and states that, at a minimum, the description must include, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid, a projection of the route's expected Passenger Miles per Train Mile, End-Point and All Stations On-Time Performance, Host Railroad and Operator Responsible Delays per 10,000 train miles, Percentage of Passenger Trips to/from Underserved Communities, Service Interruptions per 10,000 Train Miles due to Equipment-Related Problems, and customer service quality. 49 CFR 269.9(b)(9). Likewise, the final rule conditions the operating subsidy rights upon the winning bidder's compliance with performance standards FRA may require, but which, at a minimum, must meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the fiscal year immediately preceding the year the bid is submitted. 49 CFR 269.13(b)(5).
Commenters sought additional clarity on the performance standards and, in particular, how FRA would evaluate the performance of a winning bidder. To determine whether a winning bidder has met or exceeded the performance achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the last fiscal year, as required by the FAST Act, FRA will require a winning bidder to report the performance standards discussed in the previous paragraph to FRA on a quarterly basis. These performance categories are available publically in the Quarterly Report on the Performance and Service Quality of Intercity Passenger Train Operations available on FRA's Web site. Additionally, a winning bidder must also provide a monthly ridership report to FRA. Finally, a bidder must explain in its bid submission how it will achieve and report on these performance standards.
A commenter stated FRA should define, or otherwise make available, the Amtrak performance standards achieved on each long-distance route. This data is publicly available on FRA's Web site in the Quarterly Reports on the Performance and Service Quality of Intercity Passenger Train Operations.
One commenter stated the final rule should impose performance standards on Amtrak if it submits a bid. Another commenter stated, on the other hand, FRA is not authorized to impose such standards on Amtrak. The FAST Act does not require the imposition of performance standards on Amtrak. However, if Amtrak submits a bid and is selected, then Amtrak should comply with the performance standards described in the bid.
Lastly, a commenter stated the final rule should require Amtrak to identify future savings or new revenues if their counterbid is lower than Amtrak's current route costs. FRA does not believe the final rule needs to specifically require Amtrak to produce such information. Section 269.9(b) requires bidders and Amtrak to submit bids containing a financial plan, among other requirements, which enables FRA to fully evaluate the bids. Furthermore, if FRA does not receive sufficient information, FRA may request supplemental information from the bidder and/or Amtrak under § 269.9(c).
Section 24711(c) of the FAST Act requires Amtrak, if necessary to carry out the purposes of the pilot program, to provide access to the “Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities directly related to operations of the awarded routes to the eligible petitioner awarded a contract.” Section 24711(g) further provides, in the event Amtrak and the winning bidder cannot agree upon the terms of such access, either party may petition the STB to determine “whether access to Amtrak's facility or equipment, or the provisions of services by Amtrak is necessary . . . and whether the operation of Amtrak's other services will not be unreasonably
The final rule provides, consistent with the FAST Act and the NPRM, if an award is made to a bidder other than Amtrak, Amtrak must provide access to the Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities directly related to operations of the awarded route(s) to the bidder. 49 CFR 269.15(a). For additional clarity, the final rule added a sentence stating that, if Amtrak and the eligible petitioner awarded a route cannot agree on the terms of access, then either party may petition the STB under 49 U.S.C. 24711(g). 49 CFR 269.15(a).
Commenters sought clarity regarding the meaning of the term “facilities.” One commenter stated “facilities” should include coach yards, repair shops, and Amtrak-owned track. FRA understands the term “facilities” to include Amtrak-owned coach yards, repair shops, and track. A commenter also stated the final rule should require Amtrak to provide access to “Amtrak controlled” track. However, the FAST Act only authorizes access for “Amtrak-owned” facilities. 49 U.S.C. 24711(c)(1).
Several commenters stated the final rule should require Amtrak to provide access to Amtrak-owned rolling stock. As stated, section 24711(c)(1) of the FAST Act specifically requires Amtrak to provide access to the “Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities,” but it does not reference rolling stock. However, section 24711(g) states the STB may adjudicate disputes regarding whether Amtrak should be required to provide services or equipment. As such, either party may petition the STB for a determination about the necessity of access to Amtrak-owned equipment (to include rolling stock), among other things.
At least one commenter stated Amtrak's statutory right to access track is a “facility” and, therefore, Amtrak should be required to provide its access rights to a winning bidder. Another commenter stated FRA should invoke Amtrak's statutory right to access track on behalf of a winning bidder. FRA disagrees with both comments. Amtrak's right to access track is not transferrable unless specifically authorized by law.
Similarly, a commenter stated the final rule should allow an eligible petitioner to use Amtrak train and engine crews to access track via the existing Amtrak access agreement with the host railroad. A commenter also stated Amtrak should be required to provide Amtrak train crews to a bidder, as it would constitute a “provision of services” allowed under section 24711(g)(1)(A) of the FAST Act. First, as discussed, Amtrak's right to access track may not be transferred under this pilot program. Further, a bidder who is partnering with Amtrak to provide a service under the pilot program would not be entitled to an operating subsidy award under the pilot program. The FAST Act makes clear that an operating subsidy is only available to a winning bidder who is not or does not include Amtrak. 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(2).
A commenter stated Amtrak need only provide access if FRA determines the access is necessary. However, section 24711(g) of the FAST Act states the STB, not the FRA, is responsible for determining whether access is necessary.
Some commenters stated the cost allocation policy developed under section 209 of the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 should be used to calculate cost for the use of Amtrak's assets. Another commenter stated FRA, not other bidders, should request from Amtrak the cost of providing access to specific facilities and services a bidder wants Amtrak to provide. However, neither approach is required by the FAST Act. Rather, the parties must agree on cost and, if they cannot, either party may petition the STB for a determination.
A commenter stated the rule should require FRA to publish Amtrak's costs to provide access to its reservation system, stations, and facilities, and FRA should condition Amtrak's receipt of Federal operating funds on Amtrak's participation. Similarly, a commenter stated FRA should set forth minimum conditions of cooperation, along with reasonable ranges of costs for the joint use of facilities and services. Another commenter stated FRA should articulate clear definitions, prior to the submittal of any bids, of the costs for Amtrak to operate facilities or equipment. Lastly, a commenter suggested there should be a set rate for Amtrak equipment used by a winning bidder. FRA disagrees and does not believe these approaches are necessary or consistent with the FAST Act. As described above, section 24711(g) provides, in the event Amtrak and the winning bidder cannot agree upon the terms of access, either party may petition the STB to resolve the dispute.
A commenter stated that, if a dispute between Amtrak and a bidder is submitted to the STB for resolution, then a bidder may use the Amtrak-owned facilities during the period of time the dispute is with the STB. FRA disagrees. Indeed, the dispute may involve whether the bidder is in fact entitled to access the facilities at issue. Further, a bidder should not need to access the facilities because the terms of access would have to be resolved in advance of bidder operations.
A commenter also stated the final rule should require Amtrak to provide access to its data relating to operations, costs, facilities, ridership and other information to enable a bidder to develop an informed business plan and proposal. The FAST Act does not authorize this approach. As discussed, the bidder is responsible for collecting the information necessary to prepare their business plan and proposal.
The FAST Act subjects winning bidders to the grant conditions in 49 U.S.C. 24405.
The NPRM and this final rule likewise subject winning bidders to these grant conditions.
Several commenters sought clarification about the 49 U.S.C. 24405 grant condition concerning employee protections. One commenter stated the 4R Act employee protections should not apply to this pilot program. FRA disagrees. The FAST Act subjects a winning bidder to the grant conditions of section 24405, which include the 4R Act equivalent employee protections.
Several commenters stated the FRA should adopt employee protections equivalent to those established under the 4R Act but adjusted to fit the pilot program, and should issue guidance on the adjusted protections. FRA declines to use this rulemaking to adopt employee protections equivalent to the almost forty-year old 4R Act employee protections set forth by the Secretary of Labor for the purpose of resolving imprecisions in the application of those protections to this pilot program. The FAST Act subjects winning bidders, some of whom may not be railroads, to the grant conditions under section 24405. In so doing, the FAST Act recognizes the possibility that a non-railroad winning bidder may directly provide the 4R Act equivalent employee protections.
A commenter also stated FRA should issue guidance on a winning bidder's responsibility to employees under the FAST Act, while also stating such employee costs should be included in any petition filed with FRA under the pilot program. If needed, FRA may issue pilot program guidance. However, FRA disagrees with the suggestion to include employee costs in the petition. The petition requirements under § 269.7 require basic information from eligible petitioners; it is premature to require detailed cost information in the petition. It is in the bid where an eligible petitioner provides FRA with the information necessary to evaluate a bid, including the submission of a required staffing plan that addresses the terms of work for prospective and current employees for the proposed service, among other things.
Commenters also stated the NPRM did not indicate how FRA would apply the employee protections. FRA disagrees. Consistent with the FAST Act requirement, the NPRM and the final rule require compliance with section 24405 in the contract between FRA and a winning bidder.
Lastly, one commenter suggested costs associated with providing the 4R Act equivalent employee protections should not be deducted from the operating subsidy awarded to a winning bidder. The 4R Act equivalent employee protection costs are the responsibility of a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak and do not impact the calculation of the operating subsidy.
This section provides that the final rule carries out the statutory mandate in 49 U.S.C. 24711 requiring FRA, on behalf of the Secretary, to implement a pilot program to competitively select eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102, and operated by Amtrak on the date of enactment of the FAST Act.
A commenter stated an eligible petitioner should be able to decide the route(s) on which they bid and should be able to bid on inactive routes. The pilot program does not apply to inactive routes. The FAST Act limits the pilot program to the long-distance routes, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102, operated by Amtrak on the date of enactment of the FAST Act. 49 U.S.C. 24711(a).
A commenter also stated FRA should take primary responsibility in any contract with a winning bidder to “launch” the service. FRA disagrees. The FAST Act directs FRA to implement the pilot program for the competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three-long distance routes. The FAST Act does not require the FRA to take primary responsibility for a winning bidder's execution of the service.
Paragraph (a) of this section provides the pilot program is not available to more than three Amtrak long-distance routes, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102. This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(a).
Paragraph (b) of this section provides that any eligible petitioner awarded a contract to provide passenger rail service under the pilot program can only provide such service for a period not to exceed four years from the date the winning bidder commenced service and, at FRA's discretion on behalf of the Secretary, FRA may renew such service for one additional operation period of four years. This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(A).
A commenter stated FRA should address the transition of service from a successful winning bidder back to Amtrak. Although there may be challenges that arise in such a situation, the FAST Act does not require FRA to address this issue in the rulemaking, nor is it prudent in this rulemaking to attempt to address possible outcomes that may occur many years from now.
Commenters also stated the length of the contract should be longer than four years, for various reasons. However, the FAST Act requires one four year term, and allows for one four year renewal term at the discretion of the Secretary.
This section contains the definitions for the final rule. This section defines the following terms: Act; Administrator; Amtrak; Eligible petitioner; File and Filed; Financial plan; FRA; Operating plan; and Long-distance route.
This section defines “eligible petitioner” to mean: A rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route, or another rail carrier that has a written agreement with a rail carrier or rail carriers that own such infrastructure; a State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity responsible for providing intercity rail passenger transportation with a written agreement with the rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route and that host or would host the intercity rail passenger transportation; or a State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State
A commenter stated the final rule should amend the definition of the term “eligible petitioner” to make clear it is not necessary for a petitioner to obtain a written agreement with Amtrak for Amtrak-owned infrastructure prior to submitting a petition. However, the definition used in the final rule is taken directly from the FAST Act. 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(3). With that said, Amtrak is required to provide access to Amtrak-owned facilities, among other things. 49 U.S.C. 24711(c)(1). As such, FRA will take both of these FAST Act directives into account when reviewing petitions received under this program.
This section defines “financial plan” to mean a plan that contains, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid: An annual projection of the revenues, expenses, capital expenditure requirements, and cash flows (from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities, showing sources and uses of funds, including the operating subsidy amount) attributable to the route; and a statement of the assumptions underlying the financial plan's contents.
In addition, this section defines “operating plan” to mean a plan that contains, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid: A complete description of the service planned to be offered, including the train schedules, frequencies, equipment consists, fare structures, and such amenities as sleeping cars and food service provisions; station locations; hours of operation; provisions for accommodating the traveling public, including proposed arrangements for stations shared with other routes; expected ridership; passenger-miles; revenues by class of service between each city-pair proposed to be served; connectivity with other intercity transportation services; compliance with applicable Service Outcome Agreements, and a statement of the assumptions underlying the operating plan's contents. The final rule added “connectivity with other intercity transportation services” and “compliance with applicable Service Outcome Agreements” in response to comments. The final rule requires bidders to include a financial plan and an operating plan—as those terms are defined here—in their bids. These definitions ensure that bids contain sufficient information for evaluation.
A commenter stated the final rule should specifically state that, for purposes of the operating plan, a bidder may assume access to Amtrak facilities and stations. This revision is not necessary. The final rule requires a bidder to describe the assumptions underlying the operating plan's contents. And, as discussed elsewhere in this preamble, the final rule states that Amtrak must provide access to the Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities directly related to operations of the awarded route(s) to the bidder.
This section also defines “long-distance route” to mean those routes described in 49 U.S.C. 24102(5) and operated by Amtrak on the date the FAST Act was enacted. This definition is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(a).
Paragraph (a) of this section provides an eligible petitioner may petition FRA to provide intercity passenger rail transportation over a long-distance route in lieu of Amtrak for a period of time consistent with the time limitations described in § 269.3(c). This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(A).
Paragraph (b) of this section provides a petition submitted to FRA under this rule must: Be filed with FRA no later than 180 days after the effective date of the competitive passenger rail service pilot program final rule; describe the petition as a “Petition to Provide Passenger Rail Service under 49 CFR part 269”; describe the long-distance route or routes over which the petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation and the Amtrak service the petitioner wants to replace; and, if applicable, provide an executed copy of all written agreements with all entities that own infrastructure on the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation. This paragraph is intended to ensure a petition provides clear notice to FRA and the petitioner is statutorily eligible to participate in the program.
Paragraph (a) of this section provides that FRA would notify the eligible petitioner and Amtrak of receipt of a petition filed with FRA by publishing a notice of receipt in the
Paragraph (b) of this section describes the bid requirements, including that a bid must be filed with FRA no later than 120 days after FRA publishes the notice of receipt in the
A commenter stated a bidder should not be constrained due to their prior experience with passenger rail service. The final rule's bid requirements apply to all bidders and Amtrak, regardless of experience in passenger rail service.
A commenter also stated the final rule should require a bidder to provide written documentation that any state(s) providing funding for a route concur with a bid to provide service over the route. Another commenter, on the other hand, disagreed and stated FRA should be responsible for obtaining concurrence from a state providing funding for a route. For routes receiving funding from a state or states, section 24711(b)(1)(D) of the FAST Act requires for each bid received, “the Secretary have the concurrence of the State of States that provide funding for that route.” FRA understands this requirement to be the obligation of the bidder, not FRA. The bidder is in the best position to obtain such concurrence, and, of course, the support of the state or states is critically important to the bidder's ability to operate the service. The final rule incorporates this requirement in § 269.9(b)(12).
A commenter stated the description of the capital needs for the planned service under § 269.9(b)(6) should include projected capital expenditures for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid. FRA agrees, and the final rule, like the NPRM, requires this information. Specifically, § 269.9(b)(2)(i) requires a bid to include a financial plan, and § 269.5 defines the term “financial plan” as a plan that contains, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid, an annual projection of the capital expenditure requirements attributable to the route, among other things.
A commenter also stated a bid should include a breakdown of the projected capital expenditures required to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act, applicable FRA safety regulations, and other applicable laws and regulations. In response to this comment, FRA amended: (1) § 269.9(b)(11) of the final rule to require an eligible petitioner to describe its compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws; and (2)
Lastly, a commenter stated the final rule should specify the documentation requirements and procedures applicable to bidders who are new passenger rail service operators to ensure compliance with all applicable safety requirements. Section 269.9(b)(7) of the final rule requires an eligible petitioner in its bid package to describe in detail the bidder's plans for meeting all FRA safety requirements. It is not necessary for this rulemaking to fully describe the regulatory process a new operator will use to initiate service.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides FRA may request supplemental information from a bidder and/or Amtrak if FRA determines it needs such information to adequately evaluate a bid. Such a request may seek information about the costs related to the service Amtrak would still incur following the cessation of service, including the increased costs for other services. FRA will establish a deadline by which the bidder and/or Amtrak must submit the supplemental information to FRA.
A commenter stated this section should require FRA to seek such information from Amtrak, including information from Amtrak about the feasibility of the proposed service, the potential impairment to Amtrak's other services, or the cost of providing access to Amtrak's facilities or equipment. FRA agrees that, when evaluating a bid, additional information may be needed, and FRA may request supplemental information under § 269.9(c). However, requiring FRA to request supplemental information is not necessary, and would overly burden FRA when it does not need supplemental information to evaluate a bid.
Paragraph (a) of this section provides that FRA will select a winning bidder by evaluating the bids based on the requirements of part 269.
A commenter stated the evaluation criteria should include the impact of an award on the Federal funding requirements for intercity passenger rail. Another commenter, on the other hand, stated that any claimed increase in Amtrak's cost, or other negative financial performance impacts, should not be evaluated under § 269.11 (and referenced 49 U.S.C. 24711(e)(2)). As stated above, FRA will evaluate the bids based on the requirements of part 269, and § 269.9(b)(10) of the final rule requires a bidder, as part of the bid package, to analyze the reasonably foreseeable effects, both positive and negative, of the passenger rail service on other intercity passenger rail services. Section 24711(e)(2) of the FAST Act is not relevant to the evaluation of bids. Rather, section 24711(e)(2) concerns the calculation of attributable costs that may be provided to Amtrak if there is a winning bidder other than Amtrak (and states these attributable costs “shall not be deducted from” the operating subsidy awarded to the winning bidder).
Commenters also stated low cost, or high cost, should not drive the evaluation, but rather overall bid quality should be the basis for selection. FRA will evaluate all aspects of a bid in making its determination.
A commenter stated DOT/FRA may have a conflict of interest in administering the pilot program because the Secretary is a member of the Amtrak Board of Directors. The Secretary's roles administering the pilot program and as a member of the Amtrak Board of Directors are mandated by statute. With that said, FRA will administer the pilot program fairly, in good faith, and consistent with the FAST Act.
Paragraph (b) of this section provides that, upon selecting a winning bidder, FRA will publish a notice in the
Paragraph (a) of this section provides that FRA will execute a contract with a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak, consistent with the requirements of § 269.13, and as FRA may otherwise require, not later than 270 days after the bid deadline § 269.9(b) establishes. This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E).
Paragraph (b) of this section discusses required elements of the contract between FRA and the winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak. This paragraph is based on the statutory directives in 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(E), (b)(4), and (c)(3).
Commenters stated FRA must ensure that any construction work contractors of a winning bidder perform complies with Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements. Section 269.13(b)(6) subjects winning bidders to the section 24405 grant conditions, including section 24405(c)(2)(A), which addresses prevailing wage requirements. Commenters similarly stated FRA must ensure a winning bidder complies with the applicable Buy America requirement. Likewise, § 269.13(b)(6) subjects winning bidders to the section 24405 grant conditions, including section 24405(a), which addresses the Buy America requirement.
A commenter also stated the NPRM did not address how FRA will ensure winning bidders comply with the requirement of the FAST Act subjecting winning bidders to the grant conditions in section 24405. FRA disagrees. Section 269.13(b)(6) of the NPRM and the final rule provides that any contract between FRA and a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak must subject the winning bidder to these grant conditions. And, § 269.17(a) of the final rule states the FRA Administrator shall take any necessary action consistent with title 49 of the United States Code to enforce the contract where a winning bidder fails to fulfill its obligations under the contract required under § 269.13.
A commenter stated the contract should require the winning bidder to comply with all statutory and other legal requirements that apply to Amtrak's use of the appropriated funds. FRA agrees. For purposes of clarity, FRA added another element to the final rule stating a contract between FRA and a winning bidder must make the winning bidder subject to the requirements of the appropriations act(s) funding the contract.
A commenter stated the award of the contract must also be conditioned on the bidder's demonstration, prior to the initiation of service, of compliance with all applicable Federal and state laws and regulations as well as the maintenance of adequate liability coverage for claims through insurance and self-insurance required by 49 U.S.C. 28103(c). First, as stated above, § 269.9(b)(11) of the final rule requires a bid to describe the bidder's compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws. Furthermore, § 269.13(a) makes clear FRA has the discretion to not award a contract if the winning bidder is not in compliance with the law. Second, as to mandatory insurance, 49 U.S.C. 28103(c) applies to Amtrak; it does not apply to other
A commenter also stated the contract should be conditioned on the winning bidder's payment of penalties, specified in its contract with FRA, should the winning bidder fail to meet performance standards. FRA did not intend for the final rule to fully address all aspects of the contract between FRA and a winning bidder. As such, contract details concerning penalty payments are not addressed in this final rule and, instead, may be addressed at the time a winning bidder is selected.
A commenter stated that a winning bidder would be subject to the requirement in 49 U.S.C. 24321 prohibiting the use of Federal funds to cover any operating loss associated with providing food and beverage service on a route. The requirements of section 24321 apply to a winning bidder under this pilot program.
Lastly, a commenter stated any non-Amtrak winning bidders should be required to deal with private rail car owners in a positive manner. FRA disagrees. The FAST Act imposes no such requirement, and FRA declines to regulate how a non-Amtrak winning bidder addresses contracting with private rail car owners.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides that the winning bidder would make their bid available to the public after the bid award with any appropriate confidential or proprietary information redactions. This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(b)(1)(C)(ii).
Paragraph (a)(1) of this section provides, if an award under § 269.13 is made to a bidder other than Amtrak, Amtrak must provide access to the Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities directly related to operations of the awarded route(s) to the bidder. For additional clarity, the final rule added a new paragraph (a)(2) stating that, if Amtrak and the eligible petitioner awarded a route cannot agree on the terms of access, then either party may petition the STB under 49 U.S.C. 24711(g). This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(c) and (g).
Paragraph (b) of this section implements 49 U.S.C. 24711(c)(2), which states that an employee of any person, except as provided in a collective bargaining agreement, used by such eligible petitioner in the operation of a route under this section shall be considered an employee of that eligible petitioner and subject to the applicable Federal laws and regulations governing similar crafts or classes of employees of Amtrak.
A commenter stated the final rule should specifically subject a winning bidder to the same rail laws as Amtrak. Section 269.15(b) of the final rule clearly provides, as stated above, that employees are subject to the applicable Federal laws and regulations governing similar crafts or classes of employees of Amtrak. Moreover, a winning bidder is subject to the section 24405 grant conditions. That includes the section 24405(b) provision that a person conducting rail operations shall be considered a rail carrier under section 10102(5). A commenter also stated the final rule should allow an eligible petitioner to contract with Amtrak for Amtrak to provide train and engine personnel. As noted above, the FAST Act limits the availability of the pilot program to a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak. Furthermore, the FAST Act does not require Amtrak to provide personnel services to an eligible petitioner.
Paragraph (c) of this section states a winning bidder must provide hiring preference to qualified Amtrak employees displaced by the award of the bid, consistent with the staffing plan the winning bidder submits and the grant conditions 49 U.S.C. 24405 establish. This paragraph is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(c)(3).
Some commenters stated FRA should incorporate the FAST Act's hiring preference requirements in 49 U.S.C. 24711(c)(3) and 24405(d) into the final rule. To alert eligible petitioners of these related requirements of the FAST Act, FRA revised § 269.15(c) of the final rule to reference the section 24405 grant conditions. In addition, § 269.13(b)(6) of the NPRM and final rule incorporate the section 24405 requirements. A commenter also stated FRA must ensure that winning bidders comply with these hiring preference requirements. Section 269.13(b)(6) of the final rule provides that any contract between FRA and a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak must subject the winning bidder to the section 24405 grant conditions. And, § 269.17(a) of the final rule states the FRA Administrator shall take any necessary action consistent with title 49 of the United States Code to enforce the contract where a winning bidder fails to fulfill its obligations under the contract required under § 269.13.
This section provides under paragraph (a) that, if a bidder awarded a route under this rule ceases to operate the service, or fails to fulfill its obligations under the contract required under § 269.13, the Administrator, in collaboration with the STB, would take any necessary action consistent with title 49 of the United States Code to enforce the contract and ensure the continued provision of service, including installing an interim service rail carrier, providing to the interim rail carrier an operating subsidy necessary to provide service, and re-bidding the contract to operate the service. This section further provides under paragraph (b) that the entity providing interim service would either be Amtrak or an eligible petitioner under § 269.5. This section is based on the statutory directive in 49 U.S.C. 24711(d).
FRA evaluated this final rule consistent with Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and DOT policies and procedures.
FRA does not expect any regulatory costs because this final rule is voluntary and does not require an eligible petitioner to take any action. In addition, the final rule is limited to not more than three long-distance routes as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102 and operated by Amtrak on the date the FAST Act was enacted. Furthermore, the current market conditions and the investment necessary to operate a long-distance service may further serve to limit the number of eligible petitioners submitting petitions under the pilot program. Of course, if no eligible petitioners participate in the pilot program, then no costs or benefits would be incurred because of the final rule. However, FRA is estimating the costs and benefits generated when three eligible petitioners submit bids to operate long-distance rail service.
As discussed above, FRA assumed three entities will submit bids to
As stated above, FRA's total burden estimate assumes three bids are submitted for long-distance routes. The total cost to entities other than Amtrak would be approximately $448,509. The total cost to Amtrak would be approximately $299,007. The sum of these two costs is $747,516. Since all petitions and bids would occur during the first year, the total cost would be approximately $747,516 over the four-year period (which could become 8 years if the Secretary renews a contract).
Some benefits are possible from this final rule. FRA cannot quantify the benefits but discussed them qualitatively in the regulatory impact analysis. If no eligible petitioners submit a bid for operating service, Amtrak would continue to operate service as it currently does. Therefore, no benefits would occur because of this final rule. However, if other entities are awarded contracts, those entities may be able to operate the service in a manner that would be beneficial to passengers.
Possible benefits include better service and lower cost. The introduction of competition in the bidding process may increase passenger rail efficiency and generate public benefits by lowering the operational subsidy, and possibly leading to better service and/or lower operating costs to society. FRA expects no change to railroad safety due to this regulation.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601
FRA published an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) in the NPRM to discuss the potential small business impacts of the requirements in this final rule. FRA requested comments from interested parties regarding the potential economic impact on small entities that would result from the adoption of the proposals in this regulation. FRA received no comments to the NPRM on the economic impact on small entities.
FRA is revising 49 CFR part 269 to comply with a statutory mandate requiring the Secretary to promulgate a rule to implement a pilot program for competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes. The objective of this final rule is to implement the statutory mandate in FAST Act section 11307.
As stated above, the Regulatory Flexibility Act requires a review of proposed and final rules to assess their impact on small entities, unless the Secretary certifies the rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. “Small entity” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 601 as a small business concern that is independently owned and operated, and is not dominant in its field of operation. The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) has authority to regulate issues related to small businesses, and stipulates in its size standards that a “small entity” in the railroad industry is a for profit “line-haul railroad” that has fewer than 1,500 employees, a “short line railroad” with fewer than 500 employees, or a “commuter rail system” with annual receipts of less than seven million dollars.
Federal agencies may adopt their own size standards for small entities in consultation with the SBA and in conjunction with public comment. Under that authority, FRA has published a final statement of agency policy that formally establishes “small entities” or “small businesses” as railroads, contractors, and hazardous materials shippers that meet the revenue requirements of a Class III railroad in 49 CFR 1201.1-1, which is $20 million or less in inflation-adjusted annual revenues, and commuter railroads or small governmental jurisdictions that serve populations of 50,000 or less.
The $20 million limit is based on STB's revenue threshold for a Class III railroad carrier. Railroad revenue is adjusted for inflation by applying a revenue deflator formula under 49 CFR 1201.1-1. FRA is using this definition for the final rule. For other entities, the same dollar limit in revenues governs whether a railroad, contractor, or other respondent is a small entity.
This final rule applies to the following eligible petitioners: (1) A rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route, or another rail carrier that has a written agreement with a rail carrier or rail carriers that own such infrastructure; (2) a State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity
This final rule is voluntary for all eligible petitioners. Therefore, there are no mandates placed on large or small railroads. In addition, the final rule is limited to not more than three long-distance routes operated by Amtrak. Consequently, this final rule is not likely to affect a substantial number of small entities, and most likely will not impact any small entities. FRA requested comments on this and received none.
Small railroads face the same requirements for entry in the pilot program as other railroads. The railroad must own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates those long-distance routes described in 49 U.S.C. 24102. Any small entity would likely only bid on a route if it was in its financial interest to do so. Accordingly, any impact on small entities would be positive. The pilot program will allow small railroads to enter a market which currently has substantial barriers.
FRA notes this final rule does not disproportionately place any small railroads that are small entities at a significant competitive disadvantage. Small railroads are not excluded from participation if they are statutorily eligible. This final rule and the underlying statute concern the potential selection of eligible petitioners to operate an entire long-distance route. If Amtrak uses 30 miles of a small railroad's infrastructure on a route that is 750 miles long, that small railroad could not apply under this final rule to operate service only over the 30 mile segment it owns (the small railroad would have to apply to operate service over the whole route). Thus, the ability to bid on a route is not constrained by a railroad's size.
This final rule allows small railroads to participate in the pilot program, but does not require them to take any action. If small entities do not believe it would be beneficial to participate in the pilot program, they are not required to take any action. Therefore, there is no significant economic impact on any small entities as a result of this final rule.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), FRA certifies this final rule does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) Implementing Guidance at 5 CFR 1320.3(c), collection of information means, except as provided in § 1320.4, the obtaining, causing to be obtained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure to an agency, third parties or the public of information by or for an agency by means of identical questions posed to, or identical reporting, recordkeeping, or disclosure requirements imposed on, ten or more persons, whether such collection of information is mandatory, voluntary, or required to obtain or retain a benefit.
FRA expects the requirements of this final rule will affect less than 10 “persons” as defined in 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4). Consequently, no information collection submission is necessary, and no approval is being sought from OMB at this time.
FRA evaluated this final rule consistent with its “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts” (FRA's Procedures) (64 FR 28545, May 26, 1999) as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, Aug. 4, 1999), requires FRA to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.” “Policies that have federalism implications” are defined in the Executive Order to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” Under Executive Order 13132, the agency may not issue a regulation with federalism implications that imposes substantial direct compliance costs and that is not required by statute, unless the Federal government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct compliance costs incurred by State and local governments, or the agency consults with State and local government officials early in the process of developing the regulation. Where a regulation has federalism implications and preempts State law, the agency seeks to consult with State and local officials in the process of developing the regulation.
FRA has analyzed this final rule consistent with the principles and criteria in Executive Order 13132. This final rule complies with a statutory mandate, and, thus, is in compliance with Executive Order 13132.
In addition, this final rule will not have a substantial effect on the States, on the relationship between the Federal government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In addition, this final rule will not have any federalism implications that impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Accordingly, FRA has determined that preparation of a federalism summary impact statement for this final rule is not required.
Under Section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform (UMR) Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal agency “shall, unless otherwise prohibited by law, assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector (other than to the extent that such regulations incorporate requirements specifically set forth in law).” Section 202 of the UMR Act (2 U.S.C. 1532) further requires that before promulgating any general notice of proposed rulemaking that is likely to result in the promulgation of any rule
The $100,000,000 has been adjusted to $155,000,000 to account for inflation. This final rule will not result in expenditure of more than $155,000,000 by the public sector in any one year, and, thus, preparation of such a statement is not required.
Executive Order 13211 requires Federal agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any “significant energy action.” 66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency (normally published in the
Executive Order 13783 requires Federal agencies to review regulations to determine whether they potentially burden the development or use of domestically produced energy resources, with particular attention to oil, natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy resources. Executive Order 13783 defines “burden” to mean unnecessarily obstruct, delay, curtail, or otherwise impose significant costs on the siting, permitting, production, utilization, transmission, or delivery of energy resources. FRA determined this final rule will not potentially burden the development or use of domestically produced energy resources.
Interested parties should be aware that anyone can search the electronic form of all written communications and comments received into any agency docket by the name of the individual submitting the document (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,
Railroad employees, Railroads.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, FRA revises part 269 of chapter II, subtitle B, title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations to read as follows:
Sec. 11307, Pub. L. 114-94; 49 U.S.C. 24711; and 49 CFR 1.89.
The purpose of this part is to carry out the statutory mandate in 49 U.S.C. 24711 requiring the Secretary to implement a pilot program for competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes.
(a)
(b)
As used in this part—
(1) A rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route, or another rail carrier that has a written agreement with a rail carrier or rail carriers that own such infrastructure;
(2) A State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity responsible for providing intercity rail passenger transportation with a written agreement with the rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route and that host or would host the intercity rail passenger transportation; or
(3) A State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity responsible for providing intercity rail passenger transportation and a rail carrier with a written agreement with another rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route and that host or would host the intercity rail passenger transportation.
(1) An annual projection of the revenues, expenses, capital expenditure requirements, and cash flows (from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities, showing sources and uses of funds, including the operating subsidy amount) attributable to the route; and
(2) A statement of the assumptions underlying the financial plan's contents.
(1) A complete description of the service planned to be offered, including the train schedules, frequencies, equipment consists, fare structures, and such amenities as sleeping cars and food service provisions; station locations; hours of operation; provisions for accommodating the traveling public, including proposed arrangements for stations shared with other routes; expected ridership; passenger-miles; revenues by class of service between each city-pair proposed to be served; connectivity with other intercity transportation services; and compliance with applicable Service Outcome Agreements; and
(2) A statement of the assumptions underlying the operating plan's contents.
(a)
(b)
(1) File the petition with FRA no later than 180 days after September 5, 2017;
(2) Describe the petition as a “Petition to Provide Passenger Rail Service under 49 CFR part 269”;
(3) Describe the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation and the Amtrak service that the eligible petitioner wants to replace; and
(4) If applicable, provide an executed copy of all written agreements with all entities that own infrastructure on the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation. The written agreement(s) must demonstrate the infrastructure owner's support for the petition.
(a)
(b)
(1) Provide FRA with sufficient information to evaluate the level of service described in the proposal, and to evaluate the proposal's compliance with the requirements in § 269.13(b);
(2) Describe how the bidder would operate the route;
(i) This description must include, but is not limited to, an operating plan, a financial plan and, if applicable, any executed agreement(s) necessary for the operation of passenger service over right-of-way on the route that is not owned by the bidder.
(ii) In addition, if the bidder intends to generate any revenues from ancillary activities (
(3) Describe what passenger equipment the bidder would need, including how it would be procured;
(4) Describe in detail, including amounts, timing, and intended purpose, what sources of Federal and non-Federal funding the bidder would use, including but not limited to any Federal or State operating subsidy and any other Federal or State payments;
(5) Contain a staffing plan describing the number of employees the bidder needs to operate the service, the job assignments and requirements, and the terms of work for prospective and current employees of the bidder for the service outlined in the bid;
(6) Describe the capital needs for the passenger rail service including in detail any costs associated with compliance with Federal law and regulations;
(7) Describe in detail the bidder's plans for meeting all FRA safety requirements, including equipment, employee, and passenger parameters;
(8) Describe, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid, a projection of the passenger rail service route's total revenue, total costs, total contribution/loss, and net cash used in operating activities per passenger-mile attributable to the route;
(9) Describe how the passenger rail service would meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the last fiscal year, and how the bidder would report on the performance standards. At a minimum, this description must include, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid a projection of the route's expected Passenger Miles per Train Mile, End-Point and All Stations On-Time Performance, Host Railroad and Operator Responsible Delays per 10,000 Train Miles, Percentage of Passenger Trips to/from Underserved Communities, Service Interruptions per 10,000 Train Miles due to Equipment-Related Problems, and customer service quality;
(10) Analyze the reasonably foreseeable effects, both positive and negative, of the passenger rail service on other intercity passenger rail services;
(11) Describe the bidder's compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws; and
(12) Provide State or States written concurrence of the bid for a route that receives funding from a State or States.
(c)
(2) FRA's request may seek information about the costs related to the service that Amtrak would still incur following the cessation of service, including the increased costs for other services.
(3) FRA will establish a deadline by which the bidder and/or Amtrak must file the supplemental information with FRA.
(a)
(b)
(2) The notice under this paragraph (b) will be open for public comment for 30 days after the date FRA selects the bid.
(a)
(b)
(1) Award to the winning bidder the right and obligation to provide intercity passenger rail transportation over that route subject to such performance standards as FRA may require for a duration consistent with § 269.3(b);
(2) Award to the winning bidder an operating subsidy, as determined by FRA and based on Amtrak's final audited publically-reported fully-allocated operating costs of the route for the prior fiscal year, excluding costs related to Other Postretirement Employee Benefits, Amtrak Performance Tracking System Asset Allocations, Project Related Costs, and Amtrak Office of Inspector General activities, subject to the availability of funding, for the first year at a level that does not exceed 90 percent of the level in effect for that specific route during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the petition was received, adjusted for inflation;
(3) State that any award of an operating subsidy is made annually, is subject to the availability of funding, and is based on the amount calculated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, adjusted for inflation;
(4) Condition the operating and subsidy rights upon the winning bidder providing intercity passenger rail transportation over the route that is no less frequent, nor over a shorter distance, than Amtrak provided on that route before the award;
(5) Condition the operating and subsidy rights upon the winning bidder's compliance with performance standards FRA may require, but which, at a minimum, must meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the fiscal year immediately preceding the year the bid is submitted;
(6) Subject the winning bidder to the grant conditions established by 49 U.S.C. 24405; and
(7) Subject the winning bidder to the requirements of the appropriations act(s) funding the contract.
(c)
(a)
(2) If Amtrak and the eligible petitioner awarded a route cannot agree on the terms of access, either party may petition the Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 24711(g).
(b)
(c)
(a) If an eligible petitioner awarded a route under this part ceases to operate the service or fails to fulfill its obligations under the contract required under § 269.13, the Administrator, in collaboration with the Surface Transportation Board, shall take any necessary action consistent with title 49 of the United States Code to enforce the contract and ensure the continued provision of service, including the installment of an interim service and re-bidding the contract to operate the service.
(b) In re-bidding the contract, the entity providing service must either be Amtrak or an eligible petitioner.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closures.
Through this temporary rule, NMFS implements accountability measures (AMs) for species and species groups in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the U.S. Caribbean off Puerto Rico (Puerto Rico management area) for the 2017 fishing year. NMFS has determined that annual catch limits (ACLs) in the Puerto Rico management area were exceeded for spiny lobster; the commercial sectors of triggerfish and filefish (combined), and Snapper Unit 2; and the recreational sectors of triggerfish and filefish (combined), and jacks, based on average landings during the 2013-2015 fishing years. This temporary rule reduces the lengths of the 2017 fishing seasons for these species and species groups by the amounts necessary to ensure, to the extent practicable, that landings do not exceed the applicable ACLs in 2017. NMFS closes the applicable sectors for these species and species groups beginning on the dates specified in the
This rule is effective August 7, 2017, until 12:01 a.m., local time, on October 1, 2017. The AM-based closures apply in the Puerto Rico management area for the following species and species groups, and fishing sectors, at the times and dates specified below, until 12:01 a.m., local time, on October 1, 2017.
• Triggerfish and filefish, combined (commercial) effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on August 13, 2017;
• Spiny lobster (commercial and recreational) effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 7, 2017;
• Snapper Unit 2 (commercial) effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 15, 2017;
• Triggerfish and filefish, combined (recreational) effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 18, 2017;
• Jacks (recreational) effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 28, 2017.
María del Mar López, NMFS Southeast Regional Office, telephone: 727-824-5305, email:
The reef fish fishery of the Caribbean EEZ includes triggerfish and filefish, snappers in Snapper Unit 2, and jacks, and is managed under the Fishery Management Plan (FMP) for the Reef
The 2010 Caribbean ACL Amendment (which includes, along with another amendment, Amendment 5 to the Reef Fish FMP) and the 2011 Caribbean ACL Amendment (which includes, among other amendments, Amendment 6 to the Reef Fish FMP and Amendment 5 to the Spiny Lobster FMP) revised the Reef Fish and Spiny Lobster FMPs. Among other actions, the 2010 and 2011 Caribbean ACL Amendments and the associated final rules (76 FR 82404, December 30, 2011, and 76 FR 82414, December 30, 2011, respectively) established ACLs and AMs for Caribbean reef fish and spiny lobster, including the species and species groups identified in this temporary rule. The 2010 and 2011 Caribbean ACL Amendments and final rules also allocated ACLs among three Caribbean island management areas,
On May 11, 2016, NMFS published the final rule implementing the Comprehensive Amendment to the U.S. Caribbean FMPs: Application of AMs (81 FR 29166). Among other items, the final rule clarified that the spiny lobster ACL for the Puerto Rico management area is applied as a single ACL for both the commercial and recreational sectors, consistent with the Council's intent in the 2011 Caribbean ACL Amendment, and the AM applies to both sectors. Additionally, the final rule clarified the fishing restrictions that occur in the Caribbean EEZ when an ACL is exceeded, and an AM is triggered and implemented. The Puerto Rico management area encompasses the EEZ off Puerto Rico.
In addition, on June 8, 2017, NMFS implemented the final rule for Amendment 8 to the Reef Fish FMP, Amendment 7 to the Spiny Lobster FMP, and Amendment 6 to the FMP for Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands (collectively referred to as the AM Timing Amendment) (82 FR 21475, May 9, 2017). The final rule implementing the AM Timing Amendment modified the date for initiating an AM-based closure in the event of an ACL overage for the species and species groups managed by the Council under the aforementioned FMPs. Instead of initiating an AM-based closure on December 31 and counting backward into the year for the number of days necessary to achieve the reduction in landings required so landings do not exceed the applicable ACL, the AM-based closure period will be applied on September 30 and count backward toward the beginning of the fishing year.
The ACLs for the applicable species and species groups, and fishing sectors in the Puerto Rico management area covered by this temporary rule are as follows and are given in round weight:
• The commercial ACL for triggerfish and filefish, combined, is 58,475 lb (26,524 kg), as specified in § 622.12(a)(1)(i)(Q).
• The ACL for spiny lobster (applicable to the commercial and recreational sectors) is 327,920 lb (148,742 kg), as specified in § 622.12(a)(1)(iii).
• The commercial ACL for Snapper Unit 2 is 145,916 lb (66,186 kg), as specified in § 622.12(a)(1)(i)(D).
• The recreational ACL for triggerfish and filefish, combined, is 21,929 lb (9,947 kg), as specified in § 622.12(a)(1)(ii)(Q).
• The recreational ACL for jacks is 51,001 lb (23,134 kg), as specified in § 622.12(a)(1)(ii)(M).
NMFS has determined that landings for the species and species groups in this temporary rule from the Puerto Rico management area exceeded the applicable ACLs. Therefore, in accordance with regulations at 50 CFR 622.12(a), the Assistant Administrator for NOAA Fisheries (AA) is filing a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to reduce the lengths of the fishing seasons for the applicable species or species groups in the 2017 fishing year by the amount necessary to ensure, to the extent practicable, that landings do not exceed the applicable ACLs. As described in the Reef Fish and Spiny Lobster FMPs, and in this temporary rule, any required fishing season reduction will be applied from September 30 backward, toward the beginning of the fishing year. If the length of the required fishing season reduction exceeds the time period of January 1 through September 30, any additional fishing season reduction will be applied from October 1 forward, toward the end of the fishing year on December 31. NMFS evaluates landings relative to the applicable ACL based on a moving 3-year average of landings, as described in the FMPs.
Based on the most recent available landings data, from the 2013-2015 fishing years, NMFS has determined that the ACLs for spiny lobster; the commercial sectors for triggerfish and filefish (combined), and Snapper Unit 2; and the recreational sectors of triggerfish and filefish (combined), and jacks in the Puerto Rico management area have been exceeded. In addition, NMFS has determined that the ACLs for these species and species groups were exceeded because of increased catches and not as a result of enhanced data collection and monitoring efforts.
This temporary rule implements AMs for the identified commercial and recreational sectors for the species and species groups listed in this temporary rule, to reduce the respective 2017 fishing season lengths to ensure that landings do not exceed the applicable ACLs in the 2017 fishing year. The 2017 fishing seasons for the applicable sectors for these species and species groups in the Puerto Rico management area of the Caribbean EEZ are closed at the times and dates listed below. These closures remain in effect until 12:01 a.m., local time, on October 1, 2017.
• The commercial sector for triggerfish and filefish, combined, is closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on August 13, 2017. Triggerfish and filefish, combined, includes ocean, queen, and sargassum triggerfish; scrawled and whitespotted filefish; and black durgon;
• The commercial and recreational sectors for spiny lobster are closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 7, 2017;
• The commercial sector for Snapper Unit 2 is closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 15, 2017. Snapper Unit 2 includes queen and cardinal snapper;
• The recreational sector for triggerfish and filefish, combined, is closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 18, 2017. Triggerfish and filefish, combined, includes ocean, queen, and sargassum triggerfish; scrawled and whitespotted filefish; and black durgon; and
• The recreational sector for jacks is closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, on September 28, 2017. Jacks includes horse-eye, black, almaco, bar, and yellow jack; greater amberjack; and blue runner.
After these specified closures, on October 1, 2017, these applicable species and species groups will reopen through December 31, 2017, the end of the current fishing year.
During the Puerto Rico commercial sector closures announced in this temporary rule for the species above, except for spiny lobster, which is described below, the commercial harvest of the indicated species or species groups is prohibited. All harvest or possession of the indicated species or species groups in or from the Puerto Rico management area is limited to the recreational bag and possession limits specified in § 622.437, unless the recreational sector for the species or species group is closed, and the sale or purchase of the indicated species or species group in or from the Puerto Rico management area is prohibited.
During the Puerto Rico recreational sector closures announced in this temporary rule for the species above, except for spiny lobster, which is described below, all recreational harvest of the indicated species groups is prohibited, and the recreational bag and possession limits for the indicated species groups in or from the Puerto Rico management area are zero.
During the Puerto Rico spiny lobster closure announced in this temporary rule, both the commercial and recreational sectors for spiny lobster are closed. The harvest, possession, purchase, or sale of spiny lobster in or from the Puerto Rico management area is prohibited. The bag and possession limits for spiny lobster in or from the Puerto Rico management area are zero.
The Regional Administrator for the NMFS Southeast Region has determined this temporary rule is necessary for the conservation and management of the species and species groups included in this temporary rule, in the Puerto Rico management area, and is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable laws.
This action is taken under 50 CFR 622.12(a) and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
These measures are exempt from the procedures of the Regulatory Flexibility Act because the temporary rule is issued without opportunity for prior notice and comment.
This action responds to the best scientific information available. The AA finds good cause to waive the requirements to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such prior notice and opportunity for public comment is unnecessary and contrary to the public interest. Such procedures are unnecessary because the rules implementing the ACLs and AMs for these species and species groups have been subject to notice and comment, and all that remains is to notify the public that the ACLs were exceeded and that the AMs are being implemented for the 2017 fishing year. Prior notice and opportunity for public comment on this action would be contrary to the public interest because many of those affected by the length of the commercial and recreational fishing seasons, including commercial operations, and charter vessel and headboat operations that book trips for clients in advance, need advance notice to adjust their business plans to account for the reduced commercial and recreational fishing seasons.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
In this rule, NMFS implements management measures for the 2017 summer flounder and scup recreational fisheries. The implementing regulations for these fisheries require NMFS to publish recreational measures for the fishing year. The intent of these measures is to constrain recreational catch to established limits and prevent overfishing of the summer flounder and scup resources.
This rule is effective July 7, 2017. The management measures for the 2017 summer flounder and scup recreational fisheries are effective July 7, 2017, through December 31, 2017.
Copies of the Supplemental Information Report (SIR) and other supporting documents for the recreational harvest measures are available from Dr. Christopher M. Moore, Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, Suite 201, 800 N. State Street, Dover, DE 19901. The recreational harvest measures document is also accessible via the Internet at:
The Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) consists of the IRFA, public comments and responses contained in this final rule, and the summary of impacts and alternatives contained in this final rule. Copies of the small entity compliance guide are available from John K. Bullard, Regional Administrator, Greater Atlantic Region, National Marine Fisheries Service, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930-2298.
Emily Gilbert, Fishery Policy Analyst, (978) 281-9244.
In this rule, NMFS specifies management measures for the 2017 summer flounder and scup recreational fisheries consistent with the recommendations of the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council and the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission.
NMFS is implementing measures that apply in the Federal waters of the exclusive economic zone. These measures apply to all federally-permitted party/charter vessels with applicable summer flounder and scup permits, regardless of where they fish, unless the state in which they land implements measures that are more restrictive. These measures are intended to achieve, but not exceed, the previously established 2017 recreational harvest limits for scup published on December 28, 2015 (80 FR 80689), and for summer flounder published on December 22, 2016 (81 FR 93842).
NMFS is implementing conservation equivalency to manage the 2017 summer flounder recreational fishery, as proposed on April 19, 2017 (82 FR 18411). These measures are consistent with the recommendation of the Council and Commission. Additional information on the development of the 2017 measures is provided in the proposed rule and not repeated here.
Conservation equivalency, as established by Framework Adjustment 2 (July 29, 2001; 66 FR 36208), allows each state to establish its own recreational management measures (possession limits, minimum fish size, and fishing seasons) to achieve its state harvest limit established by the Commission from the coastwide recreational harvest limit, as long as the combined effect of all of the states' management measures achieves the same level of conservation as would Federal coastwide measures. Framework Adjustment 6 (July 26, 2006; 71 FR 42315) allowed states to form regions for conservation equivalency in order to minimize differences in regulations for anglers fishing in adjacent waters.
The Commission implemented Addendum XXVIII to its Summer Flounder Fishery Management Plan (FMP) to continue regional conservation equivalency for fishing year 2017. The Commission has adopted the following regions, which are consistent with the 2016 regions: (1) Massachusetts; (2) Rhode Island; (3) Connecticut and New York; (4) New Jersey; (5) Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia; and (6) North Carolina. To provide the maximum amount of flexibility and to address the state-by-state differences in fish availability, each state in a region is required by the Council and Commission to establish fishing seasons of the same length, with identical minimum fish sizes and possession limits. Addendum XXVIII requires each state or region, with the exception of North Carolina, to increase the 2017 summer flounder minimum size by 1 inch (2.5 cm) from the 2016 size limit. The 2017 measures also reduce the bag limit for most of the states and regions, while the season length remains the same as in 2016. More information on this addendum is available from the Commission (
The Commission certified, by letter dated April 5, 2017, that the Addendum XXVIII measures required to be implemented by individual states and regions, when combined, are the conservation equivalent of coastwide measures that would be expected to result in the 2017 recreational harvest limit being achieved, but not exceeded.
Following this determination, New Jersey proposed and subsequently implemented on May 25, 2017, alternative measures for its state waters (
Based on the April 5, 2017, recommendation of the Commission, we find that the recreational summer flounder fishing measures required to be implemented for 2017 in state waters are, collectively, the conservation equivalent of the season, minimum size, and possession limit prescribed in §§ 648.104(b), 648.105, and 648.106(a). According to § 648.107(a)(1), vessels subject to the recreational fishing measures are not subject to Federal measures, and instead are subject to the recreational fishing measures implemented by the state in which they land. Section 648.107(a) is amended through this rule to recognize state-implemented measures as conservation equivalent of the coastwide recreational management measures for 2016. As mentioned above, New Jersey has not implemented Addendum XXVIII's required measures. NMFS' review and findings regarding the non-compliance recommendation for New Jersey will begin with publishing a notice in the
In addition, this action implements default coastwide measures (a 19-inch (48.3-cm) minimum size, 4-fish possession limit, and June 1 through September 15 open fishing season), that become effective January 1, 2018, when the 2017 conservation equivalency program expires. These measures will remain effective until replaced by the 2018 recreational management measures in the spring of next year.
This rule maintains status quo scup measures for the 2017 fishery: A 9-inch (22.9-cm) minimum fish size, 50-fish per person possession limit, and year-round season.
On April 19, 2017, NMFS published the proposed 2017 summer flounder and scup recreational management measures for public notice and comments. NMFS received 17 comments, of which 14 were related to measures provided in the proposed rule. New Jersey submitted a comment letter focused on their dissatisfaction with the specific measures outlined in Addendum XXVIII. New Jersey's concerns will be considered through the non-compliance proceedings and are not responded to in this action. Other comments received related to preferences for lower quotas for summer flounder and scup, as well as opinions that the Council favors the commercial industry.
No changes to the proposed specifications were made as a result of these comments.
The Administrator, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, determined that this final rule is necessary for the conservation and management of the summer flounder fishery and that it is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Fisheries Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) and other applicable laws.
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to waive the 30-day delay of effectiveness period for this rule, to ensure that the final management measures are in place as soon as possible. A delay in this rule's effectiveness would unfairly prejudice federally permitted charter/party vessels. Recreational fisheries are already underway for summer flounder and scup. The linchpin of NMFS's decision whether to proceed with the coastwide measures or adopt the conservation equivalent measures is advice from the Commission following review of the individual state plans. Rulemaking has been delayed while final information regarding the status of New Jersey through the Commission's conservation equivalency process has been evaluated. The Commission's Summer Flounder Management Board met on June 1, 2017, to discuss whether or not to find New Jersey out of compliance with Addendum XXVIII. NMFS did not want to cause public confusion by releasing a final rule prior to the Commission's final determination on New Jersey's summer flounder management measures.
Based on historic effort and landings information, and the importance of summer flounder as a recreational fishery target species, participation and landings are expected to be high from the onset of the fishery that is already underway. Party and charter vessels from the various states are the largest component of the recreational fishery that fish in the EEZ. The Federal coastwide regulatory measures for summer flounder that were codified last year remain in effect until the 2017 recreational measures are made effective. These measures do not achieve the necessary reduction in recreational landings to constrain the fishery to the 2017 recreational harvest limit. Although the states' summer flounder fisheries are already open, additional delay in implementing the measures of this rule will increase confusion on what measures are in place in Federal waters. This will disadvantage Federally permitted charter/party vessels and increase the likelihood of illegal landings due to misunderstood regulations. The resulting disconnect in the regulations that exist until this rule's measures are implemented may potentially compromise the mortality objectives of the summer flounder fishery.
Unlike actions that require an adjustment period to comply with new rules, charter/party operators will not have to purchase new equipment or otherwise expend time or money to comply with these management measures. Rather, complying with this final rule simply means adhering to the published management measures for each relevant species of fish while the charter/party operators are engaged in fishing activities.
For these reasons, the Assistant Administrator finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay and to implement this rule upon publication in the
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
A FRFA was prepared pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 604(a), and incorporates the IRFA, a summary of any significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the IRFA and NMFS's responses to those comments, and a summary of the analyses completed to support the action. A copy of the SIR/IRFA is available from the Council (see
The classification to the proposed rule included a detailed summary of the analyses contained in the IRFA, and that discussion is not repeated here.
Our responses to all of the comments received on the proposed rule, including those that raised significant issues with the proposed action, can be found in the Comments and Responses section of this rule. Aside from the comment from the State of New Jersey that will be considered through a separate process, none of the comments received raised specific issues regarding the economic analyses summarized in the IRFA. No changes to the proposed rule were required to be made as a result of public comments.
Available ownership data for the for-hire fleet indicate that there were 411 for-hire affiliate firms generating revenues from fishing recreationally for various species during the 2013-2015 period, all of which are categorized as small businesses. Although it is not possible to derive what proportion of the overall revenues came from specific fishing activities, given the popularity of summer flounder and scup as a recreational species, it is likely that revenues generated from summer flounder and scup recreational fishing are important for some, if not all, of these firms. The three-year average (2013-2015) gross receipts for these small entities ranged from $10,000 for 121 entities to over $1 million for 10 entities (highest value was $2.7 million).
No additional reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements are included in this final rule.
In seeking to minimize the impact of recreational management measures (minimum fish size, possession limit, and fishing season) on small entities (
The conservation equivalency approach implemented by this action allows states some degree of flexibility in the specification of management measures, unlike the application of one set of uniform coastwide measures. The degree of flexibility available to states under conservation equivalency is constrained to a combined suite of minimum fish size, per angler possession limit, and fishing season that will likely constrain catch to the 2017 recreational harvest limit. This provides the opportunity for states to construct measures that achieve the conservation objective while providing a state-specific set of measures in lieu of the one-size-fits-all coastwide measure.
Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 states that, for each rule or group of related rules for which an agency is required to prepare a FRFA, the agency shall publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule, and shall designate such publications as “small entity compliance guides.” The agency shall explain the actions a small entity is required to take to comply with a rule or group of rules.
As part of this rulemaking process, a small entity compliance guide will be sent to all holders of Federal party/charter permits issued for the summer flounder and scup fisheries. In addition, copies of this final rule and guide (
Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(b)
Unless otherwise specified pursuant to § 648.107, vessels that are not eligible for a moratorium permit under § 648.4(a)(3), and fishermen subject to the possession limit, may fish for summer flounder from June 1 through September 15. This time period may be adjusted pursuant to the procedures in § 648.102.
(a)
(a) The Regional Administrator has determined that the recreational fishing measures proposed to be implemented by the states of Maine through North Carolina for 2017 are the conservation equivalent of the season, minimum size, and possession limit prescribed in §§ 648.102, 648.103, and 648.105(a), respectively. This determination is based on a recommendation from the Summer Flounder Board of the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission.
(b) Federally permitted vessels subject to the recreational fishing measures of this part, and other recreational fishing vessels registered in states and subject to the recreational fishing measures of this part, whose fishery management measures are not determined by the Regional Administrator to be the conservation equivalent of the season, minimum size and possession limit prescribed in §§ 648.102, 648.103(b), and 648.105(a), respectively, due to the lack of, or the reversal of, a conservation equivalent recommendation from the Summer Flounder Board of the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission shall be subject to the following precautionary default measures: Season—July 1 through August 31; minimum size—20 inches (50.8 cm); and possession limit—two fish.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule; inseason adjustments to biennial groundfish management measures.
This final rule announces inseason changes to management measures in the Pacific Coast groundfish fisheries. This action, which is authorized by the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan (PCGFMP), is intended to allow fisheries to access more abundant
This final rule is effective July 3, 2017.
Karen Palmigiano, phone: 206-526-4491, fax: 206-526-6736, or email:
This rule is accessible via the Internet at the Office of the Federal Register Web site at
The PCGFMP and its implementing regulations at title 50 in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), part 660, subparts C through G, regulate fishing for over 90 species of groundfish off the coasts of Washington, Oregon, and California. Groundfish specifications and management measures are developed by the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council), and are implemented by NMFS.
The final rule to implement the 2017-2018 harvest specifications and management measures for most species of the Pacific coast groundfish fishery was published on February 7, 2017 (82 FR 9634).
The Council, in coordination with Pacific Coast Treaty Indian Tribes and the States of Washington, Oregon, and California, recommended three changes to current groundfish management measures at its June 9-14, 2017 meeting. The changes the Council recommended include: (1) Increasing the limited entry (LE) and open access (OA) fixed gear trip limits for lingcod both north and south of 40°10′ North latitude (N. lat.), (2) modifying the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl rockfish conservation area (RCA) between 40°10′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N. lat., and (3) distributing the deductions initially made from the ACL (
To increase harvest opportunities for LE and OA fixed gear sectors north and south of 40°10′ N. lat., the Council considered increases to lingcod trip limits for all remaining periods in 2017. Trip limits for lingcod north and south of 40°10′ N. lat. have been designated at 50 CFR 660.60(c)(1)(i) and in Section 6.2.1 of the PCGFMP as routine management measures.
Lingcod are distributed coastwide with harvest specifications based on two area stock assessments that were conducted in 2009 for the areas north and south of the California-Oregon border at 42° N. latitude. The stock assessments indicated west coast lingcod stocks are healthy with the stock depletion estimated for lingcod off of Washington and Oregon to be at 62 percent of its unfished biomass, and lingcod off of California estimated to be at 74 percent of its unfished biomass at the start of 2009. Trip limit increases, for species such as lingcod, are intended to reduce discarding (
To assist the Council in evaluating increases to lingcod trip limits, the Groundfish Management Team (GMT) made model-based landings projections for the LE and OA fixed gear sector for north and south of 40°10′ N. lat. for the remainder of the year. For these projections, the GMT included four recent updates to the discard mortality rates used by the West Coast Groundfish Observer Program (WCGOP) to estimate discard mortality each year and, by the GMT, in the nearshore model to project future discard mortality. The updates included: (1) Updating the gear proportions by depth with recent data; (2) calculating regional discard mortality rates to match the WCGOP estimate strata (
The model, using the new discard mortality rates, predicted a projected harvest of 71.2 mt, or 4.2 percent attainment of the 2017 non-trawl allocation (1,680 mt), of lingcod north of 40°10′ N. lat. for both OA and LE fixed gear under the current trip limits, and an increase in projected harvest to 75 mt, or 4.4 percent attainment of the non-trawl allocation, of lingcod north of 40°10′ N. lat. for both OA and LE fixed gear under the recommended increased trip limits. The model also predicted a projected harvest of 91.8 mt, or 13 percent attainment of the non-trawl allocation (683 mt), of lingcod south of 40°10′ N. lat. for both OA and LE fixed gear under the current trip limits, and an increase in projected harvest to 133.8 mt, or 19.6 percent attainment of the non-trawl allocation, of lingcod south of 40°10′ N. lat. for both OA and LE fixed gear under the recommended increased trip limits. Using the updated discard mortality rates, the model also predicted that under the current regulations harvest of yelloweye rockfish through the end of the year would be 0.7 mt lower (1.4 mt out of a 2.1 mt HG) than was anticipated at the start of this year.
Yelloweye rockfish is an overfished species currently managed under a rebuilding plan. The projected impacts to yelloweye rockfish would increase under the increased trip limits for lingcod. Based on the GMT's analysis, the changes to the trip limits north of 40°10′ N. lat. are projected to result in an increase in lingcod landings through the end of the year of approximately 3.8 mt and a projected increase in yelloweye rockfish discard mortality of 0.06 mt. The same GMT analysis showed that an increase in trip limits for lingcod south of 40°10′ N. lat. would result in an increase in projected lingcod landings through the end of the year of 55 mt and an increase in yelloweye rockfish discard mortality of 0.21 mt. This increase in trip limits, and subsequent increase in lingcod landings, does not change total projected impacts to co-occurring overfished species from those anticipated in the 2017-18 harvest specifications and management measures, as the total projected impacts for those species assumes that the entire lingcod ACL is harvested.
Therefore, the Council recommended and NMFS is implementing, by modifying Tables 2 (North and South) to part 660, subpart E and Tables 3 (North and South) to part 660, subpart F in the CFR, trip limit changes for the LE and OA fixed gear fisheries north and south of 40°10′ N. lat. The trip limits for lingcod in the LE fixed gear fishery north of 40°10′ N. lat. are increased from “1,200 lb (544 kg) bimonthly” to “1,400 lb (635 kg) bimonthly” during periods 4 through 5; from “600 lb (272 kg) per month” to “700 lb (318 kg) bimonthly” during the month of November; and
The trip limits for lingcod in the OA fixed gear fishery north of 40°10′ N. lat. are increased from “600 lb (272 kg) per month” to “700 lb (318 kg) per month” during periods 4 through 5 and during the month of November; and from “100 lb (45 kg) per month” to “200 lb (181 kg) per month” during the month of December. The trip limits for lingcod in the OA fixed gear fishery south of 40°10′ N. lat. are increased from “400 lb (181 kg) per month” to “600 lb (272 kg) per month” during periods 3 through 5; and are increased from “100 lb (45 kg) per month” to “150 lb (68 kg) per month” during the month of December.
For the OA fixed gear fishery south of 40°10′ N. lat., the Council recommended a “200 lb (91 kg) per month” trip limit for lingcod during the month of November, which is lower than the current lingcod trip limit for November in the OA fixed gear fishery south of 40°10′ N. lat. at “400 lb (181 kg) per month.” The Council recommended trip limit was based on an error in the GMT report and is inconsistent with the report's analysis of the estimated impacts, which analyzed a “600 lb per month” trip limit for lingcod during the month of November. NMFS understands the Council intent with the recommendations for changes to lingcod trip limits was to increase trip limits from what is currently in regulation to provide additional access and harvest a greater proportion of the lingcod ACL. It was not the Council's intent to reduce harvesting opportunities by reducing the OA fixed gear lingcod trip limits north of 40°10′ N. lat. for the month of November from 400 lb to 200 lb. Therefore, NMFS is not implementing the lower November trip limit for lingcod (200 lb (91 kg) per month) in the OA fixed gear fishery south of 40°10′ N. lat. for the month of November, and the trip limit for that month will remain at “400 lb (181 kg) per month.” This trip limit during the month of November would reduce the projected lingcod impacts from those presented to the Council (146.7 mt) to 133.8 mt.
The non-trawl RCA applies to vessels that take, retain, possess, or land groundfish using non-trawl gears, unless they are incidental fisheries that are exempt from the non-trawl RCA (
RCAs were originally established in the early 2000s to protect bocaccio and canary rockfishes which had recently been declared overfished.
In 2009, the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA was established based on fishery information indicating that fishing in some areas in the non-trawl fishery have higher yelloweye rockfish catch rates than in others, and the RCA boundaries were adjusted to reduce mortality of yelloweye rockfish in these areas.
Between 40°10′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N. lat., the non-trawl RCA is currently defined by the boundary lines approximating the 30 fm and 125 fm depth contours. All fishing with non-trawl gear must occur shoreward of the boundary line approximating the 30 fm depth contour, or seaward of the boundary line approximating the 125 fm depth contour. Changes to the non-trawl RCA shoreward boundary between 40°10′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N. lat., to shift the shoreward boundary deeper and open additional fishing area shoreward of the non-trawl RCA, were previously recommended by the California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW) during the 2017-18 Harvest Specifications and Management Measures process. The Council did not ultimately recommend a boundary line change, at that time, due to the increased yelloweye rockfish projected impacts when fishing was opened in those areas.
The GMT's recent updates to the discard mortality rates—discussed further under the preamble subheading
Modifying the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA in this area would provide harvest opportunities for many important target stocks, specifically deeper nearshore rockfish (blue, brown, copper, and olive rockfishes) and shelf rockfish species (chilipepper, greenblotched, Mexican, and vermilion rockfishes). Non-trawl harvest of groundfish is managed with cumulative trip limits, and any increased attainment is expected to remain within allowable harvest limits. Relatively small impacts to canary, bocaccio, and yelloweye rockfish are expected. All projected bocaccio and canary rockfish impacts would remain within the nearshore fishery share of the non-trawl allocations for those species.
The GMT presented an updated analysis to the Council regarding the projected yelloweye rockfish impacts from modifying the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA. The GMT assumed that effort would remain unchanged within the 0 fm to 10 fm depth bin, and all remaining effort would shift into deeper water (30 to 40 fm depth bin) when the boundary was modified. Yelloweye rockfish is an overfished species that is encountered primarily north of 40°10′ N. lat. Few
Therefore, based on the new information available regarding the discard mortality of yellow-eye rockfish, the Council recommended and NMFS is adjusting the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA between 40°10′ N lat. and 34°27′ N. lat., by modifying Table 2 (South) to part 660, subpart E and Table 3 (South) to part 660, subpart F in the CFR, so that the boundary lines approximating the 40 fm and 125 fm depth contours, in this area, will define the non-trawl RCA in this area.
As part of the biennial harvest specifications and management measures process, annual ACLs are set for non-whiting groundfish species, deductions are made “off-the-top” from the ACL for various sources of mortality (including non-groundfish fisheries that catch groundfish incidentally, also called incidental open access fisheries) and the remainder, the fishery HG, is allocated among the groundfish fisheries. Regulations at § 660.60(c)(3)(ii) allow NMFS to distribute these “off-the-top” deductions from the ACL to any sector through routine inseason action to make fish that would otherwise go unharvested available to other fisheries during the fishery year, and after the Council has made the appropriate considerations. Also consistent with section 6.5.2 of the PCGFMP, NMFS has the authority to implement management measures to reduce bycatch of non-groundfish species and, under certain circumstances, the measures may be implemented inseason. However, under no circumstances may the intention of such management measures be simply to provide more fish to a different user group or to achieve other allocation objectives. Therefore, distribution of POP and darkblocked rockfish to the at-sea sectors meets the criteria specified in regulation at § 660.60(c)(3)(ii) and the PCGFMP for a routine management measure.
During development of the 2017-18 harvest specifications and management measures, the Council recommended, and NMFS implemented, a new category of “off-the-top” deduction, known as a “buffer” (81 FR 75266). The buffer consists of an amount of yield that is deducted from the ACLs for canary and darkblotched rockfish, and POP, as described at § 660.55(b) and specified in the footnotes to Tables 1a and 2a to subpart C. This new management measure set the fishery HG at an amount after the buffer was subtracted from the ACL. The result was a specific amount of yield for each of the three species (25 mt for POP, 50 mt for darkblotched rockfish, and 188 mt for canary rockfish) that was unallocated at the start of the year, but is held in reserve as a buffer, and can be distributed to fisheries in need after an unforeseen catch event occurs inseason. Distribution of the buffer must go to a sector that has demonstrated a need for receiving such a distribution and not for the sole purpose of extending a fishery before a need is demonstrated. Additionally, under the buffer approach, all sectors received a lower allocation of darkblotched rockfish and POP in 2017 than they would have if the entire ACL was allocated; thereby, creating a potential for foregone yield by most sectors. However, foregone yield is expected to be inconsequential because historic attainment of these species has been low, with an average attainment from 2011-2014 of 41 percent of the darkblotched rockfish ACLs and 35 percent of the POP ACLs.
Pacific whiting fisheries encounter Klamath River Chinook salmon incidentally, particularly when fishing off the central and southern Oregon coast. At its March 2017 meeting, the Council received the most recent projections of salmon stock status (Preseason Report I) and considered that Klamath River Chinook will not meet escapement goals for 2017 by a historically large margin. At its April 2017 meeting, the Council recommended complete closure of commercial salmon fisheries off southern Oregon and northern California (approximately 44° N. lat. to 40°10′ N. lat.) and closure of recreational salmon fisheries in similar areas (approximately 42°45′ N. lat. to 40°10′ N. lat.) to protect Klamath River Chinook salmon.
Chinook salmon bycatch in the Pacific whiting fishery varies by latitude, with 81 percent of Chinook being taken when fishing between Cape Falcon (45°46′ N. lat.) and Cape Blanco (42°50′ N. lat.). This is a similar area in which Klamath River Chinook stocks are commonly encountered, where all commercial and recreational salmon fishing in 2017 is closed. At-sea processing of Pacific whiting is currently prohibited south of 42° N. lat. (the Oregon-California border) per regulations at § 660.131(e). Both the MS and C/P sectors expressed willingness at the April 2017 Council meeting to modify operations to avoid Chinook salmon bycatch, but acknowledged that difficulties were likely given their rockfish allocations and historically high Pacific whiting allocations. While moving harvesting operations north to Washington and northern Oregon has likely reduced impacts of the Pacific whiting fishery on Klamath River Chinook, catch of POP in the Pacific whiting fisheries has traditionally been highest when fishing off Washington.
The limited availability of overfished species that can be taken as incidental catch in the Pacific whiting fisheries, particularly darkblotched rockfish and POP, led NMFS to implement sector-specific allocations for these species to the Pacific whiting fisheries. If the sector-specific allocation for a non-whiting species is reached, NMFS may close one or more of the at-sea sectors automatically, per regulations at § 660.60(d). At the start of 2017, the MS and C/P sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery were allocated 9.0 mt and 12.7 mt of POP, respectively, per regulations at § 660.55(c)(1)(i)(B).
At the Council's April meeting, the MS sector requested an increase to their POP set-aside to accommodate northern movement of the fleet to reduce harvest of Klamath River Chinook and to prevent closure of the MS sector prior to harvesting their full allocation of Pacific whiting. To accommodate movement of the at-sea fleets farther north, away from Klamath River Chinook and into waters with historically higher catch rates of POP, the Council recommended, and NMFS implemented a distribution of 7 mt of POP, from the off-the-top deductions that were made at the start of the 2017-2018 biennium, to the MS and C/P sectors, 3.5 mt to each sector, to accommodate potential catch of POP as each sector prosecutes their 2017 Pacific whiting allocations in areas where bycatch of Klamath River Chinook is less likely (May 16, 2017, 82 FR 22428). The Council's intent in distributing the POP, that would otherwise go unharvested, was to maintain 2017 harvest opportunities for the MS and C/P sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery,
At the June 2017 Council meeting, the MS and C/P sectors requested access to the darkblotched rockfish and POP “buffers” to continue to accommodate the northern movement of the fleet to reduce harvest of Klamath River Chinook and to prevent closure of either sector prior to harvesting their full allocation of Pacific whiting. In response to this request, the GMT analyzed the current attainments of Pacific whiting, darkblotched and canary rockfishes, and POP, as well as provided some model projections of the estimated needs of the MS and C/P sectors for the 2017 fishing season.
Based on the GMT's analysis, as of June 11, 2017, the MS sector had attained 7.6 percent of their total darkblotched rockfish allocation (0.9 mt out of 11.8 mt), 20.2 percent of their total POP allocation (2.5 mt out of 12.5 mt), and 22.2 percent of their total Pacific whiting allocation (19,334 mt out of 87,044 mt). Over the past 6 years, (2011-2016) by June 11th of each year, the MS sector has harvested an average of 0.84 mt of darkblotched rockfish, 1.65 mt of POP, and 14,689.21 mt of Pacific whiting.
Based on the GMT's analysis, as of June 11, 2017, the C/P sector had attained 26 percent of their total darkblotched rockfish allocation (4.3 mt out of 16.4 mt), 51.1 percent of their total POP allocation (8.3 mt out of 16.2 mt), and 31.9 percent of their total Pacific whiting allocation (39,973.5 mt out of 123,312 mt). Over the past 6 years, (2011-2016) by June 11th of each year, the C/P sector has harvested an average of 1.05 mt of darkblotched rockfish, 1.35 mt of POP, and 31,595.85 mt of Pacific whiting.
On June 20, 2017, NMFS considered additional POP, darkblotched rockfish, and Pacific whiting landing information for the C/P and MS sectors. As of that date, the C/P sector had harvested 28.6 percent (4.69 mt out of 16.4 mt) of their total darkblotched rockfish allocation, 89.81 percent (14.55 mt out of 16.2 mt) of their total POP allocation, and 37.64 percent (46,413.13 mt out of 123,312 mt) of their total Pacific whiting allocation. Additionally, as of the same date, the MS sector had harvested 8.56 percent (1.01 mt out of 11.8 mt) of their total darkblotched rockfish allocation, 22.64 percent (2.83 mt out of 12.5 mt) of their total POP allocation, and 27.48 percent (23,921.03 mt out of 87,044 mt) of their total Pacific whiting allocation.
To continue to accommodate movement of the at-sea fleets farther north, away from Klamath River Chinook and into waters with historically higher catch rates of POP, both sectors would need additional darkblotched rockfish and POP quota to prevent their fishery from closing due to exceeding their overfished species allocations. The Council's intent is to provide fisheries with a demonstrated need access to quota that would otherwise go unharvested, maintain 2017 harvesting opportunities for the MS and C/P sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery, and continue protecting Klamath River Chinook.
Therefore, after reviewing the best available information on interactions between the Pacific whiting fleet and salmon, POP, and darkblotched rockfish, the Council recommended and NMFS is implementing a distribution of 25 mt of POP, from the off-the-top deductions that were made at the start of the 2017-2018 biennium, to the MS and C/P sectors, 12.5 mt to each sector, to accommodate potential catch of POP as each sector prosecutes their 2017 Pacific whiting allocations in areas where bycatch of Klamath River Chinook is less likely. Additionally, the Council recommended and NMFS is implementing a distribution of 50 mt of darkblotched rockfish, from the “off-the-top” deductions that were made at the start of the 2017-2018 biennium, to the MS and C/P sectors, 25 mt to each sector, to accommodate potential catch of darkblotched rockfish as each sector prosecutes their 2017 Pacific whiting harvest in areas where bycatch of Klamath River Chinook is less likely. These changes are implemented through modifications to the footnotes for Table 1a and Table 1b to Part 660, Subpart C of the CFR.
This rule distributes 25 mt of POP and 50 mt of darkblotched rockfish that is anticipated to go unharvested through the end of 2017 to the MS and C/P sectors, implementing the Council's recommendation increases the POP allocations to 25 mt for the MS sector and 28.7 mt for the C/P sector and the darkblotched rockfish set-asides to 36.8 mt for the MS sector and 41.4 mt for the C/P sector. This rule also provides the fleet added flexibility to fish in areas where Klamath River Chinook are less likely to be encountered while reducing the risk of closure of the MS and C/P sectors prior to full attainment of the Pacific whiting allocation if higher catch rates of POP and darkblotched rockfish continue for the remainder of the 2017 fishing season. Transfer of POP and darkblotched rockfish to the MS and C/P sectors, when combined with projected impacts from all other sources, is not expected to result in greater impacts to POP, darkblotched rockfish, or other overfished species than originally projected through the end of the year.
This final rule makes routine inseason adjustments to groundfish fishery management measures, based on the best available information, consistent with the PCGFMP and its implementing regulations.
This action is taken under the authority of 50 CFR 660.60(c) and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
The aggregate data upon which these actions are based are available for public inspection at the Office of the Administrator, West Coast Region, NMFS, during business hours.
NMFS finds good cause to waive prior public notice and comment on the revisions to groundfish management measures under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) because notice and comment would be impracticable and contrary to the public interest. Also, for the same reasons, NMFS finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), so that this final rule may become effective July 3, 2017. The adjustments to management measures in this document affect commercial fisheries in Washington, Oregon and California. No aspect of this action is controversial, and changes of this nature were anticipated in the biennial harvest specifications and management measures established through a notice and comment rulemaking for 2017-18.
Accordingly, for the reasons stated below, NMFS finds good cause to waive prior notice and comment and to waive the delay in effectiveness.
At its June 2017 meeting, the Council recommended an increase to LE and OA fixed gear lingcod trip limits north and south of 40°10′ N. lat. be implemented as quickly as possible to allow harvest of lingcod to better attain, but not exceed, the 2017 ACLs. There was not sufficient time after that meeting to undergo proposed and final rulemaking before this action needs to be in effect. Affording the time necessary for prior notice and opportunity for public comment would prevent NMFS from managing the LE and OA fixed gear fishery using the best available science to increase harvesting opportunities without exceeding the ACLs for federally managed species in accordance with the PCGFMP and applicable law. These increases to trip limits must be implemented as quickly as possible to allow LE and OA fixed
It is in the public interest for fishermen to have an opportunity to harvest more of the lingcod ACLs, north and south of 40°10′ N. lat., because the lingcod fishery contributes revenue to the coastal communities of Washington, Oregon, and California. This action, if implemented quickly, is anticipated to allow increased catch of lingcod through the end of the year, and allows harvest as intended by the Council, consistent with the best scientific information available.
The Council considered updated discard mortality rates and the resulting best available projections of yelloweye rockfish harvest that became available at its June 2017 meeting. Projected impacts to yelloweye rockfish through the end of the year were 0.7 mt below the nearshore fishery's 2.1 mt share of the non-trawl allocation. Based on the new information showing lower than anticipated yelloweye rockfish discard mortality, and the need to provide additional harvesting opportunities for healthy and underutilized groundfish species, the Council recommended modifying the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl RCA to open additional area, while keeping harvest of yelloweye rockfish within its HGs and rebuilding ACL.
It is in the public interest for fisherman to have increased access to fishing areas where high-value target species, such as canary and chilipepper rockfish, are available, because the commercial non-trawl fisheries contribute revenue to the coastal communities of Washington, Oregon, and California. This action, if implemented quickly, is anticipated to allow increased catch of healthy and underutilized groundfish, and allows harvest as intended by the Council, consistent with the best scientific information available.
At its June 2017 meeting, the Council recommended that the distribution of POP and darkblotched rockfish “buffers” to the MS and C/P sectors and be implemented as quickly as possible to facilitate fishing for Pacific whiting in northern waters to avoid bycatch of Klamath River Chinook salmon. There was not sufficient time after that meeting to undergo proposed and final rulemaking before this action needs to be in effect. Affording the time necessary for prior notice and opportunity for public comment would postpone transfer of POP and darkblotched rockfish to the MS and C/P sectors until later in the season, or potentially eliminate the possibility or doing so during the 2017 calendar year entirely, and is therefore impractical. Failing to reapportion POP and darkblotched rockfish to the MS and C/P sectors in a timely manner could result in additional impacts to Klamath River Chinook salmon if catch of POP or darkblotched rockfish approaches the MS or C/P sectors' POP and darkblotched rockfish allocations and the fleet moves south to prevent a closure prior to their Pacific whiting allocations being harvested. Additionally, failing to reapportion the POP and darkblotched rockfish “buffers” in a timely manner could leave quota unharvested through the end of the year, which would prevent harvest as intended by the Council. New information and analyses that became available to the Council in June indicate that both the MS and C/P sectors need additional POP and darkblotched rockfish to decrease the likelihood of closing one or more of these sectors due to attainment of their rockfish allocations. Therefore, distribution of the POP and darkblotched rockfish buffers is consistent with regulations at § 660.60(c)(3)(ii).
It is in the public interest for the MS and C/P sectors to have an opportunity to harvest their allocations of Pacific whiting without interruption because the Pacific whiting fishery contributes a large amount of revenue to the coastal communities of Washington and Oregon. Additionally, it is in the public interest to continue to protect Klamath River Chinook and reduce potential fishing impacts from the Pacific whiting fishery in areas where directed salmon fishing has been prohibited. Providing more POP and darkblotched rockfish to the MS and C/P sector would allow them to fish further north, lowering the chances of encountering Klamath River Chinook. This action facilitates fleet dynamics to avoid bycatch of Klamath River Chinook salmon, and allows harvest as intended by the Council, consistent with the best scientific information available.
Fisheries, Fishing, and Indian Fisheries.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 660 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Proposed rule.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is amending its spent fuel storage regulations by revising the EnergySolutions
Submit comments by August 7, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the Commission is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Robert D. MacDougall, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-5175; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0138 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0138 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
This proposed rule is limited to the renewal of the initial certificate and Amendment Nos. 1-6 of CoC No. 1007.
The direct final rule will become effective on September 20, 2017. However, if the NRC receives significant adverse comments on this proposed rule by August 7, 2017, then the NRC will publish a document that withdraws the direct final rule. If the direct final rule is withdrawn, the NRC will address the comments received in response to these proposed revisions in a subsequent final rule. Absent significant modifications to the proposed revisions requiring republication, the NRC will not initiate a second comment period on this action in the event the direct final rule is withdrawn.
A significant adverse comment is a comment where the commenter explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including challenges to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. A comment is adverse and significant if:
(1) The comment opposes the rule and provides a reason sufficient to require a substantive response in a notice-and-comment process. For example, a substantive response is required when:
(a) The comment causes the NRC staff to reevaluate (or reconsider) its position or conduct additional analysis;
(b) The comment raises an issue serious enough to warrant a substantive response to clarify or complete the record; or
(c) The comment raises a relevant issue that was not previously addressed or considered by the NRC staff.
(2) The comment proposes a change or an addition to the rule, and it is apparent that the rule would be ineffective or unacceptable without incorporation of the change or addition.
(3) The comment causes the NRC staff to make a change (other than editorial) to the rule, CoC, or technical specifications.
For additional procedural information and the regulatory analysis, see the direct final rule published in the Rules and Regulations section of this issue of the
Section 218(a) of the Nuclear Waste Policy Act (NWPA) of 1982, as amended, requires that “the Secretary [of the Department of Energy] shall establish a demonstration program, in cooperation with the private sector, for the dry storage of spent nuclear fuel at civilian nuclear power reactor sites, with the objective of establishing one or more technologies that the [Nuclear Regulatory] Commission may, by rule, approve for use at the sites of civilian nuclear power reactors without, to the maximum extent practicable, the need for additional site-specific approvals by the Commission.” Section 133 of the NWPA states, in part, that “[the Commission] shall, by rule, establish procedures for the licensing of any technology approved by the Commission under Section 219(a) [sic: 218(a)] for use at the site of any civilian nuclear power reactor.”
To implement this mandate, the Commission approved dry storage of spent nuclear fuel in NRC-approved casks under a general license by publishing a final rule which added a new subpart K in part 72 of title 10 of the
The Plain Writing Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-274) requires Federal agencies to write documents in a clear, concise, well-organized manner that also follows other best practices appropriate to the subject or field and the intended audience. The NRC has written this document to be consistent with the Plain Writing Act as well as the Presidential Memorandum, “Plain Language in Government Writing,” published June 10, 1998 (63 FR 31883). The NRC requests comment on the proposed rule with respect to the clarity and effectiveness of the language used.
The documents identified in the following table are available to interested persons through one or more of the following methods, as indicated.
The NRC may post materials related to this document, including public comments, on the Federal Rulemaking Web site at
Administrative practice and procedure, Criminal penalties, Hazardous waste, Indians, Intergovernmental relations, Manpower training programs, Nuclear energy, Nuclear materials, Occupational safety and health, Penalties, Radiation protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Spent fuel, Whistleblowing.
For the reasons set out in the preamble and under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended; the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, as amended; and 5 U.S.C. 552 and 553; the NRC is proposing to adopt the following amendments to 10 CFR part 72.
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, secs. 51, 53, 57, 62, 63, 65, 69, 81, 161, 182, 183, 184, 186, 187, 189, 223, 234, 274 (42 U.S.C. 2071, 2073, 2077, 2092, 2093, 2095, 2099, 2111, 2201, 2210e, 2232, 2233, 2234, 2236, 2237, 2238, 2273, 2282, 2021); Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, secs. 201, 202, 206, 211 (42 U.S.C. 5841, 5842, 5846, 5851); National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4332); Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, secs. 117(a), 132, 133, 134, 135, 137, 141, 145(g), 148, 218(a) (42 U.S.C. 10137(a), 10152, 10153, 10154, 10155, 10157, 10161, 10165(g), 10168, 10198(a)); 44 U.S.C. 3504 note.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Proposed Rule document 2017-14039 appearing on pages 31009 through 31030 in the issue of Wednesday, July 5, 2017 was withdrawn from public inspection and published in error. It should be removed.
Federal Housing Finance Agency.
Proposed rule.
The Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) is issuing a proposed rule with request for comments on the housing goals for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the Enterprises) for 2018 through 2020. The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and
The existing housing goals for the Enterprises include benchmark levels for each housing goal through the end of 2017. This proposed rule would establish benchmark levels for each of the housing goals and subgoals for 2018 through 2020. In addition, the proposed rule would make a number of clarifying and conforming changes, including revisions to the requirements for the housing plan that an Enterprise may be required to submit in response to a failure to achieve one or more of the housing goals.
FHFA will accept written comments on the proposed rule on or before September 5, 2017.
You may submit your comments on the proposed rule, identified by regulatory information number (RIN) 2590-AA81, by any one of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Ted Wartell, Manager, Housing & Community Investment, Division of Housing Mission and Goals, at (202) 649-3157. This is not a toll-free number. The mailing address is: Federal Housing Finance Agency, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20219. The telephone number for the Telecommunications Device for the Deaf is (800) 877-8339.
FHFA invites comments on all aspects of the proposed rule and will take all comments into consideration before issuing the final rule. Copies of all comments will be posted without change, including any personal information you provide such as your name, address, email address, and telephone number, on the FHFA Web site at
Commenters are encouraged to review and comment on all aspects of the proposed rule, including the single-family benchmark levels, the multifamily benchmark levels, and other changes to the regulation.
The Safety and Soundness Act requires FHFA to establish annual housing goals for several categories of both single-family and multifamily mortgages purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
The housing goals provisions of the Safety and Soundness Act were substantially revised in 2008 with the enactment of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act, which amended the Safety and Soundness Act.
Under the Safety and Soundness Act, the single-family housing goals are limited to mortgages on owner-occupied housing with one to four units total. The single-family goals cover conventional, conforming mortgages, defined as mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or another government agency and with principal balances that do not exceed the loan limits for Enterprise mortgages.
In order to meet a single-family housing goal or subgoal, the percentage of mortgage purchases by an Enterprise that meet each goal or subgoal must exceed either the benchmark level or the market level for that year. The
While both the benchmark and the retrospective market measure are designed to measure the current year's mortgage originations, the performance of the Enterprises on the housing goals includes all Enterprise purchases in that year, regardless of the year in which the loan was originated. This provides housing goals credit when the Enterprises acquire qualified seasoned loans. (Seasoned loans are loans that were originated in prior years and acquired by the Enterprise in the current year.) The Enterprises' acquisition of seasoned loans provides an important source of liquidity for this market segment.
Recent changes to the HMDA regulations will result in the HMDA data covering a greater portion of the single-family mortgage market.
For example, the Enterprise housing goals currently count all loans purchased by an Enterprise with original principal balances that are within the conforming loan limits. The conforming loan limits are different for single-family properties depending on the number of units in the property. However, the definition of the retrospective market excludes all loans with original principal balances above the conforming loan limits for single unit properties because the current HMDA data do not identify the number of units for each loan. Starting with the new HMDA data reported, it will be possible to identify the number of units for each loan. This may allow FHFA to revise the definition of the retrospective market to exclude only those loans above the conforming loan limits applicable to the size of the property, instead of excluding all loans above the conforming loan limit applicable to a single unit property.
FHFA has considered the possible impact that certain changes to the HMDA regulations may have on the Enterprise housing goals. However, at this time the impact that such changes might have on the retrospective measure of the market is uncertain. FHFA is not proposing to make any changes to the Enterprise housing goals in anticipation of the upcoming changes to the HMDA data. FHFA will assess the impact of the changes and, if necessary, may propose changes to the housing goals regulation at a later date.
Under the housing goals regulation first established by FHFA in 2010, as well as under this proposed rule, FHFA may reduce the benchmark levels for any of the single-family or multifamily housing goals in a particular year without going through notice and comment rulemaking based on a determination by FHFA that (1) market and economic conditions or the financial condition of the Enterprise require a reduction, or (2) “efforts to meet the goal or subgoal would result in the constraint of liquidity, over-investment in certain market segments, or other consequences contrary to the intent of the Safety and Soundness Act or the purposes of the Charter Acts.”
If, after publication of a final rule establishing the housing goals for 2018 through 2020, FHFA determines that any of the single-family or multifamily housing goals should be adjusted in light of market conditions, to ensure the safety and soundness of the Enterprises, or for any other reason, FHFA will take steps as necessary and appropriate to adjust that goal. Such steps could include adjusting the benchmark levels through the processes in the existing regulation or establishing revised housing goal levels through notice and comment rulemaking.
On September 6, 2008, FHFA placed each Enterprise into conservatorship. Although the Enterprises remain in conservatorship at this time, they continue to have the mission of supporting a stable and liquid national market for residential mortgage financing. FHFA has continued to establish annual housing goals for the Enterprises and to assess their performance under the housing goals each year during conservatorship.
This proposed rule would establish the benchmark levels for the single-family housing goals and subgoal for 2018-2020 as follows:
The proposed rule would establish the levels for the multifamily goal and subgoals for 2018-2020 as follows:
The proposed rule would make changes and clarifications to the existing rules, including minor technical changes to some regulatory definitions. The proposed rule also would revise the requirements applicable to the housing plan an Enterprise may be required to submit based on a failure to achieve one or more of the housing goals.
This proposed rule sets out FHFA's views about benchmark levels for the single-family housing goals from 2018-2020. In making this proposal, FHFA has considered the required statutory factors described below. FHFA's analysis and goal setting process includes developing market forecast models for each of the single-family housing goals, as well as considering a number of other variables that impact affordable homeownership. Many of these variables indicate that low-income and very low-income households are facing, and will continue to face, difficulties in achieving homeownership or in refinancing an existing mortgage. These factors, such as rising property values and stagnant household incomes, also impact the Enterprises' ability to meet their mission and facilitate affordable homeownership for low-income and very low-income households. Nevertheless, FHFA expects and encourages the Enterprises to work toward meeting their housing goal requirements in a safe and sound manner. This may include steps the Enterprises take to fulfill FHFA's access to credit expectations expressed in the most recent Conservatorship Scorecard, which requires the Enterprises to undertake a number of research and related efforts including the development of pilots and initiatives.
Section 1332(e)(2) of the Safety and Soundness Act requires FHFA to consider the following seven factors in setting the single-family housing goals:
1. National housing needs;
2. Economic, housing, and demographic conditions, including expected market developments;
3. The performance and effort of the Enterprises toward achieving the housing goals in previous years;
4. The ability of the Enterprises to lead the industry in making mortgage credit available;
5. Such other reliable mortgage data as may be available;
6. The size of the purchase money conventional mortgage market, or refinance conventional mortgage market, as applicable, serving each of the types of families described, relative to the size of the overall purchase
7. The need to maintain the sound financial condition of the Enterprises.
FHFA has considered each of these seven statutory factors in setting the proposed benchmark levels for each of the single-family housing goals and subgoal.
Recognizing that some of the factors required by statute to be considered can be readily captured using reliable data series while others cannot, FHFA implemented the following approach: FHFA's statistical market models considered factors that are captured through well-known and established data series and these are then used to generate a point forecast for each goal as well as a confidence interval for the point forecast. FHFA then considered the remaining statutory factors, as well as other relevant policy factors, in selecting the specific point forecast within the confidence interval as the proposed benchmark level. FHFA's market forecast models incorporate four of the seven statutory factors: National housing needs; economic, housing, and demographic conditions; other reliable mortgage data; and the size of the purchase money conventional mortgage market or refinance conventional mortgage market for each single-family housing goal. The market forecast models generate a point estimate, as well as a confidence interval. FHFA then considered the remaining three statutory factors (historical performance and effort of the Enterprises toward achieving the housing goal; ability of the Enterprises to lead the industry in making mortgage credit available; and need to maintain the sound financial condition of the Enterprises), as well as other relevant policy factors in selecting the specific point forecast within the confidence interval as the proposed benchmark level for the goal period.
FHFA has employed similar models in past housing goals rulemakings to generate market forecasts. The models were developed using monthly series generated from HMDA and other data sources, and the resulting monthly forecasts were then averaged into an annual forecast for each of the three years in the goal period. The models rely on 12 years of HMDA data, from 2004 to 2015, the latest year for which HMDA data are available. Additional discussion of the market forecast models can be found in a research paper, available at
In the final rule establishing the housing goals for 2015-2017, FHFA stated that it would engage directly with commenters to obtain detailed feedback on FHFA's econometric models for the housing goals. Throughout 2016, FHFA met with industry modeling experts about potential improvements to the econometric models. Considering input received, FHFA has revised the market forecast models to include better specifications and new variables for all goal-qualifying shares, while still following and adhering to generally accepted practices and standards adopted by economists, including those at other federal agencies. During the model development process, FHFA grouped factors that are expected by housing market economists to have an impact on the market share of affordable housing into seven broad categories. For each category of variables, many variables were tested but only retained when they exhibited predictive power. The new set of models includes new driver variables that reflect factors that impact the affordable housing market—for example, household debt service ratio, labor force participation rate, and underwriting standards.
As is the case with any forecasting model, the accuracy of the forecast will vary depending on the accuracy of the inputs to the model and the length of the forecast period. FHFA has attempted to minimize the first variable by using third party forecasts published by Moody's and other accredited mortgage market forecasters. The second variable is harder to address. The proposed rule relies on the most up-to-date data available as of December 2016, and uses forecasted input values for 2017 to produce the forecasts for 2018-2020. The confidence intervals for the benchmark levels become wider as the forecast period lengthens. In other words, it becomes more likely that the actual market levels will be different from the forecasts the farther into the future the forecasts attempt to make predictions. Predicting four years out is not the usual practice in forecasting. A number of industry forecasters, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the Mortgage Bankers Association (MBA), do not publish forecasts beyond two years because accuracy of forecasts decreases substantially beyond a two year period.
Interest rates are arguably one of the most important variables in determining the trajectory of the mortgage market. The Federal Reserve launched its interest rate normalization process in December 2015 with a 0.25-percentage point increase. At the July 2016 meeting of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), policymakers indicated their commitment to a low federal funds rate for the time being, signaling a pause in the interest rate normalization path. However, there is broad consensus among economists that the Federal Reserve will resume rate hikes if the economy performs as expected. Based
The unemployment rate has steadily fallen over the last few years and according to Moody's is expected to remain at 4.7 percent over the next four years, given expected growth of the economy at the modest range of 1.5 to 2.9 percent per year (January 2017 forecast). Moody's also forecasts a modest increase in per capita disposable nominal income growth—from $43,100 in 2016 to $50,300 in 2020. Moody's estimates that the inflation rate will remain flat at 2.0 percent throughout the same period, although this also depends on Federal Reserve policy.
Industry analysts generally expect the overall housing market to continue its recovery, although the growth of house prices may slow down, assuming continued increases in interest rates. According to Moody's forecast (as of January 2017) based on FHFA's purchase-only House Price Index (HPI), house prices are expected to increase at the annual rates of 3.9, 1.8, and 2.0 percent in 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.
The expected increase in mortgage interest rates and house prices will likely impact the ability of low- and very low-income households to purchase homes. Housing affordability, as measured by Moody's forecast of the National Association of Realtors' Housing Affordability Index, is projected to decline from an index value of 162.2 in 2016 to 152.5 in 2020. Low interest rates coupled with rising house prices usually create incentives for homeowners to refinance, and the refinance share of overall mortgage originations increased from 39.9 percent in 2014 to 50 percent in 2016. However, assuming that interest rates rise in the near future, the refinance rate is expected to fall below 21.4 percent by 2019, according to the Moody's forecast.
While FHFA's models can address and forecast many of the statutory factors that can make affordability for single-family homeownership more challenging for low-income and very low-income households, including increasing interest rates and rising property values, some factors are not captured in the models. FHFA, therefore, considers additional factors when selecting the benchmark point within the model-generated confidence interval for each of the single-family housing goals. Some of these factors may affect a subset of the market rather than the market as a whole. Some of these additional factors include an uneven economic recovery, stagnant wages even where unemployment is decreasing, demographic trends, and the Enterprises' share of the mortgage market. Variability in these factors can also have substantial impacts on the ability of the Enterprises to meet housing goals. Consequently, as discussed further below, FHFA will carefully monitor these factors and consider the potential impact of market shifts or larger trends on the ability of the Enterprises to achieve the housing goals.
Throughout 2016, the economy and the housing market continued to recover from the financial crisis, but the recovery has been uneven across the country. In some areas, economic growth, job gains, and demand are outpacing housing supply, sparking rapidly rising property values, while other areas of the country have not regained pre-crisis home values and are not projected to do so in the near future.
Trends in factors such as area median income (AMI) point to an uneven recovery. FHFA uses census-tract level AMIs published by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) to determine affordability for the Enterprise single-family and multifamily mortgage acquisitions. AMI is a measure of median family income derived from the Census Bureau's American Community Survey (ACS). Since the 1990s, AMIs have been used widely by HUD, state housing finance agencies, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the U.S. Department of Treasury, and local governments across the nation to determine eligibility for various affordable housing and public assistance programs. The HUD-published AMIs are considered the standard benchmark in the affordable housing industry. HUD changed the methodology for determining AMIs in 2015 because of changes in the Census Bureau's data collection methodology and changes in the reporting schedules of the ACS data.
AMI shifts reflect changes in borrower income levels at the census tract level. In general, a decrease in an area's AMI represents a decline in housing affordability in the area because the households will have relatively less income with which to purchase a home where property values have either remained the same or increased during the same time period.
In addition to the uneven recovery reflected in changing AMI levels, many households have experienced stagnant wages or limited wage growth even though unemployment levels have decreased significantly since the peak of the financial crisis. Data released by the U.S. Census Bureau last year for the most recent year available reflected that while median household income increased by 5.2 percent in 2015, the first annual increase in median household income since 2007, median wages remained 1.6 percent lower than the median in 2007, the year before the most recent recession, and 2.4 percent lower than the median household income peak that occurred in 1999.
Demographic changes, such as the housing patterns of millennials or the growth of minority households, also reflect challenges in the affordable homeownership market. The homeownership rate among millennials is lower than other demographic groups, but household formation will likely increase as this group ages. However, many millennials will face multiple challenges, including difficulty finding affordable homes to buy and building enough wealth for a down payment and closing costs, particularly in light of
Another factor that can affect the Enterprises' ability to support affordable homeownership for low-income and very low-income households is the Enterprises' overall share of the mortgage market. The Enterprises' share of the market is continually subject to fluctuation. During the mortgage market bubble, the Enterprises' share of the market dropped to about 46 percent in the last quarter of 2005. The other significant low point occurred in 2008, when the Enterprises' acquisitions accounted for less than 45 percent of the mortgage market. Since then, the Enterprises' share has risen overall but declined slightly in recent years, accounting for about 52 percent of the market in 2015. As shown in Graph 1, over the same time period, the total government share of the mortgage market (including FHA, VA, and RHS) has been expanding. In 2015, the total government share accounted for 28 percent of overall mortgage originations, up from 24 percent in 2014. This is likely an impact of the FHA mortgage insurance premium reduction announced in January 2015. As seen in Graph 1, the increase in government share came from decreases in the other two segments.
Both Enterprises' charter acts require that all mortgages the Enterprises acquire have mortgage insurance (or one of the other forms of credit enhancement specified in the charter acts) if the loan-to-value (LTV) ratio for the loan at acquisition is greater than 80 percent. Private mortgage insurance rates are dependent on characteristics of the mortgage such as loan term, type of mortgage (purchase, type of refinance), LTV ratio, and credit score of the borrower. Lenders may also be able to negotiate and obtain lower private mortgage insurance directly from the mortgage insurer. Therefore, for certain market segments, the choice between government mortgage insurance or private mortgage insurance depends on the net impact of these factors.
In recent years private mortgage insurance rates have increased relative to government mortgage insurance rates, but the increase has not been uniform across the credit score and LTV spectrum. Changes in the mortgage insurance market can impact the cost of mortgage insurance and, consequently, may influence whether the mortgage is originated with private mortgage insurance or with FHA insurance. For example, FHA decreased its rates for mortgage insurance from 1.35 percent to 0.85 percent in January 2015. If FHA decreased or increased its mortgage insurance premiums, it would be
As discussed above, multiple factors impact the Enterprises' ability to meet their mission and support affordable homeownership through the housing finance market. Nevertheless, FHFA expects the Enterprises to continue efforts in a safe and sound manner to support affordable homeownership under the single-family housing goals categories.
The low-income home purchase goal is based on the percentage of all single-family, owner-occupied home purchase mortgages purchased by an Enterprise that are for low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 80 percent of AMI. The proposed rule would set the annual low-income home purchase housing goal benchmark level for 2018-2020 at 24 percent, the same as the current 2015-2017 benchmark level. FHFA believes that, despite the various challenges to affordability highlighted above, the Enterprises will be able to take steps to maintain or increase their performance on this goal.
As shown in Table 1, performance at both Enterprises has fallen short of the market in the low-income purchase goal almost every year since 2013 (with the exception of Fannie Mae in 2014), although the Enterprises have sometimes missed the market look-back goal only by one- or two-tenths of a percentage point. Performance at both Enterprises fell short of both the benchmark and the market level in 2015. The past performance of the Enterprises indicates that it has been difficult for the Enterprises to consistently lead this market segment in making credit available.
From 2013 to 2014, the low-income home purchase market decreased from 24.0 percent to 22.8 percent. In 2015, the actual market rebounded to 23.6 percent. FHFA's current model forecasts that the market for this goal will increase slightly to 23.9 percent in 2016 and then to 24.9 percent in 2017. (Actual market levels for 2016 will not be available until HMDA data are published in September 2017.) Although the Enterprises have been challenged in meeting the percentage single-family housing goal levels in recent years, FHFA notes that each Enterprise has increased the number of single-family home purchase loans made to low-income households. Fannie Mae's eligible single-family loan purchases increased from 193,712 loans in 2013 to 221,249 in 2016. Freddie Mac's eligible single-family loan purchases increased from 93,478 in 2013 to 153,435 in 2016.
From 2018 to 2020, the proposed goals period, the current forecast peaks at 25.5 percent in 2018, before decreasing to 24.0 percent in 2019 and 23.0 percent in 2020. The average of these projections is 24.1 percent. This forecast is based on the latest data available and will be updated before the release of the final housing goals rule. The confidence intervals for the 2018-2020 goal period are wide, but they will narrow before the final rule is published.
FHFA is proposing a benchmark level for the low-income home purchase housing goal that is close to the market forecast, to encourage the Enterprises to continue to find ways to support lower income borrowers while not compromising safe and sound lending standards. FHFA notes that the proposed benchmark is close to the average of its market forecast for this goal. FHFA recognizes that there may be challenges to meeting this goal, including uneven growth in AMI and the relative affordability of private mortgage insurance, that may be beyond the control of the Enterprises and impact their ability to achieve these goals. FHFA will continue to monitor the Enterprises, both as regulator and as conservator, and if FHFA determines in later years that the benchmark level for the low-income home purchase housing
The very low-income home purchase goal is based on the percentage of all single-family, owner-occupied home purchase mortgages purchased by an Enterprise that are for very low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 50 percent of the area median income. The proposed rule would set the annual very low-income home purchase housing goal benchmark level for 2018 through 2020 at 6 percent, also unchanged from the current 2015 to 2017 benchmark level.
Since 2013, the market for very low-income home purchase loans has also been declining, as reflected in HMDA data, although there was a slight uptick in 2015. FHFA has gradually lowered the benchmark for this goal from 8 percent in 2010 to 6 percent in 2015. Despite this reduction, the performance of both Enterprises has fallen below the benchmark and the market levels in each year since 2013. In addition, both Enterprises are projected to fall below the 6 percent benchmark level in 2016.
FHFA market analysis reflects a relatively flat trend for this segment, at 5.7 percent in 2014 and 5.8 percent in 2015. FHFA's current model forecasted the market to increase slightly to 5.9 percent in 2016 and then to 6.4 percent in 2017. For the 2018-2020 goal period, FHFA's forecast indicates an increase to 6.7 percent in 2018, followed by declines to 6.3 percent and 6.2 percent in 2019 and 2020, respectively. As noted earlier, the confidence intervals widen as the forecast period lengthens, and will reduce somewhat as FHFA incorporates more information before publishing the final rule.
Similar to the low-income home purchase goal, FHFA is proposing a benchmark level that is near the market forecast to encourage the Enterprises to continue their efforts to promote safe and sustainable lending to very low-income families. As noted in the low-income purchase goal discussion, FHFA believes that there are significant challenges to housing affordability that may be beyond the control of the Enterprises that could make the proposed benchmark a challenge for the Enterprises. As each Enterprise has been struggling to meet the current benchmark and market levels, the proposed benchmark will continue to encourage the Enterprise to safely and soundly innovate in this area. FHFA, as regulator and as conservator, will continue to monitor the Enterprises' performance, and if FHFA determines in later years that the benchmark level for the very low-income areas home purchase housing goal is no longer feasible for the Enterprises to achieve in light of market conditions or for any other reason, FHFA may take appropriate steps to adjust the benchmark level.
The forecast for this subgoal is obtained by generating separate forecasts for the two sub-populations (the low-income areas component and the high-minority income component). For this proposed rulemaking, FHFA has tested alternate model specifications for this subgoal and determined that aligning the overlapping portion with the low-income area component yields forecast estimates that are more precise (in terms of a narrower confidence interval).
FHFA sought to understand how the markets in low-income areas and high minority census tracts have evolved in recent years and who was being served by the Enterprises' efforts in these areas. FHFA's analysis found that the mortgage market in both low-income areas and in high-minority census tracts has been moving towards borrowers with higher incomes in recent years. As noted in Table 4, HMDA data show that both the low-income areas and the high-minority areas have increasing shares of borrowers with incomes at or above 100 percent of AMI, although loans to borrowers with incomes over 100 percent of AMI do not qualify for the minority areas component of the goal. For instance, the share of loans made to borrowers with incomes less than 50 percent of AMI and residing in low-income areas decreased from 17.8 percent in 2010 to 14.1 percent in 2015, after peaking at 19 percent in 2012. Over the same period, the share of loans made to borrowers with incomes greater than 100 percent of AMI and residing in these low-income census tracts increased from 38.8 percent in 2010 to 42.1 percent in 2015, after dipping to 36.5 percent in 2012. Thus, borrowers with higher incomes have made up an increasing share of the mortgage market in the low-income areas. A similar trend exists among borrowers residing in high minority census tracts. While borrowers with incomes greater than 100 percent of AMI represented 42.5 percent of borrowers in these census tracts in 2010, the share increased to 49.2 percent in 2015.
The presence of higher income borrowers in lower income and higher minority areas may be a sign of economic diversity in those areas and may be related to the possibility of improved economic indicators for the community, but there is nevertheless some concern that such a trend could displace lower income households in these areas. Change in the mix of renters to owner-occupied households often precedes and accompanies these trends. FHFA is aware that this particular subgoal may encourage the Enterprises to focus on purchasing loans for higher income households in low-income and high-minority areas, and FHFA is also aware of concerns about the impact of rising housing costs on existing households in lower-income or higher-minority areas. FHFA welcomes input on all aspects of the low-income areas goal and subgoal, and in particular how best to satisfy the policy objectives of the various components of the goal and subgoal.
Table 5 shows similar trends in Enterprise acquisitions of mortgages in low-income areas and high-minority areas. In 2015, 42.5 percent of Enterprise acquisitions were of loans made to borrowers with incomes greater than or equal to 100 percent of the AMI, up from 40.7 percent in 2010. Also in 2015, 48.3 percent of Enterprise acquisitions in high-minority census tracts were acquisitions of loans made to borrowers with incomes greater than or equal to 100 percent of AMI, up from 45.4 percent in 2010.
Both Enterprises have met this subgoal every year since 2013, regularly exceeding both the market and the benchmark levels. Fannie Mae's performance exceeded both the market and the benchmark in 2014 and 2015, although its performance was lower than that of the market in 2013. From 2013 through 2015, Freddie Mac's performance exceeded the benchmark but was below the market level. FHFA's forecast indicates that the market will increase slightly in the coming years, reaching a maximum level of 16.1 in 2019.
FHFA is proposing only a modest increase in the benchmark level that reflects the recent performance levels of the Enterprises while FHFA continues to evaluate whether the measure meets policy objectives. FHFA, as regulator and as conservator, will continue to monitor the Enterprises' performance,
The low-income areas home purchase goal covers the same categories as the low-income areas home purchase subgoal, but it also includes moderate income families in designated disaster areas. As a result, the low-income areas home purchase goal is based on the percentage of all single-family, owner-occupied home purchase mortgages purchased by an Enterprise that are: (1) For families in low-income areas, defined to include census tracts with median income less than or equal to 80 percent of AMI; (2) for families with incomes less than or equal to AMI who reside in minority census tracts (defined as census tracts with a minority population of at least 30 percent and a tract median income of less than 100 percent of AMI); or (3) for families with incomes less than or equal to 100 percent of AMI who reside in designated disaster areas.
The low-income areas goal benchmark level is established by a two-step process. The first step is setting the benchmark level for the low-income areas subgoal, as established by this proposed rule. The second step is establishing an additional increment for mortgages to families located in federally-declared disaster areas with incomes less than or equal to AMI.
The low-income refinancing goal is based on the percentage of all single-family, owner-occupied refinance mortgages purchased by an Enterprise that are for low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 80 percent of AMI. The proposed rule would set the annual low-income refinancing housing goal benchmark level for 2018 through 2020 at 21 percent. While this proposed benchmark level is unchanged from the current 2015 to 2017 benchmark level, FHFA believes that this level will nevertheless be challenging for the Enterprises given the current level of interest rates (which are at historic low levels) and the likelihood of interest rate hikes. Because of the significant impacts interest rate changes have on this market, Enterprise and market performance on this goal are particularly susceptible to fluctuation. Moderation in the setting of this goal is also supported by the fact that many borrowers have already refinanced during the recent extended period of historically low interest rates.
Both Enterprises have met this goal since 2013. The performance of the Enterprises on this goal has historically been very close to actual market levels. In 2014, when the market figure was at its highest point, both Enterprises met the goal and exceeded the market. In 2015, Freddie Mac exceeded the market and the benchmark level, and Fannie Mae exceeded the benchmark level.
The low-income share of the refinance market as measured by HMDA data has changed dramatically in recent years, increasing from 20.2 percent in 2010 to a peak of 25.0 percent in 2014. FHFA's model for this goal forecasts that this market will decrease in 2016, with a sharp rise in 2017-2019, followed by slight moderation in 2020. However, the confidence intervals around the forecasts are very wide, reflecting the uncertainty about interest rates. Recent macroeconomic forecasts have predicted interest rate hikes that have not materialized.
Since 2010 the low-income refinancing housing goal has included modifications under the Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP).
FHFA, as regulator and conservator, will continue to monitor the Enterprises and if FHFA determines in later years that the benchmark level for the low-income refinancing housing goal needs to be revised, FHFA may take appropriate steps to adjust the benchmark level.
This proposed rule also sets out FHFA's views about benchmark levels for the multifamily housing goals from 2018-2020. FHFA has considered the required statutory factors described below. Despite the strength of the multifamily mortgage market, data indicates a continued supply gap of
In setting the proposed benchmark levels for the multifamily housing goals, FHFA has considered the statutory factors outlined in Section 1333(a)(4) of the Safety and Soundness Act. These factors include:
1. National multifamily mortgage credit needs and the ability of the Enterprises to provide additional liquidity and stability for the multifamily mortgage market;
2. The performance and effort of the Enterprises in making mortgage credit available for multifamily housing in previous years;
3. The size of the multifamily mortgage market for housing affordable to low-income and very low-income families, including the size of the multifamily markets for housing of a smaller or limited size;
4. The ability of the Enterprises to lead the market in making multifamily mortgage credit available, especially for multifamily housing affordable to low-income and very low-income families;
5. The availability of public subsidies; and
6. The need to maintain the sound financial condition of the Enterprises.
Unlike the single-family housing goals, performance on the multifamily housing goals is measured solely against a benchmark level, without any retrospective market measure. The absence of a retrospective market measure for the multifamily housing goals results, in part, from the lack of comprehensive data about the multifamily mortgage market. Unlike the single-family market, for which HMDA provides a reasonably comprehensive dataset about single-family mortgage originations each year, the multifamily market (including the affordable multifamily market segment) has no comparable source. Consequently, it can be difficult to correlate different datasets that usually rely on different reporting formats. For example, some data are available by dollar volume while other data are available by unit production.
Another difference between the single-family and multifamily goals is that there are separate single-family housing goals for home purchase and refinancing mortgages, while the multifamily goals include all Enterprise multifamily mortgage purchases, regardless of the purpose of the loan. In addition, unlike the single-family housing goals, the multifamily housing goals are measured based on the total volume of affordable multifamily mortgage purchases rather than on a percentage of multifamily mortgage purchases. The use of total volumes, which FHFA measures by the number of eligible units, rather than percentages of each Enterprises' overall multifamily purchases, requires that FHFA take into account the expected size of the overall multifamily mortgage market and the affordable share of the market, as well as the expected volume of the Enterprises' overall multifamily purchases and the affordable share of those purchases.
The lack of comprehensive data for the multifamily mortgage market is even more acute with respect to the segments of the market that are targeted to low-income families, defined as families with incomes at or below 80 percent of AMI, and very low-income families, defined as families with incomes at or below 50 percent of AMI. As required by the Safety and Soundness Act, FHFA determines affordability of multifamily units based on a unit's rent and utility expenses not exceeding 30 percent of the area median income standard for low- and very low-income families.
According to the National Multifamily Housing Council's tabulation of American Community Survey microdata, in 2015 about 43 percent of renter households (18.7 million households) lived in multifamily properties, defined as structures with five or more rental units.
Using the measure under which affordable rent and utilities do not exceed 30 percent of AMI, affordability for families living in rental units has decreased for many households in recent years. The Joint Center for Housing Studies (JCHS) 2016 State of the Nation's Housing Report notes some
JCHS has also noted the significant prevalence of cost-burdened renters. In 2015, nearly half of all tenants paid more than 30 percent of household income for rental housing, especially in high-cost urban markets where most renters reside and where Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have focused their multifamily lending. Among lower-income households, cost burdens are especially severe.
One source of growth in the stock of lower-rent apartments is “filtering,” a process by which existing units become more affordable as they age. However, in recent years, this downward filtering of rental units has occurred at a slow pace in most markets. Coupled with the permanent loss of affordable units, as these units fall into disrepair or units are demolished to create new higher-rent or higher-valued ownership units, this trend has severely limited the supply of lower rent units. As a result, there is an acute shortfall of affordable units for extremely low-income renters (earning up to 30 percent of AMI) and very low-income renters (earning up to 50 percent of AMI). This supply gap is especially wide in certain metropolitan areas in the southern and western United States.
The combination of the supply gap in affordable units which resulted in significant increases in rental rates, and the prevalence of cost-burdened renters resulting from largely flat real incomes has led to an erosion of affordability with fewer units qualifying for the housing goals.
Small multifamily properties with 5 to 50 units are also an important source of affordable rental housing and represent approximately one-third of the affordable rental market. Because they have different operating and ownership characteristics than larger properties, small multifamily properties often have different financing needs. For example, small multifamily properties are more likely to be owned by an individual or small investor and less likely to be managed by a third party property management firm.
Financing for affordable multifamily buildings—particularly those affordable to very low-income families—often uses an array of state and federal supply-side housing subsidies, such as LIHTC, tax-exempt bonds, project-based rental assistance, or soft subordinate financing.
Subject to the continuing availability of these subsidies, there should continue to be opportunities in the multifamily market to provide permanent financing for properties with LIHTC during the 2018-2020 period. There should also be opportunities for market participants, including the Enterprises, to purchase mortgages that finance the preservation of existing affordable housing units (especially for restructurings of older properties that reach the end of their initial 15-year LIHTC compliance periods and for refinancing properties with expiring Section 8 rental assistance contracts).
In recent years, demand-side public subsidies and the availability of public housing have not kept pace with the growing number of low-income and very low-income households in need of federal housing assistance. As a result, the number of renter households with “worst case needs” has grown to 8.19 million, an increase of one-third since 2005.
Despite the Enterprises' reduced market share in the overall multifamily market, FHFA expects the Enterprises to continue to demonstrate leadership in multifamily affordable housing by providing liquidity and supporting housing for tenants at different income levels in various geographic markets and in various market segments.
In 2015, FHFA established a cap of $30 billion on new conventional multifamily loan purchases for each Enterprise in response to increased participation in the market from private sector capital. In 2016, the cap was initially set at $30 billion, raised in May 2016 to $35 billion, and further increased to $36.5 billion in August, in response to growth of the overall multifamily origination market throughout the year. These increases maintained the Enterprises' current market share at about 40 percent. FHFA has announced that for 2017, the cap will remain at $36.5 billion.
FHFA reviews the market size estimates quarterly, using current market data provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the MBA, and the National Multifamily Housing Council. If FHFA determines that the actual market size is greater than was projected, the agency will consider an approximate increase to the capped (conventional market-rate) category of the Conservatorship Scorecard for each Enterprise. In light of the need for market participants to plan sales of mortgages during long origination processes, if FHFA determines that the actual market size is smaller than projected, there will be no reduction to the capped volume for the current year from the amount initially established under the Conservatorship Scorecard.
In order to encourage affordable lending activities, FHFA excludes many types of loans in underserved markets from the Conservatorship Scorecard cap on conventional loans. The Conservatorship Scorecard has no volume targets in the market segments excluded from the cap. There is significant overlap between the types of multifamily mortgages that are excluded from the Conservatorship Scorecard cap and the multifamily mortgages that contribute to the performance of the Enterprises under the affordable housing goals. The 2017 Conservatorship Scorecard excludes either the entirety of the loan amount or a
In setting the proposed multifamily housing goals, FHFA encourages the Enterprises to provide liquidity and to support various multifamily finance market segments while doing so in a safe and sound manner. The Enterprises have served as a stabilizing force in the multifamily market in the years since the financial crisis. During the conservatorship period, the Enterprise portfolios of loans on multifamily affordable housing properties have experienced low levels of delinquency and default, similar to the performance of Enterprise loans on market rate properties. In light of this performance, the Enterprises should be able to sustain or increase their volume of purchases of loans on affordable multifamily housing properties without adversely impacting the Enterprises' safety and soundness or negatively affecting the performance of their total loan portfolios.
FHFA continues to monitor the activities of the Enterprises, both in FHFA's capacity as regulator and as conservator. If necessary, FHFA will make appropriate changes in the multifamily housing goals to ensure the Enterprises' continued safety and soundness.
The proposed rule establishes benchmark levels for the multifamily housing goals for the Enterprises. Before finalizing the benchmark levels for the low-income and very low-income multifamily goals in the final rule, FHFA will review any additional data that become available about the multifamily performance of the Enterprises in 2016, updated projections of the size of the multifamily market and affordable market share, and any public comments received on the proposed multifamily housing goals.
The multifamily low-income housing goal is based on the total number of rental units in multifamily properties financed by mortgages purchased by the Enterprises that are affordable to low-income families, defined as families with incomes less than or equal to 80 percent of AMI.
From 2012 through 2016, both Enterprises exceeded their low-income multifamily goals. Prior to 2015, Fannie Mae had higher goals than Freddie Mac. For the 2015-2017 goal period, FHFA set the same goal level for both Enterprises for the first time, reflecting parity between Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae multifamily market share in terms of unit counts.
In 2016, the goal for each Enterprise was 300,000 units. Fannie Mae purchased mortgages financing 351,235 low-income units, and Freddie Mac purchased mortgages financing 407,340 low-income units. While total volumes have increased, the share of low-income units financed at each Enterprise has been declining from peak levels in 2012.
As noted above, the forecast for the multifamily originations market increases slightly and then levels off after 2017. The Conservatorship Scorecard cap for each Enterprise was raised from an initial $30 billion cap to $36.5 billion in August 2016 in response to growth of the multifamily origination market throughout the year. This change allowed the Enterprises to pursue purchases of a greater volume of multifamily originations and support the overall market and may seem to support an increase in the proposed goal levels for both Enterprises. However, the gap between the supply of low-income and very low-income units and the needs of low-income households, as described in the affordability discussion above, is expected to continue in the next goal period. Moreover, the forecast for the multifamily originations market for 2017 and 2018 is relatively flat, and securing housing subsidies will likely continue to be challenging. These trends suggest moderation in any increase in the proposed goal levels. Therefore, balancing these considerations, the proposed rule sets the annual low-income multifamily housing goal for each Enterprise at 315,000 units in each year from 2018 through 2020, a modest increase from the 300,000 unit goal for each Enterprise in 2015-2017.
The multifamily very low-income housing subgoal includes units affordable to very low-income families, defined as families with incomes no greater than 50 percent of AMI.
From 2012 through 2016, both Enterprises met and exceeded their very low-income multifamily goals. In 2016, the goal for each Enterprise was 60,000 units. Fannie Mae purchased mortgages financing 65,445 very low-income units, while Freddie Mac purchased mortgages financing 73,032 very low-income units. Similar to the low-income multifamily goal, the share of very low-income units financed at each Enterprise has been declining in recent years.
The market for very low-income multifamily housing faces even larger challenges than the market for low-income multifamily housing, given the need for lower rents—often requiring deeper subsidies—to make units affordable to these households. These factors suggest moderation in the setting of the very low-income multifamily subgoal for the Enterprises. Therefore, the proposed rule maintains the annual very low-income multifamily subgoal for each Enterprise at 60,000 units each year from 2018 through 2020.
A small multifamily property is defined as a property with 5 to 50 units. The small multifamily low-income housing subgoal is based on the total number of units in small multifamily properties financed by mortgages purchased by the Enterprises that are affordable to low-income families,
This was a new subgoal created in the 2015-2017 goal period. The goal was set at 6,000 units in 2015, 8,000 units in 2016, and 10,000 units in 2017. In 2016, both Enterprises exceeded the goal of 8,000 units. Fannie Mae purchased mortgages financing 9,310 units, and Freddie Mac purchased mortgages financing 22,101 units.
The proposed rule would set the annual small multifamily subgoal for each Enterprise at 10,000 units for each year from 2018 through 2020, the same as the 2017 goal. The Enterprises continue to innovate in their approaches to serving this market. FHFA is still monitoring the trends in this market segment as well as Enterprise performance for this new subgoal, and will consider all input in preparation of the final rule. However, FHFA is proposing to maintain the same benchmark level for 2018 through 2020 as the 2017 benchmark level for both Enterprises. Maintaining the current goal should continue to encourage the Enterprises' participation in this market and ensure the Enterprises have the expertise necessary to serve this market should private sources of financing become unable or unwilling to lend on small multifamily properties.
The proposed rule would also revise other provisions of the housing goals regulation, as discussed below.
The proposed rule includes changes to definitions used in the current housing goals regulation. The proposed rule would revise the definitions of “median income,” “metropolitan area,” and “non-metropolitan area” and would remove the definition of “AHS.”
The current regulation defines “median income” as the unadjusted median family income for an area as most recently determined by HUD. While this definition accurately identifies the source that FHFA uses to determine median incomes each year, the definition does not reflect the longstanding practice FHFA has followed in providing the Enterprises with the median incomes that the Enterprises must use each year. The proposed rule would revise the definition to be clear that the Enterprises are required to use the median incomes provided by FHFA each year in determining affordability for purposes of the housing goals.
The proposed rule would also make two additional technical changes to the definition of “median income.” First, the proposed rule would add a reference to “non-metropolitan areas” in the definition because FHFA determines median incomes for both metropolitan areas and non-metropolitan areas each year. Second, the proposed rule would remove the word “family” in one place so that the term “median income” is used consistently throughout the regulation.
The revised definition would read: “Median income means, with respect to an area, the unadjusted median family income for the area as determined by FHFA. FHFA will provide the Enterprises annually with information specifying how the median family income estimates for metropolitan and non-metropolitan areas are to be applied for purposes of determining median income.”
The proposed rule would revise the definitions of “metropolitan area” and “non-metropolitan area” to be consistent with each other and to reflect the proposed changes to the definition of “median income” discussed above.
The current regulation defines both “metropolitan area” and “non-metropolitan area” based on the areas for which HUD defines median family incomes. The definition of “metropolitan area” refers to median family incomes “determined by HUD,” while the definition of “non-metropolitan area” refers to median family incomes “published annually by HUD.”
To be consistent with the proposed changes to the definition of “median income,” the proposed rule would revise the definition of “metropolitan area” by replacing the phrase “for which median family income estimates are determined by HUD” with the phrase “for which median incomes are determined by FHFA.” For the same reason, the proposed rule would revise the definition of “non-metropolitan area” by replacing the phrase “for which median family income estimates are published annually by HUD” with the phrase “for which median incomes are determined by FHFA.”
The proposed rule would remove the definition of “AHS” from § 1282.1 because the term is no longer used in the Enterprise housing goals regulation.
Prior to the 2015 amendments to the Enterprise housing goals regulation, the term “AHS” was used to specify the data source from which FHFA derives the utility allowances used to determine the total rent for a rental unit which, in turn, is used to determine the affordability of the unit when actual utility costs are not available. The 2015 amendments consolidated and simplified the definitions applicable to determining the total rent and eliminated the reference to AHS in the part of the definition related to utility
The proposed rule would revise § 1282.15(e)(2) to update the data source used by FHFA to estimate affordability where actual information about rental units in a multifamily property is not available.
Section 1282.15(e) permits the Enterprises to use estimated affordability information to determine the affordability of multifamily rental units for up to 5 percent of the total multifamily rental units in properties securing mortgages purchased by the Enterprise each year when actual information about the units is not available. The estimations are based on the affordable percentage of all rental units in the census tract in which the property for which the Enterprise is estimating affordability is located.
The current regulation provides that the affordable percentage of all rental units in the census tract will be determined by FHFA based on the most recent decennial census. However, the 2000 decennial census was the last decennial census that collected this information. The U.S. Census Bureau now collects this information through the ACS. Since 2011, FHFA has used the most recent data available from the ACS to determine the affordable percentage of rental units in a census tract for purposes of estimating affordability. The proposed rule would revise § 1282.15(e)(2) to reflect this change. To take into account possible future changes in how rental affordability data is collected, the revised sentence would not refer specifically to data derived from the ACS. Section 1282.15(e)(2) would be revised to replace the phrase “as determined by FHFA based on the most recent decennial census” with the phrase “as determined by FHFA.”
The proposed rule would revise § 1282.15(g) to remove paragraph (g)(2), an obsolete provision describing the method that the Enterprises were required to use to determine the median income for a census tract where the census tract was split between two areas with different median incomes.
Current § 1282.15(g)(2) requires the Enterprises to use the method prescribed by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council to determine the median income for certain census tracts that were split between two areas with different median incomes. This provision was put in place by the 1995 final rule published by HUD to establish the Enterprise housing goals under the Safety and Soundness Act.
As discussed above regarding the definition of “median income,” the process of determining median incomes has changed over the years, so that the Enterprises are now required to use median incomes provided by FHFA each year when determining affordability for purposes of the housing goals. Because FHFA provides median incomes for every location in the United States, it is no longer necessary for the regulation to set forth a process for the Enterprises to use when it is not certain what the applicable median income would be for a particular location. Consequently, the proposed rule would remove § 1282.15(g)(2) from the regulation.
The proposed rule would revise § 1282.21(b)(3) to provide the Director with discretion to determine the appropriate period of time that an Enterprise may be subject to a housing plan to address a failure to meet a housing goal.
Section 1336 of the Safety and Soundness Act provides for the enforcement of the Enterprise housing goals. If FHFA determines that an Enterprise has failed to meet a housing goal and that achievement of the goal was feasible, FHFA may require the Enterprise to submit a housing plan describing the actions it will take “to achieve the goal for the next calendar year.”
FHFA required an Enterprise to submit a housing plan for the first time in late 2015 in response to Freddie Mac's failure to achieve the single-family low-income and very low-income home purchase goals in 2014. FHFA required Freddie Mac to submit a housing plan setting out the steps Freddie Mac would take in 2016 and 2017 to achieve the two goals that it failed to achieve in 2013 and 2014. The requirement for the plan to address actions taken in both 2016 and 2017 was based on FHFA's authority under § 1282.21(b) to require a housing plan to address any additional matters required by the Director and was intended to address an issue of timing.
FHFA's final determination on Freddie Mac's performance on the housing goals for 2014 was issued on December 17, 2015. As described in more detail below, that timing was driven by procedural steps required by the Safety and Soundness Act and FHFA's own regulation. If FHFA interpreted narrowly the statutory and regulatory provisions stating that the housing plan should address the steps the Enterprise would take in the following year, the housing plan itself would become irrelevant because the year it would cover would have ended before the housing plan was even submitted to FHFA.
The extended time required to reach a final determination housing goals performance will occur every year as a result of the procedural steps required by the Safety and Soundness Act. Under those procedures, if FHFA determines that an Enterprise has failed to achieve a housing goal in a particular year, FHFA is first required to issue a preliminary determination that generally provides at least 30 days for the Enterprise to respond. FHFA must then consider any information submitted by the Enterprise before making a final determination on whether the Enterprise failed to meet the goal and whether achievement of the goal was feasible. If FHFA determines that the Enterprise should be required to submit a housing plan, the statute provides for up to 45 days for the
These procedural steps cannot begin until FHFA has the information necessary to make a determination on whether the Enterprise has met the housing goals. The Enterprises are required to submit their official performance numbers to FHFA within 75 days after the end of the year, usually March 15 of the following year. Therefore, the earliest that FHFA would be able to approve a housing plan from an Enterprise would be mid-July of the year following the performance year. For the single-family housing goals, this time period is extended even further because the HMDA data necessary to determine if an Enterprise met the retrospective market measurement portion of the single-family housing goals are not available until September of the year following the performance year.
Based on (1) FHFA's experience in overseeing the housing goals, in particular the experience in requiring Freddie Mac to submit a housing plan based on its failure to achieve certain housing goals in 2014, (2) the inherent conflict in the timeframes set out in the Safety and Soundness Act, and (3) the importance of ensuring that any housing plans are focused on sustainable improvements in Enterprise goals performance, FHFA is proposing to amend § 1282.21(b)(3) to state explicitly that a housing plan that is required based on an Enterprise's failure to achieve a housing goal will be required to address a time period determined by the Director. If FHFA requires an Enterprise to submit a housing plan, FHFA will notify the Enterprise of the applicable time period in FHFA's final determination on the performance of the Enterprise for a particular year.
The proposed rule would not contain any information collection requirement that would require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Mortgages, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 4511, 4513 and 4526, FHFA proposes to amend part 1282 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
12 U.S.C. 4501, 4502, 4511, 4513, 4526, 4561-4566.
(a)
(1) The share of the market that qualifies for the goal; or
(2) The benchmark level for the goal.
(b)
(1) Only owner-occupied, conventional loans shall be considered;
(2) Purchase money mortgages and refinancing mortgages shall only be counted for the applicable goal or goals;
(3) All mortgages flagged as HOEPA loans or subordinate lien loans shall be excluded;
(4) All mortgages with original principal balances above the conforming loan limits for single unit properties for the year being evaluated (rounded to the nearest $1,000) shall be excluded;
(5) All mortgages with rate spreads of 150 basis points or more above the applicable average prime offer rate as reported in the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act data shall be excluded; and
(6) All mortgages that are missing information necessary to determine appropriate counting under the housing goals shall be excluded.
(c)
(1) The share of such mortgages in the market as defined in paragraph (b) of this section in each year; or
(2) The benchmark level, which for 2018, 2019 and 2020 shall be 24 percent of the total number of purchase money mortgages purchased by that Enterprise
(d)
(1) The share of such mortgages in the market as defined in paragraph (b) of this section in each year; or
(2) The benchmark level, which for 2018, 2019 and 2020 shall be 6 percent of the total number of purchase money mortgages purchased by that Enterprise in each year that finance owner-occupied single-family properties.
(e)
(1) The share of such mortgages in the market as defined in paragraph (b) of this section in each year; or
(2) A benchmark level which shall be set annually by FHFA notice based on the benchmark level for the low-income areas housing subgoal, plus an adjustment factor reflecting the additional incremental share of mortgages for moderate-income families in designated disaster areas in the most recent year for which such data is available.
(f)
(1) The share of such mortgages in the market as defined in paragraph (b) of this section in each year; or
(2) The benchmark level, which for 2018, 2019 and 2020 shall be 15 percent of the total number of purchase money mortgages purchased by that Enterprise in each year that finance owner-occupied single-family properties.
(g)
(1) The share of such mortgages in the market as defined in paragraph (b) of this section in each year; or
(2) The benchmark level, which for 2018, 2019 and 2020 shall be 21 percent of the total number of refinancing mortgages purchased by that Enterprise in each year that finance owner-occupied single-family properties.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The revision reads as follows:
(g)
(1) The metropolitan area, if the property which is the subject of the mortgage is in a metropolitan area; and
(2) In all other areas, the county in which the property is located, except that where the State non-metropolitan median income is higher than the county's median income, the area is the State non-metropolitan area.
(b) * * *
(3) Describe the specific actions that the Enterprise will take in a time period determined by the Director to improve the Enterprise's performance under the housing goal; and
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Bell Model 407 helicopters. This proposed AD would require repetitive inspections of the tail rotor (TR) driveshaft segment assemblies and a torque check of the TR adapter retention nuts. This proposed AD is prompted by a report of an in-flight failure of the TR drive system. The proposed actions are intended to detect and correct an unsafe condition on these products.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by September 5, 2017.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Bell Helicopter Textron Canada Limited, 12,800 Rue de l'Avenir, Mirabel, Quebec J7J1R4; telephone (450) 437-2862 or (800) 363-8023; fax (450) 433-0272; or at
David Hatfield, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
We invite you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or federalism impacts that might result from adopting the proposals in this document. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should send only one copy of written comments, or if comments are filed electronically, commenters should submit only one time.
We will file in the docket all comments that we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, we will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change this proposal in light of the comments we receive.
Transport Canada, which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian AD No. CF-2016-21, dated July 7, 2016 (AD CF-2016-21), to correct an unsafe condition for Bell Model 407 helicopters. Transport Canada advises that a Model 407 helicopter experienced in-flight failure of the TR drive system, which resulted in loss of directional control. The helicopter landed safely with substantial damage to the TR segmented shaft and adapter splines, coupling, and hanger bearings. According to Transport Canada, the splines connecting the adapter part number (P/N) 406-040-328-105 to the shaft assembly P/N 407-040-330-107 were “severely worn and no longer capable of performing their function.” The investigation further revealed other Model 407 helicopters with the same axial and radial play or looseness of some splined connections. AD CF-2016-21 states that these parts should be clamped together with threaded fasteners with no detectable looseness. Transport Canada advises that undetected looseness at the splined connection could result in wear of the parts and eventual loss of directional control of the helicopter.
For these reasons, AD CF-2016-21 requires a repetitive inspection of the TR driveshaft assemblies for play and a one-time torque verification of the TR adapter retention nuts.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of Canada and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with Canada, Transport Canada, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in its AD. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all known relevant information and determined that an unsafe condition is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We reviewed Bell Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) 407-16-113, dated February 12, 2016 (ASB 407-16-113), which specifies procedures for inspecting the TR driveshaft assemblies for noticeable rotational or axial play between each adapter and TR driveshaft. ASB 407-16-113 also specifies procedures for performing a torque check of each TR adapter retention nut on the four TR driveshaft segments.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This proposed AD would require inspecting each TR driveshaft segment assembly for rotational and axial play between the adapter and the TR driveshaft and determining the installation torque of each adapter retention nut. For helicopters with 4,000 or more hours time-in-service (TIS), the driveshaft assembly inspection would be required within 50 hours TIS. For helicopters with less than 4,000 hours TIS, the driveshaft assembly inspection would be required within 100 hours TIS. Thereafter, these inspections would be required at intervals not to exceed 330 hours TIS. The torque verification of the adapter retention nuts would be a one-time inspection.
• If there is play or looseness in the TR driveshaft, the proposed AD would require correcting the discrepant splined fitting before further flight.
• The proposed AD would also require replacing the adapter retention nut anytime the adapter is re-assembled.
We estimate that this proposed AD would affect 667 helicopters of U.S. Registry. We estimate that operators may incur the following costs in order to comply with this proposed AD. At an average labor rate of $85 per hour, inspecting the TR driveshaft segments and adapters for play would require about 1 work-hour, for a cost per helicopter of $85, and a total cost of $56,695 to the U.S. fleet per inspection cycle. Determining the torque of the four adapter retention nuts would require about 3 work-hours for a cost per helicopter of $255 and a total cost of $170,085 to the U.S. fleet.
If required, repairing a worn driveshaft adapter would require about 3 work-hours, and required parts would cost about $1,259, for a cost per helicopter of $1,514.
Replacing an adapter retention nut would require about 1 work-hour, and required parts cost are negligible, for a cost of $85 per helicopter and $56,695 for the U.S. fleet per inspection cycle.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Bell Model 407 helicopters, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a loose tail rotor (TR) driveshaft splined connection, which if not corrected could result in wear in the splines, failure of the TR drive system, and subsequent loss of directional control of the helicopter.
We must receive comments by September 5, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
For helicopters with less than 4,000 hours time-in-service (TIS), within 100 hours TIS, and for helicopters with 4,000 or more hours TIS, within 50 hours TIS:
(1) Inspect each TR driveshaft segment assembly for rotational and axial play between the adapter and the TR driveshaft at the four positions depicted in Figure 1 of Bell Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) 407-16-113, dated February 12, 2016 (ASB 407-16-113). If there is any axial or rotational play, remove the adapter from the TR driveshaft segment assembly and inspect the adapter, washers, and TR driveshaft for damage. Replace the adapter retention nut and apply a torque of 30 to 50 inch-pounds (5.7 to 7.9 Nm). Replace any part with damage or repair the part if the damage is within the maximum repair damage limitations.
(2) Determine the torque of each TR adapter retention nut at each of the four segment assembly positions depicted in Figure 1 of Bell ASB 407-16-113. If the torque is less than 30 inch-pounds (5.7 Nm), remove the adapter from the TR driveshaft segment assembly and inspect the adapter, washers, and TR driveshaft for damage. Replace the adapter retention nut and apply a torque of 30 to 50 inch-pounds (5.7 to 7.9 Nm). Replace any part with damage or repair the part if the damage is within the maximum repair damage limitations.
(3) Repeat the actions specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this AD at intervals not to exceed 330 hours TIS.
Special flight permits are prohibited.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: David Hatfield, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
The subject of this AD is addressed in Transport Canada AD No. CF-2016-21, dated July 7, 2016. You may view the Transport Canada AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 6510 Tail Rotor Drive Shaft.
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN), Treasury.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
FinCEN is issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), pursuant to section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, to prohibit the opening or maintaining of a correspondent account in the United States for, or on behalf of, Bank of Dandong.
Written comments on the notice of proposed rulemaking must be submitted on or before September 5, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by 1506-AB38, by any of the following methods:
•
•
• Comments submitted in response to this NPRM will become a matter of public record. Therefore, you should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available.
•
The FinCEN Resource Center at (800) 949-2732.
On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (the USA PATRIOT Act). Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act amends the anti-money laundering (AML) provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA), codified at 12 U.S.C. 1829b, 12 U.S.C. 1951-1959, and 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314, 5316-5332, to promote the prevention, detection, and prosecution of international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Regulations implementing the BSA appear at 31 CFR chapter X. The authority of the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) to administer the BSA and its implementing regulations has been delegated to FinCEN.
Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act (section 311), codified at 31 U.S.C. 5318A, grants FinCEN the authority, upon finding that reasonable grounds exist for concluding that a jurisdiction outside of the United States, one or more financial institutions operating outside of the United States, one or more classes of transactions within or involving a jurisdiction outside of the United States, or one or more types of accounts is of primary money laundering concern, to require domestic financial institutions and domestic financial agencies to take certain “special measures.” The five special measures enumerated in section 311 are prophylactic safeguards that defend the U.S. financial system from money laundering and terrorist financing. FinCEN may impose one or more of these special measures in order to protect the U.S. financial system from these threats. Special measures one through four, codified at 31 U.S.C. 5318A(b)(1)-(b)(4), impose additional recordkeeping, information collection, and reporting requirements on covered U.S. financial institutions. The fifth special measure, codified at 31 U.S.C. 5318A(b)(5), allows FinCEN to prohibit, or impose conditions on, the opening or maintaining in the United States of correspondent or payable-through accounts for, or on behalf of, a foreign banking institution, if such correspondent account or payable-through account involves the foreign financial institution found to be of primary money laundering concern.
Before making a finding that reasonable grounds exist for concluding that a financial institution is of primary money laundering concern, the Secretary is required to consult with both the Secretary of State and the Attorney General.
• The extent to which such a financial institution is used to facilitate or promote money laundering in or through the jurisdiction, including any money laundering activity by organized criminal groups, international terrorists, or entities involved in the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or missiles;
• the extent to which such a financial institution is used for legitimate business purposes in the jurisdiction; and
• the extent to which such action is sufficient to ensure that the purposes of section 311 are fulfilled, and to guard against international money laundering and other financial crimes.
Upon finding that a financial institution is of primary money laundering concern, the Secretary may require covered financial institutions to take one or more special measures. In selecting which special measure(s) to take, the Secretary “shall consult with the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any other appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in Section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), the Secretary of State, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit Union Administration Board, and in the sole discretion of the Secretary, such other agencies and interested parties as the Secretary [of the Treasury] may find appropriate.”
In addition, in selecting which special measure(s) to take, the Secretary shall consider the following factors:
• Whether similar action has been or is being taken by other nations or multilateral groups;
• whether the imposition of any particular special measure would create a significant competitive disadvantage, including any undue cost or burden associated with compliance, for financial institutions organized or licensed in the United States;
• the extent to which the action or the timing of the action would have a significant adverse systemic impact on the international payment, clearance, and settlement system, or on legitimate business activities involving the particular jurisdiction, institution, class of transactions, or type of account; and
• the effect of the action on United States national security and foreign policy.
This NPRM sets forth 1. FinCEN's finding that Bank of Dandong, a commercial bank located in Dandong, China, is a financial institution of primary money laundering concern pursuant to Section 311, and 2. FinCEN's proposal of a prohibition under the fifth special measure on the opening or maintaining in the United States of a correspondent account for, or on behalf of, Bank of Dandong. As described more fully below, FinCEN finds that Bank of Dandong is a financial institution of primary money laundering concern because it serves as a conduit for North Korea to access the U.S. and international financial systems, including by facilitating millions of dollars of transactions for companies involved in North Korea's WMD and
North Korea continues to advance its nuclear and ballistic missile programs despite international censure and U.S. and international sanctions. In response to North Korea's continued actions to proliferate WMDs, the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) has issued a number of United Nations Security Council resolutions (UNSCRs), including 1718 (2006), 1874 (2009), 2087 (2013), 2094 (2013), 2270 (2016), and 2321 (2016), that restrict North Korea's financial and operational activities related to its nuclear and ballistic missile programs. Additionally, the President of the United States has issued Executive Orders 13466, 13551, 13570, 13687, and 13722 to impose economic sanctions on North Korea pursuant to the International Emergency Economic Powers Act,
According to the February 2016 annual report by the UN Panel of Experts, established pursuant to UNSCR 1874, although international sanctions have served to significantly isolate North Korean banks from the international financial system, the North Korean government continues to access the international financial system to support its WMD and conventional weapons programs through its use of aliases, agents, foreign individuals in multiple jurisdictions, and a long-standing network of front companies and embassy personnel that support illicit activities through banking, bulk cash, and trade.
According to that report, transactions for front companies for North Korea have been processed through correspondent bank accounts in the United States and Europe. Further, the enhanced vigilance required under the relevant UNSCRs is frustrated by the fact that North Korea-linked companies are often registered by third-country nationals who also use indirect payment methods and circuitous transactions disassociated from the movement of goods or services to conceal their activity.
Additionally, according to the February 2017 annual report produced by the same body, despite expanded financial sanctions adopted by the Security Council in UNSCRs 2270 and 2321, North Korea has continued to access the international financial system to support its activities.
To further protect the United States from North Korea's illicit financial activity, FinCEN has issued three advisories since 2005 detailing its concerns surrounding the deceptive financial practices used by North Korea and North Korean entities and calling on U.S. financial institutions to take appropriate risk mitigation measures. Moreover, on November 9, 2016, FinCEN finalized a rule under section 311 prohibiting the opening or maintaining of correspondent accounts in the United States by covered financial institutions for, or on behalf of, North Korean banks.
Established in 1997, Bank of Dandong is a small commercial bank located in Dandong, China that offers domestic and international financial services to both individuals and businesses. According to commercial database research, Bank of Dandong is ranked as the 148th-largest financial institution out of a total of 196 financial institutions in China's banking sector. As discussed further below, FinCEN is concerned that Bank of Dandong serves as a financial conduit between North Korea and the U.S. and international financial systems in violation of U.S. and UN sanctions.
Based on information available to the agency, including both public and non-public reporting, and after performing the requisite interagency consultations and considering each of the factors discussed below, FinCEN finds that reasonable grounds exist for concluding that Bank of Dandong is a financial institution of primary money laundering concern.
Bank of Dandong serves as a gateway for North Korea to access the U.S. and international financial systems despite U.S. and UN sanctions. Increasing U.S. and international sanctions on North Korea have caused most banks worldwide to sever their ties with North Korean banks, impeding North Korea's ability to gain direct access to the global financial system. As a result, North Korea uses front companies and banks outside North Korea to conduct financial transactions, including transactions in support of its WMD and conventional weapons programs. For example, as of mid-February 2016, North Korea was using bank accounts under false names and conducting financial transactions through banks located in China, Hong Kong, and various southeast Asian countries. The
In early 2016, accounts at Bank of Dandong were used to facilitate millions of dollars of transactions on behalf of companies involved in the procurement of ballistic missile technology. Bank of Dandong also facilitates financial activity for North Korean entities designated by the United States and listed by the United Nations for WMD proliferation, as well as for front companies acting on their behalf.
In particular, Bank of Dandong has facilitated financial activity for Korea Kwangson Banking Corporation (KKBC), a North Korean bank designated by the United States and listed by the United Nations for providing financial services in support of North Korean WMD proliferators. As of May 2012, KKBC had a representative embedded at Bank of Dandong. Moreover, Bank of Dandong maintained a direct correspondent banking relationship with KKBC since approximately 2013, when another Chinese bank ended a similar correspondent relationship. As of early 2016, KKBC maintained multiple bank accounts with Bank of Dandong.
Bank of Dandong has also facilitated financial activity for the Korea Mining Development Trading Corporation (KOMID), a U.S.- and UN-designated entity. As of early 2016, a front company for KOMID maintained multiple bank accounts with Bank of Dandong. The President subjected KOMID to an asset blocking by listing it in the Annex of Executive Order 13382 in 2005, and the United States designated KOMID pursuant to Executive Order 13687 in January 2015 for being North Korea's primary arms dealer and its main exporter of goods and equipment related to ballistic missiles and conventional weapons.
FinCEN is concerned that Bank of Dandong uses the U.S. financial system to facilitate financial activity for KKBC and KOMID, as well as other entities connected to North Korea's WMD and ballistic missile programs. Based on FinCEN's analysis of financial transactional data provided to FinCEN by U.S. financial institutions pursuant to the BSA as well as other information available to the agency, FinCEN assesses that at least 17 percent of Bank of Dandong customer transactions conducted through the bank's U.S. correspondent accounts from May 2012 to May 2015 were conducted by companies that have transacted with, or on behalf of, U.S.- and UN-sanctioned North Korean entities, including designated North Korean financial institutions and WMD proliferators. In addition, U.S. banks have identified a substantial amount of suspicious activity processed by Bank of Dandong, including: 1. Transactions that have no apparent economic, lawful, or business purpose and may be tied to sanctions evasion; 2. transactions that have a possible North Korean nexus and include activity between unidentified companies and individuals and behavior indicative of shell company activity; and 3. transactions that include transfers from offshore accounts with apparent shell companies that are domiciled in financial secrecy jurisdictions and banking in another country.
FinCEN is also concerned that, until recently, an entity designated by the United States for its ties to North Korea's WMD proliferation maintained an ownership stake in Bank of Dandong. Specifically, this entity, Dandong Hongxiang Industrial Development Co. Ltd. (DHID), maintained a minority ownership interest in Bank of Dandong until December 2016. The United States designated DHID in 2016 for acting for, or on behalf of, KKBC, the U.S.- and UN-designated North Korean bank with which Bank of Dandong maintained a direct relationship since approximately 2013. FinCEN believes that DHID's ownership stake in Bank of Dandong allowed DHID to access the U.S. financial system through the bank. Based on FinCEN's analysis of financial transactional data provided to FinCEN by U.S. financial institutions pursuant to the BSA, Bank of Dandong processed approximately $56 million through U.S. banks for DHID between October 2012 and December 2014. Even though DHID may no longer maintain an ownership stake in Bank of Dandong, FinCEN is concerned that the close relationship between the two entities helped establish Bank of Dandong as a prime conduit for North Korean activity.
Moreover, FinCEN believes that illicit financial activity involving North Korea continues to infiltrate the U.S. and international financial systems through Bank of Dandong.
According to commercial database research, Bank of Dandong is ranked as the 148th-largest financial institution out of a total of 196 financial institutions in China's banking sector. Based on FinCEN's analysis of financial transactional data provided to FinCEN by U.S. financial institutions pursuant to the BSA, Bank of Dandong processed over $2.5 billion in U.S. dollar transactions between May 2012 and May 2015 through its U.S. correspondent accounts, including at least $786 million in customer transactions for businesses and individuals (the remaining transactions comprised bank-to-bank transactions). This $786 million in financial activity consisted largely of letters of credit satisfaction, invoice payments, currency exchange activity, and transfers between individuals, which could be indicative of legitimate business activity. Nonetheless, FinCEN assesses that the $786 million in financial activity includes transactions conducted by companies that have transacted with, or on behalf of, U.S.- and UN-sanctioned North Korean entities. FinCEN is concerned that the existence of relationships between designated North Korean entities and Bank of Dandong suggests that the bank likely processes more transactions for North Korean-related front companies than what FinCEN is currently able to identify. Consequently, the exposure of U.S. financial institutions to North Korea's illicit financial activity via Bank of Dandong outweighs concerns for any legitimate business activity at the bank.
Moreover, Bank of Dandong maintains euro, Japanese yen, Hong Kong dollar, pound sterling, and Australian dollar correspondent accounts that would not be affected by this action. A prohibition under the fifth special measure would not prevent Bank of Dandong from conducting legitimate business activities in other foreign currencies so long as such activity does not involve a correspondent account maintained in the United States. Bank of Dandong would, therefore, still have other avenues through which it could provide services.
A prohibition under the fifth special measure would sufficiently guard against international money laundering and other financial crimes related to Bank of Dandong by restricting the ability of Bank of Dandong to access the U.S. financial system to process transactions for entities connected to the proliferation of WMDs and ballistic missiles. Given the national security threat posed by such activity, FinCEN views this action as necessary to prevent Bank of Dandong from continuing to access the U.S. financial system.
After performing the requisite interagency consultations, considering the relevant factors, and making a finding that Bank of Dandong is a financial institution of primary money laundering concern, FinCEN proposes a prohibition under the fifth special measure. A prohibition under the fifth special measure is the most effective and practical measure to safeguard the U.S. financial system from the illicit finance risks posed by Bank of Dandong.
Below is a discussion of the relevant factors FinCEN considered in proposing a prohibition under the fifth special measure with respect to Bank of Dandong.
FinCEN is not aware of any other nation or multilateral group that has taken or is taking similar action regarding Bank of Dandong. The international community has, however, taken a series of steps to address the illicit financial threats emanating from North Korea, for which Bank of Dandong serves as a conduit. Between 2006 and 2016, the UNSC adopted multiple resolutions that generally restrict North Korea's financial activities related to its nuclear and missile programs and conventional arms sales. In March 2016, the UNSC unanimously adopted UNSCR 2270, which contains provisions that generally require nations to: 1. Prohibit North Korean banks from opening branches in their territory or engaging in certain correspondent relationships with these banks; 2. terminate existing representative offices or subsidiaries, branches, and correspondent accounts with North Korean financial institutions; and 3. prohibit their financial institutions from opening new representative offices or subsidiaries, branches, or bank accounts in North Korea. Additionally, UNSCR 2321, unanimously adopted by the UNSC in November 2016, requires nations to close existing representative offices or subsidiaries, branches, or bank accounts in North Korea within 90 days and expel individuals working on behalf of, or at the direction of, a North Korean bank or financial institution.
Similarly, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) has emphasized its concerns regarding the threat posed by North Korea's illicit activities related to the proliferation of WMDs and related financing. Reiterating the UNSCR requirements, the FATF called upon its members and urged all jurisdictions to take the necessary measures to close existing branches, subsidiaries, and representative offices of North Korean banks within their territories and terminate correspondent relationships with North Korean banks, where required by relevant UNSC Resolutions.
Despite these measures, North Korea continues to use the U.S. and international financial systems through front companies and other surreptitious means. It is necessary to protect the U.S. financial system, directly and indirectly, from banks like Bank of Dandong that facilitate such access. Moreover, given the interconnectedness of the global financial system, the potential for Bank of Dandong to access the U.S. financial system indirectly, including through the use of nested correspondent accounts, exposes the U.S. financial system to the risks associated with conducting transactions with entities operating for, or on behalf of, North Korea.
A prohibition under the fifth special measure would not cause a significant competitive disadvantage or place an undue cost or burden on U.S. financial institutions. Pursuant to sanctions administered by OFAC, U.S. financial institutions are currently subject to a range of prohibitions related to financial activity involving North Korea. Accordingly, a prohibition on covered financial institutions from opening or maintaining correspondent accounts for, or on behalf of, a bank that facilitates North Korean financial activity would not create any competitive disadvantage for U.S. financial institutions.
Similarly, the proposed due diligence obligations would not create any undue costs or burden on U.S. financial institutions. U.S. financial institutions already generally have systems in place to screen transactions in order to identify and report suspicious activity and comply with the sanctions programs administered by OFAC. Institutions can modify these systems to detect transactions involving Bank of Dandong. While there may be some additional burden in conducting due diligence on foreign correspondent account holders and notifying them of the prohibition (as described below), any such burden will likely be minimal, and certainly not undue, given the national security threat posed by Bank of Dandong's facilitation of activity for front companies associated with North Korea, some of which are involved in activities that support the proliferation of WMD or missiles.
Bank of Dandong is a relatively small financial institution in China's banking sector, is not a major participant in the international payment system, and is not relied upon by the international banking community for clearance or settlement services. Therefore, a prohibition under the fifth special measure with respect to Bank of Dandong will not have an adverse systemic impact on the international payment, clearance, and settlement system.
FinCEN also considered the extent to which this action could have an impact on the legitimate business activities of Bank of Dandong and has concluded that the need to protect the U.S. financial system from banks that facilitate North Korea's illicit financial activity strongly outweighs any such impact. Financial transactional data provided to FinCEN by U.S. financial institutions pursuant to the BSA indicates that Bank of Dandong's financial activity conducted through its U.S. correspondent accounts has consisted largely of letters of credit satisfaction, invoice payments, currency exchange activity, and transfers between individuals, which could be indicative of legitimate business activity. Nonetheless, FinCEN assesses that this financial activity also includes transactions conducted by companies that have transacted with, or on behalf of, entities that threaten the national security of the United States.
As stated above, Bank of Dandong maintains euro, Japanese yen, Hong Kong dollar, pound sterling, and Australian dollar correspondent accounts. A prohibition under the fifth special measure would not prevent Bank of Dandong from conducting legitimate business activities in other foreign currencies so long as such activity does not involve a correspondent account maintained in the United States. Bank of Dandong
Excluding from the U.S. financial system foreign banks that serve as conduits for significant money laundering activity, for the financing of WMDs or their delivery systems, and for other financial crimes enhances national security by making it more difficult for proliferators and money launderers to access the U.S. financial system. As Bank of Dandong has been used to facilitate financial activity related to North Korean entities designated by the United States and United Nations for WMD proliferation, the proposed rule, if finalized, would serve as an additional measure to prevent North Korea from accessing the U.S. financial system and would both support and uphold U.S. national security and foreign policy goals. A prohibition under the fifth special measure would also complement the U.S. Government's worldwide efforts to expose and disrupt international money laundering.
Under Section 311, special measures one through four enable FinCEN to impose additional recordkeeping, information collection, and information reporting requirements on covered financial institutions. The fifth special measure enables FinCEN to impose conditions as an alternative to a prohibition on the opening or maintaining of correspondent accounts. FinCEN considered these alternatives to a prohibition under the fifth special measure, but believes that a prohibition under the fifth special measure would most effectively safeguard the U.S. financial system from the illicit finance risks posed by Bank of Dandong.
North Korea is subject to numerous U.S. and UN sanctions, and it has also been consistently identified by the Financial Action Task Force for its anti-money laundering deficiencies. Further, FinCEN has issued three advisories since 2005 detailing its concerns surrounding the deceptive financial practices used by North Korea and North Korean entities and calling on U.S. financial institutions to take appropriate risk mitigation measures.
Despite these measures, North Korea continues to access the international financial system to support its WMD and conventional weapons programs through its use of aliases, agents, foreign individuals in multiple jurisdictions, and a long-standing network of front companies. Given Bank of Dandong's apparent disregard for numerous international calls to prevent North Korean illicit financial activity, FinCEN does not believe that any condition, additional recordkeeping requirement, or reporting requirement would be an effective measure to safeguard the U.S. financial system. Such measures would not prevent Bank of Dandong from accessing, directly or indirectly, the correspondent accounts of U.S. financial institutions, thus leaving the U.S. financial system vulnerable to processing illicit transfers that pose a national security risk. In addition, no recordkeeping requirement or conditions on correspondent accounts would be sufficient to guard against the risks posed by a bank that processes transactions that are designed to obscure their involvement with North Korea, and are ultimately for the benefit of sanctioned entities. Therefore, a prohibition under the fifth special measure is the only special measure that can adequately protect the U.S. financial system from the illicit finance risks posed by Bank of Dandong.
The proposed rule defines “Bank of Dandong” to mean all subsidiaries, branches, offices, and agents of Bank of Dandong Co., Ltd. operating in any jurisdiction.
The proposed rule defines “Correspondent account” to have the same meaning as the definition contained in 31 CFR 1010.605(c)(1)(ii). In the case of a U.S. depository institution, this broad definition includes most types of banking relationships between a U.S. depository institution and a foreign bank that are established to provide regular services, dealings, and other financial transactions, including a demand deposit, savings deposit, or other transaction or asset account, and a credit account or other extension of credit. FinCEN is using the same definition of “account” for purposes of this proposed rule as was established for depository institutions in the final rule implementing the provisions of Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act requiring enhanced due diligence for correspondent accounts maintained for certain foreign banks.
In the case of securities broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers-commodities, and investment companies that are open-end companies (“mutual funds”), FinCEN is also using the same definition of “account” for purposes of this proposed rule as was established for these entities in the final rule implementing the provisions of Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act requiring enhanced due diligence for correspondent accounts maintained for certain foreign banks.
The proposed rule defines “covered financial institution” with the same definition used in the final rule implementing the provisions of Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act, which in general includes the following:
• An insured bank (as defined in section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)));
• a commercial bank;
• an agency or branch of a foreign bank in the United States;
• a Federally insured credit union;
• a savings association;
• a corporation acting under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611);
• a trust bank or trust company;
• a broker or dealer in securities;
• a futures commission merchant or an introducing broker-commodities; and
• a mutual fund.
The proposed rule defines “foreign banking institution” to mean a bank organized under foreign law, or an agency, branch, or office located outside the United States of a bank. The term does not include an agent, agency, branch, or office within the United States of a bank organized under foreign law. This is consistent with the definition of “foreign bank” under 31 CFR 1010.100(u).
The proposed rule defines “subsidiary” to mean a company of which more than 50 percent of the voting stock or analogous equity interest is owned by another company.
Section 1010.660(b)(1) and (2) of this proposed rule would prohibit covered financial institutions from opening or maintaining in the United States a correspondent account for, or on behalf of, Bank of Dandong. It would also require covered financial institutions to take reasonable steps to not process a transaction for the correspondent account of a foreign banking institution in the United States if such a transaction involves Bank of Dandong. Such reasonable steps are described in 1010.660(b)(3), which sets forth the special due diligence requirements a covered financial institution would be required to take when it knows or has reason to believe that a transaction involves Bank of Dandong.
As a corollary to the prohibition set forth in section 1010.660(b)(1) and (2), section 1010.660(b)(3) of the proposed rule would require covered financial institutions to apply special due diligence to all of their foreign correspondent accounts that is reasonably designed to guard against such accounts being used to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong. As part of that special due diligence, covered financial institutions would be required to notify those foreign correspondent account holders that the covered financial institutions know or have reason to believe provide services to Bank of Dandong that such correspondents may not provide Bank of Dandong with access to the correspondent account maintained at the covered financial institution. A covered financial institution may satisfy this notification requirement using the following notice:
Notice: Pursuant to U.S. regulations issued under Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, see 31 CFR 1010.660, we are prohibited from opening or maintaining in the United States a correspondent account for, or on behalf of, Bank of Dandong. The regulations also require us to notify you that you may not provide Bank of Dandong, including any of its subsidiaries, branches, offices, or agents with access to the correspondent account you hold at our financial institution. If we become aware that the correspondent account you hold at our financial institution has processed any transactions involving Bank of Dandong, including any of its subsidiaries, branches, offices, or agents, we will be required to take appropriate steps to prevent such access, including terminating your account.
The purpose of the notice requirement is to aid cooperation with correspondent account holders in preventing transactions involving Bank of Dandong from accessing the U.S. financial system. FinCEN does not require or expect a covered financial institution to obtain a certification from any of its correspondent account holders that access will not be provided to comply with this notice requirement.
Methods of compliance with the notice requirement could include, for example, transmitting a notice by mail, fax, or email. The notice should be transmitted whenever a covered financial institution knows or has reason to believe that a foreign correspondent account holder provides services to Bank of Dandong.
Special due diligence also includes implementing risk-based procedures designed to identify any use of correspondent accounts to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong. A covered financial institution would be expected to apply an appropriate screening mechanism to identify a funds transfer order that on its face listed Bank of Dandong as the financial institution of the originator or beneficiary, or otherwise referenced Bank of Dandong in a manner detectable under the financial institution's normal screening mechanisms. An appropriate screening mechanism could be the mechanisms used by a covered financial institution to comply with various legal requirements, such as the commercially available software programs used to comply with the economic sanctions programs administered by OFAC.
Section 1010.660(b)(4) of the proposed rule would clarify that the proposed rule does not impose any reporting requirement upon any covered financial institution that is not otherwise required by applicable law or regulation. A covered financial institution must, however, document its compliance with the notification requirement described above.
FinCEN invites comments on all aspects of the proposal to impose a prohibition under the fifth special measure with respect to Bank of Dandong and specifically invites comments on the following matters:
1. FinCEN's proposal of a prohibition under the fifth special measure under 31 U.S.C. 5318A(b), as opposed to special measures one through four or imposing conditions under the fifth special measure;
2. The form and scope of the notice to certain correspondent account holders that would be required under the rule; and
3. The appropriate scope of the due diligence requirements in this proposed rule.
When an agency issues a rulemaking proposal, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires the agency to “prepare and make available for public comment an initial regulatory flexibility analysis” that will “describe the impact of the proposed rule on small entities.” (5 U.S.C. 603(a)). Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule, in lieu of preparing an analysis, if the proposed rulemaking is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
For purposes of the RFA, both banks and credit unions are considered small entities if they have less than $550,000,000 in assets.
Broker-dealers are defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(h) as those broker-dealers required to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). For the purposes of the RFA, FinCEN relies on the SEC's definition of small business as previously submitted to the Small Business Administration (SBA). The SEC has defined the term small entity to mean a broker or dealer that: 1. Had total capital (net worth plus subordinated liabilities) of less than
Futures commission merchants (FCMs) are defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(x) as those FCMs that are registered or required to be registered as a FCM with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), except persons who register pursuant to section 4f(a)(2) of the CEA, 7 U.S.C. 6f(a)(2). Because FinCEN and the CFTC regulate substantially the same population, for the purposes of the RFA, FinCEN relies on the CFTC's definition of small business as previously submitted to the SBA. In the CFTC's “Policy Statement and Establishment of Definitions of `Small Entities' for Purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act,” the CFTC concluded that registered FCMs should not be considered to be small entities for purposes of the RFA.
For purposes of the RFA, an introducing broker-commodities dealer is considered small if it has less than $38,500,000 in gross receipts annually.
Mutual funds are defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(gg) as those investment companies that are open-end investment companies that are registered or are required to register with the SEC. For the purposes of the RFA, FinCEN relies on the SEC's definition of small business as previously submitted to the SBA. The SEC has defined the term “small entity” under the Investment Company Act to mean “an investment company that, together with other investment companies in the same group of related investment companies, has net assets of $50 million or less as of the end of its most recent fiscal year.”
As noted above, 80 percent of banks, 92.5 percent of credit unions, 17 percent of broker-dealers, 95 percent of introducing broker-commodities dealers, no FCMs, and seven percent of mutual funds are small entities.
The proposed prohibition under the fifth special measure could require covered financial institutions to provide a notification intended to aid cooperation from foreign correspondent account holders in preventing transactions involving Bank of Dandong from being processed by the U.S. financial system. FinCEN estimates that the burden on institutions providing this notice is one hour.
Covered financial institutions would also be required to take reasonable measures to detect use of their correspondent accounts to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong. All U.S. persons, including U.S. financial institutions, currently must comply with OFAC sanctions, and U.S. financial institutions have suspicious activity reporting requirements. The systems that U.S. financial institutions have in place to comply with these requirements can easily be modified to adapt to this proposed rule. Thus, the special due diligence that would be required under the proposed rule—
For these reasons, FinCEN certifies that the proposals contained in this rulemaking would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small businesses.
FinCEN invites comments from members of the public who believe there would be a significant economic impact on small entities from the imposition of a prohibition under the fifth special measure regarding Bank of Dandong.
The collection of information contained in this proposed rule is being submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for review in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)). Comments on the collection of information should be sent to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Treasury, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (1506), Washington, DC 20503 (or by email to
The notification requirement in section 1010.660(b)(3)(i)(A) is intended to aid cooperation from correspondent account holders in denying Bank of Dandong access to the U.S. financial system. The information required to be maintained by that section would be used by federal agencies and certain self-regulatory organizations to verify compliance by covered financial institutions with the provisions of 31 CFR 1010.660. The collection of information would be mandatory.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. It has been determined that the proposed rule is not a “significant regulatory action” for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
Administrative practice and procedure, Banks and banking, Brokers, Counter-money laundering, Counter-terrorism, Foreign banking.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 1010, chapter X of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations, is proposed to be amended as follows:
12 U.S.C. 1829b and 1951-1959; 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314, 5316-5332; Title III, sec. 314 Pub. L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 307; sec. 701 Pub. L. 114-74, 129 Stat. 599.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(i) A covered financial institution shall apply special due diligence to its foreign correspondent accounts that is reasonably designed to guard against their use to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong. At a minimum, that special due diligence must include:
(A) Notifying those foreign correspondent account holders that the covered financial institution knows or has reason to believe provide services to Bank of Dandong that such correspondents may not provide Bank of Dandong with access to the correspondent account maintained at the covered financial institution; and
(B) Taking reasonable steps to identify any use of its foreign correspondent accounts by Bank of Dandong, to the extent that such use can be determined from transactional records maintained in the covered financial institution's normal course of business.
(ii) A covered financial institution shall take a risk-based approach when deciding what, if any, other due diligence measures it reasonably must adopt to guard against the use of its foreign correspondent accounts to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong.
(iii) A covered financial institution that knows or has reason to believe that a foreign bank's correspondent account has been or is being used to process transactions involving Bank of Dandong shall take all appropriate steps to further investigate and prevent such access, including the notification of its correspondent account holder under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section and, where necessary, termination of the correspondent account.
(4)
(i) A covered financial institution is required to document its compliance with the notice requirement set forth in this section.
(ii) Nothing in this section shall require a covered financial institution to report any information not otherwise required to be reported by law or regulation.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Request for comments; extension of comment period.
We are extending the comment period on the subject request for comments that we published June 8, 2017. We are extending the deadline by 2 months because interested persons indicated they needed more time to respond. The comment period is now open through September 11, 2017.
Your comments and related material in response to our request for comments published June 8, 2017 (82 FR 26632) must now be received on or before September 11, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-
For information about this document call or email Mr. Adam Sydnor, Coast Guard; telephone 202-372-1490, email
The Coast Guard is extending the comment period on the request for comments entitled “Evaluation of Existing Coast Guard Regulations, Guidance Documents, Interpretative Documents, and Collections of Information” that we published in the
In our June 8, 2017 request for comments, which is available via
Your comments should help us with our ongoing task of identifying and alleviating unnecessary regulatory burdens. After assessing responses to our June 8 request for comments, we may issue a similar request for comments next year.
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for the notice requesting comments (USCG-2017-0480), indicate the specific regulation, guidance document, interpretative document, or collection of information you are commenting on, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. Please make your comments as specific as possible, and include any supporting data or other information, such as cost information, you may have. Also, if you are commenting on a regulation, please provide a
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
Although the Coast Guard will not respond to individual comments, we value your comments and will give careful consideration to them.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve under the Clean Air Act a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by Wisconsin on January 31, 2017, and supplemented on March 20, 2017. This SIP submittal consists of Wisconsin Administrative Order AM-16-01, which imposes a requirement for a taller cupola exhaust stack, a sulfur dioxide (SO
Comments must be received on or before August 7, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2017-0081 at
Jenny Liljegren, Physical Scientist, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-6832,
In the Final Rules section of this
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) proposes to approve the state implementation plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This SIP revision pertains to the requirements for reasonably available control technology (RACT) controls for certain sources of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) under the 1997 ozone national ambient air quality standard (NAAQS). This SIP revision includes Pennsylvania's certification that previously adopted RACT controls in Pennsylvania's SIP that were approved by EPA under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS are based on the currently available technically and economically feasible controls, and that they continue to represent RACT for the 1997 ozone NAAQS and a negative declaration that certain categories of sources do not exist in Pennsylvania. This SIP revision does not address Pennsylvania's May 2016 VOC and nitrogen oxides (NO
Comments must be received in writing by August 7, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2016-0561 at
Maria A. Pino, (215) 814-2181, or by email at
For further information, please see the information provided in the direct final action, with the same title, that is located in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this
United States Agency for International Development.
Notice of meeting.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Advisory Committee on Voluntary Foreign Aid (ACVFA).
The Advisory Committee on Voluntary Foreign Aid (ACVFA) brings together USAID and private voluntary organization officials, representatives from universities, international nongovernment organizations, U.S. businesses, and government, multilateral, and private organizations to foster understanding, communication, and cooperation in the area of foreign aid.
USAID leadership will make opening remarks, followed by a panel discussion to explore possible approaches to reforming U.S. foreign assistance. The full meeting agenda will be forthcoming on the ACVFA Web site at
The meeting is free and open to the public. Persons wishing to attend should register online at
Jessica Klein,
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice of availability.
We are advising the public that the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) has prepared a final environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact and will issue a permit for the field release of diamondback moths that have been genetically engineered for repressible female lethality, also known as female autocide. Based on its finding of no significant impact, APHIS has determined that an environmental impact statement need not be prepared.
Ms. Chessa Huff-Woodard, Esq., Policy, Program and International Collaboration Chief, Biotechnology Regulatory Services, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 147, Riverdale, MD 20737-1236; (301) 851-3943, email:
On April 19, 2017, we published in the
We solicited comments on the EA for 30 days ending May 19, 2017. We received 670 comments by that date. Written responses to the comments we received on the EA can be found in the finding of no significant impact (FONSI).
In this document, we are advising the public of our finding of no significant impact regarding the field release of genetically engineered diamondback moths into the continental United States. The finding, which is based on the EA, reflects our determination that release of the genetically engineered diamondback moths will not have a significant impact on the quality of the human environment. Concurrent with this announcement, APHIS will issue a permit for the field release of the genetically engineered diamondback moth.
The EA and FONSI may be viewed on the
The EA and FONSI have been prepared in accordance with: (1) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice of availability and request for comments.
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is announcing the availability of and requesting comment on guidance for importing meat, poultry, and egg products into the United States. This guidance is intended to help U.S. importers, customs brokers, official import inspection establishments, egg products plants, and other interested parties understand and comply with FSIS import requirements.
Submit comments on or before September 5, 2017.
A downloadable version of the guidance is available to view and print at
FSIS invites interested persons to submit comments on issues discussed and outlined in this notice. Only comments addressing the scope of this notice will be considered.
Comments may be submitted by one of the following methods:
Roberta Wagner, Assistant Administrator, Office of Policy and Program Development; Telephone: (202) 205-0495, or by Fax: (202) 720-2025.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is the public health regulatory agency responsible for ensuring that domestic and imported meat, poultry, and egg products are safe, wholesome, and correctly labeled and packaged. FSIS inspects imported meat, poultry, and egg products under the authority of the Federal Meat Inspection Act (FMIA) (21 U.S.C. 601
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
FSIS will announce this notice online through the FSIS Web page located at
FSIS will also make copies of this
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration, USDA.
Final Notice.
This action is being taken under the authority of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (AMA). The Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration (GIPSA) is revising the United States Standards for Lentils to establish an additional grading factor, definition, grade requirements, and visual reference images for “wrinkled lentils,” and establish a special grade, definition, special grade requirements, designation, and visual reference images for “green lentils.” GIPSA believes these revisions will improve the application of standards and facilitate the marketing of lentils.
Beverly A. Whalen at USDA, GIPSA, FGIS, 10383 N. Ambassador Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64153; Telephone (816) 659-8410; Fax Number (816) 872-1258; email
Section 203(c) of the AMA (7 U.S.C. § 1622(c)), directs and authorizes the Secretary of Agriculture “To develop and improve standards of quality, condition, quantity, grade, and packaging and recommend and demonstrate such standards in order to encourage uniformity and consistency in commercial practices.” GIPSA is committed to carrying out this authority in a manner that facilitates the marketing of agricultural commodities.
Under the AMA, GIPSA establishes and maintains standards for graded commodities including rice, whole dry peas, split peas, feed peas, lentils, and beans. The AMA standards are voluntary and widely used in private contracts, government procurement, marketing communication, and/or consumer information. The standards serve as a common trading language to define commodity quality in the domestic and global marketplace.
GIPSA engages in regular outreach with stakeholders to ensure commodity standards maintain relevance with the modern market. Lentil industry stakeholders include the USA Dry Pea and Lentil Council (USADPLC), a national organization of producers, processors, and exporters of U.S. dry peas, lentils, and chickpeas; the U.S. Dry Pea and Lentil Trade Association (USPLTA), a national association representing processors, traders, handlers and merchandisers, and transporters in the pea, lentil and chickpea industry; and, other handlers and merchandisers.
The United States Standards for Lentils are available on GIPSA's public Web site at:
GIPSA provides official inspection procedures for lentils in the Pea and Lentil Handbook, which is available on GIPSA's public Web site at:
USADPLC and USPLTA reported on a trend of an increasing percentage of fully developed lentils that possess a wrinkled seed coat. These lentils do not meet the definition for immature lentils. Under the current United States Standards for Lentils, these lentils would grade U.S. #1; however, the wrinkled appearance is considered undesirable. The stakeholders jointly recommended that GIPSA establish a new grade determining factor “wrinkled lentil,” and also recommended factor limits for grades No's. 1, 2, and 3. GIPSA and the stakeholders worked collaboratively to develop a visual reference image that best reflects the “wrinkled lentil” condition. Additionally, stakeholders endorsed the following definition:
The USPLTA Grades Committee members recommended that GIPSA establish a special grade, “green lentils.” Lentil stakeholders concurred on the need for a special grade to distinguish a desirable aesthetic feature. GIPSA and the stakeholders worked collaboratively to develop a visual reference image that best reflects the “green lentils” condition. Additionally, stakeholders endorsed the following definition:
GIPSA published a Notice in the
GIPSA is revising the lentil standards to (1) establish a new grading factor, definition, factor limits, and visual reference image for wrinkled lentils; and (2) establish a special grade, definition, designation, and visual reference image for green lentils. Accordingly, the following sections of the United States Standards for Lentils under the AMA are amended: Section 601, Definitions, is amended to include the following definition:
Section 609, Special grades and requirements, is amended to include the following definition:
7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration, USDA.
Final notice.
This action is being taken under the authority of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (AMA). The Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration (GIPSA) is revising the United States Standards for Beans to (1) establish a class and grade requirement chart for “chickpea,” also known as “garbanzo bean,” and (2) establish a new grade determining factor, definition, factor limits, and visual reference image for “contrasting chickpeas.” GIPSA believes these revisions will help facilitate the marketing of chickpeas and improve the application of the standards.
Beverly A. Whalen at USDA, GIPSA, FGIS, 10383 N. Ambassador Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64153; Telephone (816) 659-8410; Fax Number (816) 872-1258; email
Section 203(c) of the AMA (7 U.S.C. 1622(c)), directs and authorizes the Secretary of Agriculture “To develop and improve standards of quality, condition, quantity, grade, and packaging and recommend and demonstrate such standards in order to encourage uniformity and consistency in commercial practices.” GIPSA is committed to carrying out this authority in a manner that facilitates the marketing of agricultural commodities.
Under the AMA, GIPSA establishes and maintains standards for graded commodities including rice, whole dry peas, split peas, feed peas, lentils, and beans. The AMA standards are voluntary and widely used in private contracts, government procurement, marketing communication, and/or consumer information. The standards serve as a common trading language to define commodity quality in the domestic and global marketplace.
GIPSA engages in regular outreach with stakeholders to ensure commodity standards maintain relevance with the modern market. Chickpea industry stakeholders include the USA Dry Pea and Lentil Council (USADPLC), a national organization of producers, processors, and exporters of U.S. dry peas, lentils, and chickpeas; the U.S. Dry Pea and Lentil Trade Association (USPLTA), a national association representing processors, traders, handlers and merchandisers, and transporters in the pea, lentil and chickpea industry; and the US Dry Bean Council (USDBC) representing the U.S. dry bean industry, including growers, shippers, dealers, canners, and local and regional trade associations.
The United States Standards for Beans are available on GIPSA's public Web site at:
GIPSA provides official inspection procedures for beans in the Bean
The stakeholders jointly recommended that GIPSA establish a new class and grade requirement chart for “chickpea,” and also recommended a new grade determining factor, definition, and factor limits for grades No's 1, 2, and 3 for “contrasting chickpeas.” GIPSA and these stakeholders collaborated to develop a visual reference image that best reflects the “contrasting chickpeas” condition. Additionally, the stakeholders endorsed the following definition:
GIPSA published a Notice in the
Section 135 is corrected to remove footnote 3 that appeared in the May 15, 2017, Notice for Comment inviting public comment. The footnote stated “
GIPSA believes these revisions will facilitate the use of the standards and better reflect current marketing practices. The revisions to the standards are effective August 1, 2017. The Bean Handbook will be revised to incorporate the revisions to the standards.
GIPSA is revising the bean standards to (1) establish a class and grade requirement chart for chickpeas, and (2) establish a new grade determining factor, definition, factor limits, and visual reference image for contrasting chickpeas.
Under
Section 102, Classes, is amended to include Chickpeas (Garbanzo Beans).
A new Section 122 is added.
Under
Current Sections 122, 123, and 124 are renumbered to 123, 124, and 125 with no change to the text.
Under
Current Sections 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 are renumbered to 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, with no change to the text.
A new Section 135, Grade and grade requirements for the class Chickpeas (Garbanzo Beans) is added.
Current Sections 134 and 135 are renumbered to 136 and 137, respectively, with no change to the text.
7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
United States Commission on Civil Rights.
Notice of Commission Business Meeting.
Friday, July 14, 2017, at 10:00 a.m. EST.
National Place Building, 1331 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., 11th Floor, Suite 1150, Washington, DC 20245 (Entrance on F Street NW).
Brian Walch, phone: (202) 376-8371; TTY: (202) 376-8116;
This business meeting is open to the public. There will also be a call-in line for individuals who desire to listen to the presentations: (888) 504-7958; Conference ID 790-7062. Hearing-impaired persons who will attend the briefing and require the services of a sign language interpreter should contact Pamela Dunston at (202) 376-8105 or at
This is a correction to FR 2017-13778, which should have listed Census as the submitting agency instead of the Department of Commerce. The remainder of the document as published on June 30, 2017 (82 FR 29843) is republished in its entirety below.
Under 44 U.S.C. 3506(e) and 13 U.S.C. Section 9, the U.S. Census Bureau is seeking comments on revisions to the confidentiality pledge it provides to its respondents under Title 13, United States Code, Section 9. These revisions are required by the passage and implementation of provisions of the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015 (6 U.S.C. 1501 note), which require the Secretary of Homeland Security to provide Federal civilian agencies' information technology systems with cybersecurity protection for their Internet traffic. More details on this announcement are presented in the
On December 18, 2015, Congress passed the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015 (the Act) (6 U.S.C. 1501 note). The Act requires the Department of Homeland Security to deploy for use by other agencies a program with the “capability to detect cybersecurity risks in network traffic transiting or traveling to or from an agency information system.”
Importantly, the Act provides that DHS may use the information collected through EINSTEIN “only to protect information and information systems from cybersecurity risks.”
In response to the passage of the Act, the Census Bureau considered whether it should revise its confidentially pledge. The Census Bureau's Center for Survey Measurement (CSM) joined the interagency Statistical Community of Practice and Engagement (SCOPE) Confidentiality Pledge Revision Subcommittee, which developed and evaluated the revision to the confidentiality pledge language. SCOPE and CSM conducted remote and in-person cognitive testing of the potential revised confidentiality pledge. The Census Bureau based its revised confidentiality pledge on the results of these tests. The revised confidentiality pledge utilizes the language the Census Bureau determined would best communicate the essential information to respondents while not negatively affecting response rates. The following is the revised statistical confidentiality pledge for the Census Bureau's data collections:
On December 23, 2016, the Census Bureau requested comments on the revised confidentiality pledge. During the public comment period, the Census Bureau received two comments from the Asian Americans Advancing Justice (AAJC) and American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee (ADC).
In response to the Census Bureau's revised confidentiality pledge, AAJC and the ADC provided comments and suggestions to the Census Bureau. These comments and suggestions, along with the Census Bureau's responses are below.
1. The AAJC and the ADC both expressed concerns about the effect of the revised confidentiality pledge on the accuracy of the results of the Census Bureau's survey.
2. The “ADC has serious concerns on the ability of [DHS] to . . . access . . . people's personal information on the server.”
EINSTEIN also provides greater protection for the Census Bureau's information and information systems than would otherwise exist. EINSTEIN enables DHS to detect cyber threat indicators traveling or transiting to or from one agency's information system, and to share those indicators with other agencies, thereby making all agencies' information systems more secure. The necessity of providing DHS limited access to such information—information which DHS can only use for cybersecurity purposes—is not only required by the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act, but has a net positive impact of the security of information respondents provide to the Census Bureau.
3. The ADC is concerned that “there is a lack of safeguards in place on who has access to information through EINSTEIN.”
To reiterate, the information at issue is not a respondent's personal information, rather, it is cyber threat information. E3A does not provide DHS with access to a respondent's personal information. E3A does not currently decrypt respondent information or scan data at rest on Census Bureau information systems.
4. The ADC is concerned that the revised confidentiality pledge “raises flags on improper use of such information.”
5. The AAJC suggests that the protections contained in Title 13 and the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act (CIPSEA), both of which limit the use and disclosure of information collected, should control the information at issue.
6. The AAJC suggests that either the Census Bureau employees “perform Einstein 3A functions for Census Bureau internet traffic” or that “DHS employees monitoring Census Bureau internet traffic under Einstein 3A take the current Title 13 confidentiality pledge.”
In addition to the safeguards contained in the Act, the Census Bureau works with DHS to safeguard respondent information. These additional safeguards cover the collection, retention, use, and disclosure of information. The safeguards also include notification and reporting requirements that would apply in the unlikely event that any unauthorized access, use, or dissemination of any Census Bureau information would occur.
Comments are invited on the necessity and efficacy of the Census Bureau's revised confidentiality pledge above. Comments submitted in response to this notice will become a matter of public record. Comments should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
Eastman Kodak Company (Eastman Kodak) submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board for its facility in Weatherford, Oklahoma. The notification conforming to the requirements of the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.22) was received on June 21, 2017.
The request indicates that a separate application for subzone designation for the Eastman Kodak facility under FTZ 106 will be submitted. The facilities will be used to produce printing flexographic plates. Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), FTZ activity would be limited to the specific foreign-status materials/components and specific finished products described in the submitted notification (as described below) and subsequently authorized by the FTZ Board.
Production under FTZ procedures could exempt Eastman Kodak from customs duty payments on the foreign-status materials/components used in export production. On its domestic sales, for the foreign-status materials/components noted below, Eastman
The materials/components sourced from abroad include: Aging inhibitor; stabilizer; photopolymerization initiator; resins for coating; ethanaminium; inhibitor; coating solvent; light stabilizer for coating; 3H-Indolium; photoinitiators; coatings for plates; aluminum finished printing plates; flexographic finished plates; mat film sheets; butadiene polymers; thermoplastic elastomers; plate manufacturing chemicals; intermediates for production of printing plates; co-polymers; monomers; propenoic acid; naphthalenesulfonic acid; urethane acrylate polymers; phonolic resin solutions; foam interleave sheets; aluminum coils of aluminum not alloyed; aluminum coils of aluminum alloys; aluminum coils of a thickness not exceeding 0.15mm: of a thickness exceeding 0.01mm; and, aluminum coils of a thickness exceeding 0.15mm but not exceeding 0.2mm (duty rates range from free to 6.5%).
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is August 16, 2017.
A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's Web site, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Christopher Wedderburn at
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On March 7, 2017, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published the preliminary results of the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain crystalline silicon photovoltaic products (solar products) from Taiwan. The period of review (POR) is July 31, 2014, through January 31, 2016. Based on our analysis of the comments received, we have made certain changes to the margin calculations with respect to Sino-American Silicon Products Inc. and Solartech Energy Corp., and, therefore, the final results differ from the preliminary results. We made no changes to the preliminary results with respect to Motech Industries, Inc. The final weighted-average dumping margins are listed below in the section “Final Results of Review.”
Effective July 7, 2017.
Magd Zalok or Thomas Martin, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4162 or (202) 482-3936, respectively.
On March 7, 2017, the Department published the
The merchandise covered by this order is crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, and modules, laminates and/or panels consisting of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, whether or not partially or fully assembled into other products, including building integrated materials. Merchandise covered by this order is currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under subheadings 8501.61.0000, 8507.20.8030, 8507.20.8040, 8507.20.8060, 8507.20.8090, 8541.40.6020, 8541.40.6030 and 8501.31.8000. These HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes; the written description of the scope is dispositive.
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs filed by parties in this review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted with this notice. A list of the issues which parties raised, and to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, can be found in the Appendix to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically
Based on a review of the record and comments received from interested parties regarding our
The statute and the Department's regulations do not address the establishment of a rate to be applied to companies not selected for examination when the Department limits its examination in an administrative review pursuant to section 777A(c)(2) of the Act. Generally, the Department looks to section 735(c)(5) of the Act, which provides instructions for calculating the all-others rate in a market economy investigation, for guidance when calculating the rate for companies which were not selected for individual review in an administrative review. Under section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act, the all-others rate is normally “an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero or
In this review, we calculated weighted-average dumping margins for SAS-Solartech and Motech that are not zero,
The Department determines that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist for the period July 31, 2014, through January 31, 2016:
The Department intends to disclose the calculations performed for these final results of review within five days of the date of publication of this notice in the
Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b), the Department shall determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with the final results of this review. The Department intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after the date of publication of the final results of this administrative review in the
Where the respondent reported reliable entered values, we calculated importer- (or customer-) specific
For the companies which were not selected for individual review, we will assign an assessment rate based on the methodology described in the “Rates for Non-Examined Companies” section, above.
Consistent with the Department's assessment practice, for entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by SAS-Solartech, Motech, or the non-examined companies for which the producer did not know that its merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate unreviewed entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective for all shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results of this administrative review, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rates for the companies listed in these final results will be equal to the weighted-average dumping margins established in the
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(h).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) aligned the 2015-2016 new shipper review of the antidumping duty order on honey from the People's Republic of China (PRC) with the 2015-2016 administrative review of the same order covering the same period of review (POR), and is therefore conducting the reviews concurrently. The POR for the administrative review and the new shipper review is December 1, 2015, through November 30, 2016. As discussed below, the Department is preliminarily rescinding the new shipper with respect to Jiangsu Runchen Agricultural/Sideline Foodstuff Co., Ltd. (Jiangsu Runchen) and has preliminarily found that Shanghai Sunbeauty Trading Co., Ltd. (Sunbeauty) is not eligible to receive a separate rate.
Effective July 7, 2017.
Carrie Bethea, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1491.
On December 1, 2016, the Department published a notice of opportunity to request an AR of the antidumping duty order on honey from the PRC for the POR.
On February 3, 2017, in response to a request from Jiangsu Runchen, the Department published notice of initiation of a new shipper review of honey for the period December 1, 2015, to November 30, 2016.
The Department sent the new shipper review antidumping duty questionnaire to Jiangsu Runchen on February 3, 2017.
The products covered by the order are natural honey, artificial honey containing more than 50 percent natural honey by weight, preparations of natural honey containing more than 50 percent natural honey by weight and flavored honey. The subject merchandise includes all grades and colors of honey whether in liquid, creamed, comb, cut comb, or chunk form, and whether packaged for retail or in bulk form.
The merchandise subject to the order is currently classifiable under subheadings 0409.00.00, 1702.90.90, 2106.90.99, 0409.00.0010, 0409.00.0035, 0409.00.0005, 0409.00.0045, 0409.00.0056, and 0409.00.0065 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the Department's written description of the merchandise under the order is dispositive.
Also, included in the scope are blends of honey and rice syrup, regardless of the percentage of honey contained in the blend.
Scope Rulings made between July 1, 2012, and September 30, 2012; Requestor: The American Honey Producers Association and the Sioux Honey Association; blends of honey and rice syrup, regardless of the percentage of honey they contain, are later-developed merchandise that are within the scope of the antidumping duty order; August 21, 2012.
The Department is conducting these reviews in accordance with sections 751(a)(1), 751(a)(2)(B)(iv), 751(a)(3), 771(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.213 and 351.214. For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions,
The Preliminary Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at
For the reasons detailed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum, the Department preliminarily finds that we cannot determine whether Jiangsu Runchen made
In making our findings, because Sunbeauty was unable to provide evidence of a suspended entry of subject merchandise into the United States during the POR and is, thus, ineligible to receive a separate rate, we are preliminarily treating Sunbeauty as part of the PRC-wide entity. For a full description of the methodology underlying our preliminary conclusions, see the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
We preliminarily determine that the following antidumping duty margin exists:
Interested parties may submit written comments by no later than 30 days after the date of publication of this preliminary rescission of the new shipper review and these preliminary results of the administrative review.
Any interested party may request a hearing within 30 days of publication of this notice.
The Department intends to issue the final results of these reviews, which will include the results of its analysis of issues raised in any such comments, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results, pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(B)(iv) of the Act.
Upon completion of the final results of this new shipper review, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.212(b), the Department will determine, and the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. If we proceed to a final rescission of the new shipper review, Jiangsu Runchen's entries will be assessed at the rate entered.
Upon issuance of the final results of this administrative review, the Department will determine, and CBP shall assess antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. We will instruct CBP to liquidate entries containing merchandise from the PRC-wide entity at the PRC-wide rate we determine in the final results of the review. If we do not continue to treat Sunbeauty as part of the PRC-wide entity, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.212(b)(1), we will calculate importer-specific assessment rates. We will instruct CBP to assess antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review if any importer-specific assessment rate calculated in the final results of this review is above
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) For the exporters listed above, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established in the final results of this review (except, if the rate is zero or
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a final reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) in this administrative review of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
The Department is issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(2)(B) and 777(i)(l) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.214 and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On January 5, 2017, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published in the
Effective July 7, 2017.
John Drury or Madeline Heeren, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5041 or (202) 482-0195, respectively.
On January 5, 2017, the Department published the
The product covered by this order is certain hot-rolled flat-rolled carbon-quality steel products (hot-rolled steel) from Russia. The full text of the scope of the order is contained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties to this administrative review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues raised by parties is attached in the Appendix to this notice.
In the
The final weighted-average dumping margin is as follows:
Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(A) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.212(b), the Department has determined, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with the final results of this review.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of this notice for all shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication of these final results, as provided by section 751(a)(2) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for the respondent noted above will be the rate established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for merchandise exported by manufacturers or exporters not covered in this administrative review but covered in a prior segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the original investigation, but the producer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the producer of the subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other producers or exporters will continue to be 184.56 percent, the all-others rate established in the antidumping duty investigation.
This notice also serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping and/or countervailing duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during the period of review. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping and/or countervailing duties did occur and the subsequent assessment of doubled antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective orders (APOs) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(h).
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR Data Best Practices Standing Panel webinar.
The SEDAR Data Best Practices Panel will develop, review, and evaluate best practice recommendations for SEDAR Data Workshops. See
The SEDAR Data Best Practices Standing Panel webinar will be held on
The meeting will be held via webinar. The webinar is open to members of the public. Those interested in participating should contact Julia Byrd at SEDAR (see
Julia Byrd, SEDAR Coordinator, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366; email
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions, have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a three-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing a workshop and/or webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report which compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report which describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include: Data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and non-governmental organizations (NGOs); international experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The SEDAR Data Best Practices Standing Panel is charged with developing, reviewing, and evaluating best practice recommendations for SEDAR Data Workshops. The items of discussion for this webinar are as follows:
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council's (MAFMC) Atlantic Bluefish Monitoring Committee will hold a public meeting.
The meeting will be held on Monday, July 24, 2017, from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m. For agenda details, see
The meeting will be held via webinar with a telephone-only connection option. Details on the proposed agenda, webinar listen-in access, and briefing materials will be posted at the MAFMC's Web site:
Christopher M. Moore, Ph.D., Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, telephone: (302) 526-5255.
The purpose of this meeting is for the Monitoring Committee to review, and if necessary, revise the current management measures designed to achieve the recommended Atlantic Bluefish catch and landings limits for 2018.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aid should be directed to M. Jan Saunders, (302) 526-5251, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an Incidental Harassment Authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as amended, notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Ocean Wind, LLC (Ocean Wind), to incidentally harass, by Level B harassment only, marine mammals during high-resolution geophysical (HRG) and geotechnical survey investigations associated with marine site characterization activities off the coast of New Jersey in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0498) (Lease Area).
This Authorization is effective from June 8, 2017, through June 7, 2018.
Laura McCue, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
NMFS received a request from Ocean Wind for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to 2017 geophysical survey investigations off the coast of New Jersey in the OCS-A 0498 Lease Area, designated and offered by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), to support the development of an offshore wind project. Ocean Wind's request was for harassment only, and NMFS concurs that mortality is not expected to result from this activity; therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
The planned geophysical survey activities will occur for 42 days beginning in early June 2017, and geotechnical survey activities will take place in September 2017 and last for approximately 12 days. The following specific aspects of the planned activities are likely to result in the take of marine mammals: shallow and medium-penetration sub-bottom profilers (chirper and sparker) used during the HRG survey, and dynamically-positioned (DP) vessel thruster used in support of geotechnical survey activities. Take, by Level B Harassment only, of individuals of five species of marine mammals is anticipated to result from the specified activities. No serious injury or mortality is expected from Ocean Wind's HRG and geotechnical surveys.
Ocean Wind plans to conduct a geophysical and geotechnical survey off the coast of New Jersey in the Lease Area to support the characterization of the existing seabed and subsurface geological conditions in the Lease Area. This information is necessary to support the siting, design, and deployment of up to two meteorological data collection buoys called floating light and detection ranging buoys (FLIDARs) and up to two metocean and current buoys, as well as to obtain a baseline assessment of seabed/sub-surface soil conditions in the Lease Area to support the siting of the wind farm. Surveys will include the use of the following equipment: multi-beam depth sounder, side-scan sonar, sub-bottom profiler, and cone penetration tests (CPTs). A detailed description of the planned marine site characterization project was provided in the
HRG surveys are anticipated to commence in early June 2017 and will last for approximately 42 days, including estimated weather down time. Geotechnical surveys requiring the use of the DP drill ship will take place in September 2017, at the earliest, and will last for approximately 12 days excluding weather downtime. Equipment is expected run continuously for 24 hours per day.
Ocean Wind's survey activities will occur in the approximately 160,480-acre Lease Area designated and offered by the BOEM, located approximately nine miles (mi) southeast of Atlantic City, New Jersey, at its closest point (see Figure 1 of the IHA application). The
Marine site characterization surveys will include the following HRG survey activities:
• Depth sounding (multibeam depth sounder) to determine water depths and general bottom topography;
• Magnetic intensity measurements for detecting local variations in regional magnetic field from geological strata and potential ferrous objects on and below the bottom;
• Seafloor imaging (sidescan sonar survey) for seabed sediment classification purposes, to identify natural and man-made acoustic targets resting on the bottom as well as any anomalous features;
• Shallow penetration sub-bottom profiler (chirper) to map the near surface stratigraphy (top 0-5 meter (m) soils below seabed); and
• Medium penetration sub-bottom profiler (sparker) to map deeper subsurface stratigraphy as needed (soils down to 75-100 m below seabed).
Table 1 identifies the representative survey equipment that is being considered in support of the HRG survey activities. The make and model of the listed HRG equipment will vary depending on availability but will be finalized as part of the survey preparations and contract negotiations with the survey contractor. The final selection of the survey equipment will be confirmed prior to the start of the HRG survey program. Only the make and model of the HRG equipment may change, not the types of equipment or the addition of equipment with characteristics that might have effects beyond (
The HRG survey activities will be supported by a vessel approximately 98 to 180 feet (ft) in length and capable of maintaining course and a survey speed of approximately 4.5 knots while transiting survey lines. HRG survey activities across the Lease Area will generally be conducted at 900-meter (m) line spacing. Up to two FLIDARs and two wave buoys will be deployed within the Lease Area, and up to three potential locations for FLIDAR deployment will be investigated. At each FLIDAR and wave buoy deployment locations, the survey will be conducted along a tighter 30-m line spacing to meet the BOEM requirements as set out in the July 2015 Guidelines for Providing Geophysical, Geotechnical, and Geohazard Information Pursuant and Archeological and Historic Property Information in 30 CFR part 585.
The equipment positioning systems use vessel-based underwater acoustic positioning to track equipment (in this case, the sub-bottom profiler) in very shallow to very deep water. Equipment positioning systems will be operational at all times during HRG survey data acquisition (
Marine site characterization surveys will involve the following geotechnical survey activities:
• Sample boreholes to determine geological and geotechnical characteristics of sediments;
• Deep CPTs to determine stratigraphy and in-situ conditions of the deep surface sediments; and
• Shallow CPTs to determine stratigraphy and in-situ conditions of the near surface sediments.
It is anticipated that the geotechnical surveys will take place no sooner than September 2017. The geotechnical survey program will consist of up to 8 deep sample bore holes and adjacent 8 deep CPTs both to a depth of approximately 130 ft to 200 ft (40 m to 60 m) below the seabed, as well as 30 shallow CPTs, up to 130 ft (40 m) below seabed.
The investigation activities are anticipated to be conducted from a 250-ft to 350-ft (76 m to 107 m) DP drill ship. DP vessel thruster systems maintain their precise coordinates in waters with automatic controls. These control systems use variable levels of power to counter forces from current and wind.
Please see the previously referenced
A notice of NMFS' proposal to issue an IHA to Ocean Wind was published in the
In regards to the Commission's recommendation for using a consistent approach to reducing the number of estimated take, they referenced our ITAs involving Cook Inlet beluga whales. First, Ocean Wind's project is not the same situation as in Cook Inlet. In Cook Inlet there is a small resident population of beluga whales, and applicants have proposed shutting down when a certain number of total belugas observed within the Level B zone is reached to help ensure that no more than small numbers (an MMPA requirement) of belugas are taken during their activity. Second, regarding consistency, NMFS generally applies standard minimum mitigation requirements to different activity types. However, if an applicant proposes measures that are more protective than the standard minimum in their application (and NMFS believes that those measures will effect a reduction of impacts beyond the standard minimum measures), it suggests that those measures are practicable for the applicant may be appropriate for NMFS to include them to meet our least practicable adverse impact standard. Though standard minimum measures are helpful and generally used, the overall suite of mitigation measures is determined on a case-by-case basis, is dependent upon multiple factors specific to the activity, environment, and affected species, and may vary some between projects.
There are 35 species of marine mammals that potentially occur in the Northwest Atlantic OCS region (BOEM 2014) (Table 2). The majority of these
The effects of underwater noise from HRG and geotechnical activities for the marine site characterization project have the potential to result in behavioral harassment of marine mammals in the vicinity of the action area. The
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes authorized in this IHA, which informed both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is “small” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes will be by Level B harassment only, in the form of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals resulting from exposure to HRG and geotechnical surveys. Based on the nature of the activity, the short duration of activities, and the small Level A isopleths (less than 3 m for all sources), Level A harassment is neither anticipated nor authorized. The death of a marine mammal is also a type of incidental take. However, as described previously, no mortality is anticipated or authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated for this project.
Project activities that have the potential to harass marine mammals, as defined by the MMPA, include underwater noise from operation of the HRG survey sub-bottom profilers and noise propagation associated with the use of DP thrusters during geotechnical survey activities that require the use of a DP drill ship. NMFS anticipates that impacts to marine mammals will be in the form of behavioral harassment, and no take by injury, serious injury, or mortality is authorized.
The basis for the take estimate is the number of marine mammals that will be exposed to sound levels in excess of NMFS' Level B harassment criteria for impulsive noise (160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) and continuous noise (120 dB re 1 μPa (rms)), which is generally determined by overlaying the area ensonified above NMFS acoustic thresholds for harassment within a day with the density of marine mammals, and multiplying by the number of days. NMFS' current acoustic thresholds for estimating take are shown in Table 3 below.
Modeling took into consideration sound sources using the potential operational parameters, bathymetry, geoacoustic properties of the Lease Area, time of year, and marine mammal hearing ranges. Results from the hydroacoustic modeling and measurements showed that estimated maximum distance to the 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) MMPA threshold for all water depths for the HRG survey sub-bottom profilers (the HRG survey equipment with the greatest potential for effect on marine mammal) was approximately 75.28 m from the source using practical spreading (Subacoustech 2016), and the estimated maximum critical distance to the 120 dB re 1 μPa (rms) MMPA threshold for all water depths for the drill ship DP thruster was approximately 500 m from the source (Subacoustech 2016). Ocean Wind and NMFS believe that these estimates represent the a conservative scenario and that the actual distances to the Level B harassment threshold may be shorter for HRG equipment, as practical spreading (15logR) was used to estimate the ensonified area here and there are some sound measurements taken in the Northeast that suggest a higher spreading coefficient (which would result in a shorter distance) may be applicable.
Ocean Wind estimated species densities within the project area in order to estimate the number of marine mammal exposures to sound levels above the 120 dB Level B harassment threshold for continuous noise (
The data used as the basis for estimating cetacean density (“D”) for the Lease Area are sightings per unit effort (SPUE) derived by Duke University (Roberts
The Zone of influence (ZOI) is the extent of the ensonified zone in a given day. The ZOI was calculated using the following equations:
• Stationary source (
• Mobile source (
Where distance is the maximum survey trackline per day (177.6 km) and r is the distance to the 160 dB (for impulsive sources) and 120 dB (for non-impulsive sources) isopleths. The isopleths were calculated using practical spreading.
Estimated takes were calculated by multiplying the species density (animals per km
Ocean Wind used a ZOI of 26.757 km
Ocean Wind used a ZOI of 0.31 m
Ocean Wind's requested take numbers are provided in Tables 4 and 5 and are also the number of takes NMFS is authorizing. Ocean Wind's calculations do not take into account whether a single animal is harassed multiple times or whether each exposure is a different animal. Therefore, the numbers in Tables 4 and 5 are the maximum number of animals that may be harassed during the HRG and geotechnical surveys (
Ocean Wind used NMFS' Guidance (NMFS 2016) to determine sound exposure thresholds to determine when an activity that produces sound might result in impacts to a marine mammal such that a take by injury, in the form of PTS, might occur. The functional hearing groups and the associated PTS onset acoustic thresholds are indicated in Table 6 below. Ocean Wind used the user spreadsheet to calculate the isopleth for the loudest source (sparker, sub-bottom profiler). The sub-bottom profiler was calculated with the following conditions: Source level at 172.4 rms, vessel velocity of 2.058 m/s, repetition rate of 0.182, pulse duration of 22 ms and a weighting factor adjustment of 10 based on the spectrogram for this equipment (Gardline 2016). Isopleths were less than 3 m for all hearing groups; therefore, no Level A takes were requested. The Geo-Source sparker model used the following parameters: Source level at 188.7 rms Source level, vessel velocity of 2.058 meters per second (m/s), repetition rate of 0.25 seconds, pulse duration of 10 ms and weighting factor adjustment of 3 based on the spectrograms for this equipment. Isopleths were less than 2 m for all hearing groups; therefore, no Level A takes were requested. The DP thruster was defined as non-impulsive static continuous source with an extrapolated source level of 150 dB rms based on far field measurements (Subacoustech 2016), an activity duration of 4 hours and weighting factor adjustment of 2. The transmission loss coefficient of 11.1 was used based on the slope of best fit from field measurements (Subacoustech 2016). Isopleths were less than 1 m for all hearing groups; therefore, no Level A take were requested. No level A take is requested or authorized for any of the sources used during HRG and geotechnical surveys.
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully balance two primary factors: (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat, which considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range), as well as the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented; and the likelihood of effective implementation, and; (2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
With NMFS' input during the application process, and as per the BOEM Lease, Ocean Wind will implement the following mitigation measures during site characterization surveys utilizing HRG survey equipment and use of the DP thruster. The mitigation measures outlined in this section are based on protocols and procedures that have been successfully implemented and resulted in no observed take of marine mammals for similar offshore projects and previously approved by NMFS (ESS 2013; Dominion 2013 and 2014).
Protected species observers (PSOs) will monitor the following exclusion/monitoring zones for the presence of marine mammals:
• A 200-m exclusion zone during HRG surveys (this exceeds the estimated Level B harassment isopleth).
• A 500-m monitoring zone during the use of DP thrusters during geotechnical survey activities (this is equal to the Level B harassment isopleth).
The 200 m exclusion zone is the default exclusion zone specified in stipulation 4.4.6.1 of the New Jersey OCS-A 0498 Lease Agreement. The 500 m exclusion zone is based on field-verified distances established during similar survey work conducted within the Bay State Wind Lease Area (Subacoustech 2016).
Visual monitoring of the established exclusion zone(s) for the HRG and geotechnical surveys will be performed by qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs, the resumes of whom will be provided to NMFS for review and approval prior to the start of survey activities. An observer team comprising a minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and two certified Passive Acoustic Monitoring (PAM) operators (PAM operators will not function as PSOs), operating in shifts, will be stationed aboard either the survey vessel or a dedicated PSO-vessel. PSOs and PAM operators will work in shifts such that no one monitor will work more than 4 consecutive hours without a 2-hour break or longer than 12 hours during any 24-hour period. During daylight hours the PSOs will rotate in shifts of one on and three off, while during nighttime operations PSOs will work in pairs. The PAM operators will also be on call as necessary during daytime operations should visual observations become impaired. Each PSO will monitor 360 degrees of the field of vision.
PSOs will be responsible for visually monitoring and identifying marine mammals approaching or within the established exclusion zone(s) during survey activities. It will be the responsibility of the Lead PSO on duty to communicate the presence of marine mammals as well as to communicate and enforce the action(s) that are necessary to ensure mitigation and monitoring requirements are implemented as appropriate. PAM operators will communicate detected vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty, who will then be responsible for implementing the necessary mitigation procedures. A mitigation and monitoring communications flow diagram has been included as Appendix A in the IHA application.
PSOs will be equipped with binoculars and have the ability to estimate distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel and/or exclusion zone using range finders. Reticulated binoculars will also be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions and visibility to support the siting and monitoring of marine species. Digital single-lens reflex
The PSOs will begin observation of the exclusion zone(s) at least 60 minutes prior to ramp-up of HRG survey equipment. Use of noise-producing equipment will not begin until the exclusion zone is clear of all marine mammals for at least 60 minutes, as per the requirements of the BOEM Lease.
If a marine mammal is detected approaching or entering the 200-m exclusion zones during the HRG survey, or the 500-m monitoring zone during DP thrusters use, the vessel operator will adhere to the shutdown (during HRG survey) or powerdown (during DP thruster use) procedures described below to minimize noise impacts on the animals.
At all times, the vessel operator will maintain a separation distance of 500 m from any sighted North Atlantic right whale as stipulated in the
The Applicant will ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a vigilant watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds and slow down or stop their vessels to avoid striking these species. Survey vessel crew members responsible for navigation duties will receive site-specific training on marine mammal and sea turtle sighting/reporting and vessel strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike avoidance measures will include the following, except under extraordinary circumstances when complying with these requirements would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
• All vessel operators will comply with 10 knot (<18.5 km per hour [km/h]) speed restrictions in any Dynamic Management Area (DMA). In addition, all vessels operating from November 1 through July 31 will operate at speeds of 10 knots (<18.5 km/h) or less.
• All survey vessels will maintain a separation distance of 500 m or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale.
• If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any sited North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (<18.5 km/h) or less until the 500 m minimum separation distance has been established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's path, or within 100 m to an underway vessel, the underway vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If stationary, the vessel must not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved beyond 100 m.
• All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 100 m or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid (
• All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean. Any vessel underway will remain parallel to a sighted delphinoid cetacean's course whenever possible and avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in direction. Any vessel underway reduces vessel speed to 10 knots or less when pods (including mother/calf pairs) or large assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are observed. Vessels may not adjust course and speed until the delphinoid cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m and/or abeam (
• All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped.
The training program will be provided to NMFS for review and approval prior to the start of surveys. Confirmation of the training and understanding of the requirements will be documented on a training course log sheet. Signing the log sheet will certify that the crew members understand and will comply with the necessary requirements throughout the survey event.
Between watch shifts, members of the monitoring team will consult the NMFS North Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the presence of North Atlantic right whales throughout survey operations. The planned survey activities however, will occur outside of the SMA located off the coasts of Delaware and New Jersey. The planned survey activities will also occur in June/July and September, which is outside of the seasonal mandatory speed restriction period for this SMA (November 1 through April 30).
Throughout all survey operations, Ocean Wind will monitor the NMFS North Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the establishment of a DMA. If NMFS should establish a DMA in the Lease Area under survey, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA Ocean Wind will work with NMFS to shut down and/or alter the survey activities to avoid the DMA.
As per the BOEM Lease, alternative monitoring technologies (
Given the range of species that could occur in the Lease Area, the PAM system will consist of an array of hydrophones with both broadband (sampling mid-range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at least one low-frequency hydrophone (sampling range frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). Monitoring of the PAM system will be conducted from a customized processing station aboard the HRG survey vessel. The on-board processing station provides the interface between the PAM system and the operator. The PAM operator(s) will monitor the hydrophone signals in real time both aurally (using headphones) and visually (via the monitor screen displays). Ocean Wind plans to use PAMGuard software for “target motion analysis” to support localization in relation to the identified exclusion zone. PAMGuard is an open source and versatile software/hardware interface to enable flexibility in the
As per the BOEM Lease, a ramp-up procedure will be used for HRG survey equipment capable of adjusting energy levels at the start or re-start of HRG survey activities. A ramp-up procedure will be used at the beginning of HRG survey activities in order to provide additional protection to marine mammals near the Lease Area by allowing them to vacate the area prior to the commencement of survey equipment use. The ramp-up procedure will not be initiated during daytime, night time, or periods of inclement weather if the exclusion zone cannot be adequately monitored by the PSOs using the appropriate visual technology (
The DP vessel thrusters will be engaged to support the safe operation of the vessel and crew while conducting geotechnical survey activities and require use as necessary. Therefore, there is no opportunity to engage in a ramp-up procedure.
As per the BOEM Lease, if a non-delphinoid (
As per the BOEM Lease, if a delphinoid cetacean or pinniped is detected at or within the exclusion zone, the HRG survey equipment (including the sub-bottom profiler) must be powered down to the lowest power output that is technically feasible. Subsequent power up of the survey equipment must use the ramp-up procedures described above and may occur after (1) the exclusion zone is clear of a delphinoid cetacean and/or pinniped for 60 minutes or (2) a determination by the PSO after a minimum of 10 minutes of observation that the delphinoid cetacean or pinniped is approaching the vessel or towed equipment at a speed and vector that indicates voluntary approach to bow-ride or chase towed equipment.
If the HRG sound source (including the sub-bottom profiler) shuts down for reasons other than encroachment into the exclusion zone by a marine mammal including but not limited to a mechanical or electronic failure, resulting in the cessation of sound source for a period greater than 20 minutes, a restart for the HRG survey equipment (including the sub-bottom profiler) is required using the full ramp-up procedures and clearance of the exclusion zone of all cetaceans and pinnipeds for 60 minutes. If the pause is less than 20 minutes, the equipment may be restarted as soon as practicable at its operational level as long as visual surveys were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the exclusion zone remained clear of cetaceans and pinnipeds. If the visual surveys were not continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or less, a restart of the HRG survey equipment (including the sub-bottom profiler) is required using the full ramp-up procedures and clearance of the exclusion zone for all cetaceans and pinnipeds for 60 minutes.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's planned measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has determined that the planned mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for incidental take authorizations (ITAs) must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following general goals:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the action area (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Ocean Wind submitted marine mammal monitoring and reporting measures as part of the IHA application. These measures are described below.
The PSOs will begin observation of the monitoring zone during all HRG survey activities and all geotechnical operations where DP thrusters are employed. Observations of the monitoring zone will continue throughout the survey activity and/or while DP thrusters are in use. PSOs will be responsible for visually monitoring and identifying marine mammals approaching or entering the established monitoring zone during survey activities.
Observations will take place from the highest available vantage point on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning will occur during the monitoring periods, and target scanning by the PSO will occur when alerted of a marine mammal presence.
Data on all PSO observations will be recorded based on standard PSO collection requirements. This will include dates and locations of construction operations; time of observation, location and weather; details of the sightings (
Ocean Wind must conduct field verification of the exclusion zone (the 160 dB isopleth) for HRG survey equipment and the powerdown zone (the 120 dB isopleth) for DP thruster use for all equipment operating below 200 kHz. Ocean Wind must take acoustic measurements at a minimum of two reference locations and in a manner that is sufficient to establish source level (peak at 1 meter) and distance to the 160 dB isopleth (the Level B harassment zones for HRG surveys) and 120 dB isopleth (the Level B harassment zone) for DP thruster use. Sound measurements must be taken at the reference locations at two depths (
Ocean Wind may use the results from its field-verification efforts to request modification of the exclusion/monitoring zones for the HRG or geotechnical surveys. Any new exclusion/monitoring zone radius proposed by Ocean Wind must be based on the most conservative measurements (
The Applicant will provide the following reports as necessary during survey activities:
• The Applicant will contact NMFS and BOEM within 24 hours of the commencement of survey activities and again within 24 hours of the completion of the activity.
• As per the BOEM Lease: Any observed significant behavioral reactions (
•
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities will not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the event. NMFS will work with Ocean Wind to minimize reoccurrence of such an event in the future. Ocean Wind will not resume activities until notified by NMFS.
In the event that Ocean Wind discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that Ocean Wind discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
• Within 90 days after completion of the marine site characterization survey activities, a technical report will be provided to NMFS and BOEM that fully documents the methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during monitoring, estimates the number of marine mammals that may have been taken during survey activities, and provides an interpretation of the results and effectiveness of all monitoring tasks. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
• In addition to the Applicant's reporting requirements outlined above, Ocean Wind will provide an assessment report of the effectiveness of the various mitigation techniques,
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
As discussed in the
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in this document (see the
The planned mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number and/or severity of takes by (1) giving animals the opportunity to move away from the sound source before HRG survey equipment reaches full energy and (2) reducing the intensity of exposure within a certain distance by reducing the DP thruster power. Additional vessel strike avoidance requirements will further mitigate potential impacts
Ocean Wind did not request, and NMFS is not authorizing, take of marine mammals by injury, serious injury, or mortality. NMFS expects that most takes will be in the form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of brief startling reaction and/or temporary avoidance of the area or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring)—reactions that are considered to be of low severity and with no lasting biological consequences (
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks due to Ocean Wind's HRG and geotechnical survey activities will result in only short-term (temporary and short in duration) and relatively infrequent effects to individuals exposed and not of the type or severity that will be expected to be additive for the very small portion of the stocks and species likely to be exposed. Given the duration and intensity of the activities (including the mitigation) NMFS does not anticipate the number of takes to impact annual rates of recruitment or survival. Animals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, distribution, or foraging success, are not expected.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from the planned activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of the relevant species or stock size in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals.
The authorized takes for the HRG and geotechnical surveys represent 0.31 percent of the WNA stock of fin whale, 0.045 percent of the WNA stock of short-beaked common dolphin, 0.368 percent of the Western north Atlantic, offshore stock of bottlenose dolphin, 0.005 percent of the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor porpoise, and 0.001 percent of the WNA stock of harbor seal (Table 7). These take estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that could be taken by Level B behavioral harassment and are extremely small numbers (less than 1 percent) relative to the affected species or stock sizes.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the planned activity (including the mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Issuance of an MMPA authorization requires compliance with the ESA. Within the project area, fin, humpback, and North Atlantic right whale are listed as endangered under the ESA. Under section 7 of the ESA, BOEM consulted with NMFS on commercial wind lease issuance and site assessment activities on the Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York and New Jersey Wind Energy Areas. NOAA's GARFO issued a Biological Opinion concluding that these activities may adversely affect but are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of fin whale, humpback whale, or North Atlantic right whale. The Biological Opinion can be found online at
NMFS prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and signed a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) in June 2017. The EA and FONSI can be found at
NMFS has issued an IHA to Ocean Wind for the potential harassment of small numbers of five marine mammal species incidental to the marine site characterization project off the coast of New Jersey in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0498), provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring and reporting.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 51 assessment webinar I for Gulf of Mexico gray snapper.
The SEDAR 51 assessment process of Gulf of Mexico gray snapper will consist of a Data Workshop, a series of Assessment webinars, and a Review Workshop. See
The SEDAR 51 Assessment Webinar I will be held July 26, 2017, from 1 p.m. to 3 p.m., Eastern Time.
The meeting will be held via webinar. The webinar is open to members of the public. Those interested in participating should contact Julie A. Neer at SEDAR (see
Julie A. Neer, SEDAR Coordinator; phone: (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a multi-step process including: (1) Data Workshop, (2) a series of assessment webinars, and (3) A Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a report that compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The assessment webinars produce a report that describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The product of the Review Workshop is an Assessment Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, HMS Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and NGO's; International experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion during the Assessment 1 webinar are as follows:
1. Using datasets and initial assessment analysis recommended from the Data Webinar, panelists will employ assessment models to evaluate stock status, estimate population benchmarks and management criteria, and project future conditions.
2. Participants will recommend the most appropriate methods and configurations for determining stock status and estimating population parameters.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of meetings of the South Atlantic Fishery Management Council's Citizen Science Advisory Panel Action Teams.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold three meetings of its Citizen Science Advisory Panel Action Teams via webinar.
The meetings will be held July 24, 2017 at 7 p.m., July 27, 2017 at 10 a.m., and July 27, 2017 at 1 p.m. Each meeting is scheduled to last approximately 90 minutes.
Amber Von Harten, Citizen Science Program Manager, SAFMC; phone: (843) 302-8433 or toll free (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email:
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council is developing a Citizen Science Program. In March 2016, the Council adopted the Citizen Science Program Blueprint outlining specific program components needed to develop the Citizen Science Program. In the Citizen Science Program Blueprint, development of Action Teams in the areas of
The Council will hold three webinar meetings for members of the Citizen Science Advisory Panel Action Teams. The webinar meetings are being held to provide an introduction to the Council's Citizen Science program and the process and operation of the Action Teams. The three webinar meetings will cover the same agenda items and are being scheduled to address the availability of Action Team members.
Items to be addressed during these meetings:
1. The Council's Citizen Science Program development
2. Operation and structure of the Action Teams
3. Terms of Reference for each Action Team
4. Schedule of Action Team webinar meetings
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for comments.
As part of ongoing efforts to evaluate and improve our regulations and regulatory processes, NOAA through NMFS and NOS seeks public input on identifying existing regulations that: Eliminate jobs, or inhibit job creation; are outdated, unnecessary, or ineffective; impose costs that exceed benefits; create a serious inconsistency or interfere with regulatory reform initiatives and policies; are inconsistent with the requirements of section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001; and/or derive from or implement Executive Orders or other Presidential directives that have been subsequently rescinded or substantially modified. NMFS and NOS also seek public comment on the efficiency and effectiveness of current regulatory processes, and specifically, if current regulatory processes can be further streamlined or expedited in a manner consistent with applicable law.
Comments are due August 21, 2017.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2017-0067, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Kelly Denit, (301) 427-8500.
A series of recent Executive Orders aimed at eliminating, improving, and streamlining current regulations and associated regulatory processes in a variety of areas have been issued. On January 24, 2017, President Trump issued Executive Order (E.O.) 13766, “Expediting Environmental Reviews and Approvals for High Priority Infrastructure Projects” (82 FR 8657, January 30, 2017). This E.O. requires infrastructure decisions to be accomplished with maximum efficiency and effectiveness, while also respecting property rights and protecting public safety. Additionally, the E.O. makes it a policy of the executive branch to “streamline and expedite, in a manner consistent with law, environmental reviews and approvals for all infrastructure projects.”
On January 30, 2017, President Trump issued E.O. 13771, “Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs” (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017). E.O. 13771 provides that “it is essential to manage the costs associated with the governmental imposition of private expenditures required to comply with Federal regulations.” Toward that end, E.O. 13771 directs that “for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations be identified for elimination, and that the cost of planned regulations be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process.”
On February 24, 2017, President Trump issued E.O. 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” which established a federal policy “to alleviate unnecessary regulatory burdens placed on the American people” (82 FR 12285, March 1, 2017). Among other issues, E.O. 13777 directs Federal agencies to establish a Regulatory Reform Task Force (Task Force), which will “evaluate existing regulations and make recommendations to the agency head regarding their repeal, replacement, or modification, consistent with applicable law.” Further, the E.O. directs each Task Force to identify regulations that meet the following criteria: Eliminate jobs, or inhibit job creation; are outdated, unnecessary, or ineffective; impose costs that exceed benefits; create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with regulatory reform initiatives and policies; are inconsistent with the requirements of section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001; and/or derive from or implement Executive Orders or other Presidential directives that have been subsequently rescinded or substantially modified. Section 3(e) of
On March 28, 2017, President Trump issued E.O. 13783, entitled “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth” (82 FR 16093, March 31, 2017). Among other things, E.O. 13783 requires the heads of agencies to review all existing regulations, orders, guidance documents, policies, and any other similar agency actions (collectively, agency actions) that potentially burden the development or use of domestically produced energy resources, with particular attention to oil, natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy resources. Such review does not include agency actions that are mandated by law, necessary for the public interest, and consistent with the policy set forth elsewhere in that Executive Order.
Lastly, on April 28, 2017, President Trump issued E.O. 13795, “Implementing an America-First Offshore Energy Strategy” (82 FR 20815, April 28, 2017). Among the requirements of E.O. 13795 is section 10, which calls for a review of NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing as follows: “The Secretary of Commerce shall review NOAA's Technical Memorandum NMFS-OPR-55 of July 2016 (Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing) for consistency with the policy set forth in Section 2 of this order and, after consultation with the appropriate Federal agencies, take all steps permitted by law to rescind or revise that guidance, if appropriate.” In response, NMFS published a notice in the
It is important to note the Administration has already requested comment on the review of certain Marine National Monuments and National Marine Sanctuaries via two previous notices. Under Executive Order 13792, “Review of Designations Under the Antiquities Act” (signed April 26, 2017), the Department of the Interior is conducting a review of national monuments (See the Department of the Interior's
In accordance with the Administration's Executive Orders cited above, NMFS and NOS invite comment from the public, including entities significantly affected by Federal regulations, as well as State, local, and tribal governments, small businesses, consumers, non-governmental organizations, and trade associations. Since the regulations and processes NMFS and NOS follow under each of the topics identified in the Executive Orders are similar, we are issuing a single request for comment to ensure the public has the opportunity to comment in a coordinated fashion and do not have to respond to multiple requests for comment.
In addition to the executive orders cited, NMFS and NOS invite comment related to the application of Federal Regulations to marine aquaculture. Currently, the permitting for marine aquaculture is a complicated, multi-agency, multi-step process, and NMFS and NOS seek comment on improvements that can be made by the Department of Commerce within legislative mandates, including suggestions on interagency processes. Information about the role of NMFS, NOS, and other federal agencies in the regulation of marine aquaculture is available online at
NMFS and NOS specifically request comments on existing processes and regulations under the agencies' statutory mandates. NMFS and NOS are broadly seeking comments on any existing Agency regulation the public thinks meet the criteria described in this background section. A brief description of each statute is provided below and examples of regulations the public may choose to comment on are provided in some cases. Additionally, NMFS and NOS request comments on existing processes and regulations for marine aquaculture.
a. Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361
• The Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) generally prohibits the “take” of marine mammals by U.S. citizens or by any person or vessel in waters under U.S. jurisdiction, with certain exceptions.
• Authorizations under Section 101(a)(5) for the take of marine mammals incidental to certain activities. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) & (D) of the MMPA allow for the authorization of take of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region, provided certain findings are made and appropriate mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are set forth. NMFS has issued regulations implementing standards and procedures for the 101(a)(5) process.
b. Endangered Species Act (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531
• The Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA) provides for the conservation of species that are endangered or threatened throughout all or a significant portion of their range, and the conservation of the ecosystems on which they depend.
• Section 7(a)(1) coordination with other Federal agencies to help conserve listed species and the habitats on which they depend. Federal agencies, under section 7(a)(1) of the Endangered Species Act (ESA), must utilize their authorities to carry out programs to conserve threatened and endangered species. NOAA Fisheries assists these agencies with the development of these conservation programs for marine species.
• Section 7(a)(2) consultations (both formal and informal) with Federal agencies on Federal activities which may affect a listed species. For example, NMFS has endeavored to improve this consultation process by increasing the use of programmatic consultations for projects of a similar nature.
c. Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act
• The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act is the primary law governing marine fisheries management in U.S. federal waters. First passed in 1976, the Magnuson-Stevens Act fosters long-term biological and economic sustainability of our nation's marine fisheries out to 200 nautical miles from shore. Key objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Act are to: Prevent overfishing, rebuild overfished stocks, increase long-term economic and social benefits, and ensure a safe and sustainable supply of seafood.
• Exempted fishing permits (50 CFR 600.745(b)). Exempted fishing permits (EFPs) allow necessary research activities that would normally be prohibited by regulations. They are issued to individuals for the purpose of conducting research or other fishing activities using private (non-research) vessels.
• Consultations (both informal and formal) under Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) provisions. An example of how NMFS has worked to increase the efficiency of EFH consultations is the implementation of programmatic consultations—which reduces the overall number of individual consultations and/or the amount of time EFH consultations take. Programmatic consultations also allow for a more rapid assessment of impacts to relevant species.
d. Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 791
• Conducting studies for hydropower project licensing and relicensing. A project license applicant must consult and, as appropriate, conduct studies with NMFS and other fish and wildlife agencies. An example of how NMFS could improve the efficiency of studies and consultations under the Federal Power Act is by requesting hydropower project license applicants to conduct the appropriate studies on a watershed basis. By working with relevant Federal and state resource agencies, as well as license applicants, to identify, request, and implement studies on a watershed basis for hydropower project licensing and relicensing processes, the overall time and money spent could be reduced in relation to the current project-by-project process.
e. National Marine Sanctuaries Act (NMSA), 16 U.S.C. 1431
• Interagency consultations under Section 304(d) of the NMSA. Section 304(d) of the NMSA requires interagency consultation between NOAA and federal agencies taking actions, including authorization of private activities, “likely to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a sanctuary resource.” For example, the Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS) has worked to integrate the consultation process under the NMSA with other consultation processes under ESA and MMPA, when applicable, for a more efficient and coherent approach to consultation under the NOAA umbrella.
• Program implementation regulations (15 CFR part 922). ONMS regulations prohibit specific kinds of activities, describe and define the boundaries of the designated national marine sanctuaries and set up a system of permits to allow the conduct of certain types of activities.
f. Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA), 16 U.S.C. 1451
• Program implementation regulations (15 CFR parts 923 or 930). The CZMA addresses the nation's coastal issues through a voluntary partnership between the federal government and coastal and Great Lakes states and territories to provide the basis for protecting, restoring, and developing our nation's diverse coastal communities, resources, and economies. Currently 34 coastal states participate in the Act and NOAA's CZMA regulations gives states the flexibility to design unique programs that best address their coastal challenges and regulations.
a. Application of the existing NMFS and NOS processes and regulations listed above to marine aquaculture, including interagency processes and coordination with other federal agencies and states; and
b. Regulation of offshore marine aquaculture in federal waters under the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
To maximize the usefulness of comments, NMFS and NOS encourage commenters to provide the following information:
a.
b.
c.
Processes associated with the Magnuson-Stevens Act (Act) currently provide opportunities for public review. The Act created eight regional Fishery Management Councils (Councils) responsible for the fisheries that require conservation and management in their region. The Councils are designed to be a stakeholder-driven management body and thus, most of the voting members of a Council are active in or have unique knowledge of the fisheries in their geographic region. Through these Councils, stakeholders provide direct and substantive input into the development and regular modification of fishery management plans and regulations. Councils balance both conservation and management needs for a fishery with the operational needs of fishing businesses. NMFS and the Councils work together to revise or remove regulations identified by stakeholders that are outdated, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome to the relevant fishery. Therefore, any public comments received on Council regulations will be forwarded to the appropriate Council for consideration.
Additionally, NMFS is reviewing regulations, as required, under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601
Finally, comments related to statutory changes will not be considered as part of this notice; however, NMFS and/or NOS will take them into account in the future if needed.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council's (MAFMC's) Summer Flounder, Scup, and Black Sea Bass Monitoring Committee (MC) will hold a public meeting.
The meeting will be held on Monday, July 24, 2017, from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. For agenda details, see
The meeting will be held via webinar with a telephone-only connection option. Details on webinar registration and telephone-only connection details will be available at:
Christopher M. Moore, Ph.D., Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, telephone: (302) 526-5255.
The Summer Flounder, Scup, and Black Sea Bass Monitoring Committee will meet from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. to review and discuss previously implemented 2018 commercial and recreational Annual Catch Limits (ACLs) and Annual Catch Targets (ACTs) for these three species and the Monitoring Committee may also recommend potential 2019 ACLs and ACTs for scup. The Monitoring Committee may consider recommending changes to the implemented 2018 ACLs and ACTs and other management measures as necessary. Meeting materials will be posted to
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to M. Jan Saunders at the Mid-Atlantic Council Office (302) 526-5251 at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as amended, notification is hereby given that we have issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) to take small numbers of marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to Seattle Multimodal Construction Project in Washington State.
This authorization is effective from August 1, 2017, through July 31, 2018.
Shane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as the issued IHA, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
The incidental taking of small numbers of marine mammals shall be allowed if NMFS (through authority delegated by the Secretary) finds that the total taking by the specified activity during the specified time period will (i) have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s) and (ii) not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant). Further, the permissible methods of taking, as well as the other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and its habitat (
Where there is the potential for serious injury or death, the allowance of incidental taking requires promulgation of regulations under MMPA section 101(a)(5)(A). Subsequently, a Letter (or Letters) of Authorization may be issued as governed by the prescriptions established in such regulations, provided that the level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under the specific regulations. Under MMPA section 101(a)(5)(D), NMFS may authorize incidental taking by harassment only (
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Issuance of an MMPA 101(a)(5) authorization requires compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act.
NMFS determined the issuance of the IHA is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 (issuance of incidental harassment authorizations under section 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for which no serious injury or mortality is anticipated) of the Companion Manual for NAO 216-6A and we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances listed in Chapter 4 of the Companion Manual for NAO 216-6A that would preclude this categorical exclusion.
On July 28, 2016, WSDOT submitted a request to NMFS requesting an IHA for the harassment of small numbers of 11 marine mammal species incidental to construction associated with the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock, Seattle, Washington, between August 1, 2017 and July 31, 2018. NMFS initially determined the IHA application was complete on September 1, 2016. However, WSDOT notified NMFS in November 2016 that the scope of its activities had changed. WSDOT stated that instead of using vibratory hammers for the majority of in-water pile driving and using impact hammer for proofing, it would be required to use impact hammers to drive a large number of piles completely due to sediment conditions at Colman Dock. On March 2, 2017, WSDOT submitted a revised IHA application with updated project description. NMFS determined that the revised IHA application was complete on March 3, 2017.
In the IHA issued to WSDOT, NMFS authorized the Level A and Level B harassment of the following seven marine mammal species/stocks: Harbor seal (
WSDOT is proposing to preserve the Seattle Ferry Terminal at Colman Dock. The project will reconfigure the dock while maintaining approximately the same vehicle holding capacity as current conditions. The reconfiguration would increase total permanent overwater coverage (OWC) by about 5,400 square feet (ft
The project will remove the northern timber trestle and replace a portion of it with a new concrete trestle. The area from Marion Street to the north edge of the property will not be rebuilt and will become, after demolition, a new area of open water. A section of fill contained behind a bulkhead underneath the northeast section of the dock will also be removed.
WSDOT will construct a new steel and concrete trestle from Columbia Street northward to Marion Street. Construction of the reconfigured dock will narrow (reduce) the OWC along the shoreline (at the landward edge) by 180 linear feet at the north end of the site, while 30 linear feet of new trestle would be constructed along the shoreline at the south end of the site. The net reduction of OWC in the nearshore zone is 150 linear feet.
The purpose of the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock is to preserve the transportation function of an aging, deteriorating and seismically deficient facility to continue providing safe and reliable service. The project will also address existing safety concerns related to conflicts between vehicles and pedestrian traffic and operational inefficiencies.
Details of the WSDOT's construction activities are provided in the IHA application and in the
Due to NMFS and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) in-water work timing restrictions to protect Endangered Species Act (ESA) listed salmonids, planned WSDOT in-water construction at this location is limited each year to July 16 through February 15. For this project, in-water construction is planned to take place between August 1, 2017 and February 15, 2018.
The total worst-case time for pile installation and removal is expected to be 83 working days (Table 1).
• Vibratory driving of each of the 101 24-inch (in) steel pile will take approximately 20 minutes, with a maximum of 16 piles installed per day over 7 days.
• Vibratory removal of 103 temporary 24-in diameter steel piles will take approximately 20 minutes per pile, with maximum 16 piles removed per day over 8 days.
• Impact driving (3,000 strikes per pile) of 14 30-in and 201 36-in diameter steel piles will take approximately 45 minutes per pile, with maximum 8 piles per day for a total of 28 days.
• Vibratory driving of 17 30- and 205 36-in diameter steel piles will take 45 minutes per pile, with maximum 8 piles per day over a total of 29 days.
• Vibratory removal of 4-in timber piles will take approximately 15 minutes per pile, with approximately 20 piles removed per day for 11 days.
The proposed activities will occur at the Seattle Ferry Terminal at Colman Dock, located in the City of Seattle, Washington (see Figure 1-2 of the IHA application).
The proposed project has two elements involving noise production that may affect marine mammals: Vibratory hammer driving and removal, and impact hammer driving.
Details of pile driving activities are provided below:
• The 14-in timber piles will be removed with a vibratory hammer (Table 1).
• The 24-in temporary piles will be installed and removed with a vibratory hammer (no proofing) (Table 1).
• Some of the permanent 30- and 36-in steel piles would be installed with a vibratory hammer, and some would be installed with impact hammer (Table 1).
Details of the in-water impact pile driving and vibratory pile driving and removal activities are provided in the
A notice of NMFS' proposal to issue an IHA was published in the
The marine mammal species under NMFS jurisdiction that have the potential to occur in the proposed construction area include Pacific harbor seal (
General information on the marine mammal species found in Washington coastal waters can be found in Caretta
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The “Estimated Take” section later in this document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The “Negligible Impact Analyses and Determination” section will consider the content of this section, the “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section, and the “Mitigation” section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or stocks.
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based on available behavioral data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data, NMFS (2016) designated five “marine mammal hearing groups” for marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of hearing of the groups. The marine mammal groups and the associated frequencies are indicated below (though animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their functional range and most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a smaller range somewhere in the middle of their hearing range):
• Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 hertz (Hz) and 35 kilohertz (kHz);
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, seven species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, seven species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz;
• Phocid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz and 86 kHz; and
• Otariid pinnipeds in Water: Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 60 Hz and 39 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, eight marine mammal species (five cetacean and three pinniped species) are likely to occur in the vicinity of the Seattle pile driving/removal area. Of the five cetacean species, two belong to the low-frequency cetacean group (gray and humpback whales), one is a mid-frequency cetacean (killer whale), and two high-frequency cetacean (harbor and Dall's porpoises). One species of pinniped is phocid (harbor seal), and two species of pinniped are otariid (California and Steller sea lions). A species' functional hearing group is a consideration when we analyze the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals.
The WSDOT's Seattle Colman ferry terminal construction work using in-water pile driving and pile removal could adversely affect marine mammal species and stocks by exposing them to elevated noise levels in the vicinity of the activity area.
Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift—an increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran
For cetaceans, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose
Lucke
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
In addition, chronic exposure to excessive, though not high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular frequencies for marine mammals that utilize sound for vital biological functions (Clark
Masking occurs at the frequency band that the animals utilize. Therefore, since noise generated from vibratory pile driving activity is mostly concentrated at low frequency ranges, it may have less effect on high frequency echolocation sounds by odontocetes (toothed whales). However, lower frequency man-made noises are more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. It may also affect communication signals when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the communication space of animals (
Unlike TS, masking, which can occur over large temporal and spatial scales, can potentially affect the species at population, community, or even ecosystem levels, as well as individual levels. Masking affects both senders and receivers of the signals and could have long-term chronic effects on marine mammal species and populations. Recent science suggests that low frequency ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial periods, and most of these increases are from distant shipping (Hildebrand 2009). For WSDOT's Seattle Colman Ferry Terminal construction activities, noises from vibratory pile driving and pile removal contribute to the elevated ambient noise levels in the project area, thus increasing potential for or severity of masking. Baseline ambient noise levels in the vicinity of project area are high due to ongoing shipping, construction and other activities in the Puget Sound.
Finally, marine mammals' exposure to certain sounds could lead to behavioral disturbance (Richardson
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Southall
The biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction, which depends on the severity, duration, and context of the effects.
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat are associated with elevated sound levels produced by pile driving and removal associated with marine mammal prey species. However, other potential impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also possible. These potential effects are discussed below.
SPLs from impact pile driving have the potential to injure or kill fish in the
Studies also suggest that larger fish are generally less susceptible to death or injury than small fish. Moreover, elongated forms that are round in cross section are less at risk than deep-bodied forms. Orientation of fish relative to the shock wave may also affect the extent of injury. Open water pelagic fish (
The huge variation in fish populations, including numbers, species, sizes, and orientation and range from the detonation point, makes it very difficult to accurately predict mortalities at any specific site of detonation. Most fish species experience a large number of natural mortalities, especially during early life-stages, and any small level of mortality caused by the WSDOT's impact pile driving will likely be insignificant to the population as a whole.
For non-impulsive sound such as that of vibratory pile driving, experiments have shown that fish can sense both the strength and direction of sound (Hawkins 1981). Primary factors determining whether a fish can sense a sound signal, and potentially react to it, are the frequency of the signal and the strength of the signal in relation to the natural background noise level.
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the detection level of 120 dB (Ona 1988); however, the response threshold can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition (Engas
During construction activity at Colman Dock, only a small fraction of the available habitat would be ensonified at any given time. Disturbance to fish species would be short-term and fish would return to their pre-disturbance behavior once the pile driving activity ceases. Thus, the proposed construction would have little, if any, impact on the abilities of marine mammals to feed in the area where construction work is planned.
Finally, the time of the proposed construction activity would avoid the spawning season of the ESA-listed salmonid species between March and July.
Short-term turbidity is a water quality effect of most in-water work, including pile driving.
Cetaceans are not expected to be close enough to the Colman terminal to experience turbidity, and any pinnipeds will be transiting the terminal area and could avoid localized areas of turbidity. Therefore, the impact from increased turbidity levels is expected to be discountable to marine mammals.
For these reasons, WSDOT's proposed Seattle Multimodal construction at Colman Dock is not expected to have adverse effects to marine mammal habitat in the area.
This section includes an estimate of the number of incidental “takes” likely to occur pursuant to this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is “small” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only means of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
As described previously in the section Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and their Habitat, no incidental take is anticipated to result from effects on prey species or as a result of turbidity. Level B Harassment is expected to occur as discussed below and is authorized in the numbers identified below.
As described below, a small number of takes by Level A Harassment are authorized, as the calculation show that Level A takes could occur.
The death of a marine mammal is also a type of incidental take. However, as described previously, no mortality is anticipated or authorized to result from this activity.
Take estimates are based on average marine mammal density in the project area multiplied by the area size of ensonified zones within which received noise levels exceed certain thresholds (
As discussed above, in-water pile removal and pile driving (vibratory and impact) generate loud noises that could potentially harass marine mammals in the vicinity of WSDOT's proposed Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock.
Under the NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Guidance), dual criteria are used to assess marine mammal auditory injury (Level A harassment) as a result of noise exposure (NMFS 2016). The dual criteria under the Guidance provide onset thresholds in instantaneous peak SPLs (L
The cumulative SEL is the total sound exposure over the entire duration of a given day's pile driving activity, specifically, pile driving occurring within a 24-hr period.
For onset of Level B harassment, NMFS continues to use the root-mean-square (rms) sound pressure level (SPL
Table 3 summarizes the current NMFS marine mammal take criteria.
The project includes vibratory removal of 14-in timber piles, vibratory driving and removal of 24-in steel piles, vibratory driving of 30- and 36-in steel piles, and impact pile driving of 30- and 36-in steel piles. In February of 2016, WSDOT conducted a test pile project at Colman Dock in order to gather data to select the appropriate piles for the project. The test pile project measured impact pile driving of 24- and 36-in steel piles. The measured results from the project are used here to provide source levels for the prediction of isopleths ensonified over thresholds for the Seattle project. The results show that the SPL
Source level of vibratory pile driving of 36-in steel piles is based on test pile driving at Port Townsend in 2010 (Laughlin 2011). Recordings of vibratory pile driving were made at a distance of 10 m from the pile. The results show that the SPL
Up to three pile installation crews may be active during the day within the project footprint. Each crew will use one vibratory and one impact hammer, and it is possible that more than 1 hammer, up to 3 impact and/or vibratory hammers, could be conducted concurrently for driving the 24-, 30-, and 36-in piles. Overlapping noise fields created by multiple hammer use are handled differently for impact and vibratory hammers. When more than one impact hammer is being used close
For vibratory pile removal, vibratory pile driving data were used as proxies because we conservatively consider noises from pile removal would be the same as those from pile driving.
The source level of vibratory removal of 14-in timber piles were based on measurements conducted at the Port Townsend Ferry Terminal during vibratory removal of a 12-in timber pile by WSDOT (Laughlin 2011). The recorded source level is 152 dB re 1 µPa at 16 m from the pile. In the absence of spectral data for timber pile vibratory driving, the weighting factor adjustment (WFA) recommended by NMFS acoustic guidance (NMFS 2016) was used to determine these zones.
These source levels are used to compute the Level A ensonified zones and to estimate the Level B harassment zones. For Level A harassment zones, zones calculated using cumulative SEL are all larger than those calculated using SPL
Calculation and modeling of applicable ensonified zones are based on source measurements of comparable types and sizes of piles driven by different methods (impact vs. vibratory hammers) either during the Colman test pile driving or at a different location within the Puget Sound. As mentioned earlier, isopleths for injury zones are based on cumulative SEL (L
For peak SPL (L
For cumulative SEL (
For vibratory pile driving, cumulative exposures were computed by summing 1-second noise exposure by the duration needed to drive on pile (provided in Table 1), then by the number of piles to be driven in a given day, as shown in the equation below:
Frequency-specific transmission losses,
As mentioned earlier, isopleths to Level B behavioral zones are based on root-mean-square SPL (SPL
For Level B harassment zones from vibratory pile driving of 30-in and 36-in piles, the ensonified zones are calculated based on practical spreading of back-calculated source level of 36-in pile driving adjusted for 3 hammers operating concurrently by adding 5 dB. The results show that the 120 dB re 1 µPa isopleth is at 13.6 km. For Level B harassment zone from vibratory pile driving of 24-in and 36-in piles, WSDOT conducted site measurements during Seattle test pile driving project using 24-in and 36-in steel piles. The results show that underwater noise cannot be detected at a distance of 5 km (3 mi) and 6.88 km (4.3 mi) for the 24-in and 36-in steel piles, respectively. Since this measurement was based on pile driving using 1 hammer, the Level B harassment zone for 24- and 36-in steel pile is adjusted by factoring in a 5 dB difference (see above) using the following equation, based on the inverse law of acoustic propagation (
The result show that when using 3 vibratory hammers concurrently, the distance from the pile to where pile noise is no longer audible is 11 km for the 24-in steel pile and 14.8 km for the 36-in steel pile. Since the landmass intercepts the water at 13.6 km, this distance is used as the Level B harassment distance for the 36-in steel pile.
A summary of the measured and modeled harassment zones is provided in Table 5.
Incidental take is estimated for each species by estimating the likelihood of a marine mammal being present within a Level A or Level B harassment zone during active pile driving or removal. The Level A calculation includes a duration component, along with an assumption (which can lead to overestimates in some cases) that animals within the zone stay in that area for the whole duration of the pile driving activity within a day. For all marine mammal species except harbor seals and California sea lions, estimated takes are calculated based on ensonified area for a specific pile driving activity multiplied by the marine mammal density in the action area, multiplied by the number of pile driving (or removal) days. Marine mammal density data for all animals except harbor porpoise are from the U.S. Navy Marine Species Density Database (Navy 2015). Harbor porpoise density is based on a recent study by Jefferson
The Level A take total was further adjusted by subtracting animals expected to occur within the exclusion zone, where pile driving activities are suspended when an animal is observed in or approaching the zone (see Mitigation section). Further, the number of Level B takes was adjusted to exclude those already counted for Level A takes.
The harbor seal take estimate is based on local seal abundance information off the Seattle area from WSDOT's Seattle Colman test pile project in 2016. Marine mammal visual monitoring during the 10-day period of the project indicates that a maximum of 13 harbor seals were observed in the general area of the Colman Dock project (WSDOT 2012). Based on a total of 83 pile-driving days for the WSDOT Seattle Colman Dock project, it is estimated that up to 1,079 harbor seals could be exposed to noise levels associated with “take.” Since 28 days would involve impact pile driving of 30-in and 36-in steel piles with Level A zones beyond shutdown zones (465 m vs 160 m shutdown zone), we consider that 364 harbor seals exposed during these 28 days would experience Level A harassment.
The California sea lion take estimate is based on local sea lion abundance information from the Seattle's Elliott Bay Sea Wall Project (City of Seattle 2014). Marine mammal visual monitoring during the Sea Wall Project indicates that up to 47 sea lions were observed in the general area of the Colman Dock project at any given time (City of Seattle 2014). Based on a total of 83 pile driving days for the WSDOT Seattle Colman Dock project, it is estimated that up to 3,901 California sea lions could be exposed to noise levels associated with “take”. Since the Level A zones of otariids are all very small (<35m, Table 5), we do not consider it likely that any sea lions would be taken by Level A harassment. Therefore, all California sea lion takes estimated here are expected to be taken by Level B harassment.
A summary of estimated marine mammal takes is listed in Table 7.
Under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS shall prescribe the “permissible methods of taking by harassment pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for subsistence uses.”
To ensure that the “least practicable adverse impact” will be achieved, NMFS evaluates mitigation measures in consideration of the following factors in relation to one another: The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, their habitat, and their availability for subsistence uses (latter where relevant); the proven or likely efficacy of the measures; and the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation.
For WSDOT's proposed Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock, WSDOT worked with NMFS and prescribed the following mitigation measures to minimize the potential impacts to marine mammals in the project vicinity. The primary purposes of these mitigation measures are to minimize sound levels from the activities, to monitor marine mammals within designated ZOIs and exclusion zones corresponding to NMFS' current Level B and Level A harassment thresholds and, to implement shut-down measures for certain marine mammal species when they are detected approaching the exclusion zones or actual take numbers are approaching the authorized take numbers.
Work would occur only during daylight hours, when visual monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted. In addition, all in-water construction will be limited to the period between August 1, 2017, and February 15, 2018.
To reduce impact on marine mammals, WSDOT shall use a marine pile driving energy attenuator (
Before the commencement of in-water construction activities, which include impact pile driving and vibratory pile driving and pile removal, WSDOT shall establish Level A harassment zones where received underwater SPLs or SEL
WSDOT shall also establish Level B harassment zones where received underwater SPLs are higher than 160 dB
WSDOT shall establish a maximum 160-m Level A exclusion zone for all marine mammals. For Level A harassment zones that are smaller than 160 m from the source, WSDOT shall establish exclusion zones that correspond to the estimated Level A harassment distances, but shall not be less than 10 m.
A summary of exclusion zones is provided in Tables 8a and 8b.
NMFS-approved protected species observers (PSO) shall conduct an initial survey of the exclusion zones to ensure that no marine mammals are seen within the zones before impact pile driving of a pile segment begins. If marine mammals are found within the exclusion zone, pile driving of the segment will be delayed until they move out of the area. If a marine mammal is seen above water and then dives below, the contractor will wait 30 minutes. If no marine mammals are seen by the observer in that time it can be assumed that the animal has moved beyond the exclusion zone.
If pile driving of a segment ceases for 30 minutes or more and a marine mammal is sighted within the designated exclusion zone prior to commencement of pile driving, the observer(s) must notify the pile driving operator (or other authorized individual) immediately and continue to monitor the exclusion zone. Operations may not resume until the marine mammal has exited the exclusion zone or 30 minutes have elapsed since the last sighting.
A “soft-start” technique is intended to allow marine mammals to vacate the area before the impact pile driver reaches full power. Whenever there has been downtime of 30 minutes or more without impact pile driving, the contractor will initiate the driving with ramp-up procedures described below.
Soft start for impact hammers requires contractors to provide an initial set of three strikes from the impact hammer at 40 percent energy, followed by a 1-minute waiting period, then two subsequent three-strike sets. Each day, WSDOT will use the soft-start technique at the beginning of impact pile driving, or if pile driving has ceased for more than 30 minutes.
WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if a marine mammal is detected within an exclusion zone or is about to enter an exclusion zone listed in Tables 8a and 8b.
WSDOT shall also implement shutdown measures if southern resident killer whales or humpback whales are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone (ZOI) during in-water construction activities.
If a killer whale approaches the ZOI during pile driving or removal, and it is unknown whether it is a Southern Resident killer whale or a transient killer whale, it shall be assumed to be a Southern Resident killer whale and WSDOT shall implement the shutdown measure.
If a Southern Resident killer whale, an unidentified killer whale, or a humpback whale enters the ZOI undetected, in-water pile driving or pile removal shall be suspended until the whale exits the ZOI to avoid further Level B harassment.
Further, WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if the number of authorized takes for any particular species reaches the limit under the IHA and if such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone during in-water construction activities.
Prior to the start of pile driving for the day, the Orca Network and/or Center for Whale Research will be contacted by WSDOT to find out the location of the nearest marine mammal sightings. The Orca Sightings Network consists of a list of over 600 (and growing) residents, scientists, and government agency personnel in the U.S. and Canada. Sightings are called or emailed into the Orca Network and immediately distributed to other sighting networks including: The NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science Center, the Center for Whale Research, Cascadia Research, the Whale Museum Hotline and the British Columbia Sightings Network.
Sightings information collected by the Orca Network includes detection by hydrophone. The SeaSound Remote Sensing Network is a system of interconnected hydrophones installed in the marine environment of Haro Strait (west side of San Juan Island) to study orca communication, in-water noise, bottom fish ecology and local climatic conditions. A hydrophone at the Port Townsend Marine Science Center measures average in-water sound levels and automatically detects unusual sounds. These passive acoustic devices allow researchers to hear when different marine mammals come into the region. This acoustic network, combined with the volunteer (incidental) visual sighting network allows researchers to document presence and location of various marine mammal species.
With this level of coordination in the region of activity, WSDOT will be able to get real-time information on the presence or absence of whales before starting any pile driving.
Based on our evaluation of the mitigation measures described above, NMFS has determined that the prescribed mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical to both compliance and ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the action area (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
WSDOT shall employ NMFS-approved PSOs to conduct marine mammal monitoring for its Seattle Multimodal Project. The PSOs will observe and collect data on marine mammals in and around the project area for 30 minutes before, during, and for 30 minutes after all pile removal and pile installation work. NMFS-approved PSOs shall meet the following requirements:
1. Independent observers (
2. At least one observer must have prior experience working as an observer;
3. Other observers may substitute education (undergraduate degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience;
4. Where a team of three or more observers are required, one observer should be designated as lead observer or monitoring coordinator. The lead observer must have prior experience working as an observer; and
5. NMFS will require submission and approval of observer CVs.
Monitoring of marine mammals around the construction site shall be
• During 14-in timber pile removal, two land-based PSOs will monitor the exclusion zones and Level B harassment zone.
• During impact pile driving of 30-in and 36-in steel piles, 4 land-based PSOs will monitor the Level A and Level B harassment zones.
• During vibratory pile driving of 24-in, 30-in, and 36-in steel piles, 5 land-based PSOs and two vessel-based PSOs on ferries will monitor the Level A and Level B harassment zones.
• If the sound source verification (SSV) measurements show that Level B harassment distance for the vibratory pile driving of 24-in, 30-in, and 36-in steel piles is less than 10 km, monitoring efforts listed above can be reduced to 4 land-based PSOs and one vessel-based PSO on a ferry.
• If the sound source verification (SSV) measurements show that Level B harassment distance for the vibratory pile driving of 24-in, 30-in, and 36-in steel piles is less than 10 km, 4 land-based PSOs and one vessel-based PSO on a ferry will monitor the Level A and level B harassment zones.
Locations of the land-based PSOs and routes of monitoring vessels are shown in WSDOT's Marine Mammal Monitoring Plan, which is available online at
To verify the required monitoring distance, the exclusion zones and ZOIs will be determined by using a range finder or hand-held global positioning system device.
In addition, WSDOT shall conduct SSV measurements when conduction vibratory pile driving of 24-in, 30-in, and 36-in steel piles using more than one hammer.
WSDOT will be required to submit a draft monitoring report within 90 days after completion of the construction work or the expiration of the IHA, whichever comes earlier. This report would detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed. NMFS would have an opportunity to provide comments on the report, and if NMFS has comments, WSDOT would address the comments and submit a final report to NMFS within 30 days after receiving NMFS' comments.
In addition, NMFS would require WSDOT to notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS' West Coast Stranding Coordinator within 48 hours of sighting an injured or dead marine mammal in the construction site. WSDOT shall provide NMFS and the Stranding Network with the species or description of the animal(s), the condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition, if the animal is dead), location, time of first discovery, observed behaviors (if alive), and photo or video (if available).
In the event that WSDOT finds an injured or dead marine mammal that is not in the construction area, WSDOT would report the same information as listed above to NMFS within 48 hours of sighting.
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
To avoid repetition, this introductory discussion of our analyses applies to all the species listed in Table 7, given that the anticipated effects of WSDOT's Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock activities involving pile driving and pile removal on marine mammals are expected to be relatively similar in nature. There is no information about the nature or severity of the impacts, or the size, status, or structure of any species or stock that would lead to a different analysis by species for this activity, or else species-specific factors would be identified and analyzed.
Although a few marine mammal species (364 harbor seals, 1 gray whale, 233 harbor porpoises, and 16 Dall's porpoise) are estimated to experience Level A harassment in the form of PTS if they stay within the Level A harassment zone during the entire pile driving for the day, the degree of injury is expected to be mild and is not likely to affect the reproduction or survival of the individual animals. It is expected that, if hearing impairments occurs, most likely the affected animal would lose a few dB in its hearing sensitivity, which in most cases is not likely to affect its survival and recruitment. Hearing impairment that occur for these individual animals would be limited to the dominant frequency of the noise sources,
For these species and the rest of the three marine mammal species, takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected to be limited to short-term Level B harassment (behavioral and TTS). Marine mammals present in the vicinity of the action area and taken by Level B harassment would most likely show overt brief disturbance (startle reaction) and avoidance of the area from elevated noise levels during pile driving and pile removal and the implosion noise. A few marine mammals could experience TTS if they occur within the Level B TTS ZOI. However, as discussed earlier in this document, TTS is a
The project also is not expected to have significant adverse effects on affected marine mammals' habitat, as analyzed in detail in the “Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat” section. There is no ESA designated critical area in the vicinity of the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock area. The project activities would not permanently modify existing marine mammal habitat. The activities may kill some fish and cause other fish to leave the area temporarily, thus impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of the foraging range. However, because of the short duration of the activities and the relatively small area of the habitat that may be affected, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences. Therefore, given the consideration of potential impacts to marine mammal prey species and their physical environment, WSDOT's proposed construction activity at Colman Dock would not adversely affect marine mammal habitat.
• Injury—only 4 species of marine mammals would experience Level A affects in the form of mild PTS, which is expected to be of small degree.
• Behavioral disturbance—seven species/stocks of marine mammals would experience behavioral disturbance and TTS from the WSDOT's Seattle Colman Dock project. However, as discussed earlier, the area to be affected is small and the duration of the project is short. Therefore, the overall impacts are expected to be insignificant.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, NMFS compares the number of individuals anticipated to be taken to the most appropriate estimation of the relevant species or stock size in our determination of whether an authorization would be limited to small numbers of marine mammals.
The takes represent less than 21 percent of all populations or stocks with known abundance potentially impacted (see Table 7 in this document). These take estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that could be taken by both Level A and Level B harassments. In general, the numbers of marine mammals estimated to be taken are small proportions of the total populations of the affected species or stocks.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the precribed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of each species or stock will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Issuance of an MMPA authorization requires compliance with the ESA for any species that are listed or proposed as threatened or endangered.
The MMPA California-Oregon-Washington stock of humpback whale and the Southern Resident stock of killer whale are the only marine mammal species listed under the ESA that could occur in the vicinity of WSDOT's proposed construction projects. Two DPSs of humpback whales, the Mexico DPS and the Central America DPS, are listed as threatened and endangered under the ESA, respectively. NMFS worked with WSDOT to implement shutdown measures in the IHA that would avoid takes of both SR killer whale and humpback whales. Therefore, NMFS determined that no ESA-listed marine mammal species would be affected as a result of WSDOT's Seattle Colman Dock construction project.
As a result of these determinations, NMFS has issued an IHA to the Washington State Department of Transportation for conducting ferry terminal construction at Colman Dock in Seattle Washington, provided the previously described mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
As required by the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), which was amended by the Frank R. Lautenberg Chemical Safety for the 21st Century Act in June 2016, EPA is announcing the availability of the scope documents for the risk evaluations to be conducted for the first ten (10) chemical substances. Each scope includes the hazards, exposures, conditions of use, and the potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations the EPA expects to consider in conducting the risk evaluation. EPA is also re-opening existing dockets for the first 10 chemicals to allow for the public to provide additional data or information that could be useful to the Agency in conducting problem formulation, the next step in the process of conducting the risk evaluations for these chemicals.
You may be potentially affected by this action if you manufacture (defined under TSCA to include import), process, distribute in commerce, use or dispose of any of the ten chemical substances identified in this document for risk evaluation. This action may be of particular interest to entities that are regulated under TSCA (
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0327, is available at
This action directly implements TSCA section 6(b)(4)(D).
EPA published a notice in the
In fulfillment of the requirements in TSCA section 6(b)(4)(D), EPA is publishing the scopes of the risk evaluations for the first 10 chemical substances designated to undergo risk evaluation to determine whether the chemical substances present an unreasonable risk of injury to human health or the environment under TSCA section 6(b)(4). The 10 chemical substances for which EPA is publishing the scopes of the risk evaluations are:
The scope of the risk evaluation for each of these 10 chemical substances includes the hazards, exposures, conditions of use, and the potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations the EPA expects to consider. To the extent possible, EPA has aligned these scope documents with the approach set forth in the risk evaluation process. The timeframe for development of these scope documents has been very compressed. The first 10 chemical substances were not subject to prioritization, the process through which EPA expects to collect and screen much of the relevant information about chemical substances that will be subject to the risk evaluation process. As a result, EPA had limited ability to process all the information gathered during scoping for the first 10 chemicals within the time provided in the statute for publication of the scopes after initiation of the risk evaluation process.
Hence, the scope documents for the first 10 chemicals are not as refined or specific as future scope documents are anticipated to be. In addition, there was insufficient time for EPA to provide an opportunity for comment on drafts of these scope documents, as it intends to do for future scope documents. For these reasons, EPA will publish and take public comment on a Problem Formulation document which will refine the current scope, as an additional interim step, prior to publication of the draft risk evaluations for the first 10 chemicals. The problem formulation documents are expected to be released within approximately 6 months of publication of the scope document. EPA invites the public to provide additional data or information that would be useful in conducting the problem formulation to the existing public docket for each of these chemicals.
15 U.S.C. 2601
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Notice; request for public comment.
In accordance with Section 122(i) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), notice is hereby given by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), Region 2, of a proposed bona fide prospective purchaser settlement agreement pursuant to Sections 104, 106, 107, and 122 of CERCLA, with 356 Getty Avenue, LLC for the Alfred Heller Heat Treating Superfund Site (“Site”), located in the City of Clifton, Passaic County, New Jersey. 356 Getty Avenue, LLC agrees to perform a CERCLA removal action at the Site and pay EPA $25,000 for EPA's future oversight costs at or in connection with the Site.
The settlement includes a covenant by EPA not to sue or to take administrative action against 356 Getty Avenue, LLC pursuant to Sections 106 and 107(a) of CERCLA, for Existing Contamination, a defined term under the settlement agreement, at the Site. For thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this notice, EPA will receive written comments relating to the settlement. EPA will consider all comments received and may modify or withdraw its consent to the settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations that indicate that the proposed settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate. EPA's response to any comments received will be available for public inspection at EPA Region 2, 290 Broadway, New York, New York 10007-1866.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 7, 2017.
The proposed settlement is available for public inspection at EPA Region 2 offices at 290 Broadway, New York, New York 10007-1866. Comments should reference the Alfred Heller Heat Treating Superfund Site, City of Clifton, Passaic County, New Jersey, Index No. II-CERCLA-02-2017-2008. To request a copy of the proposed settlement agreement, please contact the EPA employee identified below.
Deborah Schwenk, Assistant Regional Counsel, Office of Regional Counsel, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 290 Broadway, New York, NY 10007-1866. Email:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a meeting of the SAB's 2017 Scientific and Technological Achievement Awards (STAA) Committee and a meeting of the chartered SAB to develop and review recommendations for recognition under the Agency's 2017 STAA program. These meetings are closed to the public.
The STAA Committee meeting will be held Wednesday, July 19, 2017, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Thursday, July 20, 2017, from 8:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). The chartered SAB meeting will be held Friday, September 15, 2017, from 10:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. (Eastern Time). The meetings will be closed to the public.
The STAA Committee meeting will be held at the Melrose Georgetown Hotel, 2430 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20037. The chartered SAB meeting will be held in the Washington, DC metro area, and an agenda with the final location will be posted on the SAB Web site at
Members of the public who wish to obtain further information regarding the STAA Committee meeting may contact Edward Hanlon, Designated Federal Officer, by telephone: (202) 564-2134 or email at
The STAA awards are established to honor and recognize EPA employees who have made outstanding contributions in the advancement of science and technology through their research and development activities, as exhibited in publication of their results in peer reviewed journals. In conducting its review, the SAB considers each nomination in relation to the following four award levels:
• Level I awards are for those who have accomplished an exceptionally high-quality research or technological effort. The awards recognize the creation or general revision of scientific or technological principle or procedure, or a highly significant improvement in the value of a device, activity, program, or service to the public. Awarded research is of national significance or has high impact on a broad area of science/technology. The research has far reaching consequences and is recognizable as a major scientific/technological achievement within its discipline or field of study.
• Level II awards are for those who have accomplished a notably excellent research or technological effort that has qualities and values similar to, but to a lesser degree, than those described under Level I. Awarded research has timely consequences and contributes as
• Level III awards are for those who have accomplished an unusually notable research or technological effort. The awards are for a substantial revision or modification of a scientific/technological principle or procedure, or an important improvement to the value of a device, activity, program, or service to the public. Awarded research relates to a mission or organizational component of the EPA, or significantly affects a relevant area of science/technology.
• Honorable Mention awards acknowledge research efforts that are noteworthy but do not warrant a Level I, II or III award. Honorable Mention applies to research that: (1) May not quite reach the level described for a Level III award; (2) show a promising area of research that the Subcommittee wants to encourage; or (3) show an area of research that the Subcommittees feels is too preliminary to warrant an award recommendation at this time.
The SAB reviews the STAA nomination packages according to the following five evaluation factors:
• The extent to which the work reported in the nominated publication(s) resulted in either new or significantly revised knowledge. The accomplishment is expected to represent an important advancement of scientific knowledge or technology relevant to environmental issues and EPA's mission.
• The extent to which environmental protection has been strengthened or improved, whether of local, national, or international importance.
• The degree to which the research is a product of the originality, creativeness, initiative, and problem-solving ability of the researchers, as well as the level of effort required to produce the results.
• The extent of the beneficial impact of the research and the degree to which the research has been favorably recognized from outside EPA.
• The nature and extent of peer review, including stature and quality of the peer-reviewed journal or the publisher of a book for a review chapter published therein.
I have determined that the meetings of the STAA Committee and chartered SAB will be closed to the public because they are concerned with selecting employees deserving of awards. In making these recommendations, the Agency requires full and frank advice from the SAB. This advice will involve professional judgments on the relative merits of various employees and their respective work. Such personnel matters involve the discussion of information that is of a personal nature and the disclosure of which would be a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy and, therefore, are protected from disclosure by section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App. 2, and sections (c)(2) and (c)(6) of the Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(2) and (6). Minutes of the meetings of the STAA Committee and chartered SAB will be kept and certified by the chair of those meetings.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
This notice announces EPA's approval of the State of West Virginia's request to revise its National Primary Drinking Water Regulations Implementation EPA-authorized program to allow electronic reporting.
EPA's approval is effective August 7, 2017 for the State of West Virginia's National Primary Drinking Water Regulations Implementation program, if no timely request for a public hearing is received and accepted by the Agency.
Karen Seeh, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, Mail Stop 2823T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 566-1175,
On October 13, 2005, the final Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Rule (CROMERR) was published in the
On June 1, 2017, the West Virginia Department of Health and Human Resources (WV DHHR) submitted an application titled “Compliance Monitoring Data Portal” for revision to its EPA-approved drinking water program under title 40 CFR to allow new electronic reporting. EPA reviewed WV DHHR's request to revise its EPA-authorized program and, based on this review, EPA determined that the application met the standards for approval of authorized program revision set out in 40 CFR part 3, subpart D. In accordance with 40 CFR 3.1000(d), this notice of EPA's decision to approve West Virginia's request to revise its Part 142—National Primary Drinking Water Regulations Implementation program to allow electronic reporting under 40 CFR part 141 is being published in the
WV DHHR was notified of EPA's determination to approve its application with respect to the authorized program listed above.
Also, in today's notice, EPA is informing interested persons that they may request a public hearing on EPA's action to approve the State of West Virginia's request to revise its authorized public water system program under 40 CFR part 142, in accordance with 40 CFR 3.1000(f). Requests for a hearing must be submitted to EPA within 30 days of publication of today's
(1) The name, address and telephone number of the individual, organization or other entity requesting a hearing;
(2) A brief statement of the requesting person's interest in EPA's determination, a brief explanation as to why EPA should hold a hearing, and any other information that the requesting person wants EPA to consider when determining whether to grant the request;
(3) The signature of the individual making the request, or, if the request is made on behalf of an organization or other entity, the signature of a responsible official of the organization or other entity.
In the event a hearing is requested and granted, EPA will provide notice of the hearing in the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA is announcing its receipt of information submitted pursuant to a rule, order, or consent agreement issued under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). As required by TSCA, this document identifies each chemical substance and/or mixture for which information has been received; the uses or intended uses of such chemical substance and/or mixture; and describes the nature of the information received. Each chemical substance and/or mixture related to this announcement is identified in Unit I. under
Information received about the following chemical substance and/or mixtures is provided in Unit IV.:
Section 4(d) of TSCA (15 U.S.C. 2603(d)) requires EPA to publish a notice in the
A docket, identified by the docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2013-0677, has been established for this
EPA's dockets are available electronically at
As specified by TSCA section 4(d), this unit identifies the information received by EPA:
1.
2.
3.
15 U.S.C. 2601
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has authorized its contractor and subcontractors, Syracuse Research Corporation (SRC) of North Syracuse, New York; BeakerTree Corporation of Arlington, VA; Essential Software, Inc. of Potomac, MD; and Versar, Inc. of Springfield, VA, to access information which has been submitted to EPA under sections 4, 5, 6, 8, and 21 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). Some of the information may be claimed or determined to be Confidential Business Information (CBI).
Access to the confidential data will occur no sooner than July 14, 2017.
This action is directed to the public in general. This action may, however, be of interest to all who manufacture, process, or distribute industrial chemicals. Since other entities may also be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2003-0004, is available at
Under EPA contract number EP-W-17-008, contractor and subcontractors SRC of 7502 Round Pond Road, North Syracuse, NY; BeakerTree Corporation of 2451 Crystal Drive, Suite 475, Arlington, VA; Essential Software, Inc. of 9024 Mistwood Drive, Potomac, MD; and Versar, Inc. of 6850 Versar Center, Springfield, VA will assist the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) by providing support in scientific health and environmental assessments; risk management evaluations; and document processing for new and existing chemicals and products of biotechnology and nanotechnology under TSCA.
In accordance with 40 CFR 2.306(j), EPA has determined that under EPA contract number EP-W-17-008, SRC and its subcontractors will require access to CBI submitted to EPA under sections 4, 5, 6, 8, and 21 of TSCA to perform successfully the duties specified under the contract. SRC and its subcontractors will be given access to information submitted to EPA under sections 4, 5, 6, 8, and 21 of TSCA. Some of the information may be claimed or determined to be CBI.
EPA is issuing this notice to inform all submitters of information under sections 4, 5, 6, 8, and 21 of TSCA that EPA may provide SRC and its subcontractors access to these CBI materials on a need-to-know basis only. All access to TSCA CBI under this contract will take place at EPA Headquarters and SRC's sites located in Arlington, VA and North Syracuse, NY in accordance with EPA's
Access to TSCA data, including CBI, will continue until March 12, 2022. If the contract is extended, this access will also continue for the duration of the extended contract without further notice.
SRC and its subcontractors' personnel will be required to sign nondisclosure agreements and will be briefed on appropriate security procedures before they are permitted access to TSCA CBI.
15 U.S.C. 2601
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA is required under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) to publish in the
Comments identified by the specific case number provided in this document, must be received on or before August 7, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2016-0701, and the specific PMN number or TME number for the chemical related to your comment, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
This action is directed to the public in general. As such, the Agency has not attempted to describe the specific entities that this action may apply to. Although others may be affected, this action applies directly to the submitters of the actions addressed in this document.
1.
2.
This document provides receipt and status reports, which cover the period from April 3, 2017 to April 28, 2017, and consists of the PMNs and TMEs both pending and/or expired, and the NOCs to manufacture a new chemical that the Agency has received under TSCA section 5 during this time period.
Under TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2601
Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non-exempt commercial purpose is required by TSCA section 5 to provide EPA with a PMN, before initiating the activity. Section 5(h)(1) of TSCA authorizes EPA to allow persons, upon application, to manufacture (includes import) or process a new chemical substance, or a chemical substance subject to a significant new use rule (SNUR) issued under TSCA section 5(a), for “test marketing” purposes, which is referred to as a test marketing exemption, or TME. For more information about the requirements applicable to a new chemical go to
Under TSCA sections 5(d)(2) and 5(d)(3), EPA is required to publish in the
As used in each of the tables in this unit, (S) indicates that the information in the table is the specific information provided by the submitter, and (G) indicates that the information in the table is generic information because the specific information provided by the submitter was claimed as CBI.
For the 47 PMNs received by EPA during this period, Table 1 provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI): The EPA case number assigned to the PMN; the date the PMN was received by EPA; the projected end date for EPA's review of the PMN; the submitting manufacturer/importer; the potential uses identified by the manufacturer/importer in the PMN; and the chemical identity.
For the 13 TMEs received by EPA during this period, EPA provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI) on the TMEs received by EPA during this period: The EPA case number assigned to the TME; the date the TME was received by EPA; the projected end date for EPA's review of the TME; the submitting manufacturer/importer, the potential uses identified by the manufacturer/importer in the TME, and the chemical identity.
For the 15 NOCs received by EPA during this period, Table 2 provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI): The EPA case number assigned to the NOC; the date the NOC was received by EPA; the projected date of commencement provided by the submitter in the NOC; and the chemical identity.
15 U.S.C. 2601
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice.
By this document, the Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau (Bureau) issues a Public Notice establishing an expedited comment period to allow public comment on two ex parte filings and any related filings submitted by the First Responder Network Authority (FirstNet).
Comments are due July 17, 2017.
Roberto Mussenden, Policy and Licensing Division, Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau, (202) 418-1428.
This is a summary of the Commission's Public Notice in PS Docket No. 16-269, DA 17-625, released on June 28, 2017. In a June 5, 2017 ex parte filing, FirstNet filed a spreadsheet listing “FCC Evaluation Requirements” associated with specific elements of the anticipated state plan categories, stating that the spreadsheet represents an “interoperability compliance matrix that documents the technical standards that will be necessary to ensure a state or territory's RAN is interoperable with the [National Public Safety Broadband Network] NPSBN.” On June 16, 2017, FirstNet filed an additional ex parte letter reporting on a June 14 meeting with Bureau staff, in which it proffers a revised interoperability compliance matrix. In the revised matrix, FirstNet proposes that the Commission's review under the second statutory prong be limited to whether alternative state plans comply with recommended requirements [4] and [5] from the Interoperability Board Report. (Recommended requirement [4] states that hardware and software systems comprising the NPSBN SHALL support APNs defined for PSAN usage. Recommended requirement [5] states that hardware and software systems comprising the NPSBN SHALL support nationwide APNs for interoperability.) The Public Notice seeks comment on whether the Commission should incorporate these policies when evaluating state compliance with the NPSBN.
The document is available for download at
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than August 1, 2017.
1.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) is adopting a proposal to extend for three years, without revision, the Annual Daylight Overdraft Capital Report for U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks (FR 2225; OMB No. 7100-0216).
On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) to approve of and assign OMB control numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board. Board-approved collections of information are incorporated into the official OMB inventory of currently approved collections of information. Copies of the Paperwork Reduction Act Submission, supporting statements and approved collection of information instrument(s) are placed into OMB's public docket files. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection that has been extended, revised, or implemented on or after October 1, 1995, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC, 20551 (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
OMB Desk Officer—Shagufta Ahmed—Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503 or by fax to (202) 395-6974.
FBOs that wish to establish a positive net debit cap and have a strength of support assessment (SOSA) 1 or SOSA 2 ranking or hold a financial holding company (FHC) designation are required to submit the FR 2225 to their Administrative Reserve Bank (ARB).
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than July 24, 2017.
1.
Federal Trade Commission (FTC or Commission).
Notice.
The information collection requirements described below will be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The FTC seeks public comments on its proposal to extend, for three years, the current PRA clearance for information collection requirements contained in the Privacy of Consumer Financial Information Rule (Privacy Rule or Rule). That clearance expires on October 31, 2017.
Comments must be received on or before September 5, 2017.
Interested parties may file a comment online or on paper by following the instructions in the Request for Comments part of the
Requests for copies of the collection of information and supporting documentation should be addressed to David Lincicum, Attorney, Division of Privacy and Identity Protection, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Drop Box 8232, Washington, DC 20580, (202) 326-2773.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act)
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, federal agencies must get OMB approval for each collection of information they conduct, sponsor, or require. “Collection of information” means agency requests or requirements to submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. 44 U.S.C.
The FTC invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond. All comments must be received on or before September 5, 2017.
The Privacy Rule is designed to ensure that customers and consumers, subject to certain exceptions, will have access to the privacy policies of the financial institutions with which they conduct business. As mandated by the GLB1 Act (GLBA), 15 U.S.C. 6801-6809, the Rule requires financial institutions to disclose to consumers: (1) Initial notice of the financial institution's privacy policy when establishing a customer relationship with a consumer and/or before sharing a consumer's non-public personal information with certain nonaffiliated third parties; (2) notice of the consumer's right to opt out of information sharing with such parties; (3) annual notice of the institution's privacy policy to any continuing customer;
As noted in previous burden estimates for the Privacy Rule, determining the PRA burden of the Rule's disclosure requirements is very difficult because of the highly diverse group of affected entities, consisting of financial institutions not regulated by a Federal financial regulatory agency.
The burden estimates represent the FTC staff's best assessment, based on its knowledge and expertise relating to the financial institutions subject to the Commission's jurisdiction under this law. To derive these estimates, staff considered the wide variations in covered entities. In some instances, covered entities may make the required disclosures in the ordinary course of business, apart from the Privacy Rule. In addition, some entities may use highly automated means to provide the required disclosures, while others may rely on methods requiring more manual effort. The burden estimates shown below include the time that may be necessary to train staff to comply with the regulations. These figures are averages based on staff's best estimate of the burden incurred over the broad spectrum of covered entities.
Staff estimates that the number of entities each year that will address the Privacy Rule for the first time will be 5,000 and the number of established entities already familiar with the Rule will be 100,000. While the number of established entities familiar with the Rule would theoretically increase each year with the addition of new entrants, staff retains its estimate of established entities for each successive year given that a number of the established entities will close in any given year, and also given the difficulty of establishing a more precise estimate.
Staff believes that the usage of the model privacy form and the availability of the form builder simplify and automate much of the work associated with creating the disclosure documents for new entrants. Staff thus estimates 1 hour of clerical time and 2 hours of professional/technical time per new entrant.
For established entities, staff similarly believes that the usage of the model privacy form and the availability of the Online Form Builder reduces the time associated with the modification of the notices. Staff thus estimates 7 hours of clerical time and 3 hours of professional/technical time per respondent. Staff estimates that no more than 1% of the estimated 100,000 established-entity respondents would make additional changes to privacy policies at any time other than the occasion of the annual notice. Furthermore, under Section 503(f), businesses who have not changed their privacy notice since the last notice sent and who do not share information with non-affiliated third parties outside of certain statutory exceptions do not have to issue annual notices to their customers. Staff estimates that at least 80% of businesses covered by the rule will, accordingly, not be required to issue annual notices.
The complete burden estimates for new entrants and established entities are detailed in the charts below.
Burden for established entities already familiar with the Rule predictably would be less than for startup entities because start-up costs, such as crafting a privacy policy, are generally one-time costs and have already been incurred. Staff's best estimate of the average burden for these entities is as follows:
As calculated above, the total annual PRA burden hours and labor costs for all affected entities in a given year would be 2,430,000 hours and $59,251,350, respectively.
The FTC now carves out from these overall figures the burden hours and labor costs associated with motor vehicle dealers. This is because the CFPB does not enforce the Privacy Rule for those types of entities. We estimate the following:
Staff believes that capital or other non-labor costs associated with the document requests are minimal. Covered entities will already be equipped to provide written notices (
You can file a comment online or on paper. Write “Privacy Rule: Paperwork Comment: FTC File No. P085405” on your comment. Your comment—including your name and your state—will be placed on the public record of this proceeding, including, to the extent practicable, on the public Commission Web site, at
Postal mail addressed to the Commission is subject to delay due to heightened security screening. As a result, we encourage you to submit your comments online. To make sure that the Commission considers your online comment, you must file it at
If you file your comment on paper, write “Privacy Rule: Paperwork Comment: FTC File No. P085405” on your comment and on the envelope, and mail your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite CC-5610 (Annex C), Washington, DC 20580,
Because your comment will be placed on the publicly accessible FTC Web site at
Once your comment has been posted on the public FTC Web site—as legally required by FTC Rule 4.9(b)—we cannot redact or remove your comment from the FTC Web site, unless you submit a confidentiality request that meets the requirements for such treatment under FTC Rule 4.9(c), and the General Counsel grants that request in accordance with the law and the public interest. Comments containing material for which confidential treatment is requested must be filed in paper form, must be clearly labeled “Confidential,” and must comply with FTC Rule 4.9(c). In particular, the written request for confidential treatment that accompanies the comment must include the factual and legal basis for the request, and must identify the specific portions of the comment to be withheld from the public record. See FTC Rule 4.9(c).
Visit the Commission Web site at
Office of Government-wide Policy (OGP), General Services Administration (GSA).
Supplemental meeting notice.
The Presidential Advisory Commission on Election Integrity (Commission), a Federal Advisory Committee established in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), and Executive Order 13799, will hold its first meeting on Wednesday, July 19, 2017. This meeting will consist of a ceremonial swearing in of Commission members, introductions and statements from members, a discussion of the Commission's charge and objectives, possible comments or presentations from invited experts, and a discussion of next steps and related matters. The General Services Administration is announcing this meeting with less than 15 calendar days' public notice as July 4th is a federal holiday, thus delaying the administrative processing of this notice.
The meeting will be held at the Eisenhower Executive Office Building, Room 350, located at 1650 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20502. It will be open to the public through livestreaming on
To obtain information about the Commission or to submit written comments for the Commission's consideration, contact the Commission's Designated Federal Officer, Andrew Kossack, via email at
The Commission will provide individuals interested in providing oral comments the opportunity to do so at subsequent meetings. Requests to accommodate disabilities with respect to livestreaming or otherwise should also be sent to the email address listed above, preferably at least 10 days prior to the meeting to allow time for processing.
The Commission was established in accordance with E.O. 13799 of March 11, 2017 (
a. Those laws, rules, policies, activities, strategies, and practices that enhance the American people's confidence in the integrity of the voting processes used in Federal elections;
b. those laws, rules, policies, activities, strategies, and practices that undermine the American people's confidence in the integrity of voting processes used in Federal elections; and
c. those vulnerabilities in voting systems and practices used for Federal elections that could lead to improper voter registrations and improper voting, including fraudulent voter registrations and fraudulent voting.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by August 7, 2017.
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
William Parham at (410) 786-4669.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.
Notice of single source award.
HRSA announces its intent to award up to $14,975,000 for a cooperative agreement to the Genesee County Health Department, which operates the Genesee County Healthy Start program. The purpose of this cooperative agreement is to expedite and strengthen the ongoing response to address the health effects of lead exposure resulting from the Flint, MI, public water supply contamination.
On January 5, 2016, the state of Michigan declared a state of emergency for Genesee County, which includes the city of Flint, authorizing the use of state resources to address the public health crisis created by the elevated levels of lead in the public water system. On January 16, 2016, a federal emergency was declared for the state of Michigan and authorized federal assistance to provide water, water filters, water filter cartridges, water test kits, and other necessary related items.
Prenatal lead exposure can affect fertility, the likelihood of miscarriage, pre-term birth, low birth weight, infant neurodevelopment, and gestational hypertension. Of particular concern are the long-term effects in children such as developmental and cognitive delays, and behavioral disorders. The Healthy Start program aims to reduce disparities in infant mortality and improve perinatal and child health outcomes. To advance this mission, the goal of this program is to minimize developmental delays among lead-exposed children up to age 6 in Flint and the surrounding Genesee County area by connecting them to appropriate screening, services, and supports.
Thus, HRSA intends to award a one-time, single source cooperative agreement to the Genesee County Health Department to expedite and strengthen the ongoing response to address the health effects of lead exposure resulting from the Flint, MI, public water supply contamination. This award will enable the Genesee County Health Department to continue to play a vital role in assuring all pregnant women and children impacted by lead contamination in Genesee County have access to comprehensive health and social services. With these funds, the Genesee County Health Department will leverage its existing Healthy Start infrastructure and in-depth understanding of the maternal and child population in Genesee County to assess, mitigate, and provide consultation to pregnant women and children up to age 6 that may be impacted by lead exposure during the Flint water crisis. Activities under this award include identifying children in Flint and the
This award will supplement, but not supplant, other federal resources currently dedicated to this effort, including activities previously funded under the current Healthy Start grant. Several federal agencies, such as the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, have provided funds to organizations in Flint and Genesee County to support prevention, treatment, and remediation initiatives to address lead contamination in the community. This award should build upon, but not duplicate federal and local efforts. Activities under this award also align with existing lead response activities and involve close collaboration with broader community health system organizations, families, health professionals, local social support and health systems, community-based organizations, and early childhood systems, etc. This approach should ensure access to family-centered and comprehensive health and social services for all pregnant women and children up to age 6 years and their families impacted by lead contamination in Genesee County.
Robert Windom, Division of Healthy Start and Perinatal Services, Maternal and Child Health Bureau, Health Resources and Services Administration, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 18N78, Rockville, Maryland 20852, (301) 443-8283,
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
In compliance with the requirement for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, HRSA announces plans to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR), described below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR is for reinstatement of a previously approved information collection assigned OMB control number 0915-0343 that expired on May 31, 2014. Prior to submitting the ICR to OMB, HRSA seeks comments from the public regarding the burden estimate, below, or any other aspect of the ICR.
Comments on this ICR must be received no later than September 5, 2017.
Submit your request to
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the data collection plans and draft instruments, email
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the information request collection title for reference, in compliance with Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
HRSA specifically requests comments on (1) the necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice.
HRSA, an Operating Division of HHS, is publishing a list of staff who may be named to serve on the Performance Review Board that oversees the evaluation of performance appraisals for Senior Executive Service members within HRSA for the Fiscal Year 2017 and 2018 review period.
Dora Ober, Executive Resources, Office of Human Resources, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rm. 12N06C, Rockville, Maryland 20857, Telephone (301) 443-0759.
Title 5, U.S.C. Section 4314(c)(4) of the Civil Service Reform Act of 1978, Public Law 95-454, requires that the appointment of Performance Review Board Members be published in the
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, HRSA has submitted an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. Comments submitted during the first public review of this ICR will be provided to OMB. OMB will accept further comments from the public during the review and approval period.
Comments on this ICR should be received no later than August 7, 2017.
Submit your comments, including the ICR Title, to the desk officer for HRSA, either by email to
To request a copy of the clearance requests submitted to OMB for review, email the HRSA Information Collection Clearance Officer at
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the information request collection title for reference, in compliance with Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
As a result of the reduction in performance measures, annualized burden is decreasing from 72 hours to 20 hours. The total annual burden hours estimated for this ICR are summarized in the table below.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable materials, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of final determination.
This document provides notice that U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) has issued a final determination concerning the country of origin of a digital radiography system, (also commonly referred to as an x-ray system), known as the Carestream DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography system. Based upon the facts presented for purposes of U.S. Government procurement, CBP has concluded that the United States is the country of origin of the fully assembled and installed DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography system.
The final determination was issued on June 30, 2017. A copy of the final determination is attached. Any party-at-interest, as defined in 19 CFR 177.22(d), may seek judicial review of this final determination within August 7, 2017.
Robert Dinerstein, Valuation and Special Programs Branch, Regulations and Rulings, Office of Trade, at (202) 325-0132.
Notice is hereby given that on June 30, 2017 pursuant to subpart B of Part 177, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Regulations (19 CFR part 177, subpart B), CBP issued a final determination concerning the country of origin of a digital radiography system known as the Carestream DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography system, which may be offered to the U.S. Government under an undesignated government procurement contract. This final determination, HQ H283088, was issued under procedures set forth at 19 CFR Part 177, subpart B, which implements Title III of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2511-18). The major components of the DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography system include a Chinese-origin high-voltage generator, a U.S.-origin wireless DRX detector, a Chinese-origin elevating float-top table, a Chinese-origin tubestand, a Chinese-origin wall stand, and either a U.S. or a Japanese-origin x-ray tube. These components are combined with software that is largely developed in the United States. In the final determination, CBP concluded that the components are substantially transformed in the United States when the fully functioning digital radiography system is completely assembled and installed at an on-site location. Thus, the fully assembled digital radiography system becomes a product of the United States. Therefore, for purposes of U.S. Government procurement, the United States is the country of origin of the installed and assembled Carestream DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography system.
Section 177.29, CBP Regulations (19 CFR 177.29), provides that a notice of final determination shall be published in the
This is in response to your letter of January 11, 2017, forwarded to the National Commodity Specialist Division on behalf of Carestream Health, Inc. (Carestream), requesting a final determination concerning the country of origin of a Digital Radiography System, pursuant to subpart B of Part 177, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Regulations (19 CFR 177.21,
This final determination concerns the country of origin of a digital radiography system, which will be assembled on-site. As a U.S. importer, Carestream is a party-at-interest within the meaning of 19 CFR 177.22(d)(1) and is entitled to request this final determination.
The product at issue is a digital radiography system known as the DRX-Ascend Digital system that is assembled in the United States from U.S. and foreign origin components. According to the information that you have provided, the DRX-Ascend Digital system is a digital radiography system (also commonly known as an x-ray system) engineered, designed, and assembled (final assembly) in the United States from seven major U.S. and foreign-origin components. The seven components are (1) a diagnostic x-ray high voltage generator; (2) wireless DRX Detector; (3) an x-ray tube; (4) a tubestand; (5) an elevating float-top table; (6) a wall stand; and, (7) Carestream Health software.
The diagnostic x-ray high-voltage generator supplies and controls the electrical energy applied to a diagnostic x-ray tube for medical/veterinary radiographic examinations. The initial manufacturing of the generator occurs in China, where Chinese components of the generator are provided by Chinese suppliers. The generator goes through two hours of processing in China to produce an unfinished generator. Carestream imports the unfinished generators into the United States. When it is imported, the generator does not contain the necessary printed circuit boards, and it also needs to be programmed. The printed circuit boards are stated to be manufactured in the United States and will be programmed using software written by a company called Quantum Manufacturing located in New York. Adding the boards to the generator and programming in the United States take roughly one hour of manufacturing time. The generator then undergoes extensive testing (approximately 6.5 hours) in the United States. You maintain that this testing is critical to the generator manufacturing process of the DRX-Ascend Digital system and must be completed before Carestream delivers the system to the customer.
The wireless DRX Detector, produced in the United States, utilizes Directview software and facilitates diagnostic exams by capturing the x-ray images and wirelessly transmitting them to a capture console that allows for immediate viewing at the capture console and manipulation. The chief benefit of instant image access is that it can reduce exam time and recall, and improves patient satisfaction. The detector is integrated into the DRX-Ascend Digital system by both hardware and software and you indicate that the detectors are made in the United States by Carestream Health or an external supplier.
The x-ray tube converts power into x-rays that ultimately produce the image required for making a diagnosis. Carestream uses two suppliers to obtain the x-ray tubes, either from Japan or the United States.
Another component of the DRX-Ascend Digital system is an elevating float-top table made in China. The tubestand component of the table is assembled in the United States and holds three different parts. One of these parts is the x-ray tube, and the other two parts are an operator panel and the collimator, all of Chinese origin. Some of the tubestands have an overhead tube crane from Germany. These parts are installed on-site at the customer's location in the United States by a U.S. service provider. The time for manufacturing the basic stand is approximately six hours in China. The tubestand is then brought into the United States for final assembly. The final assembly takes about two hours. The DRX-Ascend Digital system can include a wall stand. The wall stand is fully assembled in China.
The final element of the DRX-Ascend Digital system is the Carestream Directview software, which is initially programmed and developed in the United States. While the software build is currently performed in China, substantial portions of the software are still developed in the United States. According to your submission, two percent of the Directview software involves research and 100 percent of that research was performed in the United States. The development/writing of the software specifications and architecture involve 15 percent of the project, with 90 percent of this work being done in the United States and 10 percent completed in China. Programming of the source code involved 40 percent of the creation of the software project, with 80 percent occurring in the United States and the remaining 20 percent done in China. Two percent of the product concerns the software build, with 100 percent of the software build done in China. Testing and validation involved 40 percent of the project of the software with 50 percent of this portion of the software done in United States and 50 percent done in China. The final one percent was preparing the software/burning media for distribution, with 50 percent done in United States and 50 percent done in China. The Directview software is installed onto an HP 5810 computer in China, and that computer with the loaded software is brought to the United States. This software has two primary functions: (1) allowing the operator to select the type of medical exam and selecting the generator and x-ray tube exposure settings (the computer then coordinates the timing between the detector and firing of the x-rays), and (2) the computer and software receive the image from the detector, process the image, and deliver the finished image.
The final assembly, configuration and testing of the DRX-Ascend Digital system take place in the United States at Carestream's facilities or at its customers' sites. You describe the assembly process as consisting of nine steps before the DRX-Ascend Digital system can become a functioning x-ray system. You have provided a copy of an installation guide, which sets forth the step-by-step process of installing the DRX-Ascend Digital System at a customer's site. The installation guide consists of over 80 pages of detailed instructions for the installation technicians, describing how the DRX-Ascend Digital System is assembled and installed at an on-site location. The ancillary parts for the system from China, including the table, the wall stand, a tubestand and the computer with the Directview software loaded onto it are assembled together in the United States. The x-ray tube and generator are calibrated together in the United States so that they can work together to produce an image. The generator tube-calibration process works by having the generator send a signal to the tube, and the tube responds and fires x-rays. The tube is then removed and reinserted into the x-ray system. The generator and the detector use the same calibration process. Carestream integrates the digital detector. The x-ray tube, generator, and detector are added to the Chinese ancillary parts. The DRX-Ascend Digital system is then shipped to and installed at a customer's site. When the system is installed at the customer's site, all the components are connected and powered, at which time the DRX-Ascend Digital system becomes a functioning radiography x-ray system.
You indicate that individuals responsible for the on-site installation are either Carestream employees or Carestream dealer employees. All individuals responsible for installation receive formal classroom training through multiple courses at Carestream. The first course is a four-day-long class on x-ray fundamentals. The second course is a five-day class on Carestream's DRX systems. The third course is a certification course that is also four days and teaches the students to become proficient in installing, calibrating, and repairing the DRX-Ascend Digital system.
Some of the specialized tools and equipment that the x-ray installers use in performing the installation include a digital volt meter, x-ray measurement meter, mAS meter, dose meter, high voltage insulating kit, and ratchet hoists. You further state that it typically takes four to five days to install the system at a customer site depending on site readiness, but the system is designed for installation in four days.
What is the country of origin of the DRX-Ascend Digital x-ray system for purposes of U.S. government procurement?
Pursuant to subpart B of Part 177, 19 CFR 177.21
Under the rule of origin set forth under 19 U.S.C. 2518(4)(B):
An article is a product of a country or instrumentality only if (i) it is wholly the growth, product, or manufacture of that country or instrumentality, or (ii) in the case of an article which consists in whole or in part of materials from another country or instrumentality, it has been substantially transformed into a new and different article of commerce with a name, character, or use distinct from that of the article or articles from which it was so transformed.
In rendering advisory rulings and final determinations for purposes of U.S. government procurement, CBP applies the provisions of subpart B of part 177 consistent with the Federal Acquisition Regulations.
48 CFR 25.003.
In order to determine whether a substantial transformation occurs when components of various origins are assembled into completed products, CBP considers the totality of the circumstances and makes such determinations on a case-by-case basis. The country of origin of the item's components, extent of the processing that occurs within a country, and whether such processing renders a product with a new name, character, and use are primary considerations in such cases. Additionally, factors such as the resources expended on product design and development, the extent and nature of post-assembly inspection and testing procedures, and worker skill required during the actual manufacturing process will be considered when determining whether a substantial transformation has occurred. No one factor is determinative. In
Headquarters Ruling (HQ) H203555, dated April 23, 2012, concerned the country of origin of certain oscilloscopes. CBP considered five manufacturing scenarios. In the various scenarios, the motherboard and the power controller of either Malaysian or Singaporean origin were assembled in Singapore with subassemblies of Singaporean origin into oscilloscopes. CBP found that under the various scenarios, there were three countries under consideration where programming and/or assembly operations took place, the last of which was Singapore. CBP noted that no one country's operations dominated the manufacturing operations of the oscilloscopes. As a result, while the boards assembled in Malaysia were important to the function of the oscilloscopes, and the U.S. firmware and software were used to program the oscilloscopes in Singapore, the final programming and assembly of the oscilloscopes was in Singapore; hence, Singapore imparted the last substantial transformation, and the country of origin of the oscilloscopes was Singapore.
HQ H170315, dated July 28, 2011, concerned the country of origin of satellite telephones. CBP was asked to consider six scenarios involving the manufacture of PCBs in one country and the programming of the PCBs with second country software either in the first country or in a third country, where the phones were assembled. In the third scenario, the application and transceiver boards for satellite phones were assembled in Malaysia and programmed with U.K.-origin software in Singapore, where the phones were also assembled. CBP found that no one country's operations dominated the manufacturing operations of the phones and that the last substantial transformation occurred in Singapore.
In HQ H219597, dated April 3, 2013, ultrasound systems were engineered, designed and subject to final assembly in the United States from U.S. and foreign components. CBP noted that substantial manufacturing operations were performed in China, the United States, Korea, and Italy. The electronics module, which was partially assembled in China, was imported into the United States, where it was assembled with other core components, including Korean-origin transducers that sent and received acoustic signals, an Italian-origin monitor that displayed images, and a U.S.-origin control panel that served as the user interface. The completely assembled ultrasound systems were then uploaded with U.S. designed, developed, and written operating system software and application software. The information provided indicated that the software was necessary for the ultrasound systems to perform their intended function of providing diagnostic information (an observable image with related data). It took approximately 23-24 hours to produce the finished S2000 ultrasound system of which 13-14 hours took place in the United States. Approximately 24-25 hours of time were expended to produce the finished Antares ultrasound system of which 14-15 hours took place in the United States. In addition, the assembly, integration, and testing in the United States was conducted by specialized technicians. All of the research and development, product engineering and design investment occurred in the United States. Based on the totality of the circumstances, CBP found that the last substantial transformation occurred in the United States, the location where the final assembly and installation of the operating system software and application software occurred. Prior to the assembly and programming in the United States, the products were unable to carry out the functions of the ultrasound systems. However, the assembly and programming in the United States created a new product that was capable of providing diagnostic information. Consequently, CBP found that the country of origin of the ultrasound systems was the United States.
Similarly, in this case, it is noted that there is a significant amount of U.S. assembly involved in producing the complete x-ray system on-site. We note that Carestream has a detailed step-by-step instruction booklet for the installation technicians on how to properly install and assemble the x-ray system. We note that there are a series of complicated steps and operations that must be carefully followed in assembling the components of the x-ray system in order to make sure that the finished installed x-ray system works properly. In addition, we recognize that major safety issues could arise for future patients and operators, if the assembly and installation of an x-ray system is not done correctly. As such, the assembly requires the precise fitting, assembly, and calibration of the various components together in making the finished x-ray system. As previously noted, Carestream's technicians must undergo a series of intensive classroom training through multiple courses in order to obtain the necessary skills to be able to install and assemble the x-ray system. These technicians also use some highly specialized and sophisticated tools in completing the assembly and installation of an x-ray system.
While the x-ray system is comprised of various components mostly from China and the United States (in some cases a Japanese x-tube will be used), there is no one single component, which dominates and retains its own identity after the system is put together. We also note that while one of the more significant components, the system's high voltage generator, is of Chinese origin, it is unfinished when imported into the United States. The boards, which make the generator operational, are installed and programmed in the United States, and the finished generator undergoes significant testing in the United States before Carestream delivers the system to the customer in the United States.
Furthermore, while simply installing the U.S. developed software onto the x-ray system alone would not be sufficient to result in a substantial transformation of the foreign made components, we note that according to the information submitted, the U.S. origin software does play an integral role in the final product's proper functioning. More significantly, because a substantial assembly operation occurs in installing the x-ray system at the on-site location, more than just
Based on the information presented, the imported components that are used in the manufacture of the DRX-Ascend Digital x-ray system are substantially transformed as a result of the assembly operations and the software installation performed at an on-site location in the United States. Therefore, the country of origin of the DRX-Ascend Digital Radiography x-ray system for government procurement purposes is the United States.
Notice of this final determination will be given in the
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity, HUD.
Notice.
The proposed extension of the currently approved information collection for Housing Discrimination Information Form HUD-903.1, HUD-903.1A, HUD-903.1B, HUD-903.1C, HUD-903.1F, HUD-903.1CAM, HUD-903.1KOR, HUD-903.1RUS, and HUD-903-1_Somali will be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. HUD is soliciting comments from all interested parties on the proposed extension of this information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposed information collection. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number, and should be sent to Inez C. Downs, Departmental Paperwork Reduction Act Officer, QMAC, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4186, Washington, DC 20410-2000; telephone number (202) 402-8046 (this is not a toll-free number), or email at
Turner Russell, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 5214, Washington, DC 20410-2000; telephone number (202) 402-6995 (this is not a toll-free number). Hearing or speech impaired individuals may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at: 1 (800) 877-8339.
HUD is submitting this proposed extension of a currently approved information collection to the OMB for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 [44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended].
This Notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed extension of the collection of information regarding alleged discriminatory housing practices under the Fair Housing Act [42 U.S.C. 3601
Any person who claims to have been injured by a discriminatory housing practice, or who believes that he or she will be injured by a discriminatory housing practice that is about to occur, may file a complaint with HUD not later than one year after the alleged discriminatory housing practice occurred or terminated. HUD has designed Housing Discrimination Information Form HUD-903.1 to promote consistency in the documents that, by statute, must be provided to persons against whom complaints are filed, and for the convenience of the general public. Section 103.25 of HUD's Fair Housing Act regulation describes the information that must be included in each complaint filed with HUD. For purposes of meeting the Act's one-year time limitation for filing complaints with HUD, complaints need not be initially submitted on the Form that HUD provides. Housing Discrimination Information Form HUD-903.1 (English language), HUD-903.1A (Spanish language), HUD-903.1B (Chinese language), HUD-903.1C (Arabic language), HUD-903.1F (Vietnamese language), HUD-903.1CAM (Cambodian language), HUD-903.1KOR (Korean language), HUD-903.1RUS (Russian language), and HUD-903-1_(Somali language) may be submitted to HUD by mail, in person, by facsimile, by email, or via the Internet to HUD's Office of Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity (FHEO). FHEO staff uses the information provided on the Form to verify HUD's authority to investigate the
Any person who claims to have been injured by a discriminatory housing practice, or any person who believes that he or she will be injured by a discriminatory housing practice that is about to occur, may file a complaint with HUD not later than one year after the alleged discriminatory housing practice occurs or terminates. The Form promotes consistency in the collection of information necessary to contact persons who file housing discrimination complaints with HUD. It also aids in the collection of information necessary for initial assessments of HUD's authority to investigate alleged discriminatory housing practices under the Fair Housing Act. This information may subsequently be provided to persons against whom complaints are filed [“respondents”], as required under section 810(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Fair Housing Act.
This Notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comments in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806, Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
This notice informs the public that HUD is
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
This notice solicits public comment for a period of 30 days, consistent with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), on the Affirmative Fair Housing Marketing Plan (AFHMP) forms. On December 5, 2016, HUD solicited public comment for a period of 60 days on the AFHMP forms. The 60-day notice commenced the notice and comment process required by the PRA in order to obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information proposed to be collected by the AFHMP forms. This 30-day notice takes into consideration the public comment received in response to the 60-day notice, and completes the public comment process required by the PRA. With the issuance of this notice, and following consideration of additional public comments received in response to this notice, HUD is complying with the PRA renewal requirements, and the forms will undergo the public comment process every 3 years to retain OMB approval.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
1.
To receive consideration as public comments, comments must be submitted through one of the two methods specified above. Again, all submissions must refer to the docket number and title of the notice.
On December 5, 2016, at 81 FR 87581, HUD published its 60-day notice, the first notice for public comment required by the PRA, to commence the process for renewal of the AFHMP Forms. The 60-day public comment period ended on February 3, 2017, and HUD received one public comment. The following section, Section A, responds to the issues raised by the public commenter, and Section B provides HUD's estimation of the burden hours associated with the AFHMP forms, and further solicits issues for public comment which are required to be solicited by the PRA.
Under the AFHM Regulations (24 CFR part 200, subpart M), all applicants for participation in Federal Housing Administration (FHA) subsidized and unsubsidized housing programs that involve the development or rehabilitation of multifamily projects or manufactured home parks of five or more lots, units, or spaces must submit an AFHM Plan on a prescribed form. In addition, all applicants for participation in FHA subsidized and unsubsidized housing programs that involve the development or rehabilitation of single family housing or condominium or cooperative units that intend to sell five or more properties in the next year, or sold five or more properties in the past year, and where a lender is submitting initial applications for HUD mortgage insurance, must submit one of several agreements or statements, among which is an AFHM Plan on a prescribed form.
The commenter stated that the single-family form 935.2B is ineffective because the form cannot be used for activities occurring outside of a fixed census tract. The commenter suggests that the form be revised to contemplate activities that offer tenants a choice in housing location such as Tenant Based Rental Assistance or down payment assistance. The commenter further stated that the AFHMP forms should include the 16 racial categories reported to HUD as required by the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008.
Under the PRA, HUD is required to report the following:
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Inez C. Downs, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Inez C. Downs at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Downs.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
The HOPA did not significantly increase the record-keeping burden for the “55 or older” housing exemption. It describes in greater detail the documentary evidence which HUD will consider when determining, in the course of a familial status discrimination complaint investigation, whether or not a housing facility or community qualified for the “55 or older” housing exemption as of the date of the alleged Fair Housing Act violation.
The HOPA information collection requirements are necessary to demonstrate a housing provider's eligibility to claim the “55 or older” housing exemption as an affirmative defense to a familial status discrimination complaint filed with HUD under the Fair Housing Act. The information will be collected in the normal course of business in connection with the sale, rental, or occupancy of dwelling units situated in qualified senior housing facilities or communities. The HOPA's requirement that a housing provider must demonstrate the intent to operate a “55 or older” housing community or facility by publishing, and consistently enforcing, age verification rules, policies and procedures for current and prospective occupants reflects the usual and customary practice of the senior housing industry. Under the HOPA, a “55 or older” housing provider should conduct an initial occupancy survey of the housing community or facility to verify compliance with the HOPA's “
The HOPA exemption also requires that a summary of the occupancy survey results must be made available for public inspection. This summary need not contain confidential information about individual residents; it may simply indicate the total number of dwelling units occupied by persons 55 years of age or older. While the supporting age verification records may contain confidential information about individual occupants, such information would be protected from disclosure unless the housing provider claims the “55 or older” housing exemption as an affirmative defense to a jurisdictional familial status discrimination complaint filed with HUD under the Fair Housing Act. HUD's Office of Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity will only require a housing provider to disclose such confidential information to HUD if and when HUD investigates a jurisdictional familial status discrimination complaint filed against the housing provider under the Fair Housing Act, and if and when the housing provider claims the “55 or older” housing exemption as an affirmative defense to the complaint.
HUD concluded that the publication of policies and procedures is likely to be a one-time event, and in most cases will require no additional burden beyond what is done in the normal course of business. The estimated total annual burden hours are 5,500 hours.
Please see table below.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including using appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806, Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A. The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
This notice advises the public that the Center of Excellence in Hazardous Material Management (CEHMM; applicant) and the New Mexico State Land Office (NMSLO, applicant) have applied to the Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) for two separate enhancement of survival permits pursuant to the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). The permit application includes draft programmatic candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA) for the Texas hornshell and other covered species (the Rio Grande River cooter, gray redhorse, blue sucker, and Pecos springsnail) in west Texas and southeast New Mexico. A separate permit application includes a draft programmatic candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA) for the Texas hornshell and other covered species (the Rio Grande River cooter, gray redhorse, blue sucker, and Pecos springsnail) that is valid only on New Mexico State trust lands. Additionally, the Service received a draft candidate conservation agreement (CCA) for the Texas hornshell and the other covered species from the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) that would address threats to these species on Federal land in southeastern New Mexico. The CCAAs, and associated permits, would authorize incidental take resulting from voluntary activities to restore, maintain, enhance, or create habitat for the covered species. The Service also announces the availability of a draft environmental assessment (EA) that has been prepared to evaluate the permit application in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act. We are making the permit application packages, including the draft CCA, draft CCAAs, and draft EA, available for public review and comment.
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before August 7, 2017. Any comments we receive after the closing date or not postmarked by the closing date may not be considered in the final decision on this action.
Persons wishing to review the application may obtain a copy by writing to the Regional Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, P.O. Box 1306, Room 4012, Albuquerque, NM 87103, or by emailing
Obtaining Documents:
•
•
•
○ U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 500 Gold Avenue SW., Room 6034, Albuquerque, NM 87102.
○ U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2105 Osuna NE., Albuquerque, NM 87113.
•
•
Debra Hill, New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2105 Osuna NE., Albuquerque, NM 87113; by telephone 505-346-2525; or by facsimile 505-346-2542. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
This notice advises the public that the Center of Excellence in Hazardous Material Management (CEHMM; applicant) and the New Mexico State Land Office (NMSLO, applicant) have each applied to the Service for enhancement of survival permits pursuant to section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Private and non-Federal property owners are encouraged to enter into the CCAA through CEHMM; participants with leased acres on NMSLO lands are encouraged to enter into the CCAA through the NMSLO; and Federal agencies, permittees, and lessees are encouraged to enter into the CCA. Through the CCAAs and CCA the participants voluntarily undertake management activities on their properties to enhance, restore, or maintain habitat benefiting species that are proposed for listing under the ESA, candidates for listing, or species that may become candidates or proposed for listing. Enhancement of survival (EOS) permits are issued to the applicants in association with approved CCAAs to authorize incidental take of the covered species from covered activities, should the species become listed. Through the CCAAs and their associated EOS permits, the Service provides assurances to property owners that they will not be subjected to increased land use restrictions if the covered species become listed under the ESA in the future, provided certain conditions are met. Although there are no assurances associated with the CCA, enrollees have a high degree of certainty that they will not be subject to increased land use restrictions by the Service if the covered species become listed under the ESA in the future.
Application requirements and issuance criteria for EOS permits for CCAAs are found in the Code of Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR 17.22(d)(2)(ii) and 17.32(d)(2)(ii), respectively. See also the joint policy on CCAAs, which was published in the
The proposed action involves the issuance of two section 10(a)(1)(A) EOS permits by the Service to the applicants and approval of the proposed programmatic CCA and CCAAs to facilitate recovery activities on Federal and non-Federal lands in west Texas and southeastern New Mexico for the benefit of the proposed endangered species candidate Texas hornshell and other covered sensitive species (the Rio Grande River cooter, gray redhorse, blue sucker, and Pecos springsnail). The other covered species inhabit the same habitat and benefit from similar conservation measures as the Texas hornshell. The proposed term of the permits is 30 years.
The proposed CCAAs would implement conservation measures that contribute to the recovery of the Texas hornshell and the other covered species. The proposed agreements would include the Service, CEHMM, and participants in the private lands CCAA, or the Service, NMSLO, and participants in the State lands office CCAA. CEHMM or NMSLO would hold separate EOS permits and enroll participants, who would hold individual certificates of inclusion (CI). Participants in the CCAAs may include landowners, oil and gas operators, commercial/agricultural water withdrawers, and livestock producers that hold leases, permits, or other authorizations on private or State lands. The EOS permits' authorization of “take” would become effective if any of the species become listed, as long as the enrolled landowner is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the respective CCAA, their CI, and the EOS permit. The CCAAs, the EOS permits, and the CIs would provide incentives for non-Federal property owners to participate in conservation efforts for the Texas hornshell and the other covered species.
The CCAAs are part of a larger conservation effort for the Texas hornshell and the covered species within New Mexico that includes the CCA among the Service, the Bureau of Land Management, CEHMM, and participants that address conservation measures for the same species on Federal land. Participants in the CCA each hold an individual certificate of participation (CP) and include oil and gas operators, commercial/agricultural water withdrawers, livestock producers, Carlsbad Irrigation District, and other interested stakeholders that hold Federal leases, permits, or other authorizations. The CCA cannot include an EOS permit, and therefore, any enrolled Federal land management agency is not authorized for incidental take of the covered species in the event a listing occurs, and no assurances are provided by the Service to Federal land management agencies. Instead, if any of the covered species are listed under the Act, incidental take will be provided under a biological opinion, granting the participants a high degree of certainty that additional conservation measures or limitations, above those contained in the CCA and individual CPs, will not be imposed upon them should one or more
We have worked with the applicants to design conservation activities expected to have a net conservation benefit to the covered species within the covered area; however, landowners and enrollees would not have to conduct every activity in this list in order for their actions to have a net conservation benefit on the covered species. Each participant will need to follow their individual CIs or CPs and the conservation measures included within. Some examples of these conservation actions include the following: (1) Prevent new surface disturbance in habitat occupied by the Texas hornshell within the Black and Delaware Rivers; (2) Avoid new development within the Black and Delaware Rivers, Blue Springs, and their associated U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) 100-year floodplain; (3) Site new projects to take advantage of existing and available infrastructure; (4) Avoid obstructing or disrupting the natural flow of ephemeral drainages to the Black and Delaware Rivers; (5) Implement erosion control measures; (6) Avoid water withdrawal in habitat occupied by the Texas hornshell within the Black and Delaware Rivers; (7) Maintain minimal stream flows and cease withdrawal of water within the Black and Delaware Rivers if stream flows reach minimum levels; (8) Avoid using low-water crossings when other routes are available; (9) Clear invasive shrubs and replant with native plants in areas adjacent to occupied sites; and (10) Buy or lease water rights during periods of low flow to maintain minimal stream flows.
We considered four alternatives to the proposed action as part of the environmental assessment process—the No Action Alternative; Development of a CCA only Alternative; Development of a CCAA only Alternative; and, Development of a CCA and CCAA (covering both private and State lands). Under the No Action Alternative, a coordinated effort to conserve the covered species on non-Federal properties using a programmatic CCA and CCAA would not occur. Under the CCA only and the CCAA only alternatives, conservation would only be coordinated on either non-Federal or Federal lands rather than having a coordinated effort across the Black and Delaware Rivers. Under the CCA and CCAA alternative, conservation would be the same as the proposed action; however, State lands and private lands would be enrolled in the same CCAA.
We will evaluate the permit applications, associated documents, and comments we receive to determine whether the permit application meets the requirements of the Act, National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), and implementing regulations. If we determine that all requirements are met, we will sign the proposed CCAAs, issue EOS permits under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Act to CEHMM and the NMSLO for take of Texas hornshell and the other covered species in accordance with the terms of the CCAAs and specific terms and conditions of the authorizing permits, and sign the proposed CCA with BLM. We will not make our final decision until after the end of the 30-day public comment period, and we will fully consider all comments we receive during the public comment period.
Written comments we receive become part of the public record associated with this action. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can request in your comment that we withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will not consider anonymous comments. All submissions from organizations or businesses, and from individuals identifying themselves as representative or officials of organizations or businesses, will be made available for public disclosure in their entirety.
We provide this notice under section 10(c) of the Act and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32) and NEPA and its implementing regulations (40 CFR 1506.6).
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) Northwest Oregon Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will meet as indicated below.
The Northwest Oregon RAC will hold a public meeting on Wednesday, July 26, 2017, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Pacific Daylight Time.
The Northwest Oregon RAC will meet at the BLM Springfield Interagency Office, 3106 Pierce Parkway, Springfield, OR 97477.
Jennifer Velez, Public Affairs Officer, 1717 Fabry Road SE., Salem, OR 97306; 541-222-9241;
The 15-member Northwest Oregon RAC was chartered to serve in an advisory capacity concerning the planning and management of the public land resources located within the BLM's Northwest Oregon District. Members represent an array of stakeholder interests in the land and resources from within the local area and statewide. All advisory council meetings are open to the public. Persons wishing to make comments during the public comment period should register in person with the BLM, at the meeting location, preceding that meeting day's comment period. At the July 26 meeting, members will consider and make recommendations on the reallocation of Secure Rural Schools Title II funds. Other topics will include general updates, a review of subcommittee and future field trip opportunities, and likely a presentation by the Association of Oregon Counties pertaining to the Oregon and California Railroad
Written comments may be sent to the Northwest Oregon District office, 1717 Fabry Road SE., Salem, OR 97306. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comments, please be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
43 CFR 1784.4-2
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of availability.
In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has prepared a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (Draft EIS) for the proposed Normally Pressured Lance (NPL) natural gas development project within the BLM Pinedale and Rock Springs Field Offices and by this notice is announcing the opening of the comment period.
To ensure that comments will be considered, the BLM must receive written comments on the NPL Draft EIS within 45 days following the date the Environmental Protection Agency publishes the notice of availability of the NPL Draft EIS in the
You may submit comments related to the NPL Draft EIS by any of the following methods:
Copies of the NPL Draft EIS are available at the Pinedale Field Office at the following locations:
Susan (Liz) Dailey—NPL EIS Project Manager, BLM Pinedale Field Office, P.O. Box 768, Pinedale, WY 82941, 307-367-5310,
The NPL project is located immediately south and west of the existing Jonah Gas Field in Sublette County, Wyoming. The project area lies within the BLM Wyoming High Desert District and spans the Pinedale Field Office (PFO) in the north and the Rock Springs Field Office (RSFO) to the south. The project encompasses approximately 141,000 acres of public, state, and private lands. Approximately 96% of the project area is on public lands. Within the NPL project area, there are both unitized and non-unitized development areas.
There are approximately 48,036 acres of Greater sage-grouse Priority Habitat Management Area (PHMA) within the NPL project area (405 acres within the PFO and 47,631 acres within the RSFO). There are approximately 92,825 acres of General Habitat Management Area in the NPL project area (78,228 within the PFO and 14,597 within the RSFO). There are 27,292 acres (26,392 on BLM-administered lands) of Greater sage-grouse Winter Concentration Area (WCA) within the NPL. These are divided into two distinct WCAs: Alkali Creek, consisting of 20,132 acres (19,232 on BLM-administered lands), and Alkali Draw, consisting of 7,160 acres (all on BLM-administered lands). These WCAs are found in the western and northern portions of the project area, respectively. There are approximately 1,259 acres of Sagebrush Focal Areas (SFAs) within the NPL project area. All of the SFAs are within the RSFO.
Jonah Energy LLC, the current operator after purchasing Encana Oil and Gas Inc.'s leasehold interest in the project, is proposing up to 3,500 directionally drilled wells (depth range from 6,500 to 13,500 feet) over a 10-year period (Proposed Action). Under Jonah Energy's proposal, most wells would be co-located on a single pad, with no more than four well pads per 640 acres in areas outside of PHMA. There would be only one disturbance per 640 acres inside PHMA. On average, each well pad would be 18 acres in size. Regional gathering facilities would be used instead of placing compressors at each well pad. Associated access roads, pipelines, and other ancillary facilities would be co-located where possible to further minimize surface disturbance.
In addition to the Proposed Action, the BLM analyzed three other alternatives: The No Action Alternative, using existing standard stipulations and examining the project area under the historical rate of development of around three wells per year; Alternative A, using a phased approach moving through existing leased oil and gas units and responding to identified wildlife issues; and Alternative B, which addressed a broadrange of resource concerns in response to issues identified during scoping.
Alternatives A and B each analyzed the same rate of development as the Proposed Action as well as the use of regional gathering facilities. However, in addition to varying resource protection measures, each alternative analyzed differing densities of development—from one to four multi-well pads per 640 acres, depending on the resource considerations of the project area. Additionally, Alternative A analyzed the merits of developing the project area in phases. Phased development across the project area analyzed development in three geographically defined phases, occurring sequentially, and taking into consideration existing oil and gas units.
Interim and final reclamation activities would be implemented under all alternatives so as to return the landscape to proper biological and ecological function in conformance with the NPL Reclamation Plan and the relevant Resource Management Plans.
Formal public scoping for the NPL project began on April 12, 2011, with the publication of the Notice of Intent in the
All alternatives conform to the PFO Resource Management Plan Record of Decision (2008) and the RSFO Green River Resource Management Plan Record of Decision (1997) as well as the Record of Decision and Approved Resource Management Plan Amendments for the Rocky Mountain Region, Including the Greater Sage-Grouse Sub-Region of Wyoming (2015).
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
40 CFR 1506.6 and 40 CFR 1506.10
Notice; request for comments.
To comply with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) is inviting comments on a collection of information that we will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The information collection request (ICR) concerns a renewal to the paperwork requirements in BSEE's regulations concerning
You must submit comments by September 5, 2017.
You may submit comments by either of the following methods listed below.
• Electronically go to
• Email
Nicole Mason, Regulations and Standards Branch, (703) 787-1607, to request additional information about this ICR.
In addition to the general rulemaking authority of the OCSLA at 43 U.S.C. 1334, section 301(a) of the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Management Act (FOGRMA), 30 U.S.C. 1751(a), grants authority to the Secretary to prescribe such rules and regulations as are reasonably necessary to carry out FOGRMA's provisions. While the majority of FOGRMA is directed to royalty collection and enforcement, some provisions apply to offshore operations. For example, section 108 of FOGRMA, 30 U.S.C. 1718, grants the Secretary broad authority to inspect lease sites for the purpose of determining whether there is compliance with the mineral leasing laws. Section 109(c)(2) and (d)(1), 30 U.S.C. 1719(c)(2) and (d)(1), impose substantial civil penalties for failure to permit lawful inspections and for knowing or willful preparation or submission of false, inaccurate, or misleading reports, records, or other information. Because the Secretary has delegated some of the authority under FOGRMA to the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE), 30 U.S.C. 1751 is included as additional authority for these requirements.
On November 2, 2015, the President signed into law the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 (Sec. 701 of Pub. L. 114-74) (FCPIA of 2015). The OCSLA directs the Secretary of the Interior to adjust the OCSLA maximum civil penalty amount at least once every three years to reflect any increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) to account for inflation (43 U.S.C. 1350(b)(1)). The FCPIA of 2015 requires Federal agencies to adjust the level of civil monetary penalties with an initial “catch-up” adjustment, if warranted, through rulemaking and then to make subsequent annual adjustments for inflation. The purpose of these adjustments is to maintain the deterrent effect of civil penalties and to further the policy goals of the underlying statutes.
These authorities and responsibilities are among those delegated to BSEE. The regulations at 30 CFR part 250, subpart D, concern oil and gas drilling requirements and are the subject of this collection. This request also covers related Notices to Lessees and Operators (NTLs) that BSEE issues to clarify, supplement, or provide additional guidance on some aspects of our regulations.
BSEE uses the information collected under subpart D to ensure safe drilling operations and to protect the human, marine, and coastal environment. Among other things, BSEE specifically uses the information to ensure: The drilling unit is fit for the intended purpose; the lessee or operator will not encounter geologic conditions that present a hazard to operations; equipment is maintained in a state of readiness and meets safety standards; each drilling crew is properly trained and able to promptly perform well-control activities at any time during well operations; compliance with safety standards; and the current regulations will provide for safe and proper field or reservoir development, resource evaluation, conservation, protection of correlative rights, safety, and environmental protection. We also review well records to ascertain whether drilling operations have encountered
The current subpart D regulations specify the use of forms BSEE-0125 (End of Operations Report), and BSEE-0133/0133S (Well Activity Report). The information on BSEE-0125 is used to ensure that industry has accurate and up-to-date data and information on wells and leasehold activities under their jurisdiction and to ensure compliance with approved plans and any conditions placed upon a suspension or temporary probation. It is also used to evaluate the remedial action in the event of well equipment failure or well control loss. Form BSEE-0125 is updated and resubmitted in the event the well status changes. In addition, except for proprietary data, BSEE is required by the OCS Lands Act to make available to the public certain information submitted on BSEE-0125. The BSEE uses the information on BSEE-0133/0133S to monitor the conditions of a well and status of drilling operations. We review the information to be aware of the well conditions and current drilling activity (
Some responses are mandatory and some are required to obtain or retain a benefit. No questions of a sensitive nature are asked. BSEE will protect any confidential commercial or proprietary information according to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and DOI's implementing regulations (43 CFR part 2); section 26 of OCSLA (43 U.S.C. 1352); 30 CFR 250.197,
Agencies must also estimate the non-hour paperwork cost burdens to respondents or recordkeepers resulting from the collection of information. Therefore, if you have other non-hour burden costs to generate, maintain, and disclose this information, you should comment and provide your total capital and startup cost components or annual operation, maintenance, and purchase of service components. For further information on this burden, refer to 5 CFR 1320.3(b)(1) and (2), or contact the Bureau representative listed previously in this notice.
We will summarize written responses to this notice and address them in our submission for OMB approval. As a result of your comments, we will make any necessary adjustments to the burden in our submission to OMB.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to § 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of 3M Company and 3M Innovative Properties Company on June 30, 2017. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or § 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
i. Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
ii. identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
iii. identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
iv. indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
v. explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to § 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (“Docket No. 3234”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of §§ 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
On the basis of the record
The Commission, pursuant to sections 705(b) and 735(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671d(b) and 19 U.S.C. 1673d(b)), instituted these investigations effective September 20, 2016, following receipt of a petition filed with the Commission and Commerce by the Rebar Trade Action Coalition and its individual members: Bayou Steel Group, LaPlace, Louisiana;
The Commission made these determinations pursuant to sections 705(b) and 735(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671d(b) and 19 U.S.C. 1673d(b)). It completed and filed its determinations in these investigations on June 30, 2017. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4705 (June 2017), entitled
By order of the Commission.
Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor.
Notice.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA95). This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in a desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Wage and Hour Division is soliciting comments concerning its proposal to extend Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the Information Collection: Davis-Bacon Certified Payroll. A copy of the proposed information request can be obtained by contacting the office listed below in the
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the
You may submit comments identified by Control Number 1235-0008, by either one of the following methods:
Melissa Smith, Director, Division of Regulations, Legislation, and Interpretation, Wage and Hour, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210; telephone: (202) 693-0406 (this is not a toll-free number). Copies of this notice may be obtained in alternative formats (Large Print, Braille, Audio Tape, or Disc), upon request, by calling (202) 693-0023 (not a toll-free number). TTY/TTD callers may dial toll-free (877) 889-5627 to obtain information or request materials in alternative formats.
I.
The Copeland Act provision cited above specifically requires the regulations to “include a provision that each contractor and subcontractor each week must furnish a statement on the wages paid each employee during the prior week.” This requirement is implemented by 29 CFR 3.3 and 3.4 and the standard Davis-Bacon contract clauses set forth at 29 CFR 5.5. Regulations 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(ii)(A) requires contractors to submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the federal agency contracting for or financing the construction project.
If the agency is not a party to the contract, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the contracting agency. This same section requires that the payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals, and instead, the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (
Regulations 29 CFR 3.3(b) requires each contractor to furnish weekly a signed “Statement of Compliance” accompanying the payroll indicating the payrolls are correct and complete and that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the proper Davis-Bacon Act prevailing wage rate for the work performed. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification, with the prescribed language set forth on page 2 of Optional Form WH-347, satisfies the requirement for submission of the required “Statement of Compliance”. Id. at §§ 3.3(b), 3.4(b), and 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(B). Regulations 29 CFR 3.4(b) and
II.
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
III.
Institute of Museum and Library Services, National Foundation for the Arts and the Humanities.
Notice, request for comments, collection of information.
The Institute of Museum and Library Services (IMLS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This pre-clearance consultation program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. By this notice, IMLS is soliciting comments concerning a proposed survey to collect information to assess and report on the current activities and needs of USA-based indigenous cultural institutions of tribal archives, libraries, and museums.
A copy of the proposed information collection request can be obtained by contacting the individual listed below in the
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the addressee section below on or before September 4, 2017.
IMLS is particularly interested in comments that help the agency to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology,
Send comments to: Dr. Sandra Webb, Senior Advisor, Office of the Director, Institute of Museum and Library Services, 955 L'Enfant Plaza North SW., Suite 4000, Washington, DC 20024-2135. Dr. Webb can be reached by Telephone: 202-653-4718, Fax: 202-653-4608, or by email at
The Institute of Museum and Library Services is the primary source of federal support for the Nation's 123,000 libraries and 35,000 museums. The Institute's mission is to inspire libraries and museums to advance innovation, learning and civic engagement. The Institute works at the national level and in coordination with state and local organizations to sustain heritage, culture, and knowledge; enhance learning and innovation; and support professional development. IMLS is responsible for identifying national needs for and trends in museum, library, and information services; measuring and reporting on the impact and effectiveness of museum, library and information services throughout the United States, including programs conducted with funds made available by IMLS; identifying, and disseminating information on, the best practices of such programs; and developing plans to improve museum, library and information services of the United States and strengthen national, State, local, regional, and international communications and cooperative networks (20 U.S.C. Chapter 72, 20 U.S.C. 9108).
The purpose of this survey is to gather information related to current activities, challenges, and unmet needs of tribal archives, libraries, and museums. The project is managed by the Association of Tribal Archives, Libraries, and Museums (ATALM), a tribally-led non-profit organization which provides professional development activities, tools, and training.
Data will be collected through an online survey.
Information gathered will provide insight for tribal governments, cultural institutions, and the public. A full
Dr. Sandra Toro, Senior Program Officer, Institute of Museum and Library Services, 955 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Suite 4000, Washington, DC 20024. Dr. Toro can be reached by Telephone: 202-653-4662, Fax: 202-653-4608, or by email at
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1029, Delivery of Options Disclosure Documents.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchanges proposes to amend Rule 1029 in two respects, first in connection with the required delivery to customers of any amended Options Disclosure Document (“ODD”), and second to set forth for the use of members and member organizations a Special Statement for Uncovered Options Writers for delivery to customers.
Rule 1029 currently requires every member and member organization to deliver a current ODD to each customer at or prior to the time such customer's account is approved for options trading. The rule also contains a requirement that each amended ODD shall be distributed to every customer having an account approved for trading the options class(es) to which such ODD relates, or, the alternative, shall be distributed not later than the time a confirmation of a transaction is delivered to each customer who enters into an option transaction pertaining to such an options class. The language concerning amended Options Disclosure Documents is somewhat awkward and cumbersome, with the required
Rule 1024(c)(v) requires every member organization transacting business with the public in uncovered option contracts develop, implement and maintain specific written procedures governing the conduct of such business, including requirements that customers approved for writing uncovered short options transactions be provided with a special written description of the risks inherent in writing uncovered short option transactions, at or prior to the initial uncovered short option transaction. This written disclosure document must be furnished to customers in addition to the ODD required to be provided to customers trading in options pursuant to Rule 1029(a). Current Rule 1029(b) states that the written description of risks required by Rule 1024(c)(v) shall be in a format prescribed by the
The Exchange now proposes to add Rule 1029(c), which will set forth a sample risk description captioned “Special Statement for Uncovered Options Writers” (the “Special Statement”) for use by member organizations to satisfy the requirements of Rule 1029(b). The Special Statement alerts customers to the special risks associated with uncovered options writing which may expose investors to potentially significant loss, and states that this type of strategy may therefore not be suitable for all customers approved for options transactions. The Special Statement describes potential losses of uncovered call and put option writing, the possibility of significant margin calls, strategies where the potential risk is unlimited, consequences of unavailability of a secondary market in options, and the risk born by the writer of an American-style option subject to assignment of an exercise at any time after he has written the option until the option expires. The proposed rules are intended to increase customer awareness of the risks entailed in selling uncovered short option contracts.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The language which is proposed to be added to Rule 1029 has previously been considered and approved by the Commission for use in other exchanges' rulebooks as discussed above.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice.
Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 18(a)(2), 18(c) and 18(i) of the Act, under sections 6(c) and 23(c)(3) of the Act for an exemption from rule 23c-3 under the Act, and for an order pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act and rule 17d-1 under the Act.
Applicants request an order to permit certain registered closed-end management investment companies to issue multiple classes of shares and to impose asset-based distribution and shareholder service fees and early withdrawal charges.
Vertical Capital Income Fund (the “Initial Fund”), and Oakline Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”).
The application was filed on November 21, 2016, and amended on April 20, 2017.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on July 28, 2017, and should be accompanied by proof of service on the applicants, in the form of an affidavit, or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants: c/o JoAnn Strasser, Esq., Thompson Hine LLP, 41 South High Street, Suite 1700, Columbus, OH 43215-6101.
Laura L. Solomon, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6915, or David J. Marcinkus, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Initial Fund is a Delaware statutory trust that is registered under the Act as a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Initial Fund's primary investment objective is to seek income.
2. The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Initial Fund.
3. The applicants seek an order to permit the Funds (as defined below) to issue multiple classes of shares, each having its own fee and expense structure and to impose early withdrawal charges and asset-based distribution and shareholder service fees with respect to certain classes.
4. Applicants request that the order also apply to any continuously-offered registered closed-end management investment company that has been previously organized or that may be organized in the future for which the Adviser or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser, or any successor in interest to any such entity,
5. Each Fund intends to engage in a continuous offering of its shares of beneficial interest. Applicants state that additional offerings by any Fund relying on the order may be on a private placement or public offering basis. Shares of the Funds will not be listed on any securities exchange nor publicly traded. There is currently no secondary market for the Funds' shares and the Funds expect that no secondary market will develop.
6. If the requested relief is granted, the Initial Fund intends to redesignate its common shares as Class A shares and to commence a continuous offering of Class I and Class C shares, with each class having its own fee and expense structure, and may also offer additional classes of shares in the future. Because of the different distribution fees, services and any other class expenses that may be attributable to the Class A, Class I, and Class C shares, the net income attributable to, and the dividends payable on, each class of shares may differ from each other.
7. Applicants state that, from time to time, the Initial Fund may create additional classes of shares, the terms of which may differ from Class A, Class I and Class C shares in the following respects: (i) The amount of fees permitted by different distribution plans or different shareholder services fee arrangements; (ii) voting rights with respect to a distribution plan of a class; (iii) different class designations; (iv) the impact of any class expenses directly attributable to a particular class of shares allocated on a class basis as described in the application; (v) any differences in dividends and net asset value resulting from differences in fees under a distribution plan or in class expenses; (vi) any early withdrawal
8. Applicants state that the Initial Fund has adopted a fundamental policy to repurchase a specified percentage of its shares (no less than 5%) at net asset value on a quarterly basis. Such repurchase offers will be conducted pursuant to rule 23c-3 under the Act. Each of the other Funds will likewise adopt fundamental investment policies in compliance with rule 23c-3 and make quarterly repurchase offers to its shareholders, or provide periodic liquidity with respect to its shares pursuant to rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act.
9. Applicants represent that any asset-based service and distribution fees for each class of shares of the Funds will comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 2341 (“FINRA Sales Charge Rule”).
10. Each of the Funds will comply with any requirements that the Commission or FINRA may adopt regarding disclosure at the point of sale and in transaction confirmations about the costs and conflicts of interest arising out of the distribution of open-end investment company shares, and regarding prospectus disclosure of sales loads and revenue sharing arrangements, as if those requirements applied to the Fund. In addition, each Fund will contractually require that any distributor of the Fund's shares comply with such requirements in connection with the distribution of such Fund's shares.
11. Each Fund will allocate all expenses incurred by it among the various classes of shares based on the net assets of the Fund attributable to each class, except that the net asset value and expenses of each class will reflect distribution fees, shareholder service fees, and any other incremental expenses of that class. Expenses of the Fund allocated to a particular class of shares will be borne on a pro rata basis by each outstanding share of that class. Applicants state that each Fund will comply with the provisions of rule 18f-3 under the Act as if it were an open-end investment company.
12. Applicants state that each Fund may impose an early withdrawal charge on shares submitted for repurchase that have been held less than a specified period and may waive the early withdrawal charge for certain categories of shareholders or transactions to be established from time to time. Applicants state that each of the Funds will apply the early withdrawal charge (and any waivers or scheduled variations of the early withdrawal charge) uniformly to all shareholders in a given class and consistently with the requirements of rule 22d-1 under the Act as if the Funds were open-end investment companies.
13. Each Fund operating as an interval fund pursuant to rule 23c-3 under the Act may offer its shareholders an exchange feature under which the shareholders of the Fund may, in connection with the Fund's periodic repurchase offers, exchange their shares of the Fund for shares of the same class of (i) registered open-end investment companies or (ii) other registered closed-end investment companies that comply with rule 23c-3 under the Act and continuously offer their shares at net asset value, that are in the Fund's group of investment companies (collectively, “Other Funds”). Shares of a Fund operating pursuant to rule 23c-3 that are exchanged for shares of Other Funds will be included as part of the amount of the repurchase offer amount for such Fund as specified in rule 23c-3 under the Act. Any exchange option will comply with rule 11a-3 under the Act, as if the Fund were an open-end investment company subject to rule 11a-3. In complying with rule 11a-3, each Fund will treat an early withdrawal charge as if it were a contingent deferred sales load.
1. Section 18(a)(2) of the Act provides that a closed-end investment company may not issue or sell a senior security that is a stock unless certain requirements are met. Applicants state that the creation of multiple classes of shares of the Funds may violate section 18(a)(2) because the Funds may not meet such requirements with respect to a class of shares that may be a senior security.
2. Section 18(c) of the Act provides, in relevant part, that a closed-end investment company may not issue or sell any senior security if, immediately thereafter, the company has outstanding more than one class of senior security. Applicants state that the creation of multiple classes of shares of the Funds may be prohibited by section 18(c), as a class may have priority over another class as to payment of dividends because shareholders of different classes would pay different fees and expenses.
3. Section 18(i) of the Act provides that each share of stock issued by a registered management investment company will be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock. Applicants state that multiple classes of shares of the Funds may violate section 18(i) of the Act because each class would be entitled to exclusive voting rights with respect to matters solely related to that class.
4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions from any provision of the Act, or from any rule or regulation under the Act, if and to the extent such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants request an exemption under section 6(c) from sections 18(a)(2), 18(c) and 18(i) to permit the Funds to issue multiple classes of shares.
5. Applicants submit that the proposed allocation of expenses relating to distribution and voting rights among multiple classes is equitable and will not discriminate against any group or
1. Section 23(c) of the Act provides, in relevant part, that no registered closed-end investment company shall purchase securities of which it is the issuer, except: (a) On a securities exchange or other open market; (b) pursuant to tenders, after reasonable opportunity to submit tenders given to all holders of securities of the class to be purchased; or (c) under other circumstances as the Commission may permit by rules and regulations or orders for the protection of investors.
2. Rule 23c-3 under the Act permits a registered closed-end investment company (an “interval fund”) to make repurchase offers of between five and twenty-five percent of its outstanding shares at net asset value at periodic intervals pursuant to a fundamental policy of the interval fund. Rule 23c-3(b)(1) under the Act permits an interval fund to deduct from repurchase proceeds only a repurchase fee, not to exceed two percent of the proceeds, that is paid to the interval fund and is reasonably intended to compensate the fund for expenses directly related to the repurchase.
3. Section 23(c)(3) provides that the Commission may issue an order that would permit a closed-end investment company to repurchase its shares in circumstances in which the repurchase is made in a manner or on a basis that does not unfairly discriminate against any holders of the class or classes of securities to be purchased.
4. Applicants request relief under section 6(c), discussed above, and section 23(c)(3) from rule 23c-3 to the extent necessary for the Funds to impose early withdrawal charges on shares of the Funds submitted for repurchase that have been held for less than a specified period.
5. Applicants state that the early withdrawal charges they intend to impose are functionally similar to contingent deferred sales loads imposed by open-end investment companies under rule 6c-10 under the Act. Rule 6c-10 permits open-end investment companies to impose contingent deferred sales loads, subject to certain conditions. Applicants note that rule 6c-10 is grounded in policy considerations supporting the employment of contingent deferred sales loads where there are adequate safeguards for the investor and state that the same policy considerations support imposition of early withdrawal charges in the interval fund context. In addition, applicants state that early withdrawal charges may be necessary for the distributor to recover distribution costs. Applicants represent that any early withdrawal charge imposed by the Funds will comply with rule 6c-10 under the Act as if the rule were applicable to closed-end investment companies. The Funds will disclose early withdrawal charges in accordance with the requirements of Form N-1A concerning contingent deferred sales loads.
1. Section 17(d) of the Act and rule 17d-1 under the Act prohibit an affiliated person of a registered investment company, or an affiliated person of such person, acting as principal, from participating in or effecting any transaction in connection with any joint enterprise or joint arrangement in which the investment company participates unless the Commission issues an order permitting the transaction. In reviewing applications submitted under section 17(d) and rule 17d-1, the Commission considers whether the participation of the investment company in a joint enterprise or joint arrangement is consistent with the provisions, policies and purposes of the Act, and the extent to which the participation is on a basis different from or less advantageous than that of other participants.
2. Rule 17d-3 under the Act provides an exemption from section 17(d) and rule 17d-1 to permit open-end investment companies to enter into distribution arrangements pursuant to rule 12b-1 under the Act. Applicants request an order under section 17(d) and rule 17d-1 under the Act to the extent necessary to permit the Fund to impose asset-based distribution and shareholder service fees. Applicants have agreed to comply with rules 12b-1 and 17d-3 as if those rules applied to closed-end investment companies, which they believe will resolve any concerns that might arise in connection with a Fund financing the distribution of its shares through asset-based distribution fees.
For the reasons stated above, applicants submit that the exemptions requested under section 6(c) are necessary and appropriate in the public interest and are consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants further submit that the relief requested pursuant to section 23(c)(3) will be consistent with the protection of investors and will insure that applicants do not unfairly discriminate against any holders of the class of securities to be purchased. Finally, applicants state that the Funds' imposition of asset-based distribution and shareholder service fees is consistent with the provisions, policies and purposes of the Act and does not involve participation on a basis different from or less advantageous than that of other participants.
Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the following condition:
Each Fund relying on the order will comply with the provisions of rules 6c-10, 12b-1, 17d-3, 18f-3, 22d-1, and, where applicable, 11a-3 under the Act, as amended from time to time, as if those rules applied to closed-end management investment companies, and will comply with the FINRA Sales Charge Rule, as amended from time to time, as if that rule applied to all closed-end management investment companies.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to specify in Exchange rules the Exchange's primary and secondary sources of data feeds from NYSE MKT LLC for order handling and execution, order routing, and regulatory compliance. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.37 (“Rule 7.37”) to specify in Exchange rules the primary and secondary sources of data feeds from NYSE MKT LLC (“NYSE MKT”) that the Exchange would use for order handling and execution, order routing, and regulatory compliance.
On July 18, 2014, the Exchange filed a proposed rule change that clarified the Exchange's use of certain data feeds for order handling and execution, order routing, and regulatory compliance.
NYSE MKT has amended its rules to provide for an intentional access delay to certain inbound and outbound order messages on that exchange (the “Delay Mechanism”).
The Exchange proposes to implement these changes coincident with the transition of NYSE MKT to the Pillar technology and with the implementation of the Delay Mechanism, which are expected to be on July 24, 2017.
The Exchange also proposes non-substantive amendments to Rule 7.37(d) to update the names of the market centers and to eliminate an inoperative market center.
The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed change is not designed to address any competitive issue but rather would provide the public and investors with information about which data feeds the Exchange uses for execution
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On February 15, 2017, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (“Exchange” or “CBOE”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
The MSRB filed with the Commission a proposed rule change to amend MSRB Rule G-21(e), on municipal fund security product advertisements, to address important regulatory developments and to enhance investor protection in connection with municipal fund securities (“proposed rule change”). The MSRB requests that the proposed rule change be approved with an implementation date three months after the Commission approval date for all changes.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the MSRB's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the MSRB included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The MSRB has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
For over 40 years, Section 15B of the Exchange Act has granted the Board with rulemaking authority over the municipal securities transactions effected by brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers (collectively, “dealers”). However, following the financial crisis of 2008, Congress expanded that authority with its enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).
In the context of developing a rule to address advertising by municipal advisors, the Board undertook a holistic review of its advertising rules, and determined to draft amendments to Rule G-21 as well as to develop new draft Rule G-40, on advertising by municipal advisors. The Board sought public comment on the draft amendments to Rule G-21 and new draft Rule G-40,
While the Board is considering the comments it received in response to that Request for Comment on various other potential changes to advertising regulations, the Board has concluded to separately propose rule changes to Rule G-21(e) alone to address important regulatory developments and to enhance investor protection in connection with municipal fund securities.
In summary, the proposed rule change would amend Rule G-21(e) to:
• Reflect relevant regulatory developments;
• enhance the “out-of-state disclosure obligation”
• clarify that certain advertisements that contain performance data may include a hyperlink to a Web site that contains more recent performance data; and
• include several revisions that are designed to promote understanding of and compliance with the rule.
A detailed discussion about the proposed rule change's enhancements to Rule G-21(e) follows.
The proposed rule change would amend Rule G-21(e) to reflect two regulatory developments—the SEC's money market reforms and the formation of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(2)(c) requires that a municipal fund security advertisement of an investment option that the issuer holds out as having the characteristics of a money market fund include certain disclosures. The Board designed those disclosures to protect investors by alerting them to the potential risks of investing in that investment option, and modeled the disclosures on the disclosures required for money market fund advertisements by Rule 482(b)(4)
The proposed rule change would require that a municipal fund security advertisement of an investment option that has the characteristics of a money market fund include enhanced
The disclosure that would be required by the proposed rule change reflects the SEC's money market reforms. The Board tailored the proposed disclosure for each of the three categories of money market funds in which a municipal fund security investment option could invest. Those categories are: (i) Money market funds that are not government money market funds or retail money market funds with floating net asset values that may impose liquidity fees and that may temporarily suspend redemptions; (ii) money market funds that are government money market funds or retail money market funds that maintain stable net asset values that may impose liquidity fees or that may temporarily suspend redemptions; and (iii) money market funds that are government money market funds that maintain stable net asset values and that have elected not to impose liquidity fees or to temporarily suspend redemptions. The proposed rule change to Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(2)(c) is substantially similar to the SEC's amendments to Rule 482(b)(4) under the 1933 Act,
Specifically, the current disclosure required by Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(2)(c) alerts a 529 college savings plan investor that an investment option that the issuer holds out as having the characteristics of a money market fund (i) is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency (unless such guarantee is provided by or on behalf of such issuer) and (ii) if the money market fund is held out as maintaining a stable net asset value, that although the issuer seeks to preserve the value of the investment at $1.00 per share or such other applicable fixed share price, it is possible to lose money by investing in the investment option. In addition to the current disclosure, the proposed rule change would require enhanced disclosure to alert the investor that, as applicable, the underlying mutual fund may impose a liquidity fee or suspend redemptions and that the investor should not expect the underlying fund sponsor to provide financial support to the underlying mutual fund.
The proposed rule change also would update Rule G-21(e)(ii)(F) and Rule G-21(e)(vi) to substitute FINRA for references to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”).
The proposed rule change would enhance the out-of-state disclosure required by Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(2)(b). Under Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(2)(b), certain advertisements for a 529 college savings plan must provide disclosure that an investor should consider, before investing, whether the investor's or the designated beneficiary's home state offers any state tax or other benefits that are only available for investment in such state's 529 college savings plan. To assist an investor's understanding of what those other state benefits may include, the proposed rule change would require disclosure that those other state benefits may include financial aid, scholarship funds, and protection from creditors.
The proposed rule change would provide two clarifications to the legend that must be provided in an advertisement of performance data by a municipal fund security. Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(3)(a) requires that a municipal fund security's advertisement of performance data include a legend that discloses that the performance data set forth in the advertisement represents past performance; that past performance does not guarantee future results; that the investment return and the value of the investment will fluctuate so that an investor's shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost; and that current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data included in the advertisement. The proposed rule change would clarify that an investment option that invests in a government money market fund or a retail money market fund may omit the disclosure required by the legend about principal value fluctuation. That clarification is consistent with Rule 482(b)(3) under the 1933 Act that permits government money market funds and retail money market funds to omit that disclosure.
Further, Rule G-21(e)(i)(A)(3)(a) requires that the legend in a municipal fund security's advertisement of performance data that is not current to the most recent month ended seven business days before the date of any use of the advertisement, also must disclose where the investor may obtain more current performance data. The legend must include a toll-free number or a Web site where the investor may obtain that information. The proposed rule change would clarify that the advertisement may provide a hyperlink to the Web site where the investor may obtain total return quotations current to most recent month end for which such total return information is available. The Board believes that the use of the hyperlink to a Web site will assist investors in obtaining more current performance data. Further, the use of a hyperlink to provide certain data is consistent with the rules of other financial regulators.
To assist the reader's understanding of the disclosure and to assist with a dealer's compliance with the rule, the proposed rule change would make
Section 15B(b)(2) of the Exchange Act
[t]he Board shall propose and adopt rules to effect the purposes of this title with respect to transactions in municipal securities effected by brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers and advice provided to or on behalf of municipal entities or obligated persons by brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, and municipal advisors with respect to municipal financial products, the issuance of municipal securities, and solicitations of municipal entities or obligated persons undertaken by brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, and municipal advisors.
Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act
be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in municipal securities and municipal financial products, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market in municipal securities and municipal financial products, and, in general, to protect investors, municipal entities, obligated persons, and the public interest.
The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Sections 15B(b)(2)
Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act
The proposed rule change would enhance those additional disclosures as they relate to 529 college savings plans by expanding the disclosure about the other state benefits that are available only for investments in such state's qualified tuition program. Those other state benefits include financial aid, scholarship funds, and protection from creditors. The proposed rule change would also harmonize that disclosure with disclosure required by the recent amendments made by the SEC to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act applicable to certain mutual fund advertisements. That disclosure includes disclosure about a money market fund's ability to impose a liquidity fee and to temporarily suspend redemptions.
The MSRB does not believe the proposed rule change would create a burden on competition, as all municipal fund securities dealers would be subject to the additional requirements for disclosures.
The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change may reduce inefficiencies and confusion for dealers via harmonization of MSRB rule requirements with comparable SEC requirements on advertising. The MSRB believes investors should benefit from better information in the form of more consistent and accurate advertising through updated requirements for certain municipal fund security advertisements, as investors generally value ease of comparison of different financial products.
The MSRB received 11 comment letters in response to the Request for Comment on the draft amendments to Rule G-21 and new draft Rule G-40.
Fidelity and SIFMA expressed support for the use of hyperlinks to provide more current performance information.
We fully support these draft amendments and believe that hyperlinks are a commonly used method of communication, well understood by investors, through which investors can obtain additional details on facts that matter to them.
Similarly, SIFMA stated that, “SIFMA and its members support the ability to use hyperlinks in this rule . . . .”
FSI supported the proposed rule change's harmonization with the SEC's advertising rules applicable to mutual funds.
I.
. . . The Proposed Rule also amends Rule G-21(e) to incorporate the provisions included in the SEC's amendments to its registered investment company advertising rules. The draft amendments to Rule G-21(e) replace the money market mutual fund disclosure required by current Rule G-21 with a modified version of the money market mutual fund disclosure currently required by SEC rules.
SI supported the enhanced out-of-state disclosure. SI commented that the “added detail and clarity” will enhance the value of 529 college savings plans for investors and advisors, because the disclosure will assist the reader in more fully understanding what the other benefits may be of investing in a 529 college savings plan offered by the investor's or the designated beneficiary's home state.
Strategic Insight appreciates the higher level of detail and clarity by expanding the description of “other benefits” to include reference to “such as financial aid, scholarship funds, and protection from creditors” as these are important factors that investors often overlook. By expanding the description, 529s will also be easier to understand which encourages use of the product. Ultimately, the added detail and clarity will enhance the value of 529s for investors and advisors, as they may not have been able to identify what the “other benefits” were referencing previously.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
For the Commission, pursuant to delegated authority.
On May 2, 2017, ICE Clear Europe Limited (“ICE Clear Europe”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
As more fully described in the Notice, the proposed rule change seeks to amend the Articles of Association, among other things, to update the Articles to add definitions that reflect ICE Clear Europe's existing committees, change the minimum number of directors from two to six, provide for selection of replacement or additional directors by the Nominations Committee, make use of a Senior Independent Director appointed in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, stagger the retirement or rotation of independent directors (the provisions for the retirement or rotation of CDS directors will not change), explicitly provide that directors appoint members of relevant committees, which operate under their own terms of reference, require independent directors to disclose to the Board of Directors all other directorships that they hold both prior to appointment and on an ongoing basis, adopt new procedures identifying and addressing conflicts of interest of directors with respect to both transactions with ICE Clear Europe where a director has an interest and matters in the ordinary course in which directors' interests are affected (
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act directs the Commission to approve a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it finds that such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to such organization.
The Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 17A of the Act and Rule 17Ad-22 thereunder. In particular, the Commission finds that the amendments will clarify aspects of ICE Clear Europe's governance framework and thus, in ICE Clear Europe's view, facilitate the efficient operation of the clearing house and the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of transactions. The Commission believes that these amendments are consistent with ICE Clear Europe's obligation to have governance arrangements that are clear and transparent, prioritize the safety and efficiency of the clearing agency, and support the public interest requirements in Section 17A of the Act and the objectives of owners and participants. Finally, with respect to potential conflicts of interest concerning matters in the ordinary course in which directors' interests are affected, the Commission believes that this provision is consistent with the requirement that the rules of a clearing agency assure a fair representation of its participants in the administration of its affairs. ICE Clear Europe has represented that these provisions are not intended to result in the recusal or disqualification of member-affiliated directors as a class,
Relying on these findings and assurances, the Commission believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Sections 17A(b)(3)(C) and (F) of the Act,
For the Commission by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On May 12, 2017, Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “BZX”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
BZX Rules 14.11(c)(3) and 14.11(c)(4) permit the Exchange to generically list Index Fund Shares (“Shares”) that overlie an index or portfolio of U.S. Component Stocks,
The Exchange proposes to amend BZX Rules 14.11(c)(3) and 14.11(c)(4) to permit the generic listing and trading of Shares overlying an index or portfolio of cash and: (1) U.S. Component Stocks; (2) Non-U.S. Component Stocks; (3) U.S. Component Stocks and Non-U.S. Component Stocks; and (4) Fixed Income Securities. The Exchange is not proposing to otherwise amend the applicable generic listing criteria, except to specify that the following generic listing criteria will not apply to the cash portion of the index or portfolio:
• Under proposed BZX Rule 14.11(c)(3)(A)(i)(a) through (d), the percentage weighting requirements would apply only to the U.S. Component Stocks portion of the underlying index or portfolio.
• Under proposed BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4)(B)(i)(b), (d), and (f), the percentage weighting requirements would apply only to the Fixed Income Securities portion of the underlying index or portfolio.
The Exchange does not propose any limit to the weighting of cash in an index or portfolio underlying a series of Shares.
The Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
The Commission believes that permitting the Exchange to generically list Shares that overlie an index or portfolio with a cash component may enhance competition among generically listed Shares, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. Additionally, the Commission believes that the generic listing criteria referenced above, applicable only to the non-cash portion(s) of the index or portfolio will neither dilute the generic listing criteria nor render the indexes or portfolios underlying generically listed Shares more susceptible to manipulation.
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to facilitate the listing and trading of certain series of Investment Company Units listed pursuant to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3). The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
Pursuant to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), the Exchange proposes to facilitate the listing and trading of certain series of Investment Company Units that do not otherwise meet the standards set forth in Commentary.02 to Rule 5.2(j)(3). Specifically, the Exchange proposes to facilitate the listing and trading of the following series of Investment Company Units based on a multistate index of fixed income municipal bond securities: iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF, VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Intermediate Municipal Index ETF, VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Long Municipal Index ETF, VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Short Municipal Index ETF, VanEck Vectors High-Yield Municipal Index ETF, VanEck Vectors Pre-Refunded Municipal Index ETF, PowerShares VRDO Tax-Free Weekly Portfolio, SPDR Nuveen Bloomberg Barclays Short Term Municipal Bond ETF and SPDR Nuveen Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond ETF (collectively, the “Multistate Municipal Bond Funds”).
In addition, the Exchange proposes to facilitate the listing and trading of the following series of Investment Company Units based on a single-state index of fixed income municipal bond securities: iShares California Muni Bond ETF and the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF (collectively, the “Single-state Municipal Bond Funds” and, together with the Multistate Municipal Bond Funds, the “Municipal Bond Funds”).
Each of the Municipal Bond Funds listed on the Exchange prior to 2010 and is based on an index of fixed-income municipal bond securities. Commentary .02 to Rule 5.2(j)(3) sets forth the generic listing requirements for an index of fixed income securities underlying a series of Investment Company Units. One of the enumerated listing requirements is that component fixed income securities that, in the aggregate, account for at least 75% of the weight of the index each shall have a minimum principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more.
The Exchange believes it is appropriate to facilitate the listing and trading of the Municipal Bond Funds because each such fund is based on a broad-based index of fixed income municipal bond securities that is not readily susceptible to manipulation. As of April 1, 2017, the indices on which the Municipal Bond Funds are based had the following characteristics:
1. The iShares National Muni Bond ETF is based on the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index, which included 11,333 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 47 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 0.25% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented less than 1% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 99.29% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 31.79% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $628,460,731,594 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $55,454,048.
2. The iShares Short Term National Muni Bond ETF is based on the S&P Short Term National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index, which included 3,309 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 44 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 1% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 98.22% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 27.63% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $166,147,941,156 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $50,210,922.
3. The VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Intermediate Municipal Index ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays AMT-Free Intermediate Continuous Municipal Index, which included 17,272 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 50 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented less than 0.25% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 0.50% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 96.13% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 7.75% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $340,102,539,050 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $19,690,976.
4. The VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Long Municipal Index ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays AMT-Free Long Continuous Municipal Index, which included 7,657 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 50 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented less than 0.50% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 1.25% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 93.84% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 32.34% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $279,575,285,082 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $36,512,379.
5. The VanEck Vectors AMT-Free Short Municipal Index ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays AMT-Free Short Continuous Municipal Index, which included 7,229 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 48 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 1% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2.25% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 94.4% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 13.60% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $152,020,140,995 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $21,026,299.
6. The VanEck Vectors High-Yield Municipal Index ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Custom High Yield Composite Index, which included 4,702 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 50 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 1.25% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 6% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 75.16% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 43.26% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $224,318,153,150 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $47,706,966.
7. The VanEck Vectors Pre-Refunded Municipal Index ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Pre-Refunded-Treasury-Escrowed Index, which included 3,691 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 50 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 0.50% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2.25% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 93.70% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 19.23% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $94,289,476,486 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $25,545,780.
8. The PowerShares VRDO Tax-Free Weekly Portfolio is based on the Bloomberg US Municipal AMT-Free Weekly VRDO Index, which included 1,494 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 49 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 0.75% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2.75% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 44.76% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 34.88% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding
9. The SPDR Nuveen Bloomberg Barclays Short Term Municipal Bond ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays Managed Money Municipal Short Term Index, which included 4,263 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 44 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 0.75% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 94.54% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 10.82% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $85,187,709,681 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $19,983,042.
10. The SPDR Nuveen Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond ETF is based on the Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Managed Money Index, which included 22,247 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 48 different states or U.S. territories. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented less than 0.25% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 0.50% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 95.05% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 13.35% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $496,240,108,998 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $22,305,934.
11. The iShares California Muni Bond ETF is based on the S&P California AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index, which included 2,115 component fixed income municipal bond securities from more than 150 distinct municipal bond issuers in the State of California. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 0.50% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 2.75% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 96.31% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 38.89% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $137,796,471,640 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $65,151,996.
12. The iShares New York Muni Bond Fund is based on the S&P New York AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index, which included 2,191 component fixed income municipal bond securities from more than 20 distinct municipal bond issuers in the State of New York. The most heavily weighted security in the index represented approximately 1.50% of the total weight of the index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the index represented approximately 4.25% of the total weight of the index. Approximately 98.63% of the weight of the index components was composed of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities in the offering. Approximately 34.50% of the weight of the components in the index had a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $124,381,556,872 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the index was approximately $56,769,309.
Based on the characteristics of each index as described above, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to facilitate the listing and trading of the Municipal Bond Funds. Each index underlying the Municipal Bond Funds satisfies all of the generic listing requirements for Investment Company Units based on a fixed income index, except for the minimum principal amount outstanding requirement of Commentary .02(a)(2) to Rule 5.2(j)(3). A fundamental purpose behind the minimum principal amount outstanding requirement is to ensure that component securities of an index are sufficiently liquid such that the potential for index manipulation is reduced.
As described above, each index underlying the Multistate Municipal Bond Funds is broad-based and currently includes, on average, more than 8,000 component securities. Whereas the generic listing rules require that an index contain securities from a minimum of 13 non-affiliated issuers,
Each index on which the Single-state Municipal Bond Funds is based is similarly well diversified to protect against index manipulation. On average, the indices underlying the Single-state Municipal Bond Funds include more than 1,500 securities. Each index includes securities from at least 20 distinct municipal bond issuers and the most heavily weighted security in any of the indices underlying the Single-state Municipal Bond Funds represents approximately 2% and the aggregate weight of the five most heavily weighted securities in any of the indices represents approximately 6.25% of the total index weight.
On a continuous basis, each index underlying a Municipal Bond Fund will contain at least 500 component securities.
The current value of each index underlying the Municipal Bond Funds is widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day, as required by NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .02 (b)(ii). The IIV for shares of each Municipal Bond Fund is disseminated by one or more major market data vendors, updated at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session, as required by NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3), Commentary .02 (c). In addition, the portfolio of securities held by each Municipal Bond Fund is disclosed daily on each Municipal Bond Fund's Web site.
The Exchange notes that each of the Municipal Bond Funds has been listed on the Exchange for at least eight years
The basis under the Act for this proposed rule change is the requirement under Section 6(b)(5)
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.2(j)(3) (except for Commentary .02(a)(2)). The Exchange represents that trading in the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be subject to the existing trading surveillances administered by the Exchange as well as cross-market surveillances administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange.
As discussed above, the Exchange believes that each index underlying the Municipal Bond Funds is sufficiently broad-based to deter potential manipulation. Each index underlying the Multistate Municipal Bond Funds currently includes, on average, more than 8,000 component securities. Whereas the generic listing rules require that an index contain securities from a minimum of 13 non-affiliated issuers,
Further, the indices underlying the Single-state Municipal Bond Funds include, on average, more than 1,500 securities. Each such index includes securities from at least 20 distinct municipal bond issuers and the most heavily weighted security in any of the indices underlying the Single-state Municipal Bond Funds represents approximately 2% and the aggregate weight of the five most heavily weighted securities in any of the indices represents approximately 6.25% of the total index weight.
On a continuous basis, each index underlying a Municipal Bond Fund will contain at least 500 component securities.
The Exchange believes that, within a single municipal bond issuer, separate issues by the same issuer are likely to trade similarly to one another. In addition, the Exchange believes that individual CUSIPs within each index underlying the Municipal Bond Funds that share characteristics with other CUSIPs have a high yield to maturity correlation, and frequently have a correlation of one or close to one.
In support of its proposed rule change, the Exchange notes that the Commission has previously approved a rule change to facilitate the listing and trading of series of Investment Company Units based on an index of municipal bond securities that did not otherwise meet the generic listing requirements of NYSE Arca Rule 5.2(j)(3). For example, the Commission previous [sic] approved the listing and trading of the PowerShares Insured California Municipal Bond Portfolio, PowerShares Insured National Municipal Bond Portfolio and the PowerShares Insured New York Municipal Bond Portfolio (the “PowerShares Municipal Bond Funds”) notwithstanding the fact that the index underlying each fund did not satisfy the criteria of Commentary .02(a)(2) to Rule 5.2(j)(3).
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that a large amount of information is publicly available regarding the Municipal Bond Funds, thereby promoting market transparency. Each Municipal Bond Fund's portfolio holdings will be disclosed on such Municipal Bond Fund's Web site daily after the close of trading on the Exchange and prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange the following day. Moreover, the IIV for shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session. The current value of each index underlying the Municipal Bond Funds will be disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day. Information regarding market price and trading volume of the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be continually available on a real-time basis throughout the day on brokers' computer screens and other electronic services, and quotation and last sale information will be available via the CTA high-speed line. The Web site for each Municipal Bond Fund will include the prospectus for such Municipal Bond Fund and additional data relating to net asset value (“NAV”) and other applicable quantitative information. If the Exchange becomes aware that a Municipal Bond Fund's NAV is not being disseminated to all market participants at the same time, it will halt trading in the shares of such Municipal Bond Fund until such time as the NAV is available to all market participants. With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the shares of a Municipal Bond Fund. Trading also may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the shares of a particular Municipal Bond Fund inadvisable. If the IIV and index value are not being disseminated for a particular Municipal Bond Fund as required, the Corporation may halt trading during the day in which the interruption to the dissemination of the IIV or index value occurs. If the interruption to the dissemination of an IIV or index value persists past the trading day in which it occurred, the Corporation will halt trading. Trading in the shares of a Municipal Bond Fund will be halted if the circuit breaker parameters in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.12 have been reached or because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the shares of a particular Municipal Bond Fund inadvisable, and trading in the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be subject to NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.34, which sets forth circumstances under which such shares may be halted. In addition, investors will have ready access to information regarding the applicable IIV, and quotation and last sale information for the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund. Trade price and other information relating to municipal bonds is available through the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Electronic Municipal Market Access (“EMMA”) system.
All statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of each Municipal Bond Fund's portfolio, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange listing rules specified in this rule filing shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund on the Exchange. Each issuer of the Municipal Bond Funds is required to advise the Exchange of any failure by its Municipal Bond Fund to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will monitor for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If a Municipal Bond Fund is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under NYSE Arca Rule 5.5(m).
The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it will facilitate the listing and trading of exchange-traded products that principally hold municipal bonds and that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. The Exchange has in place surveillance procedures relating to trading in the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund and may obtain information via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, investors will have ready access to information regarding the IIV and quotation and last sale information for the shares of each Municipal Bond Fund.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change will facilitate the listing and trading of exchange-traded products that hold municipal securities and that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
A. By order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or
B. institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
I. Introduction
On May 1, 2017,
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(C) of the Act, the Commission is hereby: (1) temporarily suspending the proposed rule changes; and (2) instituting proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposals.
Prior to filing the proposed rule changes, the Participants and NYSE National, Inc.
The Plan specified that, in establishing the funding of the Company, the Operating Committee shall establish “a tiered fee structure in which the fees charged to: (i) CAT Reporters that are Execution Venues, including ATSs, are based upon the level of market share; (ii) Industry Members' non-ATS activities are based upon message traffic; and (iii) the CAT Reporters with the most CAT-related activity (measured by market share and/or message traffic, as applicable) are generally comparable (where, for these comparability purposes, the tiered fee structure takes into consideration affiliations between or among CAT Reporters, whether Execution Venues and/or Industry Members).”
To establish CAT Fees, the Participants submitted the proposed rule changes. As noted above, the proposed rule changes adopt fees to be charged to Industry Members, including Industry Members that are Execution Venue ATSs, which are described below.
The proposed rule changes establish fixed fees to be payable by Industry Members, based on message traffic.
The following table sets forth the specific Industry Member Percentages and Industry Member Recovery Allocations:
The Participants explained that, prior to the start of CAT reporting, “message traffic” will be comprised of historical equity and equity options orders, cancels and quotes provided by each exchange and FINRA over the previous three months.
For purposes of determining the CAT Fees for ATSs, the Participants categorized ATSs (excluding ATSs that do not execute orders) as Execution Venues.
The proposed rule changes establish fixed fees to be paid by Execution Venues depending on the market share of that Execution Venue in NMS Stocks and OTC Equity Securities. Market share for Execution Venues will be calculated by share volume, except the market share for a national securities association that has trades reported by its members to its trade reporting facility or facilities for reporting transactions effected otherwise than on an exchange in NMS Stocks or OTC Equity Securities will be calculated based on share volume of trades reported, excluding the share volume reported to such national securities association by an Execution Venue.
Under the proposed rule changes, each Equity Execution Venue will be ranked by market share and assigned to one of two tiers that have been predefined by percentages (the “Equity Execution Venue Percentages”).
The following table sets forth the specific Equity Execution Venue Percentages and Equity Execution Recovery Allocations:
The proposed rule changes establish fixed fees to be paid by Execution Venues depending on the Listed Options market share of that Execution Venue. Market share for Execution Venues will be calculated by contract volume.
The following table sets forth the specific Options Execution Venue Percentages and Options Execution Venue Recovery Allocations:
The Participants stated that market share for Execution Venues will be sourced from data reported to the CAT System after the commencement of CAT reporting.
In determining the cost allocation between Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs) and Execution Venues, the Participants stated that the Operating Committee decided that 75% of total costs recovered will be allocated to Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs) and 25% will be allocated to Execution Venues.
The Participants explained that the sum of the CAT Fees is designed to
For Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs):
For Equity Execution Venues:
For Options Execution Venues:
The Participants noted that Section 11.3(d) of the CAT NMS Plan states that “[t]he Operating Committee shall review such fee schedule on at least an annual basis and shall make any changes to such fee schedule that it deems appropriate.”
Under the proposed rule changes, the Operating Committee will assign fee tiers every three months based on market share or message traffic, as applicable, from the prior three months.
The proposed rule changes state that the Company will provide each Industry Member with one invoice each quarter for its CAT Fees, regardless of whether the Industry Member is a member of multiple Participants.
As noted above, the Commission received a number of comment letters on the proposed rule changes
One commenter asks whether the CAT is a “worthwhile endeavor,”
In response to the comment questioning the utility of the CAT, the Participants explain that they are obligated to build the CAT by Rule 613.
One commenter challenges the imposition of a CAT Fee on Industry Members, arguing that the Participants have not provided justification for imposing such a fee and that the Industry Members should not be obligated to pay any costs or expenses other than the direct costs to build and operate the CAT.
In their response, the Participants state that Rule 613 of Regulation NMS (“Rule 613”)
Three commenters argue that the funding decisions would have benefited from greater involvement from Industry Members.
In response to the comment that the funding model should have been the result of greater industry collaboration, the Participants assert that market participants were given the opportunity to comment on the funding model through the CAT NMS Plan Notice
Three commenters raise concerns about Participant conflicts of interest in setting the CAT fees.
Another commenter argues that the Participants have a clear conflict of interest when setting their own cost allocation.
In their response, the Participants explain that it is unnecessary to require an independent third party to establish the CAT Fees, in part because the funding of the CAT is designed to protect against any conflicts of interest in the Participants' ability to set fees, through the operation of the CAT on a break-even basis (such that any fees collected would be used toward CAT costs and an appropriate reserve, and that surpluses would offset fees in future payment).
In response to the comment asking about the status of the Company's application to be organized as a tax-exempt business league, the Participants state that the Company filed its IRS application on May 5, 2017, and that the application is currently pending. The Participants explain that if the IRS does not approve the application, the Company will operate as set forth in the Plan, but may be required to pay taxes. They believe that it is premature to include a tax contingency plan in the proposals.
Several commenters raise concerns about the proposed allocation of CAT fees.
In response to comments regarding the allocation of CAT costs, the Participants first state that the 88% figure cited in the first commenter's letter is the cost broker-dealers will incur directly to comply with the reporting requirements of the CAT, not the CAT Fees.
In addition, the Participants explain that the Operating Committee believed that the 75%/25% division of total CAT costs between Industry Members and Execution Venues maintained the greatest level of comparability, considering affiliations among or between CAT Reporters.
Two commenters believe that the proposed tiering methodology is inequitable and unreasonable.
In response to the comments that the tiering methodology is inequitable and unreasonable because Participants will be assessed fees based on market share, rather than message traffic, the Participants explain that charging broker-dealers based on message traffic is the most equitable means to establish their fees because message traffic is a significant cost driver of CAT. Accordingly, the Participants believe that it is appropriate to use message traffic to assign fee tiers to broker-dealers.
In response to a commenter's concern that the Participants only established two tiers for themselves, the Participants state that the CAT NMS Plan permits them to establish only two tiers and that two tiers were sufficient to distinguish between the Execution Venues.
In response to the comment asking why it makes sense to charge a fixed fee for all market participants within a single tier and questioning the results of fixed-fee tiering, the Participants explain that the proposed approach “helps ensure that fees are equitably allocated among similarly situated CAT Reporters, thereby lessening the impact of CAT fees on smaller firms,”
One commenter believes that the proposed fees will be unsustainable for small options market-makers.
Additionally, the commenter believes that charging Industry Members on the basis of message traffic will disproportionately impact options market-makers because, unlike for equities, message traffic would include options strikes and series.
In their response, the Participants explain that since message traffic is a major cost component for CAT, they believe it is an appropriate basis for assigning Industry Member fee tiers.
One commenter objects to the proposed fees for ATSs, which are the same fees as Participants under the proposals, as unreasonable, because it believes the fees would result a significant burden on small ATSs and a barrier to entry for new ATSs that would not similarly apply to the Participants.
Another commenter objects to the proposals' treatment of smaller Equity Execution Venues (such as low volume ATSs), opining that such treatment is unfair and anti-competitive.
In response to the comment noting that charging ATSs the same CAT fees as Execution Venues would result in a significant burden on smaller ATSs and act as a barrier to entry, the Participants reiterate that two fee tiers for Execution Venues were appropriate because adding tiers would “compromise the comparability of fees between Execution Venues and Industry Members with the most CAT-related activity. . . . [C]reating additional tiers could have unintended consequences on the funding model such as creating greater discrepancies between the tiers.”
In response to the comment recommending the addition of a tier for small ATSs executing in the aggregate less than 1% of NMS stocks, the Participants explain that two fee tiers for Execution Venues were appropriate because adding tiers would “compromise the comparability of fees between Execution Venues and Industry Members with the most CAT-related activity.”
One commenter objects to the proposals' treatment of Execution Venues for OTC Equity securities, opining that it is unfair and anti-competitive.
In their response, the Participants state that the CAT NMS Plan provides for the use of share volume to calculate market share for Execution Venues that execute transactions in NMS Stocks or OTC Equity Securities.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(C) of the Act,
In particular, the Commission finds that it is appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, and otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, to temporarily suspend the proposed rule changes to consider whether the proposed rule changes satisfy the standards under the Act and the rules thereunder requiring, among other things, that the rules of an exchange or a national securities association provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable fees among members, issuers, and other persons using its facilities; promote just and equitable principles of trade; protect investors and the public interest; do not permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers or dealers; and do not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The proposed rule changes are subject to Section 6 of the Act in the case of the national securities exchanges and Section 15A of the Act in the case of the national securities association, including: (1) Section 6(b)(4)
In temporarily suspending the proposed rule changes, the Commission intends to consider whether, among other things, the following aspects of the proposed rule changes are consistent with the Act:
• The allocation of 75% of total costs recovered to Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs) and 25% to Execution Venues, and the comparability of fees between the largest Industry Members and Tier 1 Execution Venues. The Participants stated that this 75%/25% division maintains the greatest level of comparability across the funding model, keeping in view that comparability should consider affiliations among or between CAT Reporters.
• The determination to rely on market share, as calculated by share volume in NMS Stocks and OTC Equity Securities, to place Equity Execution Venues for OTC Equity Securities and Execution Venues representing less than 1% NMS market share (primarily lower volume ATSs) in the same fee tier structure as Equity Execution Venues for NMS Stocks, as well as the determination to set two fee tiers and charge Equity Execution Venues in Tier 2 approximately two-thirds of the fees allocated to Equity Execution Venues in Tier 1. The CAT NMS Plan permits the Operating Committee to establish at least two and no more than five tiers of fixed fees for Equity Execution Venues.
• The inclusion of options market-maker quotes in message traffic for purposes of calculating the appropriate fee tier for Industry Members. The Participants stated that, under the proposals, each Industry Member will be placed into one of nine tiers of fixed fees, based on message traffic for a defined period.
In addition to temporarily suspending the proposal, the Commission also hereby institutes proceedings pursuant to Sections 19(b)(3)(C)
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,
The Commission believes that the proposed rule changes raise questions as to whether the allocation of the total CAT costs recovered between and among Industry Members and Execution Venues is reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory under Section 6 and Section 15A of the Act. In particular, the Commission wishes to consider further whether the allocation of 75% of total CAT costs recovered to Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs) and 25% to Execution Venues is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, and whether the CAT Fees are consistent with the funding principles set forth in the CAT NMS Plan, which state that, in establishing the funding of the Company, the Operating Committee shall seek, among other things, “to establish an allocation of the Company's related costs among Participants and Industry Members that is consistent with the Exchange Act taking into account . . . distinctions in the securities trading operations of Participants and Industry Members and their relative impact upon the Company resources and operations”
The Commission also believes the proposed rule changes raise questions as to whether the Participants have addressed the impact of the proposed tiers on Industry Members who are options market makers, who are required to continually quote a two-
Finally, the Commission believes the proposed rule changes raise questions as to whether the determination to place Execution Venues for OTC Equity Securities in the same tier structure as Execution Venues for NMS Stocks will result in an undue or inappropriate burden on competition under Section 6 and Section 15A. Specifically, the Commission wishes to consider whether the Participants' decision to group Execution Venues for OTC Equity Securities and NMS Stocks in one tier structure, recognizing that the application of share volume may lead to different outcomes as applied to OTC Equity Securities and NMS Stocks. The Commission is also considering whether the determination to place Execution Venues representing less than 1% of NMS market share in the same tier structure as other Equity Execution Venues will result in an undue or inappropriate burden on competition under Section 6 and Section 15A.
The Commission requests written views, data, and arguments with respect to the concerns identified above as well as any other relevant concerns. Such comments should be submitted by July 28, 2017. Rebuttal comments should be submitted by August 11, 2017. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency and merit of the Participants' statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth in the proposed rule changes,
(1) With respect to the proposed allocation of total CAT costs:
(a) Commenters' views on the determination to allocate 75% of total CAT costs recovered to Industry Members (other than Execution Venue ATSs) and 25% to Execution Venues;
(b) Commenters' views on whether the proposed allocation of CAT Fees is consistent with the funding principles expressed in the CAT NMS Plan, which state that the Operating Committee shall seek, among other things, “to establish an allocation of the Company's related costs among Participants and Industry Members that is consistent with the Exchange Act taking into account . . . distinctions in the securities trading operations of Participants and Industry Members and their relative impact upon the Company resources and operations”
(c) Commenters' views on whether the Participants' approach to accounting for affiliations among Execution Venues in setting CAT Fees disadvantages non-affiliated Execution Venues or otherwise burdens competition in the market for trading services; and
(d) Commenters' views on potential alternative allocations of total CAT costs to Industry Members and Execution Venues, including allocations that do not so heavily account for comparability between and among Industry Member Complexes and Execution Venue Complexes.
(2) With respect to the proposed CAT Fees for Execution Venues:
(a) Commenters' views on the determination to place Equity Execution Venues for OTC Equity Securities and Equity Execution Venues representing less than 1% NMS market share (primarily lower volume ATSs) in the same fee tier structure as large Equity Execution Venues for NMS Stocks, including views as to whether this approach is consistent with the funding principles outlined in the CAT NMS Plan, views as to how this approach will affect competition in the market for trading services for low-priced NMS Stocks and/or securities not listed on national securities exchanges, and views regarding how these venues can be expected to contribute to CAT message traffic compared to other Equity Execution Venues;
(b) Commenters' views as to whether a separate tier structure should have been created for Equity Execution Venues for OTC Equity Securities, similar to the separate tier structure created for Options Execution Venues;
(c) Commenters' views, and supporting data, on whether charging Execution Venues based on message traffic will result in large and small Execution Venues paying comparable fees; and
(d) Commenters' views on the appropriate number of tiers for Execution Venues and the appropriate distribution of fees across such tiers.
(3) With respect to the proposed CAT Fees for both Industry Members and Execution Venues, commenters' views on whether the decreasing cost per additional unit (of message traffic in the case of Industry Members or of share volume in the case of Execution Venues) in the proposed fee schedules burdens competition by disadvantaging small Industry Members and Execution Venues and/or by creating barriers to entry in the market for trading services and/or the market for broker-dealer services.
(4) With respect to the proposed CAT Fees for Industry Members:
(a) Commenters' views on the determination to include options market-maker quotes in message traffic for purposes of calculating the appropriate fee tier for options market-makers; and
(b) Commenters' views on the appropriate number of tiers for Industry Members and the appropriate distribution of fees across such tiers.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the proposed rule changes, including whether the proposed rule changes are consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange is filing a proposal to amend the MIAX Options Fee Schedule (the “Fee Schedule”) to clarify the manner in which the Exchange assesses its Options Regulatory Fee (“ORF”), and also to align its ORF rule text to rule text recently adopted by the Exchange's affiliate, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX PEARL”), with respect to its ORF.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
Currently, the Exchange charges an ORF in the amount of $0.0045 per contract side. The proposed rule change does not change the amount of the ORF, but instead modifies the rule text to clarify how the ORF is assessed and collected. The proposed rule change also aligns the ORF rule text of the Exchange to rule text recently adopted by the Exchange's affiliate, MIAX PEARL, with respect to its ORF.
The per-contract ORF will continue to be assessed by MIAX Options to each MIAX Options Member for all options transactions, including Mini Options, cleared or ultimately cleared by the Member which are cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”)
To illustrate how the ORF is assessed and collected, the Exchange provides the following set of examples. If the transaction is executed on the Exchange and the ORF is assessed, if there is no change to the clearing account of the original transaction, then the ORF is collected from the Member that is the executing clearing firm for the transaction. (The Exchange notes that, for purposes of the Fee Schedule, when there is no change to the clearing account of the original transaction, the executing clearing firm is deemed to be the ultimate clearing firm.) If there is a change to the clearing account of the original transaction (
As a practical matter, when a transaction that is subject to the ORF is not executed on the Exchange, the Exchange lacks the information necessary to identify the order entering member for that transaction. There are countless order entering market participants, and each day such participants can and often do drop their connection to one market center and establish themselves as participants on another. For these reasons, it is not possible for the Exchange to identify, and thus assess fees such as an ORF, on order entering participants on away markets on a given trading day. Clearing members, however, are distinguished from order entering participants because they remain identified to the Exchange on information the Exchange receives from OCC regardless of the identity of the order entering participant, their location, and the market center on which they execute transactions. Therefore, the Exchange believes it is more efficient for the operation of the Exchange and for the marketplace as a whole to collect the ORF from clearing members.
As discussed below, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to charge the ORF only to transactions that clear as customer at the OCC. The Exchange believes that its broad regulatory responsibilities with respect to a Member's activities supports applying the ORF to transactions cleared but not executed by a Member. The Exchange's regulatory responsibilities are the same regardless of whether a Member enters a transaction or clears a transaction executed on its behalf. The Exchange regularly reviews all such activities, including performing surveillance for position limit violations, manipulation, front-running, contrary exercise advice violations and insider trading. These activities span across multiple exchanges.
The ORF is designed to recover a material portion of the costs to the Exchange of the supervision and regulation of Members' customer options business, including performing routine surveillances and investigations, as well as policy, rulemaking, interpretive and enforcement activities. The Exchange believes that revenue generated from the ORF, when combined with all of the Exchange's other regulatory fees and fines, will cover a material portion, but not all, of the Exchange's regulatory costs. The Exchange notes that its regulatory responsibilities with respect to Member compliance with options sales practice rules have been allocated to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) under a 17d-2 Agreement. The ORF is not designed to cover the cost of options sales practice regulation.
The Exchange will continue to monitor the amount of revenue collected from the ORF to ensure that it, in combination with its other regulatory fees and fines, does not exceed the Exchange's total regulatory costs. The Exchange will continue to monitor MIAX Options regulatory costs and revenues at a minimum on a semi-annual basis. If the Exchange determines regulatory revenues exceed or are insufficient to cover a material portion of its regulatory costs, the Exchange will adjust the ORF by submitting a fee change filing to the Commission. The Exchange will notify Members of adjustments to the ORF via regulatory circular at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the change.
The Exchange believes it is reasonable and appropriate for the Exchange to charge the ORF for options transactions regardless of the exchange on which the transactions occur. The Exchange has a statutory obligation to enforce compliance by Members and their associated persons under the Act and the rules of the Exchange and to surveil for other manipulative conduct by market participants (including non-Members) trading on the Exchange. The Exchange cannot effectively surveil for such conduct without looking at and evaluating activity across all options markets. Many of the Exchange's market surveillance programs require the Exchange to look at and evaluate activity across all options markets, such as surveillance for position limit violations, manipulation, front-running and contrary exercise advice violations/expiring exercise declarations. While much of this activity relates to the execution of orders, the ORF is assessed on and collected from clearing firms. The Exchange, because it lacks access to information on the identity of the entering firm for executions that occur on away markets, believes it is appropriate to assess the ORF on its Members' clearing activity, based on information the Exchange receives from OCC, including for away market activity. Among other reasons, doing so better and more accurately captures activity that occurs away from the Exchange over which the Exchange has a degree of regulatory responsibility. In so doing, the Exchange believes that assessing ORF on Member clearing firms equitably distributes the collection of ORF in a fair and reasonable manner.
In addition to its own surveillance programs, the Exchange works with other SROs and exchanges on intermarket surveillance related issues. Through its participation in the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”),
The Exchange believes that charging the ORF across markets will avoid having Members direct their trades to other markets in order to avoid the fee and to thereby avoid paying for their fair share for regulation. If the ORF did not apply to activity across markets then a Member would send their orders to the least cost, least regulated exchange. Other exchanges do impose a similar fee on their member's activity,
The Exchange notes that there is established precedent for an SRO charging a fee across markets, namely, FINRAs Trading Activity Fee
Additionally, the Exchange specifies in the Fee Schedule that the Exchange may only increase or decrease the ORF semi-annually, and any such fee change will be effective on the first business day of February or August. In addition to submitting a proposed rule change to the Commission as required by the Act to increase or decrease the ORF, the Exchange will notify participants via a Regulatory Circular of any anticipated change in the amount of the fee at least 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of the change. The Exchange believes that by providing guidance on the timing of any changes to the ORF, the Exchange would make it easier for participants to ensure their systems are configured to properly account for the ORF.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to amend its fee schedule is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes the proposed clarifications in the Fee Schedule to the ORF furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(4) of the Act and are equitable and reasonable since they expressly describe the Exchange's existing practices regarding the manner in which the Exchange assesses its ORF.
The Exchange believes the ORF is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it is objectively allocated to Members in that it is charged to all Members on all their transactions that clear as customer at the OCC. Moreover, the Exchange believes the ORF ensures fairness by assessing fees to those Members that are directly based on the amount of customer options business they conduct. Regulating customer trading activity is much more labor intensive and requires greater expenditure of human and technical resources than regulating non-customer trading activity, which tends to be more automated and less labor-intensive. As a result, the costs associated with administering the customer component of the Exchange's overall regulatory program are materially higher than the costs associated with administering the non-customer component (
The ORF is designed to recover a material portion of the costs of supervising and regulating Members' customer options business including performing routine surveillances, investigations, examinations, financial monitoring, and policy, rulemaking, interpretive, and enforcement activities. The Exchange will monitor, on at least a semi-annual basis the amount of revenue collected from the ORF to ensure that it, in combination with its other regulatory fees and fines, does not exceed the Exchange's total regulatory costs. The Exchange has designed the ORF to generate revenues that, when combined with all of the Exchange's other regulatory fees, will be less than or equal to the Exchange's regulatory costs, which is consistent with the Commission's view that regulatory fees be used for regulatory purposes and not to support the Exchange's business side. In this regard, the Exchange believes that the current amount of the fee is reasonable.
The Exchange believes that limiting changes to the ORF to twice a year on specific dates with advance notice is reasonable because it will give participants certainty on the timing of changes, if any, and better enable them to properly account for ORF charges among their customers. The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it will apply in the same manner to all Members that are subject to the ORF and provide them with additional advance notice of changes to that fee.
The Exchange believes that collecting the ORF from non-Members when such non-Members ultimately clear the transaction (that is, when the non-
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The ORF is not intended to have any impact on competition. Rather, it is designed to enable the Exchange to recover a material portion of the Exchange's cost related to its regulatory activities. The Exchange is obligated to ensure that the amount of regulatory revenue collected from the ORF, in combination with its other regulatory fees and fines, does not exceed regulatory costs. Unilateral action by MIAX Options in establishing fees for services provided to its Members and others using its facilities will not have an impact on competition. In the highly competitive environment for equity options trading, MIAX Options does not have the market power necessary to set prices for services that are unreasonable or unfairly discriminatory in violation of the Act. The Exchange's ORF, as described herein, is comparable to fees charged by other options exchanges for the same or similar services. The Exchange believes that limiting the changes to the ORF to twice a year on specific dates with advance notice is not intended to address a competitive issue but rather to provide Members with better notice of any change that the Exchange may make to the ORF.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act,
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Colorado dated 06/30/2017.
Effective 06/30/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15191 B and for economic injury is 15192 0.
The State which received an EIDL Declaration # is Colorado.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Texas dated 06/30/2017.
Effective 06/30/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15193 B and for economic injury is 15194 0.
The State which received an EIDL Declaration # is Texas.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before July 27, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0609 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
John J. Barcas (202) 267-7023, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
The Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21) established the permanent Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program that allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance for Federal highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of FHWA. This program mandates annual audits during each of the first 4 years of State participation to ensure compliance by each State participating in the Program. This notice makes available the final report of Ohio Department of Transportation's (ODOT) first audit under the program.
Mr. Kreig Larson, Office of Project Development and Environmental Review, (202) 366-2056,
An electronic copy of this notice may be downloaded from the specific docket page at
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program, codified at 23 U.S.C. 327, allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance for Federal highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of the FHWA. The ODOT published its application for assumption under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Assignment Program on April 12, 2015, and made it available for public comment for 30 days. After considering public comments, ODOT submitted its application to FHWA on May 27, 2015. The application served as the basis for developing a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that identifies the responsibilities and obligations that ODOT would assume. The FHWA published a notice of the draft MOU in the
Section 327(g) of Title 23, United States Code, requires the Secretary to conduct annual audits during each of the first 4 years of State participation. After the fourth year, the Secretary shall monitor the State's compliance with the written agreement. The results of each audit must be made available for public comment. The FHWA published a notice in the
23 U.S.C 327; 23 CFR 773; 49 CFR 1.85.
As part of responsibilities specified in 23 U.S.C. 327, as amended by the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (P.L. 114-94), this is the first audit of the Ohio Department of Transportation (ODOT)'s assumption of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) responsibilities, conducted by a team of Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) staff (the team). On December 28, 2015, ODOT assumed Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA) NEPA responsibilities and liabilities for the Federal-aid highway program in Ohio, as specified in a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) signed on December 11, 2015. This audit examined ODOT's performance under the MOU regarding responsibilities and obligations assigned therein.
The FHWA review team, formed in February 2016, met regularly to prepare and conduct elements of the review. Prior to the on-site visit, the team performed reviews of ODOT's project NEPA documentation in EnviroNet (ODOT's official environmental document filing system), the ODOT pre-audit information request (PAIR) response, and ODOT's self-assessment report. In addition, the team reviewed ODOT guidance documents, including the NEPA Quality Control/Quality Assurance Guidance, and the ODOT NEPA Assignment Training Plan. The team developed interview questions for ODOT Central Office, ODOT Districts, and outside agencies for the on-site portion of this review, which took place from August 1-5, 2016.
The ODOT is still in a transition phase and is developing and implementing procedures and processes for Federal decisionmaking responsibility under the NEPA Assignment Program. Overall, the team found evidence that ODOT made reasonable progress in implementing the NEPA Assignment Program and is committed to establishing a successful program. This report provides the team's assessment of ODOT's implementation of the NEPA Assignment Program, embodied in 11 observations and 3 successful practices.
It is important to differentiate between program-level compliance and project-level compliance under the NEPA Assignment Program. Project-level compliance refers to whether ODOT followed Federal environmental laws and regulations for a specific environmental action on a project. Project-level compliance trends may indicate program-level compliance. Program-level compliance refers to whether ODOT followed requirements (1) described in programs, processes, and procedures including Federal environmental laws and regulations for NEPA; (2) embodied in 23 U.S.C. 327 (as amended by the FAST Act); and (3) stipulated in the MOU between FHWA and ODOT for the Assignment Program. The team did not make any program-level non-compliance observations during this first review; however, the team did note project-level non-compliance observations, which this report discusses in further detail.
The team finds ODOT to be in substantial compliance with the provisions of the MOU. The ODOT has carried out the responsibilities that it has assumed, keeping with the intent of the MOU and its application for NEPA assumption responsibilities. We encourage ODOT to consider the observations in this report to continue to build upon the early successes of its program.
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program (NEPA Assignment Program) allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance with environmental laws for Federal-aid highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely responsible and liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of FHWA. The NEPA assignment first began as a pilot program established by Section 6005 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU). Section 1313 of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21), as codified in 23 U.S.C. 327 and amended by the FAST Act, made this program permanent.
Pursuant to Ohio Revised Code Section 5531.30, signed into law by Governor Kasich on April 1, 2015, the State of Ohio expressly consented to exclusive Federal court jurisdiction with respect to the compliance, discharge, and enforcement of any responsibility with respect to duties under NEPA and other Federal environmental laws assumed by ODOT. Ohio has therefore waived its sovereign immunity under 11th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution and consents to Federal Court jurisdiction for actions brought by its citizens for projects it has
The ODOT published its application for assumption under the NEPA Assignment Program on April 12, 2015, and made it available for public comment for 30 days. After considering public comments, ODOT submitted its application to FHWA on May 27, 2015. The application served as the basis for developing the MOU that identifies the responsibilities and obligations that ODOT would assume. The FHWA published a notice of the draft MOU in the
Effective December 28, 2015, ODOT assumed FHWA's project approval responsibilities under NEPA and NEPA-related Federal environmental laws.
Federal responsibilities not assigned to ODOT that remain with FHWA include:
(1) any highway projects authorized under 23 U.S.C. 202 (Tribal Transportation Program);
(2) any highway projects authorized under 23 U.S.C. 203 and 204 (Federal Lands Transportation Program), unless such projects will be designed and constructed by ODOT;
(3) any project that crosses State boundaries, and any project that crosses or is adjacent to international boundaries (A project is considered “adjacent to international boundaries” if it requires the issuance of a new or the modification of an existing Presidential Permit by the U.S. Department of State.);
(4) project-level conformity determinations under the Federal Clean Air Act; and
(5) conducting government-to-government consultation with federally recognized Indian tribes.
The FHWA will conduct a series of four annual compliance audits of the ODOT NEPA Assignment Program to satisfy provisions of 23 U.S.C. 327(g) and Part 11 of the MOU. Audits, as stated in MOU Sections 11.1.1 and 11.1.5, are the primary mechanism to oversee ODOT's compliance with the MOU, ensure compliance with applicable Federal laws and policies, evaluate ODOT's progress toward achieving the performance measures identified in MOU Section 10.2, and collect information needed for the Secretary's annual report to Congress.
This audit report will be available to ODOT and the public for review and comment. The FHWA will consider the status of observations from an audit as part of the scope of future audits and will include a summary discussion describing the progress made since the prior audit in all subsequent audit reports.
To ensure a level of diversity and guard against unintended bias, the team is comprised of NEPA subject matter experts from the FHWA Ohio Division Office, as well as FHWA offices in Washington, DC; Atlanta, GA; Austin, TX; Tallahassee, FL; and Baltimore, MD. In addition to the NEPA experts, two individuals from FHWA's Program Management Improvement Team in Lakewood, CO, provided technical assistance in conducting reviews. All of these experts received training specific to evaluation of implementation of the NEPA Assignment Program. The diverse composition of the team and the process of developing the audit report for publication in the
The team conducted a careful examination of the ODOT NEPA Assignment Program through review of three primary sources of information: project files, ODOT's responses to the pre-audit information request, and interviews with ODOT Central Office and District environmental staff, as well as resource agency staff. All reviews focused on objectives related to the six NEPA Assignment Program elements contained in the MOU: program management; documentation and records management; quality assurance/quality control; legal sufficiency; performance measurement; and training.
The purpose of the project file review was to evaluate the NEPA process and procedures utilized by ODOT, but not project-specific NEPA decisions. Fourteen members of the team reviewed a statistically valid sample of project files in ODOT's online environmental file system, EnviroNet. The universe of projects included any highway project with an environmental approval date between December 28, 2015, and May 31, 2016. Using a 90 percent confidence level and 10 percent margin of error, the team reviewed 82 out of 535 total projects. The projects reviewed represented all NEPA classes of action available, all 12 ODOT Districts, and the Ohio Rail Development Commission.
The team composed the 40-question PAIR based on requirements in the MOU that were incorporated into the objectives for the audit. The ODOT provided responses to the questions and the requests for documentation, such as its organizational structure. The team reviewed ODOT's responses to gain an understanding of how ODOT is currently meeting the requirements of the MOU. The team also compared the procedures described in the response to ODOT's written procedures. Finally, the team developed specific questions for the interviews to gather more information or to seek clarification based on ODOT's PAIR response.
The team conducted approximately 40 on-site interviews with staff at three ODOT Districts (District 4 [Akron], District 5 [Jacksontown], and District 9 [Chillicothe]); ODOT's Division of Planning, Office of Environmental Services (OES); the Ohio Rail Development Commission; and the Columbus, Ohio field offices of both the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. In each office, interviewees included staff, middle management, and executive management. The selected interviewees represented a diverse range of expertise and experience. The interviews at the ODOT Districts also included a discussion with the District Environmental Coordinators and environmental staff on project specific issues identified in the team's project file review. In addition, the team met with ODOT OES to discuss the audit's identified project file issues following the on-site review week.
The team verified information on the ODOT NEPA Assignment Program through review of ODOT policies, guidance, manuals, and reports. This included the NEPA Quality Control/Quality Assurance Guidance, ODOT NEPA Assignment Training Plan, and ODOT NEPA Assignment Self-Assessment report. The team identified gaps between the information in the documents, project file review, and interviews. The team documented the results of its reviews and interviews and consolidated the results into related topics or themes. From these topics or themes, the team developed the review observations and successful practices. The FHWA defines an observation as a statement that explains the condition, criteria, cause, and effect. The team considers observations as sufficiently important to urge ODOT to consider improvements or enhancement to the area of project management in its NEPA Assignment Program.
The FHWA defines successful practices as processes, procedures, practices, and technologies that the team wants to recognize, and that may benefit others. Successful practices should be replicable and scalable for other agencies.
The ODOT has carried out the responsibilities it has assumed pursuant to both the MOU and the Application. As such, the team finds ODOT to be in substantial compliance with the provisions of the MOU. Overall, the team found evidence that ODOT made reasonable progress in implementing the NEPA Assignment Program and is committed to establishing a successful program. The team identified eleven (11) observations, including both successful practices and opportunities for ODOT to improve its implementation of the NEPA Assignment Program.
The team recognizes that ODOT is still implementing the NEPA Assignment Program and is in the early stages of fully adapting and incorporating the requisite programs, policies, and procedures into its overall project development program. The ODOT's efforts are appropriately focused on establishing and refining policies, procedures, and guidance; training staff, including those within and outside of ODOT; clarifying role and responsibility changes due to NEPA Assignment; and monitoring compliance with its assigned responsibilities.
The ODOT's EnviroNet system provides a framework for ODOT's NEPA Assignment Program by serving as a records retention repository and as a project management tool for decisionmaking in the NEPA process. It also provides documentation of agency coordination and public involvement in that decision. The system has built-in controls, allowing ODOT to apply a measure of quality control and to enable the preparer to monitor project status, track when key decisions are required, and to record when they are completed.
The team has noted 11 observations. The team urges ODOT to consider improvements through one or more of the following: revising policies, procedures, and guidance, as needed; educating staff on the content and parameters of the policies, procedures, and guidance through targeted training; continued self-assessment; and continued information dissemination both inside and outside of ODOT and with the public. We encourage ODOT to consider the observations in this report to continue to build upon the early successes of its program.
The ODOT has communicated—through procedure development and/or refinement, its day-to-day correspondence, and rollout presentations within and outside of ODOT—that it has a strategy for incorporating NEPA Assignment into the overall project development process. The team found in ODOT's responses to the PAIR and through interviews that ODOT has utilized various means to disseminate this information to ODOT Central Office, Districts, coordinating agencies, Local Public Agencies (LPA), consultants, and the public. The Administrator of OES has stated that NEPA Assignment should be invisible on a day-to-day basis, as the NEPA process itself has not changed. The ODOT is simply completing the process under the MOU, which reflects ODOT's authority to make NEPA decisions, as agreed to by FHWA and ODOT.
Staff at all levels affirmed that OES management continuously stresses the responsibility and liability inherent in NEPA Assignment. Management stressed that all levels of staff should be fully aware of their responsibilities in all day-to-day activities. In addition, ODOT is also enhancing its working relationship with LPAs to ensure consistency in the preparation and review of NEPA documents, whether prepared by ODOT or the LPA. In general, ODOT takes pride in its assumed responsibilities and has worked to ensure that its staff is comfortable in this new role through policy and procedure review, and through various training opportunities. Interview responses also reflected that prior to NEPA Assignment, OES provided in-house training for ODOT consultants and staff at all levels.
Additional training opportunities noted in the PAIR and interviews include the newly established, bi-weekly NEPA Chats and quarterly District Environmental Coordinator (DEC) meetings. Interviewees indicated that they appreciate these opportunities and view them as an effective forum for learning and practice. These activities provide avenues for OES to dispense information, examples, and tips; answer questions; and explain new concepts to enhance staff understanding of new processes and procedures. Attendance at the NEPA Chats is mandatory, and when staff cannot attend a session, ODOT provides a summary of the information covered shortly after the NEPA Chat is completed.
The ODOT added three positions to address specific NEPA Assignment responsibilities: the NEPA Assignment Coordinator, environmentally focused legal counsel, and another staff person who dedicates half her time to NEPA Assignment. The OES and District staff stated that there are sufficient personnel to deliver a successful NEPA Assignment program. District staff also indicated that OES subject matter staff and management are available to assist the Districts when needed.
In demonstrating preparedness for NEPA Assignment, ODOT has been pro-active in revising its policies, manuals, guidance, and processes to ensure the documents are current, per NEPA Assignment requirements. An interview with OES executive management confirmed that these revisions account for approximately 80 documents to date, plus updates to ODOT's training curriculum.
To prepare for NEPA Assignment, ODOT has reached out to each of the external resource agencies to assure them that long-established relationships will not change as a result of NEPA Assignment. The ODOT's PAIR response and self-assessment, as well as in resource agency interviews, evince this effort. In addition, ODOT developed escalation procedures with some resource agencies. Resource agencies have praised both the technical competency of ODOT staff and the effective documentation on ODOT sponsored projects. During the resource
EnviroNet (ODOT's official online environmental file system) provides a framework for ODOT's NEPA Assignment Program, serving as a records retention repository and a project management tool for the NEPA process. It also provides documentation of agency coordination and public involvement for a particular decision. The system has built-in controls, allowing ODOT to apply a measure of quality control and to enable the preparer to monitor project status, track when key decisions are required, and record when they are completed.
EnviroNet provides a robust and comprehensive system to capture the NEPA process. The system has been a useful tool in facilitating the implementation of NEPA Assignment. Two key features are its ease of use and the fact that it acts as a process guide to enhance the completion of NEPA documentation, assuring that the requisite documents are included in the electronic project file. The team supports ODOT's plans to upgrade the EnviroNet System and resource agency access.
EnviroNet serves as ODOT's official online environmental file system, and ODOT procedures require that staff save all project-related documents therein. The ODOT NEPA File Management and Documentation Guidance,
These practices may represent a risk to ODOT, since they could eliminate documentation and evidence that support the “hard look” at projects required by NEPA. More specifically, the deleted comments and the use of alternate files could leave gaps in the decisionmaking process that may be subject to litigation. The deletion of internal document review comments and use of alternate files could also hinder the transparency of the process and potentially call into question reasonable assurances of compliance with NEPA and other recordkeeping requirements. In addition, ODOT's process of internal comment deletion does not allow for documenting trends in matters of compliance and non-compliance.
During interviews, ODOT personnel acknowledged EnviroNet contains date fields to track EAs, EISs, and their re-evaluations, but the system does not have fields to enter all information for these classes of NEPA actions. Interviewees stated that staff typically upload a PDF of the EA, EIS, or associated re-evaluation to the Project File Tab in EnviroNet, in addition to entering data into the date fields.
The team reviewed two EIS re-evaluations that had incomplete documentation in EnviroNet, per ODOT's NEPA File Management and Documentation Guidance. Upon further inquiry, the team determined that ODOT had stored the complete documentation outside of EnviroNet because the original EIS documentation predated EnviroNet. Due to inconsistencies between ODOT's guidance and actual practices, the team encourages ODOT to update its NEPA File Management and Documentation Guidance to clarify how EAs, EISs, and their re-evaluations should be documented and filed to ensure that staff includes all necessary information in the official environmental project file.
The team discovered project compliance issues in the areas of Public Involvement (PI), Environmental Justice (EJ), Environmental Commitments, Wetlands, Floodplains, and Section 4(f). The ODOT's self-assessment identified these same issues, with the exception of Section 4(f). The review noted several instances that indicated the improvements ODOT should make in these areas. The project-level compliance issues noted did not rise to the level of a finding of program-level non-compliance. None of the reviewed projects were in danger of losing Federal funding. For example, 24 percent of the sampled projects demonstrated a need for improved public involvement, and 6 percent of sampled projects had insufficient EJ analyses to satisfy all Federal requirements.
The team met with ODOT, and ODOT agreed with the identified project compliance issues. The ODOT continues to improve its processes and procedures to ensure complete documentation and project-level compliance. The ODOT has indicated that it will take actions to correct the individual project compliance issues, such as adding missing documentation to the Project File tab in EnviroNet. The team encourages ODOT to look for any needed improvements to EnviroNet, policies, procedures, and manuals to ensure complete documentation and compliance on future projects.
The FHWA identified instances where ODOT was inconsistent with its documentation procedures, per the
Interviews with ODOT District and OES staff revealed differences in the level of knowledge and understanding of the QC process. Some interviewees knew that they played a role and could describe exactly how they complete the process. Other interviewees were less familiar with their role in the QC process or indicated that they had little to no role. In addition, some interviewees who hold the same title, but work in different offices (both Districts and OES), reported different roles or engagement in the QC process. At the same time, nearly all interviewees reported that they review projects or other NEPA documents and provide or respond to comments, indicating a misunderstanding of the term QC.
In addition, interviews with ODOT District and OES staff revealed many of ODOT's resource area manuals and guidance documents contain information that can assist in the QC review process. Interviewees reported that the contents of the manuals or guidance help them determine if the document under review is in compliance, that all necessary analysis was complete, and that all documentation is included. The FHWA did hear variation in the frequency and extent to which interviewees utilized the manuals and guidance as a tool in their QC reviews. For example, many interviewees stated that they use the manuals and guidance on a frequent basis, but others stated that they do not need to reference the documents during their review.
Interviews also revealed variation in the implementation of the QC process, particularly related to comments generated through the QC process. Many interviewees indicated that they were able to generate comments and address them through EnviroNet; however, some indicated that they provided comments via email or other methodologies. In addition, some staff discussed capturing the comments generated during the QC process in EnviroNet through different means and saving them outside of the EnviroNet system.
The FHWA reviewed ODOT's response to the PAIR, the ODOT NEPA Quality Control/Quality Assurance Guidance, and the ODOT NEPA Assignment Self-Assessment report to obtain clarification about some of the variation in the District and OES responses. The PAIR response contains the most detailed information regarding the manuals and guidance documents, ODOT staff's role in the QC process, and how the staff should capture comments generated in the QC process. The QC/QA Guidance contains general information about staff roles in some of the QC process, but does not discuss the use of manuals or comment documentation. Lastly, the self-assessment report contains some information about use of manuals, but does not discuss staff roles or comment documentation.
Review of the ODOT NEPA Quality Control/Quality Assurance Guidance and ODOT's response to the PAIR revealed that ODOT's QA is primarily comprised of its self-assessment process. Interviews with ODOT Districts and OES staff revealed differences in awareness and understanding of the self-assessment process. Many of the interviewees indicated they did not know about ODOT's first self-assessment.
The ODOT Self-Assessment report included statements about areas of improvement. However, FHWA was uncertain how ODOT planned to implement changes. Through review of ODOT's response to the PAIR and interviews, FHWA determined that OES provided the Districts with Interoffice Communication memos that contained self-assessment results and suggestions for improvement for the specific District. In addition, OES emailed the self-assessment report to the District Environmental Coordinator's email list (includes staff and DECs) and shared the results with ODOT's executive management.
The OES stated in interviews that it is going to develop strategies to address programmatic issues from the self-assessment after it gets the results of this report. In addition, OES indicated that they will follow-up with Districts to determine if the Districts have implemented project specific corrections.
The QC/QA guidance does not contain detailed information on some elements of the QA/QC process. After the interviews, FHWA has a better understanding that many employees use the ODOT manuals and guidance as reference. However, staff still seems to be unclear about their role in the QC process, and there is variation in implementation of the process. This could create inconsistencies in the implementation of the QA/QC process around the State, particularly regarding project documentation. The FHWA previously encouraged ODOT to expand its QC/QA guidance document to include information that is more detailed. The ODOT indicated in its PAIR response that the final updated version of the QC/QA Guidance document would be available in the coming months.
In December 2015, ODOT developed legal sufficiency guidance entitled “ODOT NEPA Assignment Legal Sufficiency Review Guidance.” The guidance sets forth the review procedure and criteria. In addition, the guidance provides information to environmental staff on what criteria an attorney will focus on during the legal sufficiency review. Per that guidance, ODOT is required to conduct legal sufficiency reviews of combined Final Environmental Impact statements/Record of Decision documents, individual Section 4(f) evaluations, and
To date, ODOT has not applied this guidance because it did not have any documents that required legal sufficiency review. However, if program staff were to receive such documents, they would forward a request for review to a dedicated attorney assigned to OES by the Chief Legal Counsel. The attorney has 15 business days to complete the legal sufficiency review. Upon receipt of the request, the attorney will notify the program staff, giving the staff an estimated date of completion, and provide any comments and a Legal Sufficiency finding to the OES Administrator, Deputy Director of Planning, and the Chief Legal Counsel.
Per the team's suggestion, ODOT has assigned one attorney from the Office of Chief Legal Counsel to provide legal services on environmental issues to ODOT. This dedicated attorney serves
Since ODOT has not completed any documents that require a legal sufficiency review, the team's audit on this topic is necessarily limited. At this time, our report on legal sufficiency reviews is a description of ODOT's status as described in its response to the PAIR and during the interviews with ODOT staff. The team will examine ODOT's legal sufficiency reviews by project file inspection and through interviews in future audits.
The FHWA established the Performance Measures included in MOU Section 10.2 to provide an overall indication of ODOT's execution of its responsibilities assigned by the MOU. During the interviews, the team learned that staff at both the Districts and OES was not informed about the performance measures contained in the MOU, nor of any actions taken by OES to address the performance measures.
Leadership at OES indicated in interviews that they were aware that the MOU requires ODOT to develop criteria for information and the means to collect such information. However, at the time of the interviews, ODOT was developing a plan to address the performance measures but it had not yet implemented that plan. Based on the responses contained in the PAIR and the Department's Self-Assessment report, OES indicated that it intends to report on performance measures in the future. The ODOT's timeline to fully develop the MOU performance measures is unclear. The FHWA is encouraged that ODOT executive management may add these performance measures, once developed, to the ODOT Critical Success Factors, which are ODOT's departmental performance measures.
The ODOT told the team that it has begun developing performance measures, and that further development will continue. The team did learn that some OES staff had considered potential means to collect and measure baseline data. For example, ODOT staff considered measuring the times for completing the NEPA/environmental process for pre- and post-assignment projects to compare differences of timeliness and efficiencies. The ODOT is currently establishing the baseline. The team will assess meaningful measures in Audit #2.
The ODOT documented its training plan in December 2015, as required by Section 12.2 of the MOU. The training plan includes both traditional, instructor-based training courses and quarterly District Environmental Coordinator meetings, where ODOT's OES can share new information and guidance with district staff and staff can participate in discussions on the environmental program. The training plan states that “consultants must successfully complete training classes to be pre-qualified in specific environmental areas and have specific experience required in each area.” During interviews with ODOT management, the team learned that pre-qualification requirements also include the experience of the consultant in providing specific services, as well as the required ODOT training.
The training plan states that all ODOT environmental staff (both central office and district offices) are required to take the pre-qualification training courses. Staff is encouraged to take all training offered, beyond the required training. The team found through interviews with ODOT staff that there was a major effort to ensure that all staff was up to date on required training. The ODOT management indicated that there was a one-time increase in the training budget to ensure that staff had the necessary training to carry out their NEPA responsibilities. District management staff also indicated their support by describing how they prioritize and provide time for staff to attend training. All staff interviewed indicated that they had always received the support of management to receive necessary training.
The training plan includes a system to track training needs within and outside ODOT. Interviewees indicated that the NEPA Assignment Coordinator or the OES Training Coordinator notifies individuals when they need training. This includes information on when the training needs to be completed and when it is available. The system also tracks training histories for local agencies and consultants.
The ODOT's training plan relies solely on ODOT-developed courses, with no outside training offered in the plan. Discussions with ODOT management noted that they were not opposed to such training, as long as it was relevant to Ohio's needs and program implementation. In support of this statement, ODOT management pointed to an upcoming National Highway Institute (NHI) training for ODOT staff on public speaking. Additionally, ODOT has sent staff to other Federal agency training, such as the conservation training offered by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
Currently ODOT's training plan for required environmental courses consists of only instructor-led training and in-person meetings. Such courses allow for interaction among staff, consultants, and local agencies. However, ODOT management noted that relying solely on instructor-based training is costly and time consuming. The ODOT told the team that it is currently assessing each of its training courses to determine if any would be more suitable as web-based or electronic learning courses. The FHWA encourages ODOT to continue this evaluation and incorporate web based courses as appropriate.
In its Self-Assessment report, ODOT identified EJ as an area needing improvement. The team asked several ODOT staff about EJ training opportunities. While most staff indicated that they had received such training within the past 5 years, they also noted that such training was part of a larger course, such as the
The ODOT management identified EJ as an area needing improvement in their Self-Assessment report. In the interim, FHWA encourages ODOT to consider EJ
In consultation with ODOT, FHWA prepared a draft audit report and provided this draft to ODOT for a 14-day review and comment period. After considering ODOT's comments, FHWA published a notice in the
The FHWA received comments on the draft report from the American Road & Transportation Builders Association (ARTBA). The ARTBA's comments were supportive of the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program and did not relate specifically to Audit #1. The team has considered these comments in finalizing this audit report.
Since the completion of this report, staff from ODOT and FHWA have established quarterly partnering sessions where observations and other issues relating to NEPA assignment are being discussed, clarified, and resolved.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of limitation of claims for judicial review of actions by FHWA and other Federal agencies.
This notice announces final actions taken by FWHA. The actions relate to the proposed Gravina Access Project in the Ketchikan Gateway Borough in the State of Alaska. Those actions grant approvals for the project.
By this notice, FHWA is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
Karen Pinell, Assistant Division Administrator, Alaska Division Office, FHWA, P.O. Box 21648, Juneau, Alaska 99802, Telephone (907) 586-7158. The FHWA Alaska Division Office's normal business hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (Alaska Standard Time), Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. You may also contact Kirk Miller, P.E., Project Manager, DOT&PF Southcoast Region, 6860 Glacier Highway, Juneau, Alaska 99801-7999, Telephone (907) 465-1215. The DOT&PF Southcoast Region's normal business hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. (Alaska Standard Time), Monday through Friday, except State and Federal holidays.
Notice is hereby given that FHWA has taken final agency action subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
The project includes the following components:
1. Reconstruction of existing airport ferry berths to meet current design standards;
2. Upgrades and improvements to pedestrian facilities at the airport ferry terminals;
3. A new heavy freight mooring facility and new ferry layup dock on Gravina Island;
4. Shuttle vans to carry pedestrians and their luggage to/from the airport;
5. New toll facilities;
6. Replacement of the bridge over Airport Creek; and
7. Reconstruction of Seley Road from Lewis Reef Road to approximately the end of the Airport Reserve.
The actions by FHWA and the laws under which such actions were taken are described in the Gravina Access Project Final Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) and Record of Decision (ROD) issued on July 7, 2017, and in other documents in the project records. The Final SEIS, ROD, and other project records are available by contacting FHWA at the address provided above. The Final SEIS and ROD can be viewed and downloaded from the project Web site at: at:
This notice applies to all FHWA decisions as of the issuance date of this notice and all laws under which such actions were taken. Laws generally applicable to such actions include but are not limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
23 U.S.C. 139(
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of application for exemption; request for comments.
FMCSA announces that it has received an application from Rail Delivery Services (RDS) for an exemption to spare its drivers who stay within a 100 air-mile radius of their
Comments must be received on or before August 7, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Number FMCSA-2017-0715 by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
• Each submission must include the Agency name and the docket number for this notice. Note that DOT posts all comments received without change to
For information concerning this notice, contact Mr. Tom Yager, Chief, FMCSA Driver and Carrier Operations Division; Office of Carrier, Driver and Vehicle Safety Standards; Telephone: 614-942-6477. Email:
FMCSA encourages you to participate by submitting comments and related materials.
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice (FMCSA-2017-0175), indicate the specific section of this document to which the comment applies, and provide a reason for suggestions or recommendations. You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so the Agency can contact you if it has questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comments online, go to
FMCSA has authority under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 to grant exemptions for up to 5 years from certain parts of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs). FMCSA must publish a notice of each exemption request in the
The Agency reviews safety analyses and public comments submitted, and determines whether granting the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved by the current regulation (49 CFR 381.305). The decision of the Agency must be published in the
RDS is, according to its Web site at
On average, less than .02% of RDS drivers exceed the daily 14-hour limit. A detailed report of hours worked is generated each morning, which is reviewed daily by dispatchers and the Safety Department. If a CMV is operated beyond the 14th hour, the departments work diligently to determine whether the truck was over the hours-of-service (HOS) limits, or utilized for personal conveyance. In virtually all of these cases, owner-operators are using their vehicles for personal conveyance, which is allowed by the HOS rules.
According to RDS, at the present time, virtually all of its drivers operate within a 70- to 80-mile radius of their home terminal. They are home every day and for the most part meet the exemption requirements of the 100 air-mile radius
This electronic system allows for accuracy and “real-time” follow up. RDS believes that with this system it is improving the safety of the motoring public by ensuring that the drivers do not falsify their log books or operate when they are tired. Additionally, proactive measures have been implemented by RDS to improve highway safety. RDS states that the use of a daily log book or an “exempt” log does not enable the carrier to monitor and respond to these events in “real-time.” Violations are discovered 12 to 24 hours later. However, with the electronic tracking system all departments see the events in “real-time” and can respond immediately. This GPS system has allowed the Safety Department to reduce the time spent auditing log books after the fact.
RDS believes that the use of the Geotab 7 system, along with their increased focus on driver training and education, goes beyond compliance with the Federal regulations. The system has allowed them to provide “real time” oversight of the company's safety program. Every time a driver exceeds posted speed limits an email alert is sent to the Safety Department, dispatchers, and terminal management. Drivers are notified via email and phone when safe to do so, advising them of the need to slow down. Drivers also receive email notifications, letters, and phone calls for instances of harsh cornering and hard braking. When notified of these critical events, RDS's drivers receive critical information on why and how to improve vehicle handling to avoid rollovers, and how to better judge following distance and other issues to avoid hard braking.
RDS states that its procedures are designed to ensure that it leases only the highest caliber of drivers with a proven record of safe driving. RDS is committed to ensuring that its drivers operate in a way that protects the motoring public.
If this exemption is granted, RDS proposes to implement the following conditions on its use of this exemption:
• Allow FMCSA and the State enforcement partners access to its data as both a monitoring and training tool. This would be provided to the Agency and State partners by granting them access at any time through RDS's web portal.
• RDS will maintain a Satisfactory safety rating.
• RDS drivers will carry a copy of the exemption with them when operating the CMV.
• RDS will conduct a minimum of four safety meetings per year.
• RDS will continue their ongoing immediate notification and training for any drivers who exceed a speed limit.
• RDS will continue its ongoing immediate notification and training for any drivers who exceed the HOS limits.
A copy of the RDS application for exemption is available for review in the docket for this notice.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), FMCSA announces its plan to submit the Information Collection Request (ICR) described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for its review and approval. FMCSA is requesting approval to extend a currently-approved ICR entitled “Accident Recordkeeping Requirements.” This ICR relates to Agency requirements that motor carriers maintain a record of accidents involving their commercial motor vehicles (CMVs). On March 22, 2017, FMCSA published a
Please send your comments by August 7, 2017. OMB must receive your comments by this date to act quickly on the ICR.
All comments should reference Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FMCSA-2016-0354. Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the OMB Desk Officer, DOT/FMCSA, and sent via electronic mail to
Mr. Robert F. Schultz, FMCSA Driver and Carrier Operations Division, DOT, FMCSA, West Building 6th Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: 202-366-4325. Email:
Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, section 390.15(b), requires motor carriers to make certain specified records and information pertaining to CMV accidents available to an authorized representative or special agent of the FMCSA upon request or as part of an inquiry. Motor carriers are required to maintain an “accident register” consisting of information concerning all “accidents” involving their CMVs (49 CFR 390.15(b)(see “Definition: Accident,” above). The following information must be recorded for each accident: Date, location, driver name, number of injuries, number of fatalities, and whether certain dangerous hazardous materials were released. In addition, the motor carrier must maintain copies of all accident reports required by insurers or governmental entities. Motor carriers must maintain this information for three years after the date of the accident. Section 390.15 does not require motor carriers to submit any information or records to FMCSA or any other party.
This ICR supports the DOT strategic goal of safety. By requiring motor carriers to gather and record information concerning CMV accidents, FMCSA is strengthening its ability to assess the safety performance of motor carriers. This information is a valuable resource in Agency initiatives to prevent, and reduce the severity of, CMV crashes.
The Agency increases its burden estimate from 26,700 to 36,157 hours. The regulatory requirement has not changed for accident recordkeeping. The increase is due to two revised estimates: (1) The population of motor carriers subject to the regulation, from 520,000 to 886,122, and (2) the number of reportable accidents, from 89,000 to 120,522. The Agency has amended the population of motor carriers to include the accident recordkeeping burden of intrastate motor carriers. In past estimates, the Agency had taken the position that the accident recordkeeping of intrastate carriers occurred as a result of State law. However, the OMB has directed FMCSA to include such intrastate activities in its IC estimates, so we do so in this burden estimate statement for the first time. The Agency estimates that 886,122 motor carriers are subject to accident register requirements (508,367 interstate and 377,755 intrastate motor carriers). The Agency further estimates that the number of accidents that must be reported by intrastate or interstate motor carriers is 120,522.
The Agency received no comments to the 60-day
FMCSA requests that you comment on any aspect of this information collection, including: (1) Whether the proposed collection is necessary for FMCSA to perform its functions, (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden, (3) ways for the FMCSA to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the collected information, and (4) ways that the burden could be minimized without reducing the quality of the collected information.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of final disposition.
FMCSA announces its decision to grant an exemption to the American Pyrotechnics Association's (APA) new member-company, Pyro Shows of Alabama, Inc., from the prohibition on driving commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) after the 14th hour after the driver comes on duty. During the 2016 Independence Day period 51 APA members held such an exemption, effective during the period June 28 through July 8 each year through 2020. APA advised FMCSA of the discontinuance of the exemption for one carrier; with the addition of the new member the total remains at 51. The exemption granted to Pyro Shows of Alabama, Inc. will terminate at the same time as the other 50 exempted carriers. FMCSA has determined that the terms and conditions of the exemption ensure a level of safety equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety achieved without the exemption.
These exemptions from 49 CFR 395.3(a)(2) are effective from June 28 through July 8, at 11:59 p.m. local time, each year through 2020.
Mr. Thomas Yager, Chief, FMCSA Driver and Carrier Operations Division; Office of Carrier, Driver and Vehicle Safety Standards; Telephone: 614-942-6477. Email:
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
FMCSA has authority under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 to grant exemptions from certain parts of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. FMCSA must publish a notice of each exemption request in the
The Agency reviews the safety analyses and the public comments, and determines whether granting the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved by the current regulation (49 CFR 381.305). The decision of the Agency must be published in the
The HOS rule in 49 CFR 395.3(a)(2) prohibits the driver of a property-carrying CMV from driving a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) after the 14th hour after coming on duty following 10 consecutive hours off duty. The APA, a trade association representing the domestic fireworks industry, was granted exemptions for 51 member companies through the annual Independence Day periods ending on July 8, 2020 [81 FR 43701, July 5, 2016]. APA has requested an additional exemption for Pyro Shows of Alabama Inc. (USDOT 2859710) and the discontinuance of an exemption for Pyrotechnico, LLC, also known as Wild Dragon Fireworks (USDOT 548303), maintaining the total at 51. Like the other carriers currently operating under the exemption, Pyro Shows of Alabama's exemption will also expire on July 8, 2020. Although this is less than the 5-year exemption period authorized by 49 U.S.C. 31315(b)(2), as amended by section 5206(a)(3) of the FAST Act, FMCSA believes that the interests of the APA members and the Agency would best be served by harmonizing, as far as possible, the expiration dates of all such fireworks-related exemptions. Like the other 50 member-companies, this additional member company would be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the exemption.
The initial APA application for relief from the 14-hour rule was submitted in 2004; a copy is in the docket. That application fully described the nature of the pyrotechnic operations of the CMV drivers during a typical Independence Day period.
As stated in the 2004 request, the CMV drivers employed by APA member companies are trained pyro-technicians who hold commercial driver's licenses (CDLs) with hazardous materials (HM) endorsements. They transport fireworks and related equipment by CMVs on a very demanding schedule during a brief Independence Day period, often to remote locations. After they arrive, the drivers are responsible for set-up and staging of the fireworks shows.
The APA states that it is seeking an additional exemption for Pyro Shows of Alabama, Inc. because compliance with the current 14-hour rule in 49 CFR 395.3(a)(2) would impose a substantial economic hardship on numerous cities, towns and municipalities, as well as its member companies. To meet the demand for fireworks without the exemptions, APA states that its member companies would be required to hire a second driver for most trips. The APA advises that the result would be a substantial increase in the cost of the fireworks shows—beyond the means of many of its members' customers—and that many Americans would be denied this important component of the celebration of Independence Day. The 50 APA member companies currently exempt (as well as Pyro Shows of Alabama, seeking an exemption for the first time) are listed in an appendix to this notice. Pyro Shows of Alabama is identified with an asterisk. A copy of the request for the exemption is included in the docket referenced at the beginning of this notice.
The APA believes that the exemption would not adversely affect the safety of the fireworks transportation provided by this motor carrier. According to APA, its member-companies have operated under this exemption for 10 previous Independence Day periods without a reported motor carrier safety incident. Moreover, it asserts, without the extra time provided by the exemption, safety would decline because APA drivers would be unable to return to their home base after each show. They would be forced to park the CMVs carrying HM 1.1G, 1.3G and 1.4G products in areas less secure than the motor carrier's home base. As a condition of holding the exemption, each motor carrier will be required to notify FMCSA within 5 business days of any accident (as defined in 49 CFR 390.5) involving the operation of any its CMVs while under this exemption. To date, FMCSA has received no accident notifications, nor is the Agency aware of any accidents reportable under terms of the prior APA exemptions.
In its exemption request, APA asserts that the operational demands of this unique industry minimize the risks of CMV crashes. In the last few days before July 4, these drivers transport fireworks over relatively short routes from distribution points to the site of the fireworks display, and normally do so in the early morning when traffic is light. At the site, they spend considerable time installing, wiring, and safety-checking the fireworks displays, followed by several hours off duty in the late afternoon and early evening prior to the event. During this time, the drivers are able to rest and nap, thereby reducing or eliminating the fatigue accumulated during the day. Before beginning another duty day, these drivers must take 10 consecutive hours off duty, the same as other CMV drivers.
On May 15, 2017, FMCSA published notice of this application and requested public comments (82 FR 22375). One comment was submitted by an individual who objected to the exemption, stating “Thank you. I am dead set against this especially with one of the last lines of this article, stating it would mean having to hire 2 drivers. Point being? Hire a second driver and quit it.”
FMCSA has determined that granting an exemption to Pyro Shows of Alabama, Inc. will achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that compliance with the 14-hour rule would ensure. Prior to publishing the
With regard to safety statistics, none of the carriers, including Pyro Shows of Alabama, was under an imminent
The exemption from 49 CFR 395.3(a)(2) is effective from June 28 through July 8, at 11:59 p.m. local time, each year through 2020 for the 51 carriers identified in this notice.
The exemptions from 49 CFR 395.3(a)(2) will be limited to drivers employed by the 50 motor carriers already covered by the exemption, and drivers employed by Pyro Shows of Alabama, which is identified by an asterisk in the appendix table of this notice. Section 395.3(a)(2) prohibits a driver from driving a CMV after the 14th hour after coming on duty and does not permit off-duty periods to extend the 14-hour limit. Drivers covered by this exemption may exclude off-duty and sleeper-berth time of any length from the calculation of the 14-hour limit. This exemption is contingent on each driver driving no more than 11 hours in the 14-hour period after coming on duty, as extended by any off-duty or sleeper-berth time in accordance with this exception. The exemption is further contingent on each driver having a full 10 consecutive hours off duty following 14 hours on duty prior to beginning a new driving period. The carriers and drivers must comply with all other requirements of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (49 CFR parts 350-399) and Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 105-180).
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315(d), as implemented by 49 CFR 381.600, during the period this exemption is in effect, no State shall enforce any law or regulation applicable to interstate commerce that conflicts with or is inconsistent with this exemption with respect to a firm or person operating under the exemption. States may, but are not required to, adopt the same exemption with respect to operations in intrastate commerce.
Exempt motor carriers are required to notify FMCSA within 5 business days of any accidents (as defined by 49 CFR 390.5) involving the operation of any of their CMVs while under this exemption. The notification must be by email to
a. Name of the Exemption: “APA”
b. Date of the accident,
c. City or town, and State, in which the accident occurred, or which is closest to the scene of the accident,
d. Driver's name and driver's license State, number, and class,
e. Co-Driver's name and driver's license State, number, and class,
f. Vehicle company number and power unit license plate State and number,
g. Number of individuals suffering physical injury,
h. Number of fatalities,
i. The police-reported cause of the accident,
j. Whether the driver was cited for violation of any traffic laws, or motor carrier safety regulations, and
k. The total driving time and the total on-duty time of the CMV driver at the time of the accident.
In addition, if there are any injuries or fatalities, the carrier must forward the police accident report to
The FMCSA does not believe the motor carriers and drivers covered by this exemption will experience any deterioration of their safety record.
However, should this occur, FMCSA will take all steps necessary to protect the public interest, including revocation of the exemption. The FMCSA will immediately revoke the exemption for failure to comply with its terms and conditions. Exempt motor carriers and drivers would be subject to FMCSA monitoring while operating under this exemption.
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
FinCEN, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), invites all interested parties to comment on its proposed renewal without change of the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) recordkeeping requirements addressed in this notice. FinCEN intends to submit these requirements for approval by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) of a three-year extension of Control Numbers 1506-0050 through 1506-0059. This request for comments is made pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”) of 1995. In addition, FinCEN is seeking comment on 31 CFR 1010.430, the nature of records and retention period, which is not subject to the PRA because there is no information collection associated with it.
Written comments should be received on or before September 5, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
Please submit comments by one method only. All comments submitted in response to this notice will become a matter of public record. Therefore, you should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available.
The FinCEN Resource Center at 800-767-2825 or electronically at
The BSA, Titles I and II of Public Law 91-508, as amended, codified at 12 U.S.C. 1829(b), 12 U.S.C. 1951-1959, and 31 U.S.C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The burden for the action will be as follows:
6.
7.
8.
9.
The burden for this action will be as follows:
10.
The following paragraph applies to the recordkeeping requirements addressed in this notice. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Records required to be retained under the BSA must be retained for five years. Generally, information collected pursuant to the BSA is confidential, but may be shared as provided by law with regulatory and law enforcement authorities.
(b) The Council shall be composed of the following members:
(b) In particular, the Council is directed to:
(c) The Council shall meet at least annually.
(d) The revival and operation of the Council shall not interfere with the existing lines of authority in or responsibilities of any agencies.
(e) The Council shall have a staff, headed by a civilian Executive Secretary appointed by the President.
(b) The Chair shall, in consultation with the members of the Council, establish procedures for the Council and establish the agenda for Council activities.
(c) The Chair shall report to the President quarterly on the Council's activities and recommendations. The Chair shall advise the Council, as appropriate, regarding the President's directions with respect to the Council's activities and national space policy and strategy.
(d) The Chair may recommend to the President candidates for the position of Executive Secretary.
(e) The Chair, or upon the Chair's direction, the Executive Secretary, may invite the heads of other agencies, other senior officials in the Executive Office of the President, or other Federal employees to participate in Council meetings.
(f) The Chair shall authorize the establishment of committees of the Council, including an executive committee, and of working groups, composed of senior designees of the Council members and of other Federal officials invited to participate in Council meetings, as he deems necessary or appropriate for the efficient conduct of Council functions.
(b) The head of each agency that conducts space-related activities shall, to the extent permitted by law, conform such activities to the President's national space policy and strategy.
(c) On space policy and strategy matters relating primarily to national security, the Council shall coordinate with the National Security Council (NSC) to create policies and procedures for the Council that respect the responsibilities and authorities of the NSC under existing law.
(b) Members of the Group shall serve without any compensation for their work for the Group. Members of the Group, while engaged in the work of the Group, may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, to the extent permitted by law for persons serving intermittently in Government service (5 U.S.C. 5701-5707), consistent with the availability of funds.
(c) The Group shall report directly to the Council and shall provide advice or work product solely to the Council.
(b) To the extent practicable and permitted by law, including the Economy Act, and within existing appropriations, agencies serving on the Council and interagency councils and committees that affect space policy or strategy shall make resources, including, but not limited to, personnel, office support, and printing, available to the Council as reasonably requested by the Chair or, upon the Chair's direction, the Executive Secretary.
(c) Agencies shall cooperate with the Council and provide such information and advice to the Council as it may reasonably request, to the extent permitted by law.
(b) If any provision of this order or the application of such provision is held to be invalid, the remainder of this order and other dissimilar applications of such provision shall not be affected.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
(d) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(e) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Final regulations; CRA revocation.
Under the Congressional Review Act, Congress has passed, and the President has signed, a resolution of disapproval of the accountability and State plans final regulations that were published on November 29, 2016. Because the resolution of disapproval invalidates these final regulations, the Department of Education (Department) is hereby removing these final regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations.
This action is effective July 7, 2017.
Melissa Siry, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 3W104, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 260-0926 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
On November 29, 2016, the Department published the accountability and State plans final regulations (81 FR 86076). The regulations were effective on March 21, 2017. On March 27, 2017, President Trump signed into law Congress' resolution of disapproval of the accountability and State plans final regulations under the Congressional Review Act as Public Law 115-13. Section 801(f) of the Congressional Review Act states that “[a]ny rule that takes effect and later is made of no force or effect by enactment of a joint resolution under section 802 shall be treated as though such rule had never taken effect.” Accordingly, the Department is hereby removing the accountability and State plans final regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations, and ensuring the CFR is returned to the state it would have been if this “rule had never taken effect.” Consistent with Executive Order 13777, the Department is evaluating all existing regulations and making recommendations to the agency head regarding their repeal, replacement, or modification, consistent with applicable law. As part of that effort, we will review the regulations in parts 200 and 299.
Elementary and secondary education, Grant programs—education, Indians—education, Infants and children, Juvenile delinquency, Migrant labor, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Elementary and secondary education, Grant programs—education, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, and under the authority of the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
20 U.S.C. 6301 through 6578, unless otherwise noted.
(a)
(2)(i) Based on sound statistical methodology, each State must determine the minimum number of students sufficient to—
(A) Yield statistically reliable information for each purpose for which disaggregated data are used; and
(B) Ensure that, to the maximum extent practicable, all student subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) (economically disadvantaged students; students from major racial and ethnic groups; students with disabilities as defined in section 9101(5) of the Act; and students with limited English proficiency as defined in section 9101(25) of the Act) are included, particularly at the school level, for purposes of making accountability determinations.
(ii) Each State must revise its Consolidated State Application Accountability Workbook under section 1111 of the Act to include—
(A) An explanation of how the State's minimum group size meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section;
(B) An explanation of how other components of the State's definition of adequate yearly progress (AYP), in addition to the State's minimum group size, interact to affect the statistical reliability of the data and to ensure the maximum inclusion of all students and student subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii); and
(C) Information regarding the number and percentage of students and student subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) excluded from school-level accountability determinations.
(iii) Each State must submit a revised Consolidated State Application Accountability Workbook in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section to the Department for technical assistance and peer review under the process established by the Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) of the Act in time for any changes to be in effect for AYP determinations based on school year 2009-2010 assessment results.
(iv) Beginning with AYP decisions that are based on the assessments administered in the 2007-08 school year, a State may not establish a different minimum number of students under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section for separate subgroups under § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) or for the school as a whole.
(b)
(2) To determine whether disaggregated results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual student, a State must apply the requirements under section 444(b) of the General Education
(3) Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section shall be construed to abrogate the responsibility of States to implement the requirements of section 1116(a) of the Act for determining whether States, LEAs, and schools are making AYP on the basis of the performance of each subgroup under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(v) of the Act.
(4) Each State shall include in its State plan, and each State and LEA shall implement, appropriate strategies to protect the privacy of individual students in reporting achievement results under section 1111(h) of the Act and in determining whether schools and LEAs are making AYP on the basis of disaggregated subgroups.
(c)
(d)
(a)(1) Each State must demonstrate in its State plan that the State has developed and is implementing, beginning with the 2002-2003 school year, a single, statewide accountability system.
(2) The State's accountability system must be effective in ensuring that all public elementary and secondary schools and LEAs in the State make AYP as defined in §§ 200.13 through 200.20.
(b) The State's accountability system must—
(1) Be based on the State's academic standards under § 200.1, academic assessments under § 200.2, and other academic indicators under § 200.19;
(2) Take into account the achievement of all public elementary and secondary school students;
(3) Be the same accountability system the State uses for all public elementary and secondary schools and all LEAs in the State; and
(4) Include sanctions and rewards that the State will use to hold public elementary and secondary schools and LEAs accountable for student achievement and for making AYP, except that the State is not required to subject schools and LEAs not participating under subpart A of this part to the requirements of section 1116 of the ESEA.
(a) Each State must demonstrate in its State plan what constitutes AYP of the State and of all public schools and LEAs in the State—
(1) Toward enabling all public school students to meet the State's student academic achievement standards; while
(2) Working toward the goal of narrowing the achievement gaps in the State, its LEAs, and its public schools.
(b) A State must define adequate yearly progress, in accordance with §§ 200.14 through 200.20, in a manner that—
(1) Applies the same high standards of academic achievement to all public school students in the State, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section;
(2) Is statistically valid and reliable;
(3) Results in continuous and substantial academic improvement for all students;
(4) Measures the progress of all public schools, LEAs, and the State based primarily on the State's academic assessment system under § 200.2;
(5) Measures progress separately for reading/language arts and for mathematics;
(6) Is the same for all public schools and LEAs in the State; and
(7) Consistent with § 200.7, applies the same annual measurable objectives under § 200.18 separately to each of the following:
(i) All public school students.
(ii) Students in each of the following subgroups:
(A) Economically disadvantaged students.
(B) Students from major racial and ethnic groups.
(C) Students with disabilities, as defined in section 9101(5) of the ESEA.
(D) Students with limited English proficiency, as defined in section 9101(25) of the ESEA.
(c)(1) In calculating AYP for schools, LEAs, and the State, a State must, consistent with § 200.7(a), include the scores of all students with disabilities.
(2) A State may include the proficient and advanced scores of students with the most significant cognitive disabilities based on the alternate academic achievement standards described in § 200.1(d), provided that the number of those scores at the LEA and at the State levels, separately, does not exceed 1.0 percent of all students in the grades assessed in reading/language arts and in mathematics.
(3) A State may not request from the Secretary an exception permitting it to exceed the cap on proficient and advanced scores based on alternate academic achievement standards under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(4)(i) A State may grant an exception to an LEA permitting it to exceed the 1.0 percent cap on proficient and advanced scores based on the alternate academic achievement standards described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section only if—
(A) The LEA demonstrates that the incidence of students with the most significant cognitive disabilities exceeds 1.0 percent of all students in the combined grades assessed;
(B) The LEA explains why the incidence of such students exceeds 1.0 percent of all students in the combined grades assessed, such as school, community, or health programs in the LEA that have drawn large numbers of families of students with the most significant cognitive disabilities, or that the LEA has such a small overall student population that it would take only a few students with such disabilities to exceed the 1.0 percent cap; and
(C) The LEA documents that it is implementing the State's guidelines under § 200.1(f).
(ii) The State must review regularly whether an LEA's exception to the 1.0 percent cap is still warranted.
(5) In calculating AYP, if the percentage of proficient and advanced scores based on alternate academic achievement standards under § 200.1(d) exceeds the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of this section at the State or LEA level, the State must do the following:
(i) Consistent with § 200.7(a), include all scores based on alternate academic achievement standards.
(ii) Count as non-proficient the proficient and advanced scores that exceed the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(iii) Determine which proficient and advanced scores to count as non-proficient in schools and LEAs responsible for students who are assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards.
(iv) Include non-proficient scores that exceed the cap in paragraph (c)(2) of this section in each applicable subgroup at the school, LEA, and State level.
(v) Ensure that parents of a child who is assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards are informed of the actual academic achievement levels of their child.
(d) The State must establish a way to hold accountable schools in which no grade level is assessed under the State's academic assessment system (
A State's definition of AYP must include all of the following:
(a) A timeline in accordance with § 200.15.
(b) Starting points in accordance with § 200.16.
(c) Intermediate goals in accordance with § 200.17.
(d) Annual measurable objectives in accordance with § 200.18.
(e) Other academic indicators in accordance with § 200.19.
(a) Each State must establish a timeline for making AYP that ensures that, not later than the 2013-2014 school year, all students in each group described in § 200.13(b)(7) will meet or exceed the State's proficient level of academic achievement.
(b) Notwithstanding subsequent changes a State may make to its academic assessment system or its definition of AYP under §§ 200.13 through 200.20, the State may not extend its timeline for all students to reach proficiency beyond the 2013-2014 school year.
(a) Using data from the 2001-2002 school year, each State must establish starting points in reading/language arts and in mathematics for measuring the percentage of students meeting or exceeding the State's proficient level of academic achievement.
(b) Each starting point must be based, at a minimum, on the higher of the following percentages of students at the proficient level:
(1) The percentage in the State of proficient students in the lowest-achieving subgroup of students under § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
(2) The percentage of proficient students in the school that represents 20 percent of the State's total enrollment among all schools ranked by the percentage of students at the proficient level. The State must determine this percentage as follows:
(i) Rank each school in the State according to the percentage of proficient students in the school.
(ii) Determine 20 percent of the total enrollment in all schools in the State.
(iii) Beginning with the lowest-ranked school, add the number of students enrolled in each school until reaching the school that represents 20 percent of the State's total enrollment among all schools.
(iv) Identify the percentage of proficient students in the school identified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
(c)(1) Except as permitted under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each starting point must be the same throughout the State for each school, each LEA, and each group of students under § 200.13(b)(7).
(2) A State may use the procedures under paragraph (b) of this section to establish separate starting points by grade span.
Each State must establish intermediate goals that increase in equal increments over the period covered by the timeline under § 200.15 as follows:
(a) The first incremental increase must take effect not later than the 2004-2005 school year.
(b) Each following incremental increase must occur in not more than three years.
(a) Each State must establish annual measurable objectives that—
(1) Identify for each year a minimum percentage of students that must meet or exceed the proficient level of academic achievement on the State's academic assessments; and
(2) Ensure that all students meet or exceed the State's proficient level of academic achievement within the timeline under § 200.15.
(b) The State's annual measurable objectives—
(1) Must be the same throughout the State for each school, each LEA, and each group of students under § 200.13(b)(7); and
(2) May be the same for more than one year, consistent with the State's intermediate goals under § 200.17.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(i) Must disaggregate its other academic indicators for elementary and middle schools by each subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for purposes of determining AYP under § 200.20(b)(2) (“safe harbor”) and as required under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act (additional academic indicators under paragraph (c) of this section); but
(ii) Need not disaggregate those indicators for determining AYP under § 200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting the State's annual measurable objectives).
(b)
(i)(A) A State must calculate a “four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate,” defined as the number of students who graduate in four years with a regular high school diploma divided by the number of students who form the adjusted cohort for that graduating class.
(B) For those high schools that start after grade nine, the cohort must be calculated based on the earliest high school grade.
(ii) The term “adjusted cohort” means the students who enter grade 9 (or the earliest high school grade) and any students who transfer into the cohort in grades 9 through 12 minus any students removed from the cohort.
(A) The term “students who transfer into the cohort” means the students who enroll after the beginning of the entering cohort's first year in high school, up to and including in grade 12.
(B) To remove a student from the cohort, a school or LEA must confirm in writing that the student transferred out, emigrated to another country, or is deceased.
(
(
(iii) The term “students who graduate in four years” means students who earn a regular high school diploma at the conclusion of their fourth year, before the conclusion of their fourth year, or during a summer session immediately following their fourth year.
(iv) The term “regular high school diploma” means the standard high school diploma that is awarded to students in the State and that is fully aligned with the State's academic content standards or a higher diploma and does not include a GED credential, certificate of attendance, or any alternative award.
(v) In addition to calculating a four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate, a State may propose to the Secretary for approval an “extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate.”
(A) An extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate is defined as the number of students who graduate in four years or more with a regular high school diploma divided by the number of students who form the adjusted cohort for the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate, provided that the adjustments account for any students who transfer into the cohort by the end of the year of graduation being considered minus the number of students who transfer out, emigrate to another country, or are deceased by the end of that year.
(B) A State may calculate one or more extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rates.
(2)
(A) A graduation rate that measures the percentage of students from the beginning of high school who graduate with a regular high school diploma in the standard number of years; or
(B) Another definition, developed by the State and approved by the Secretary, that more accurately measures the rate of student graduation from high school with a regular high school diploma.
(ii) For a transitional graduation rate calculated under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section—
(A) “Regular high school diploma” has the same meaning as in paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section;
(B) “Standard number of years” means four years unless a high school begins after ninth grade, in which case the standard number of years is the number of grades in the school; and
(C) A dropout may not be counted as a transfer.
(3)
(A) A single graduation rate goal that represents the rate the State expects all high schools in the State to meet; and
(B) Annual graduation rate targets that reflect continuous and substantial improvement from the prior year toward meeting or exceeding the graduation rate goal.
(ii) Beginning with AYP determinations under § 200.20 based on school year 2009-2010 assessment results, in order to make AYP, any high school or LEA that serves grade 12 and the State must meet or exceed—
(A) The graduation rate goal set by the State under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section; or
(B) The State's targets for continuous and substantial improvement from the prior year, as set by the State under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
(4)
(ii)(A) Beginning with report cards providing results of assessments administered in the 2010-2011 school year, a State and its LEAs must report the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(B) If a State adopts an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, the State and its LEAs must report, beginning with the first year for which the State calculates such a rate, the extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate separately from the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate.
(C) Prior to the deadline in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, a State and its LEAs must report a graduation rate calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section in the aggregate and disaggregated by the subgroups in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
(5)
(ii) Prior to the AYP determinations described in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section, a State must calculate graduation rate in accordance with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section—
(A) In the aggregate at the school, LEA, and State levels for determining AYP under § 200.20(a)(1)(ii) (meeting the State's annual measurable objectives), except as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(iii) of this section; but
(B) In the aggregate and disaggregated by each subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for purposes of determining AYP under § 200.20(b)(2) (“safe harbor”) and as required under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(vii) of the Act (additional academic indicators under paragraph (c) of this section).
(6)
(A) The State's graduation rate definition that the State will use to determine AYP based on school year 2009-2010 assessment results.
(B) The State's progress toward meeting the deadline in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section for calculating and reporting the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate defined in paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(C) The State's graduation rate goal and targets.
(D) An explanation of how the State's graduation rate goal represents the rate the State expects all high schools in the State to meet and how the State's targets demonstrate continuous and substantial
(E) The graduation rate for the most recent school year of the high school at the 10th percentile, the 50th percentile, and the 90th percentile in the State (ranked in terms of graduation rate).
(F) If a State uses an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate, a description of how it will use that rate with its four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate to determine whether its schools and LEAs have made AYP.
(ii) Each State must submit, consistent with the timeline in § 200.7(a)(2)(iii), its revised Consolidated State Application Accountability Workbook in accordance with paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section to the Department for technical assistance and peer review under the process established by the Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) of the Act.
(7)
(ii) To receive an extension, a State must submit to the Secretary, by March 2, 2009—
(A) Evidence satisfactory to the Secretary demonstrating that the State cannot meet the deadline in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) of this section; and
(B) A detailed plan and timeline addressing the steps the State will take to implement, as expeditiously as possible, a graduation rate consistent with paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(iii) A State that receives an extension under this paragraph must, beginning with AYP determinations under § 200.20 based on school year 2011-2012 assessment results, calculate graduation rate under paragraph (b)(2) of this section at the school, LEA, and State levels in the aggregate and disaggregated by each subgroup described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii).
(c) The State may include additional academic indicators determined by the State, including, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Additional State or locally administered assessments not included in the State assessment system under § 200.2.
(2) Grade-to-grade retention rates.
(3) Attendance rates.
(4) Percentages of students completing gifted and talented, advanced placement, and college preparatory courses.
(d) A State must ensure that its other academic indicators are—
(1) Valid and reliable;
(2) Consistent with relevant, nationally recognized professional and technical standards, if any; and
(3) Consistent throughout the State within each grade span.
(e) Except as provided in § 200.20(b)(2), a State—
(1) May not use the indicators in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section to reduce the number, or change the identity, of schools that would otherwise be subject to school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring if those indicators were not used; but
(2) May use the indicators to identify additional schools for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
A school or LEA makes AYP if it complies with paragraph (c) and with either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section separately in reading/language arts and in mathematics.
(a)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section—
(i) Each group of students under § 200.13(b)(7) meets or exceeds the State's annual measurable objectives under § 200.18; and
(ii) The school or LEA, respectively, meets or exceeds the State's other academic indicators under § 200.19.
(2) For a group under § 200.13(b)(7) to be included in the determination of AYP for a school or LEA, the number of students in the group must be sufficient to yield statistically reliable information under § 200.7(a).
(b) If students in any group under § 200.13(b)(7) in a school or LEA do not meet the State's annual measurable objectives under § 200.18, the school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section—
(1) The percentage of students in that group below the State's proficient achievement level decreased by at least 10 percent from the preceding year; and
(2) That group made progress on one or more of the State's academic indicators under § 200.19 or the LEA's academic indicators under § 200.30(c).
(c)(1) A school or LEA makes AYP if, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section—
(i) Not less than 95 percent of the students enrolled in each group under § 200.13(b)(7) takes the State assessments under § 200.2; and
(ii) The group is of sufficient size to produce statistically reliable results under § 200.7(a).
(2) The requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not authorize a State, LEA, or school to systematically exclude 5 percent of the students in any group under § 200.13(b)(7).
(3) To count a student who is assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards described in § 200.1(d) as a participant for purposes of meeting the requirements of this paragraph, the State must have, and ensure that its LEAs adhere to, guidelines that meet the requirements of § 200.1(f).
(d) For the purpose of determining whether a school or LEA has made AYP, a State may establish a uniform procedure for averaging data that includes one or more of the following:
(1)
(ii) If a State averages data across school years, the State must—
(A) Implement, on schedule, the assessments in reading/language arts and mathematics in grades 3 through 8 and once in grades 10 through 12 required under § 200.5(a)(2);
(B) Report data resulting from the assessments under § 200.5(a)(2);
(C) Determine AYP under §§ 200.13 through 200.20, although the State may base that determination on data only from the reading/language arts and mathematics assessments in the three grade spans required under § 200.5(a)(1); and
(D) Implement the requirements in section 1116 of the ESEA.
(iii) A State that averages data across years must determine AYP on the basis of the assessments under § 200.5(a)(2) as soon as it has data from two or three years to average. Until that time, the State may use data from the reading/language arts and mathematics assessments required under § 200.5(a)(1) to determine adequate yearly progress.
(2)
(e)(1) In determining the AYP of an LEA, a State must include all students who were enrolled in schools in the LEA for a full academic year, as defined by the State.
(2) In determining the AYP of a school, the State may not include students who were not enrolled in that school for a full academic year, as defined by the State.
(f)(1) In determining AYP for a school or LEA, a State may—
(i) Count recently arrived limited English proficient students as having participated in the State assessments for
(A) Either an assessment of English language proficiency under § 200.6(b)(3) or the State's reading/language arts assessment under § 200.2; and
(B) The State's mathematics assessment under § 200.2; and
(ii) Choose not to include the scores of recently arrived limited English proficient students on the mathematics assessment, the reading/language arts assessment (if administered to these students), or both, even if these students have been enrolled in the same school or LEA for a full academic year as defined by the State.
(2)(i) In determining AYP for the subgroup of limited English proficient students and the subgroup of students with disabilities, a State may include, for up to two AYP determination cycles, the scores of—
(A) Students who were limited English proficient but who no longer meet the State's definition of limited English proficiency; and
(B) Students who were previously identified under section 602(3) of the IDEA but who no longer receive special education services.
(ii) If a State, in determining AYP for the subgroup of limited English proficient students and the subgroup of students with disabilities, includes the scores of the students described in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, the State must include the scores of all such students, but is not required to—
(A) Include those students in the limited English proficient subgroup or in the students with disabilities subgroup in determining if the number of limited English proficient students or students with disabilities, respectively, is sufficient to yield statistically reliable information under § 200.7(a); or
(B) With respect to students who are no longer limited English proficient—
(
(
(iii) For the purpose of reporting information on report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act—
(A) A State may include the scores of former limited English proficient students and former students with disabilities as part of the limited English proficient and students with disabilities subgroups, respectively, for the purpose of reporting AYP at the State level under section 1111(h)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act;
(B) An LEA may include the scores of former limited English proficient students and former students with disabilities as part of the limited English proficient and students with disabilities subgroups, respectively, for the purpose of reporting AYP at the LEA and school levels under section 1111(h)(2)(B) of the Act; but
(C) A State or LEA may not include the scores of former limited English proficient students or former students with disabilities as part of the limited English proficient or students with disabilities subgroup, respectively, in reporting any other information under section 1111(h) of the Act.
(g)
(2) A State's policy for incorporating student academic growth in the State's definition of AYP must—
(i) Set annual growth targets that—
(A) Will lead to all students, by school year 2013-2014, meeting or exceeding the State's proficient level of academic achievement on the State assessments under § 200.2;
(B) Are based on meeting the State's proficient level of academic achievement on the State assessments under § 200.2 and are not based on individual student background characteristics; and
(C) Measure student achievement separately in mathematics and reading/language arts;
(ii) Ensure that all students enrolled in the grades tested under § 200.2 are included in the State's assessment and accountability systems;
(iii) Hold all schools and LEAs accountable for the performance of all students and the student subgroups described in § 200.13(b)(7)(ii);
(iv) Be based on State assessments that—
(A) Produce comparable results from grade to grade and from year to year in mathematics and reading/language arts;
(B) Have been in use by the State for more than one year; and
(C) Have received full approval from the Secretary before the State determines AYP based on student academic growth;
(v) Track student progress through the State data system;
(vi) Include, as separate factors in determining whether schools are making AYP for a particular year—
(A) The rate of student participation in assessments under § 200.2; and
(B) Other academic indicators as described in § 200.19; and
(vii) Describe how the State's annual growth targets fit into the State's accountability system in a manner that ensures that the system is coherent and that incorporating student academic growth into the State's definition of AYP does not dilute accountability.
(3) A State's proposal to incorporate student academic growth in the State's definition of AYP will be peer reviewed under the process established by the Secretary under section 1111(e)(2) of the Act.
For each State that receives funds under subpart A of this part and under subpart 1 of part A of Title III of the ESEA, the Secretary must, beginning with the 2004-2005 school year, annually review whether the State has—
(a)(1) Made AYP as defined by the State in accordance with §§ 200.13 through 200.20 for each group of students in § 200.13(b)(7); and
(2) Met its annual measurable achievement objectives under section 3122(a) of the ESEA relating to the development and attainment of English proficiency by limited English proficient students.
(b) A State must include all students who were enrolled in schools in the State for a full academic year in reporting on the yearly progress of the State.
(a) To provide advice to the Department on technical issues related to the design and implementation of standards, assessments, and accountability systems, the Secretary shall establish a National Technical Advisory Council (hereafter referred to as the “National TAC”), which shall be governed by the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended; 5 U.S.C. App.).
(b)(1) The members of the National TAC must include persons who have knowledge of and expertise in the design and implementation of educational standards, assessments, and accountability systems for all students, including students with disabilities and limited English proficient students, and experts with technical knowledge related to statistics and psychometrics.
(2) The National TAC shall be composed of 10 to 20 members who
(3) The Secretary shall, through a notice published in the
(i) Solicit nominations from the public for members of the National TAC; and
(ii) Publish the list of members, once selected.
(4) The Secretary shall screen nominees for membership on the National TAC for potential conflicts of interest to prevent, to the extent possible, such conflicts, or the appearance thereof, in the National TAC's performance of its responsibilities under this section.
(c) The Secretary shall use the National TAC to provide its expert opinions on matters that arise during the State Plan review process.
(d) The Secretary shall prescribe and publish the rules of procedure for the National TAC.
(a) Each LEA receiving funds under subpart A of this part must use the results of the State assessment system described in § 200.2 to review annually the progress of each school served under subpart A of this part to determine whether the school is making AYP in accordance with § 200.20.
(b)(1) In reviewing the progress of an elementary or secondary school operating a targeted assistance program, an LEA may choose to review the progress of only the students in the school who are served, or are eligible for services, under subpart A of this part.
(2) The LEA may exercise the option under paragraph (b)(1) of this section so long as the students selected for services under the targeted assistance program are those with the greatest need for special assistance, consistent with the requirements of section 1115 of the ESEA.
(c)(1) To determine whether schools served under subpart A of this part are making AYP, an LEA also may use any additional academic assessments or any other academic indicators described in the LEA's plan.
(2)(i) The LEA may use these assessments and indicators—
(A) To identify additional schools for school improvement or in need of corrective action or restructuring; and
(B) To permit a school to make AYP if, in accordance with § 200.20(b), the school also reduces the percentage of a student group not meeting the State's proficient level of academic achievement by at least 10 percent.
(ii) The LEA may not, with the exception described in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section, use these assessments and indicators to reduce the number of, or change the identity of, the schools that would otherwise be identified for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring if the LEA did not use these additional indicators.
(d) The LEA must publicize and disseminate the results of its annual progress review to parents, teachers, principals, schools, and the community.
(e) The LEA must review the effectiveness of actions and activities that schools are carrying out under subpart A of this part with respect to parental involvement, professional development, and other activities assisted under subpart A of this part.
(a) Before identifying a school for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring, an LEA must provide the school with an opportunity to review the school-level data, including academic assessment data, on which the proposed identification is based.
(b)(1) If the principal of a school that an LEA proposes to identify for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring believes, or a majority of the parents of the students enrolled in the school believe, that the proposed identification is in error for statistical or other substantive reasons, the principal may provide supporting evidence to the LEA.
(2) The LEA must consider the evidence referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section before making a final determination.
(c) The LEA must make public a final determination of the status of the school with respect to identification not later than 30 days after it provides the school with the opportunity to review the data on which the proposed identification is based.
(a)(1)(i) An LEA must identify for school improvement any elementary or secondary school served under subpart A of this part that fails, for two consecutive years, to make AYP as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20.
(ii) In identifying schools for improvement, an LEA—
(A) May base identification on whether a school did not make AYP because it did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for two consecutive years; but
(B) May not limit identification to those schools that did not make AYP only because they did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for the same subgroup under § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two consecutive years.
(2) The LEA must make the identification described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section before the beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments that resulted in the school's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive year.
(b)(1) An LEA must treat any school that was in the first year of school improvement status on January 7, 2002 as a school that is in the first year of school improvement under § 200.39 for the 2002-2003 school year.
(2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year, the LEA must, in accordance with § 200.44, provide public school choice to all students in the school.
(c)(1) An LEA must treat any school that was identified for school improvement for two or more consecutive years on January 7, 2002 as a school that is in its second year of school improvement under § 200.39 for the 2002-2003 school year.
(2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year, the LEA must—
(i) In accordance with § 200.44, provide public school choice to all students in the school; and
(ii) In accordance with § 200.45, make available supplemental educational services to eligible students who remain in the school.
(d) An LEA may remove from improvement status a school otherwise subject to the requirements of
(e)(1) An LEA may, but is not required to, identify a school for improvement if, on the basis of assessments the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school year, the school fails to make AYP for a second consecutive year.
(2) An LEA that does not identify such a school for improvement, however, must count the 2001-2002 school year as the first year of not making AYP for the purpose of subsequent identification decisions under paragraph (a) of this section.
(f) If an LEA identifies a school for improvement after the beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments that resulted in the school's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive year—
(1) The school is subject to the requirements of school improvement under § 200.39 immediately upon identification, including the provision of public school choice; and
(2) The LEA must count that school year as a full school year for the purposes of subjecting the school to additional improvement measures if the school continues to fail to make AYP.
(a) If a school served by an LEA under subpart A of this part fails to make AYP by the end of the second full school year after the LEA has identified the school for improvement under § 200.32(a) or (b), or by the end of the first full school year after the LEA has identified the school for improvement under § 200.32(c), the LEA must identify the school for corrective action under § 200.42.
(b) If a school was subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the LEA must—
(1) Treat the school as a school identified for corrective action under § 200.42 for the 2002-2003 school year; and
(2) Not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year—
(i) In accordance with § 200.44, provide public school choice to all students in the school;
(ii) In accordance with § 200.45, make available supplemental educational services to eligible students who remain in the school; and
(iii) Take corrective action under § 200.42.
(c) An LEA may remove from corrective action a school otherwise subject to the requirements of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section if, on the basis of assessments administered by the LEA during the 2001-2002 school year, the school makes AYP for a second consecutive year.
(a) If a school continues to fail to make AYP after one full school year of corrective action under § 200.42, the LEA must prepare a restructuring plan for the school and make arrangements to implement the plan.
(b) If the school continues to fail to make AYP, the LEA must implement the restructuring plan no later than the beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA developed the restructuring plan under paragraph (a) of this section.
(a)
(i) The school makes AYP for one year; or
(ii) The school's failure to make AYP is due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the LEA or school.
(2) The LEA may not take into account a period of delay under paragraph (a) of this section in determining the number of consecutive years of the school's failure to make AYP.
(3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the LEA must subject the school to further actions as if the delay never occurred.
(b)
(1) Subject the school to the requirements of school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring; or
(2) Identify the school for improvement.
(a) Throughout the school improvement process, the State, LEA, or school must communicate with the parents of each child attending the school.
(b) The State, LEA, or school must ensure that, regardless of the method or media used, it provides the information required by §§ 200.37 and 200.38 to parents—
(1) In an understandable and uniform format, including alternative formats upon request; and
(2) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can understand.
(c) The State, LEA, or school must provide information to parents—
(1) Directly, through such means as regular mail or email, except that if a State does not have access to individual student addresses, it may provide information to the LEA or school for distribution to parents; and
(2) Through broader means of dissemination such as the internet, the media, and public agencies serving the student population and their families.
(d) All communications must respect the privacy of students and their families.
(a) If an LEA identifies a school for improvement or subjects the school to corrective action or restructuring, the LEA must, consistent with the requirements of § 200.36, promptly notify the parent or parents of each child enrolled in the school of this identification.
(b) The notice referred to in paragraph (a) of this section must include the following:
(1) An explanation of what the identification means, and how the school compares in terms of academic achievement to other elementary and secondary schools served by the LEA and the SEA involved.
(2) The reasons for the identification.
(3) An explanation of how parents can become involved in addressing the academic issues that led to identification.
(4)(i) An explanation of the parents' option to transfer their child to another public school, including the provision of transportation to the new school, in accordance with § 200.44.
(ii) The explanation of the parents' option to transfer must include, at a minimum, information on the academic achievement of the school or schools to which the child may transfer.
(iii) The explanation may include other information on the school or schools to which the child may transfer, such as—
(A) A description of any special academic programs or facilities;
(B) The availability of before- and after-school programs;
(C) The professional qualifications of teachers in the core academic subjects; and
(D) A description of parental involvement opportunities.
(iv) The explanation of the available school choices must be made sufficiently in advance of, but no later than 14 calendar days before, the start of the school year so that parents have adequate time to exercise their choice option before the school year begins.
(5)(i) If the school is in its second year of improvement or subject to corrective action or restructuring, a notice explaining how parents can obtain supplemental educational services for their child in accordance with § 200.45.
(ii) The annual notice of the availability of supplemental educational services must include, at a minimum, the following:
(A) The identity of approved providers of those services available within the LEA, including providers of technology-based or distance-learning supplemental educational services, and providers that make services reasonably available in neighboring LEAs.
(B) A brief description of the services, qualifications, and demonstrated effectiveness of the providers referred to in paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(A) of this section, including an indication of those providers who are able to serve students with disabilities or limited English proficient students.
(C) An explanation of the benefits of receiving supplemental educational services.
(iii) The annual notice of the availability of supplemental educational services must be—
(A) Clear and concise; and
(B) Clearly distinguishable from the other information sent to parents under this section.
(a) An LEA must publish and disseminate to the parents of each student enrolled in the school, consistent with the requirements of § 200.36, and to the public information regarding any action taken by a school and the LEA to address the problems that led to the LEA's identification of the school for improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
(b) The information referred to in paragraph (a) of this section must include the following:
(1) An explanation of what the school is doing to address the problem of low achievement.
(2) An explanation of what the LEA or SEA is doing to help the school address the problem of low achievement.
(3) If applicable, a description of specific corrective actions or restructuring plans.
(a) If an LEA identifies a school for school improvement under § 200.32—
(1) The LEA must—
(i) Not later than the first day of the school year following identification, with the exception described in § 200.32(f), provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer, in accordance with § 200.44, to another public school served by the LEA; and
(ii) Ensure that the school receives technical assistance in accordance with § 200.40; and
(2) The school must develop or revise a school improvement plan in accordance with § 200.41.
(b) If a school fails to make AYP by the end of the first full school year after the LEA has identified it for improvement under § 200.32, the LEA must—
(1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer, in accordance with § 200.44, to another public school served by the LEA;
(2) Continue to ensure that the school receives technical assistance in accordance with § 200.40; and
(3) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance with § 200.45.
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the LEA must prominently display on its Web site, in a timely manner to ensure that parents have current information, the following information regarding the LEA's implementation of the public school choice and supplemental educational services requirements of the Act and this part:
(i) Beginning with data from the 2007-2008 school year and for each subsequent school year, the number of students who were eligible for and the number of students who participated in public school choice.
(ii) Beginning with data from the 2007-2008 school year and for each subsequent school year, the number of students who were eligible for and the number of students who participated in supplemental educational services.
(iii) For the current school year, a list of supplemental educational services providers approved by the State to serve the LEA and the locations where services are provided.
(iv) For the current school year, a list of available schools to which students eligible to participate in public school choice may transfer.
(2) If the LEA does not have its own Web site, the SEA must include on the SEA's Web site the information required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for the LEA.
(a) An LEA that identifies a school for improvement under § 200.32 must ensure that the school receives technical assistance as the school develops and implements its improvement plan under § 200.41 and throughout the plan's duration.
(b) The LEA may arrange for the technical assistance to be provided by one or more of the following:
(1) The LEA through the statewide system of school support and recognition described under section 1117 of the ESEA.
(2) The SEA.
(3) An institution of higher education that is in full compliance with all of the reporting provisions of Title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(4) A private not-for-profit organization, a private for-profit organization, an educational service agency, or another entity with experience in helping schools improve academic achievement.
(c) The technical assistance must include the following:
(1) Assistance in analyzing data from the State assessment system, and other examples of student work, to identify and develop solutions to problems in—
(i) Instruction;
(ii) Implementing the requirements for parental involvement and professional development under this subpart; and
(iii) Implementing the school plan, including LEA- and school-level responsibilities under the plan.
(2) Assistance in identifying and implementing professional development and instructional strategies and methods
(3) Assistance in analyzing and revising the school's budget so that the school allocates its resources more effectively to the activities most likely to—
(i) Increase student academic achievement; and
(ii) Remove the school from school improvement status.
(d) Technical assistance provided under this section must be based on scientifically based research.
(a)(1) Not later than three months after an LEA has identified a school for improvement under § 200.32, the school must develop or revise a school improvement plan for approval by the LEA.
(2) The school must consult with parents, school staff, the LEA, and outside experts in developing or revising its school improvement plan.
(b) The school improvement plan must cover a 2-year period.
(c) The school improvement plan must—
(1) Specify the responsibilities of the school, the LEA, and the SEA serving the school under the plan, including the technical assistance to be provided by the LEA under § 200.40;
(2)(i) Incorporate strategies, grounded in scientifically based research, that will strengthen instruction in the core academic subjects at the school and address the specific academic issues that caused the LEA to identify the school for improvement; and
(ii) May include a strategy for implementing a comprehensive school reform model described in section 1606 of the ESEA;
(3) With regard to the school's core academic subjects, adopt policies and practices most likely to ensure that all groups of students described in § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school will meet the State's proficient level of achievement, as measured by the State's assessment system, not later than the 2013-2014 school year;
(4) Establish measurable goals that—
(i) Address the specific reasons for the school's failure to make adequate progress; and
(ii) Promote, for each group of students described in § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school, continuous and substantial progress that ensures that all these groups meet the State's annual measurable objectives described in § 200.18;
(5) Provide an assurance that the school will spend not less than 10 percent of the allocation it receives under subpart A of this part for each year that the school is in school improvement status, for the purpose of providing high-quality professional development to the school's teachers, principal, and, as appropriate, other instructional staff, consistent with section 9101(34) of the ESEA, that—
(i) Directly addresses the academic achievement problem that caused the school to be identified for improvement;
(ii) Is provided in a manner that affords increased opportunity for participating in that professional development; and
(iii) Incorporates teacher mentoring activities or programs;
(6) Specify how the funds described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section will be used to remove the school from school improvement status;
(7) Describe how the school will provide written notice about the identification to parents of each student enrolled in the school;
(8) Include strategies to promote effective parental involvement at the school; and
(9) As appropriate, incorporate activities before school, after school, during the summer, and during any extension of the school year.
(d)(1) Within 45 days of receiving a school improvement plan, the LEA must—
(i) Establish a peer-review process to assist with review of the plan;
(ii) Promptly review the plan;
(iii) Work with the school to make any necessary revisions; and
(iv) Approve the plan if it meets the requirements of this section.
(2) The LEA may condition approval of the school improvement plan on—
(i) Inclusion of one or more of the corrective actions specified in § 200.42; or
(ii) Feedback on the plan from parents and community leaders.
(e) A school must implement its school improvement plan immediately on approval of the plan by the LEA.
(a)
(1) Substantially and directly responds to—
(i) The consistent academic failure of a school that led the LEA to identify the school for corrective action; and
(ii) Any underlying staffing, curriculum, or other problems in the school;
(2) Is designed to increase substantially the likelihood that each group of students described in § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the school will meet or exceed the State's proficient levels of achievement as measured by the State assessment system; and
(3) Is consistent with State law.
(b)
(1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer to another public school in accordance with § 200.44.
(2) Continue to ensure that the school receives technical assistance consistent with the requirements of § 200.40.
(3) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance with § 200.45.
(4) Take at least one of the following corrective actions:
(i) Replace the school staff who are relevant to the school's failure to make AYP.
(ii) Institute and fully implement a new curriculum, including the provision of appropriate professional development for all relevant staff, that—
(A) Is grounded in scientifically based research; and
(B) Offers substantial promise of improving educational achievement for low-achieving students and of enabling the school to make AYP.
(iii) Significantly decrease management authority at the school level.
(iv) Appoint one or more outside experts to advise the school on—
(A) Revising the school improvement plan developed under § 200.41 to address the specific issues underlying the school's continued failure to make AYP and resulting in identification for corrective action; and
(B) Implementing the revised improvement plan.
(v) Extend for that school the length of the school year or school day.
(vi) Restructure the internal organization of the school.
(5) Continue to comply with § 200.39(c).
(a)
(1) Makes fundamental reforms to improve student academic achievement in the school;
(2) Has substantial promise of enabling the school to make AYP as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20;
(3) Is consistent with State law;
(4) Is significantly more rigorous and comprehensive than the corrective action that the LEA implemented in the school under § 200.42, unless the school has begun to implement one of the options in paragraph (b)(3) of this section as a corrective action; and
(5) Addresses the reasons why the school was identified for restructuring in order to enable the school to exit restructuring as soon as possible.
(b)
(1) Continue to provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer to another public school in accordance with § 200.44.
(2) Make available supplemental educational services in accordance with § 200.45.
(3) Prepare a plan to carry out one of the following alternative governance arrangements:
(i) Reopen the school as a public charter school.
(ii) Replace all or most of the school staff (which may include, but may not be limited to, replacing the principal) who are relevant to the school's failure to make AYP.
(iii) Enter into a contract with an entity, such as a private management company, with a demonstrated record of effectiveness, to operate the school as a public school.
(iv) Turn the operation of the school over to the SEA, if permitted under State law and agreed to by the State.
(v) Any other major restructuring of a school's governance arrangement that makes fundamental reforms, such as significant changes in the school's staffing and governance, in order to improve student academic achievement in the school and that has substantial promise of enabling the school to make AYP. The major restructuring of a school's governance may include replacing the principal so long as this change is part of a broader reform effort.
(4) Provide to parents and teachers—
(i) Prompt notice that the LEA has identified the school for restructuring; and
(ii) An opportunity for parents and teachers to—
(A) Comment before the LEA takes any action under a restructuring plan; and
(B) Participate in the development of any restructuring plan.
(5) Continue to comply with § 200.39(c).
(c)
(i) Implement the restructuring plan no later than the beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA developed the restructuring plan under paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
(ii) Continue to offer public school choice and supplemental educational services in accordance with §§ 200.44 and 200.45; and
(iii) Continue to comply with § 200.39(c).
(2) An LEA is no longer required to carry out the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the restructured school makes AYP for two consecutive school years.
(d)
(1) That has fewer than 600 students in average daily attendance at all of its schools; and
(2) In which all of the schools have a School Locale Code of 7 or 8, as determined by the National Center for Education Statistics.
(a)
(2) The LEA must offer this option, through the notice required in § 200.37, so that students may transfer in the school year following the school year in which the LEA administered the assessments that resulted in its identification of the school for improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
(3) The schools to which students may transfer under paragraph (a)(1) of this section—
(i) May not include schools that—
(A) The LEA has identified for improvement under § 200.32, corrective action under § 200.33, or restructuring under § 200.34; or
(B) Are persistently dangerous as determined by the State; and
(ii) May include one or more public charter schools.
(4) If more than one school meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the LEA must—
(i) Provide to parents of students eligible to transfer under paragraph (a)(1) of this section a choice of more than one such school; and
(ii) Take into account the parents' preferences among the choices offered under paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.
(5) The LEA must offer the option to transfer described in this section unless it is prohibited by State law in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
(6) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a school was in school improvement or subject to corrective action before January 8, 2002, the State must ensure that the LEA provides a public school choice option in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year.
(b)
(c)
(2) In determining how to provide students with the option to transfer to another school, the LEA may take into account the requirements of the desegregation plan.
(3) If the desegregation plan forbids the LEA from offering the transfer option required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the LEA must secure appropriate changes to the plan to permit compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(d)
(e)
(2) The LEA must determine family income on the same basis that the LEA
(f)
(g)
(2) The LEA's obligation to provide transportation for the student may be limited under the circumstances described in paragraph (i) of this section and in § 200.48.
(h)
(1) Must, to the extent practicable, establish a cooperative agreement for a transfer with one or more other LEAs in the area; and
(2) May offer supplemental educational services to eligible students under § 200.45 in schools in their first year of school improvement under § 200.39.
(i)
(2) The limitation on funding in § 200.48 applies only to the provision of choice-related transportation, and does not affect in any way the basic obligation to provide an option to transfer as required by paragraph (a) of this section.
(3) The LEA's obligation to provide transportation for the student ends at the end of the school year in which the school from which the student transferred is no longer identified by the LEA for school improvement, corrective action, or restructuring.
(j)
(a)
(1) In addition to instruction provided during the school day;
(2) Specifically designed to—
(i) Increase the academic achievement of eligible students as measured by the State's assessment system; and
(ii) Enable these children to attain proficiency in meeting State academic achievement standards; and
(3) Of high quality and research-based.
(b)
(2) The LEA must determine family income on the same basis that the LEA uses to make allocations to schools under subpart A of this part.
(c)
(2) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a school was in school improvement status for two or more consecutive school years or subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the State must ensure that the LEA makes available, consistent with paragraph (d) of this section, supplemental educational services to all eligible students not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year.
(3) The LEA must, consistent with § 200.48, continue to make available supplemental educational services to eligible students until the end of the school year in which the LEA is making those services available.
(4)(i) At the request of an LEA, the SEA may waive, in whole or in part, the requirement that the LEA make available supplemental educational services if the SEA determines that—
(A) None of the providers of those services on the list approved by the SEA under § 200.47 makes those services available in the area served by the LEA or within a reasonable distance of that area; and
(B) The LEA provides evidence that it is not otherwise able to make those services available.
(ii) The SEA must notify the LEA, within 30 days of receiving the LEA's request for a waiver under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, whether it approves or disapproves the request and, if it disapproves, the reasons for the disapproval, in writing.
(iii) An LEA that receives a waiver must renew its request for that waiver on an annual basis.
(d)
(a) If an LEA is required to make available supplemental educational services under § 200.39(b)(3), § 200.42(b)(3), or § 200.43(b)(2), the LEA must do the following:
(1) Provide the annual notice to parents described in § 200.37(b)(5).
(2) If requested, assist parents in choosing a provider from the list of approved providers maintained by the SEA.
(3) Apply fair and equitable procedures for serving students if the number of spaces at approved providers is not sufficient to serve all eligible students whose parents request services consistent with § 200.45.
(4) Ensure that eligible students with disabilities under IDEA and students covered under Section 504 receive appropriate supplemental educational services and accommodations in the provision of those services.
(5) Ensure that eligible students who have limited English proficiency receive appropriate supplemental educational services and language assistance in the provision of those services.
(6) Not disclose to the public, without the written permission of the student's parents, the identity of any student who is eligible for, or receiving, supplemental educational services.
(b)(1) In addition to meeting the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section, the LEA must enter into an agreement with each provider selected by a parent or parents.
(2) The agreement must—
(i) Require the LEA to develop, in consultation with the parents and the provider, a statement that includes—
(A) Specific achievement goals for the student;
(B) A description of how the student's progress will be measured; and
(C) A timetable for improving achievement;
(ii) Describe procedures for regularly informing the student's parents and teachers of the student's progress;
(iii) Provide for the termination of the agreement if the provider is unable to meet the goals and timetables specified in the agreement;
(iv) Specify how the LEA will pay the provider; and
(v) Prohibit the provider from disclosing to the public, without the written permission of the student's parents, the identity of any student who is eligible for, or receiving, supplemental educational services.
(3) In the case of a student with disabilities under IDEA or a student covered under Section 504, the provisions of the agreement referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section must be consistent with the student's individualized education program under section 614(d) of the IDEA or the student's individualized services under Section 504.
(4) The LEA may not pay the provider for religious worship or instruction.
(c) If State law prohibits an SEA from carrying out one or more of its responsibilities under § 200.47 with respect to those who provide, or seek approval to provide, supplemental educational services, each LEA must carry out those responsibilities with respect to its students who are eligible for those services.
(a) If one or more LEAs in a State are required to make available supplemental educational services under § 200.39(b)(3), § 200.42(b)(3), or § 200.43(b)(2), the SEA for that State must do the following:
(1)(i) In consultation with affected LEAs, parents, teachers, and other interested members of the public, promote participation by as many providers as possible.
(ii) This promotion must include—
(A) Annual notice to potential providers of—
(
(
(B) Posting on the SEA's Web site, for each LEA—
(
(
(2) Consistent with paragraph (b) of this section, develop and apply to potential providers objective criteria.
(3)(i) Maintain by LEA an updated list of approved providers, including any technology-based or distance-learning providers, from which parents may select; and
(ii) Indicate on the list those providers that are able to serve students with disabilities or limited English proficient students.
(4) Consistent with paragraph (c) of this section, develop, implement, and publicly report on standards and techniques for—
(i) Monitoring the quality and effectiveness of the services offered by each approved provider;
(ii) Withdrawing approval from a provider that fails, for two consecutive years, to contribute to increasing the academic proficiency of students receiving supplemental educational services from that provider; and
(iii) Monitoring LEAs' implementation of the supplemental educational services requirements of the Act and this part.
(5) Ensure that eligible students with disabilities under IDEA and students covered under Section 504 receive appropriate supplemental educational services and accommodations in the provision of those services.
(6) Ensure that eligible students who have limited English proficiency receive appropriate supplemental educational services and language assistance in the provision of those services.
(b)
(i) Has a demonstrated record of effectiveness in increasing the academic achievement of students in subjects relevant to meeting the State's academic content and student achievement standards described under § 200.1;
(ii) Is capable of providing supplemental educational services that are consistent with the instructional program of the LEA and with the State academic content standards and State student achievement standards described under § 200.1;
(iii) Is financially sound; and
(iv) In the case of—
(A) A public school, has not been identified under § 200.32, § 200.33, or § 200.34; or
(B) An LEA, has not been identified under § 200.50(d) or (e).
(2) In order for the SEA to include a provider on the State list, the provider must agree to—
(i)(A) Provide parents of each student receiving supplemental educational services and the appropriate LEA with information on the progress of the student in increasing achievement; and
(B) This information must be in an understandable and uniform format, including alternative formats upon request, and, to the extent practicable, in a language that the parents can understand;
(ii) Ensure that the instruction the provider gives and the content the provider uses—
(A) Are consistent with the instruction provided and the content used by the LEA and the SEA;
(B) Are aligned with State academic content and student academic achievement standards;
(C) Are of high quality, research-based, and specifically designed to increase the academic achievement of eligible children; and
(D) Are secular, neutral, and nonideological; and
(iii) Meet all applicable Federal, State, and local health, safety, and civil rights laws.
(3) In approving a provider, the SEA must consider, at a minimum—
(i) Information from the provider on whether the provider has been removed from any State's approved provider list;
(ii) Parent recommendations or results from parent surveys, if any, regarding the success of the provider's instructional program in increasing student achievement; and
(iii) Evaluation results, if any, demonstrating that the instructional program has improved student achievement.
(4) As a condition of approval, a State may not require a provider to hire only staff who meet the requirements under §§ 200.55 and 200.56.
(c)
(1) An SEA must examine, at a minimum, evidence that the provider's instructional program—
(i) Is consistent with the instruction provided and the content used by the LEA and the SEA;
(ii) Addresses students' individual needs as described in students' supplemental educational services plans under § 200.46(b)(2)(i);
(iii) Has contributed to increasing students' academic proficiency; and
(iv) Is aligned with the State's academic content and student academic achievement standards; and
(2) The SEA must also consider information, if any, regarding—
(i) Parent recommendations or results from parent surveys regarding the success of the provider's instructional program in increasing student achievement; and
(ii) Evaluation results demonstrating that the instructional program has improved student achievement.
(a)
(i) Funds allocated under subpart A of this part;
(ii) Funds, where allowable, from other Federal education programs; and
(iii) State, local, or private resources.
(2) Unless a lesser amount is needed, the LEA must spend an amount equal to 20 percent of its allocation under subpart A of this part (“20 percent obligation”) to—
(i) Provide, or pay for, transportation of students exercising a choice option under § 200.44;
(ii) Satisfy all requests for supplemental educational services under § 200.45; or
(iii) Pay for both paragraph (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, except that—
(A) The LEA must spend a minimum of an amount equal to 5 percent of its allocation under subpart A of this part on transportation under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and an amount equal to 5 percent of its allocation under subpart A of this part for supplemental educational services under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, unless lesser amounts are needed to meet the requirements of §§ 200.44 and 200.45;
(B) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, the LEA may not include costs for administration or transportation incurred in providing supplemental educational services, or administrative costs associated with the provision of public school choice options under § 200.44, in the amounts required under paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
(C) The LEA may count in the amount the LEA is required to spend under paragraph (a) of this section its costs for outreach and assistance to parents concerning their choice to transfer their child or to request supplemental educational services, up to an amount equal to 0.2 percent of its allocation under subpart 2 of part A of Title I of the Act.
(3) If the amount specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is insufficient to pay all choice-related transportation costs, or to meet the demand for supplemental educational services, the LEA may make available any additional needed funds from Federal, State, or local sources.
(4) To assist an LEA that does not have sufficient funds to make available supplemental educational services to all students requesting these services, an SEA may use funds that it reserves under part A of Title I and part A of Title V of the ESEA.
(b)
(2) [Reserved]
(c)
(1) The amount of its allocation under subpart A of this part, divided by the number of students from families below the poverty level, as counted under section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the ESEA; or
(2) The actual costs of the supplemental educational services received by the student.
(d)
(ii) The LEA must spend the unexpended amount under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section in addition to the amount it is required to spend to meet its 20 percent obligation in the subsequent school year.
(2) To spend less than the amount needed to meet its 20 percent obligation, an LEA must—
(i) Meet, at a minimum, the following criteria:
(A) Partner, to the extent practicable, with outside groups, such as faith-based organizations, other community-based organizations, and business groups, to help inform eligible students and their families of the opportunities to transfer or to receive supplemental educational services.
(B) Ensure that eligible students and their parents have a genuine opportunity to sign up to transfer or to obtain supplemental educational services, including by—
(
(
(
(C) Ensure that eligible supplemental educational services providers are given access to school facilities, using a fair, open, and objective process, on the same basis and terms as are available to other groups that seek access to school facilities;
(ii) Maintain records that demonstrate the LEA has met the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
(iii) Notify the SEA that the LEA—
(A) Has met the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and
(B) Intends to spend the remainder of its 20 percent obligation on other allowable activities, specifying the amount of that remainder.
(3)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, an SEA must ensure an LEA's compliance with paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section through its regular monitoring process.
(ii)(A) In addition to its regular monitoring process, an SEA must review any LEA that—
(
(
(B) The SEA must complete its review by the beginning of the next school year.
(4)(i) If an SEA determines under paragraph (d)(3) of this section that an LEA has failed to meet any of the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, the LEA must—
(A) Spend an amount equal to the remainder specified in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section in the subsequent school year, in addition to its 20 percent obligation for that year, on choice-related transportation costs, supplemental educational services, or parent outreach and assistance; or
(B) Meet the criteria in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and obtain permission from the SEA before spending less in that subsequent school year than the amount required by paragraph (d)(4)(i)(A) of this section.
(ii) The SEA may not grant permission to the LEA under paragraph (d)(4)(i)(B) of this section unless the SEA has confirmed the LEA's compliance with paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section for that subsequent school year.
(a)
(2) Except as described in §§ 200.32(d) and 200.33(c), if a school was in school improvement status for two or more consecutive school years or subject to corrective action on January 7, 2002, the SEA must ensure that the LEA for that school makes available supplemental educational services in accordance with § 200.45 not later than the first day of the 2002-2003 school year.
(b)
(i) Support local school improvement activities;
(ii) Provide technical assistance to schools identified for improvement, corrective action, or restructuring; and
(iii) Provide technical assistance to LEAs that the SEA has identified for improvement or corrective action in accordance with § 200.50.
(2) Of the amount it reserves under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the SEA must—
(i) Allocate not less than 95 percent directly to LEAs serving schools identified for improvement, corrective action, and restructuring to support improvement activities; or
(ii) With the approval of the LEA, directly provide for these improvement activities or arrange to provide them through such entities as school support teams or educational service agencies.
(3) In providing assistance to LEAs under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the SEA must give priority to LEAs that—
(i) Serve the lowest-achieving schools;
(ii) Demonstrate the greatest need for this assistance; and
(iii) Demonstrate the strongest commitment to ensuring that this assistance will be used to enable the lowest-achieving schools to meet the progress goals in the school improvement plans under § 200.41.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2) The SEA must provide the results described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section to a school before an LEA may identify the school for school improvement under § 200.32, corrective action under § 200.33, or restructuring under § 200.34.
(f)
(g)
(a)
(i) The LEA's schools served under this part are making AYP, as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20, toward meeting the State's student academic achievement standards; and
(ii) The LEA is carrying out its responsibilities under this part with respect to school improvement, technical assistance, parental involvement, and professional development.
(2) In reviewing the progress of an LEA, the SEA may, in the case of targeted assistance schools served by the LEA, consider the progress only of the students served or eligible for services under this subpart, provided the students selected for services in such schools are those with the greatest need for special assistance, consistent with the requirements of section 1115 of the ESEA.
(b) Rewards. If an LEA has exceeded AYP as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20 for two consecutive years, the SEA may—
(1) Reserve funds in accordance with § 200.100(c); and
(2) Make rewards of the kinds described under section 1117 of the ESEA.
(c)
(2)(i) If the LEA believes that the proposed identification is in error for statistical or other substantive reasons, the LEA may provide supporting evidence to the SEA.
(ii) The SEA must consider the evidence before making a final determination not later than 30 days after it has provided the LEA with the opportunity to review the data under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(d)
(ii) In identifying LEAs for improvement, an SEA—
(A) May base identification on whether an LEA did not make AYP because it did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for two consecutive years; but
(B) May not limit identification to those LEAs that did not make AYP only because they did not meet the annual measurable objectives for the same subject or meet the same other academic indicator for the same subgroup under § 200.13(b)(7)(ii) for two consecutive years.
(2) The SEA must identify for improvement an LEA that was in improvement status on January 7, 2002.
(3)(i) The SEA may identify an LEA for improvement if, on the basis of assessments the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school year, the LEA fails to make AYP for a second consecutive year.
(ii) An SEA that does not identify such an LEA for improvement, however, must count the 2001-2002 school year as the first year of not making AYP for the purpose of subsequent identification decisions under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(4) The SEA may remove an LEA from improvement status if, on the basis of assessments the LEA administers during the 2001-2002 school year, the LEA makes AYP for a second consecutive year.
(e)
(1) May take corrective action at any time with respect to an LEA that the SEA has identified for improvement under paragraph (d) of this section;
(2) Must take corrective action—
(i) With respect to an LEA that fails to make AYP, as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20, by the end of the second full school year following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments that resulted in the LEA's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive year and led to the SEA's identification of the LEA for improvement under paragraph (d) of this section; and
(ii) With respect to an LEA that was in corrective action status on January 7, 2002; and
(3) May remove an LEA from corrective action if, on the basis of assessments administered by the LEA during the 2001-2002 school year, it makes AYP for a second consecutive year.
(f)
(i) The LEA makes AYP for one year; or
(ii) The LEA's failure to make AYP is due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforeseen decline in the LEA's financial resources.
(2)(i) The SEA may not take into account the period of delay referred to in paragraph (f)(1) of this section in determining the number of consecutive years the LEA has failed to make AYP; and
(ii) The SEA must subject the LEA to further actions following the period of delay as if the delay never occurred.
(g)
(h)
(1) Identify the LEA for improvement; or
(2) Subject the LEA to corrective action for the succeeding school year.
(a)
(i) Communicate with parents throughout the review of an LEA under § 200.50; and
(ii) Ensure that, regardless of the method or media used, it provides information to parents—
(A) In an understandable and uniform format, including alternative formats upon request; and
(B) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can understand.
(2) The SEA must provide information to the parents of each student enrolled in a school served by the LEA—
(i) Directly, through such means as regular mail or email, except that if an SEA does not have access to individual student addresses, it may provide information to the LEA or school for distribution to parents; and
(ii) Through broader means of dissemination such as the internet, the media, and public agencies serving the student population and their families.
(3) All communications must respect the privacy of students and their families.
(b)
(c)
(1) The reasons for the identification; and
(2) An explanation of how parents can participate in improving the LEA.
(d)
(2) The SEA must provide this information—
(i) In a uniform and understandable format, including alternative formats upon request; and
(ii) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can understand.
(3) The SEA must disseminate the information through such means as the internet, the media, and public agencies.
(a)
(2) The LEA must consult with parents, school staff, and others in developing or revising its improvement plan.
(3) The LEA improvement plan must—
(i) Incorporate strategies, grounded in scientifically based research, that will strengthen instruction in core academic subjects in schools served by the LEA;
(ii) Identify actions that have the greatest likelihood of improving the achievement of participating children in meeting the State's student academic achievement standards;
(iii) Address the professional development needs of the instructional
(A) May include funds reserved by schools for professional development under § 200.41(c)(5); but
(B) May not include funds reserved for professional development under section 1119 of the ESEA;
(iv) Include specific measurable achievement goals and targets—
(A) For each of the groups of students under § 200.13(b)(7); and
(B) That are consistent with AYP as defined under §§ 200.13 through 200.20;
(v) Address—
(A) The fundamental teaching and learning needs in the schools of the LEA; and
(B) The specific academic problems of low-achieving students, including a determination of why the LEA's previous plan failed to bring about increased student academic achievement;
(vi) As appropriate, incorporate activities before school, after school, during the summer, and during any extension of the school year;
(vii) Specify the responsibilities of the SEA and LEA under the plan, including the technical assistance the SEA must provide under paragraph (b) of this section and the LEA's responsibilities under section 1120A of the ESEA; and
(viii) Include strategies to promote effective parental involvement in the schools served by the LEA.
(4) The LEA must implement the improvement plan—including any revised plan—expeditiously, but not later than the beginning of the school year following the year in which the LEA administered the assessments that resulted in the LEA's failure to make AYP for a second consecutive year and led to the SEA's identification of the LEA for improvement under § 200.50(d).
(b)
(2) The purpose of the technical assistance is to better enable the LEA to—
(i) Develop and implement its improvement plan; and
(ii) Work with schools needing improvement.
(3) The technical assistance provided by the SEA or an entity authorized by the SEA must—
(i) Be supported by effective methods and instructional strategies grounded in scientifically based research; and
(ii) Address problems, if any, in implementing the parental involvement and professional development activities described in sections 1118 and 1119, respectively, of the ESEA.
(a)
(1) Substantially and directly responds to—
(i) The consistent academic failure that caused the SEA to identify an LEA for corrective action; and
(ii) Any underlying staffing, curriculum, or other problems in the LEA;
(2) Is designed to meet the goal that each group of students described in § 200.13(b)(7) and enrolled in the LEA's schools will meet or exceed the State's proficient levels of achievement as measured by the State assessment system; and
(3) Is consistent with State law.
(b)
(c)
(1) Continue to make available technical assistance to the LEA.
(2) Take at least one of the following corrective actions:
(i) Defer programmatic funds or reduce administrative funds.
(ii) Institute and fully implement a new curriculum based on State and local content and academic achievement standards, including the provision of appropriate professional development for all relevant staff that—
(A) Is grounded in scientifically based research; and
(B) Offers substantial promise of improving educational achievement for low-achieving students.
(iii) Replace the LEA personnel who are relevant to the failure to make AYP.
(iv) Remove particular schools from the jurisdiction of the LEA and establish alternative arrangements for public governance and supervision of these schools.
(v) Appoint a receiver or trustee to administer the affairs of the LEA in place of the superintendent and school board.
(vi) Abolish or restructure the LEA.
(vii) In conjunction with at least one other action in paragraph (c)(2) of this section—
(A) Authorize students to transfer from a school operated by the LEA to a higher-performing public school operated by another LEA in accordance with § 200.44, and
(B) Provide to these students transportation, or the costs of transportation, to the other school consistent with § 200.44(h).
(a)
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a teacher teaching in a program supported with funds under subpart A of this part is—
(i) A teacher in a targeted assisted school who is paid with funds under subpart A of this part;
(ii) A teacher in a schoolwide program school; or
(iii) A teacher employed by an LEA with funds under subpart A of this part to provide services to eligible private school students under § 200.62.
(b)
(2) A teacher who does not teach a core academic subject—such as some vocational education teachers—is not required to meet the requirements in § 200.56.
(c)
(d)
A teacher described in § 200.55(a) and (b)(1) is a “highly qualified teacher” if the teacher meets the requirements in paragraph (a) and paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section.
(a)
(i) Have obtained full State certification as a teacher, which may include certification obtained through alternative routes to certification; or
(ii)(A) Have passed the State teacher licensing examination; and
(B) Hold a license to teach in the State.
(2) A teacher meets the requirement in paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the teacher—
(i) Has fulfilled the State's certification and licensure requirements applicable to the years of experience the teacher possesses; or
(ii) Is participating in an alternative route to certification program under which—
(A) The teacher—
(
(
(
(
(B) The State ensures, through its certification and licensure process, that the provisions in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section are met.
(3) A teacher teaching in a public charter school in a State must meet the certification and licensure requirements, if any, contained in the State's charter school law.
(4) If a teacher has had certification or licensure requirements waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis, the teacher is not highly qualified.
(b)
(1) Hold at least a bachelor's degree; and
(2) At the public elementary school level, demonstrate, by passing a rigorous State test (which may consist of passing a State certification or licensing test), subject knowledge and teaching skills in reading/language arts, writing, mathematics, and other areas of the basic elementary school curriculum; or
(3) At the public middle and high school levels, demonstrate a high level of competency by—
(i) Passing a rigorous State test in each academic subject in which the teacher teaches (which may consist of passing a State certification or licensing test in each of these subjects); or
(ii) Successfully completing in each academic subject in which the teacher teaches—
(A) An undergraduate major;
(B) A graduate degree;
(C) Coursework equivalent to an undergraduate major; or
(D) Advanced certification or credentialing.
(c)
(1) Hold at least a bachelor's degree; and
(2)(i) Meet the applicable requirements in paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of this section; or
(ii) Based on a high, objective, uniform State standard of evaluation in accordance with section 9101(23)(C)(ii) of the ESEA, demonstrate competency in each academic subject in which the teacher teaches.
(d) A special education teacher is a “highly qualified teacher” under the Act if the teacher meets the requirements for a “highly qualified special education teacher” in 34 CFR 300.18.
(a)
(2) The State's plan must—
(i) Establish annual measurable objectives for each LEA and school that include, at a minimum, an annual increase in the percentage of—
(A) Highly qualified teachers at each LEA and school; and
(B) Teachers who are receiving high-quality professional development to enable them to become highly qualified and effective classroom teachers;
(ii) Describe the strategies the State will use to—
(A) Help LEAs and schools meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
(B) Monitor the progress of LEAs and schools in meeting these requirements; and
(iii) Until the SEA fully complies with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, describe the specific steps the SEA will take to—
(A) Ensure that Title I schools provide instruction by highly qualified teachers, including steps that the SEA will take to ensure that minority children and children from low-income families are not taught at higher rates than other children by inexperienced, unqualified, or out-of-field teachers; and
(B) Evaluate and publicly report the progress of the SEA with respect to these steps.
(3) The State's plan may include other measures that the State determines are appropriate to increase teacher qualifications.
(b)
(1) All public elementary and secondary school teachers in the LEA who teach core academic subjects, including teachers employed by the LEA to provide services to eligible private school students under § 200.62, are highly qualified not later than the end of the 2005-2006 school year; and
(2) Through incentives for voluntary transfers, professional development, recruitment programs, or other effective strategies, minority students and students from low-income families are not taught at higher rates than other students by unqualified, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers.
(a)
(2) For the purpose of this section, the term “paraprofessional”—
(i) Means an individual who provides instructional support consistent with § 200.59; and
(ii) Does not include individuals who have only non-instructional duties (such as providing technical support for computers, providing personal care services, or performing clerical duties).
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (a) of this section, a paraprofessional working in “a program supported with funds under subpart A of this part” is—
(i) A paraprofessional in a targeted assisted school who is paid with funds under subpart A of this part;
(ii) A paraprofessional in a schoolwide program school; or
(iii) A paraprofessional employed by an LEA with funds under subpart A of this part to provide instructional support to a public school teacher covered under § 200.55 who provides equitable services to eligible private school students under § 200.62.
(b)
(c)
(1) Completed at least two years of study at an institution of higher education;
(2) Obtained an associate's or higher degree; or
(3)(i) Met a rigorous standard of quality, and can demonstrate—through a formal State or local academic assessment—knowledge of, and the ability to assist in instructing, as appropriate—
(A) Reading/language arts, writing, and mathematics; or
(B) Reading readiness, writing readiness, and mathematics readiness.
(ii) A secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is necessary, but not sufficient, to meet the requirement in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(d)
(e)
(1)(i) Is proficient in English and a language other than English; and
(ii) Acts as a translator to enhance the participation of limited English proficient children under subpart A of this part; or
(2) Has instructional-support duties that consist solely of conducting parental involvement activities.
(a) A paraprofessional covered under § 200.58 may not be assigned a duty inconsistent with paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) A paraprofessional covered under § 200.58 may perform the following instructional support duties:
(1) One-on-one tutoring for eligible students if the tutoring is scheduled at a time when a student would not otherwise receive instruction from a teacher.
(2) Assisting in classroom management.
(3) Assisting in computer instruction.
(4) Conducting parent involvement activities.
(5) Providing instructional support in a library or media center.
(6) Acting as a translator.
(7) Providing instructional support services.
(c)(1) A paraprofessional may not provide instructional support to a student unless the paraprofessional is working under the direct supervision of a teacher who meets the requirements in § 200.56.
(2) A paraprofessional works under the direct supervision of a teacher if—
(i) The teacher plans the instructional activities that the paraprofessional carries out;
(ii) The teacher evaluates the achievement of the students with whom the paraprofessional is working; and
(iii) The paraprofessional works in close and frequent physical proximity to the teacher.
(d) A paraprofessional may assume limited duties that are assigned to similar personnel who are not working in a program supported with funds under subpart A of this part—including non-instructional duties and duties that do not benefit participating students—if the amount of time the paraprofessional spends on those duties is the same proportion of total work time as the time spent by similar personnel at the same school.
(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an LEA must use funds it receives under subpart A of this part as follows for professional development activities to ensure that teachers and paraprofessionals meet the requirements of §§ 200.56 and 200.58:
(i) For each of fiscal years 2002 and 2003, the LEA must use not less than 5 percent or more than 10 percent of the funds it receives under subpart A of this part.
(ii) For each fiscal year after 2003, the LEA must use not less than 5 percent of the funds it receives under subpart A of this part.
(2) An LEA is not required to spend the amount required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a given fiscal year if a lesser amount is sufficient to ensure that the LEA's teachers and paraprofessionals meet the requirements in §§ 200.56 and 200.58, respectively.
(b) The LEA may use additional funds under subpart A of this part to support ongoing training and professional development, as defined in section 9101(34) of the ESEA, to assist teachers and paraprofessionals in carrying out activities under subpart A of this part.
(a) At the beginning of each school year, an LEA that receives funds under subpart A of this part must notify the parents of each student attending a Title I school that the parents may request, and the LEA will provide the parents on request, information regarding the professional qualifications of the student's classroom teachers, including, at a minimum, the following:
(1) Whether the teacher has met State qualification and licensing criteria for the grade levels and subject areas in which the teacher provides instruction.
(2) Whether the teacher is teaching under emergency or other provisional status through which State qualification or licensing criteria have been waived.
(3) The baccalaureate degree major of the teacher and any other graduate certification or degree held by the teacher, and the field of discipline of the certification or degree.
(4) Whether the child is provided services by paraprofessionals and, if so, their qualifications.
(b) A school that participates under subpart A of this part must provide to each parent—
(1) Information on the level of achievement of the parent's child in each of the State academic assessments required under § 200.2;
(2) Timely notice that the parent's child has been assigned, or has been taught for four or more consecutive weeks by, a teacher of a core academic subject who is not highly qualified.
(c) An LEA and school must provide the notice and information required under this section—
(1) In a uniform and understandable format, including alternative formats upon request; and
(2) To the extent practicable, in a language that parents can understand.
(a) After timely and meaningful consultation with appropriate officials of private schools, an LEA must—
(1) In accordance with §§ 200.62 through 200.67 and section 1120 of the ESEA, provide special educational services or other benefits under subpart A of this part, on an equitable basis and in a timely manner, to eligible children who are enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools; and
(2) Ensure that teachers and families of participating private school children participate on a basis equitable to the participation of teachers and families of public school children receiving these services in accordance with § 200.65.
(b)(1) Eligible private school children are children who—
(i) Reside in participating public school attendance areas of the LEA, regardless of whether the private school they attend is located in the LEA; and
(ii) Meet the criteria in section 1115(b) of the ESEA.
(2) Among the eligible private school children, the LEA must select children to participate, consistent with § 200.64.
(c) The services and other benefits an LEA provides under this section must be secular, neutral and nonideological.
(a) In order to have timely and meaningful consultation, an LEA must consult with appropriate officials of private schools during the design and development of the LEA's program for eligible private school children.
(b) At a minimum, the LEA must consult on the following:
(1) How the LEA will identify the needs of eligible private school children.
(2) What services the LEA will offer to eligible private school children.
(3) How and when the LEA will make decisions about the delivery of services.
(4) How, where, and by whom the LEA will provide services to eligible private school children.
(5) How the LEA will assess academically the services to eligible private school children in accordance with § 200.10, and how the LEA will use the results of that assessment to improve Title I services.
(6) The size and scope of the equitable services that the LEA will provide to eligible private school children, and, consistent with § 200.64, the proportion of funds that the LEA will allocate for these services.
(7) The method or sources of data that the LEA will use under § 200.78 to determine the number of private school children from low-income families residing in participating public school attendance areas, including whether the LEA will extrapolate data if a survey is used.
(8) The equitable services the LEA will provide to teachers and families of participating private school children.
(c)(1) Consultation by the LEA must—
(i) Include meetings of the LEA and appropriate officials of the private schools; and
(ii) Occur before the LEA makes any decision that affects the opportunity of eligible private school children to participate in Title I programs.
(2) The LEA must meet with officials of the private schools throughout the implementation and assessment of the Title I services.
(d)(1) Consultation must include—
(i) A discussion of service delivery mechanisms the LEA can use to provide equitable services to eligible private school children; and
(ii) A thorough consideration and analysis of the views of the officials of the private schools on the provision of services through a contract with a third-party provider.
(2) If the LEA disagrees with the views of the officials of the private schools on the provision of services through a contract, the LEA must provide in writing to the officials of the private schools the reasons why the LEA chooses not to use a contractor.
(e)(1) The LEA must maintain in its records and provide to the SEA a written affirmation, signed by officials of each private school with participating children or appropriate private school representatives, that the required consultation has occurred.
(2) If the officials of the private schools do not provide the affirmations within a reasonable period of time, the LEA must submit to the SEA documentation that the required consultation occurred.
(f) An official of a private school has the right to complain to the SEA that the LEA did not—
(1) Engage in timely and meaningful consultation; or
(2) Consider the views of the official of the private school.
(a)
(2) An LEA must meet this requirement as follows:
(i)(A) If the LEA reserves funds under § 200.77 to provide instructional and related activities for public elementary or secondary school students at the district level, the LEA must also provide from those funds, as applicable, equitable services to eligible private school children.
(B) The amount of funds available to provide equitable services from the applicable reserved funds must be proportionate to the number of private school children from low-income families residing in participating public school attendance areas.
(ii) The LEA must reserve the funds generated by private school children under § 200.78 and, in consultation with appropriate officials of the private schools, may—
(A) Combine those amounts, along with funds under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, if appropriate, to create a pool of funds from which the LEA provides equitable services to eligible private school children, in the aggregate, in greatest need of those services; or
(B) Provide equitable services to eligible children in each private school with the funds generated by children from low-income families under § 200.78 who attend that private school.
(b)
(2) Services are equitable if the LEA—
(i) Addresses and assesses the specific needs and educational progress of eligible private school children on a comparable basis as public school children;
(ii) Meets the equal expenditure requirements under paragraph (a) of section; and
(iii) Provides private school children with an opportunity to participate that—
(A) Is equitable to the opportunity provided to public school children; and
(B) Provides reasonable promise of the private school children achieving the high levels called for by the State's student academic achievement standards or equivalent standards applicable to the private school children.
(3)(i) The LEA may provide services to eligible private school children either directly or through arrangements with another LEA or a third-party provider.
(ii) If the LEA contracts with a third-party provider—
(A) The provider must be independent of the private school and of any religious organization; and
(B) The contract must be under the control and supervision of the LEA.
(4) After timely and meaningful consultation under § 200.63, the LEA must make the final decisions with respect to the services it will provide to eligible private school children.
(a)(1) From applicable funds reserved for parent involvement and professional development under § 200.77, an LEA shall ensure that teachers and families of participating private school children participate on an equitable basis in professional development and parent involvement activities, respectively.
(2) The amount of funds available to provide equitable services from the applicable reserved funds must be proportionate to the number of private school children from low-income families residing in participating public school attendance areas.
(b) After consultation with appropriate officials of the private schools, the LEA must conduct professional development and parent involvement activities for the teachers and families of participating private school children either—
(1) In conjunction with the LEA's professional development and parent involvement activities; or
(2) Independently.
(c) Private school teachers are not covered by the requirements in § 200.56.
(a) An LEA must use funds under subpart A of this part to provide services that supplement, and in no case supplant, the services that would, in the absence of Title I services, be available to participating private school children.
(b)(1) The LEA must use funds under subpart A of this part to meet the special educational needs of participating private school children.
(2) The LEA may not use funds under subpart A of this part for—
(i) The needs of the private school; or
(ii) The general needs of children in the private school.
(a) The LEA must keep title to and exercise continuing administrative control of all property, equipment, and supplies that the LEA acquires with funds under subpart A of this part for the benefit of eligible private school children.
(b) The LEA may place equipment and supplies in a private school for the period of time needed for the program.
(c) The LEA must ensure that the equipment and supplies placed in a private school—
(1) Are used only for Title I purposes; and
(2) Can be removed from the private school without remodeling the private school facility.
(d) The LEA must remove equipment and supplies from a private school if—
(1) The LEA no longer needs the equipment and supplies to provide Title I services; or
(2) Removal is necessary to avoid unauthorized use of the equipment or supplies for other than Title I purposes.
(e) The LEA may not use funds under subpart A of this part for repairs, minor remodeling, or construction of private school facilities.
(a) The Secretary allocates basic grants, concentration grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants, through SEAs, to each eligible LEA for which the Bureau of the Census has provided data on the number of children from low-income families residing in the school attendance areas of the LEA (hereinafter referred to as the “Census list”).
(b) In establishing eligibility and allocating funds under paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary counts children ages 5 to 17, inclusive (hereinafter referred to as “formula children”)—
(1) From families below the poverty level based on the most recent satisfactory data available from the Bureau of the Census;
(2) From families above the poverty level receiving assistance under the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families program under Title IV of the Social Security Act;
(3) Being supported in foster homes with public funds; and
(4) Residing in local institutions for neglected children.
(c) Except as provided in §§ 200.72, 200.75, and 200.100, an SEA may not change the Secretary's allocation to any LEA that serves an area with a total census population of at least 20,000 persons.
(d) In accordance with § 200.74, an SEA may use an alternative method, approved by the Secretary, to distribute the State's share of basic grants, concentration grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants to LEAs that serve an area with a total census population of less than 20,000 persons.
(a)
(1) At least 10; and
(2) Greater than two percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 17 years, inclusive.
(b)
(1) The LEA is eligible for a basic grant under paragraph (a) of this section; and
(2) The number of formula children exceeds—
(i) 6,500; or
(ii) 15 percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 17 years, inclusive.
(c)
(1) At least 10; and
(2) At least five percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 17 years, inclusive.
(d)
(1) At least 10; and
(2) At least five percent of the LEA's total population ages 5 to 17 years, inclusive.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(2) The hold-harmless protection limits the maximum reduction of an LEA's allocation compared to the LEA's allocation for the preceding year.
(3) Except as provided in § 200.100(d), an SEA must apply the hold-harmless requirement separately for basic grants, concentration grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
(4) Under section 1122(c) of the ESEA, the hold-harmless percentage varies based on the LEA's proportion of formula children, as shown in the following table:
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) An LEA not meeting the eligibility requirements for a concentration grant under § 200.71 must be paid its hold-harmless amount for four consecutive years.
(a) For eligible LEAs serving an area with a total census population of less than 20,000 persons (hereinafter referred to as “small LEAs”), an SEA may apply to the Secretary to use an alternative method to distribute basic grant, concentration grant, targeted grant, and education finance incentive grant funds.
(b) In its application, the SEA must—
(1) Identify the alternative data it proposes to use; and
(2) Assure that it has established a procedure through which a small LEA that is dissatisfied with the determination of its grant may appeal directly to the Secretary.
(c) The SEA must base its alternative method on population data that best reflect the current distribution of children from low-income families among the State's small LEAs and use the same poverty measure consistently for small LEAs across the State for all Title I, part A programs.
(d) Based on the alternative poverty data selected, the SEA must—
(1) Re-determine eligibility of its small LEAs for basic grants, concentration grants, targeted grants, and education finance incentive grants in accordance with § 200.71;
(2) Calculate allocations for small LEAs in accordance with the provisions of sections 1124, 1124A, 1125, and 1125A of the ESEA, as applicable; and
(3) Ensure that each LEA receives the hold-harmless amount to which it is entitled under § 200.73.
(e) The amount of funds available for redistribution under each formula is the separate amount determined by the Secretary under sections 1124, 1124A, 1125, and 1125A of the ESEA for eligible small LEAs after the SEA has made the adjustments required under § 200.72(c).
(f) If the amount available for redistribution to small LEAs under an alternative method is not sufficient to satisfy applicable hold-harmless requirements, the SEA must ratably reduce all eligible small LEAs to the amount available.
(a) In a State in which the number of formula children is less than 0.25 percent of the national total on January 8, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as a “small State”), an SEA may either—
(1) Allocate concentration grants among eligible LEAs in the State in accordance with §§ 200.72 through 200.74, as applicable; or
(2) Without regard to the allocations determined by the Secretary—
(i) Identify those LEAs in which the number or percentage of formula children exceeds the statewide average number or percentage of those children; and
(ii) Allocate concentration grant funds, consistent with § 200.73, among the LEAs identified in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section based on the number of formula children in each of those LEAs.
(b) If the SEA in a small State uses an alternative method under § 200.74, the SEA must use the poverty data approved under the alternative method to identify those LEAs with numbers or percentages of formula children that exceed the statewide average number or percentage of those children for the State as a whole.
Before allocating funds in accordance with § 200.78, an LEA must reserve funds as are reasonable and necessary to—
(a) Provide services comparable to those provided to children in participating school attendance areas and schools to serve—
(1) Homeless children who do not attend participating schools, including providing educationally related support services to children in shelters and other locations where homeless children may live;
(2) Children in local institutions for neglected children; and
(3) If appropriate—
(i) Children in local institutions for delinquent children; and
(ii) Neglected and delinquent children in community-day school programs;
(b) Provide, where appropriate under section 1113(c)(4) of the ESEA, financial incentives and rewards to teachers who serve students in Title I schools identified for school improvement, corrective action, and restructuring for the purpose of attracting and retaining qualified and effective teachers;
(c) Meet the requirements for choice-related transportation and supplemental educational services in § 200.48, unless the LEA meets these requirements with non-Title I funds;
(d) Address the professional development needs of instructional staff, including—
(1) Professional development requirements under § 200.52(a)(3)(iii) if the LEA has been identified for improvement or corrective action; and
(2) Professional development expenditure requirements under § 200.60;
(e) Meet the requirements for parental involvement in section 1118(a)(3) of the ESEA;
(f) Administer programs for public and private school children under this part, including special capital expenses, if any, incurred in providing services to eligible private school children, such as—
(1) The purchase and lease of real and personal property (including mobile educational units and neutral sites);
(2) Insurance and maintenance costs;
(3) Transportation; and
(4) Other comparable goods and services, including non-instructional computer technicians; and
(g) Conduct other authorized activities, such as school improvement and coordinated services.
(a)(1) An LEA must allocate funds under subpart A of this part to school attendance areas and schools, identified as eligible and selected to participate under section 1113(a) or (b) of the ESEA, in rank order on the basis of the total number of children from low-income families in each area or school.
(2)(i) In calculating the total number of children from low-income families, the LEA must include children from low-income families who attend private schools.
(ii) To obtain a count of private school children, the LEA may—
(A) Use the same poverty data the LEA uses to count public school children;
(B)(
(
(C) Use comparable poverty data from a different source, such as scholarship applications;
(D) Apply the low-income percentage of each participating public school attendance area to the number of private school children who reside in that school attendance area; or
(E) Use an equated measure of low income correlated with the measure of low income used to count public school children.
(iii) An LEA may count private school children from low-income families every year or every two years.
(iv) After timely and meaningful consultation in accordance with § 200.63, the LEA shall have the final authority in determining the method used to calculate the number of private school children from low-income families;
(3) If an LEA ranks its school attendance areas and schools by grade span groupings, the LEA may determine the percentage of children from low-income families in the LEA as a whole or for each grade span grouping.
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section, an LEA must allocate to each participating school attendance area or school an amount for each low-income child that is at least 125 percent of the per-pupil amount of funds the LEA received for that year under part A, subpart 2 of Title I. The LEA must calculate this per-pupil amount before it reserves funds under § 200.77, using the poverty measure selected by the LEA under section 1113(a)(5) of the ESEA.
(2) If an LEA is serving only school attendance areas or schools in which the percentage of children from low-income families is 35 percent or more, the LEA is not required to allocate a per-pupil amount of at least 125 percent.
(c) An LEA is not required to allocate the same per-pupil amount to each participating school attendance area or school provided the LEA allocates higher per-pupil amounts to areas or schools with higher concentrations of poverty than to areas or schools with lower concentrations of poverty.
(d) An LEA may reduce the amount of funds allocated under this section to a school attendance area or school if the area or school is spending supplemental State or local funds for programs that meet the requirements in § 200.79(b).
(e) If an LEA contains two or more counties in their entirety, the LEA must distribute to schools within each county a share of the LEA's total grant that is no less than the county's share of the child count used to calculate the LEA's grant.
(a) For the purpose of determining compliance with the supplement not supplant requirement in section 1120A(b) and the comparability requirement in section 1120A(c) of the ESEA, a grantee or subgrantee under subpart A of this part may exclude supplemental State and local funds spent in any school attendance area or school for programs that meet the intent and purposes of Title I.
(b) A program meets the intent and purposes of Title I if the program either—
(1)(i) Is implemented in a school in which the percentage of children from low-income families is at least 40 percent;
(ii) Is designed to promote schoolwide reform and upgrade the entire educational operation of the school to support students in their achievement toward meeting the State's challenging academic achievement standards that all students are expected to meet;
(iii) Is designed to meet the educational needs of all students in the school, particularly the needs of students who are failing, or most at risk of failing, to meet the State's challenging student academic achievement standards; and
(iv) Uses the State's assessment system under § 200.2 to review the effectiveness of the program; or
(2)(i) Serves only students who are failing, or most at risk of failing, to meet the State's challenging student academic achievement standards;
(ii) Provides supplementary services designed to meet the special educational needs of the students who are participating in the program to support their achievement toward meeting the State's student academic achievement standards; and
(iii) Uses the State's assessment system under § 200.2 to review the effectiveness of the program.
(c) The conditions in paragraph (b) of this section also apply to supplemental State and local funds expended under section 1113(b)(1)(D) and 1113(c)(2)(B) of the ESEA.
20 U.S.C. 1221e-3(a)(1), 6511(a), and 7373(b), unless otherwise noted.
(a) This part establishes uniform administrative rules for programs in titles I through XIII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA). As indicated in particular sections of this part, certain provisions apply only to a specific group of programs.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |